Commentary on Sophocles: Ajax Sir Richard C. Jebb Perseus Project, Tufts University Gregory Crane Prepared under the supervision of Lisa Cerrato Anne Mahoney Jeffrey Rydberg-Cox David Smith National Endowment for the Humanities Trustees of Tufts University Medford, MA Perseus Digital Library Project Perseus 3.0 viaf2603144.viaf004.perseus-eng1.xml Available under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License Sophocles: The Plays and Fragments The Ajax Richard Claverhouse Jebb Cambridge Cambridge University Press 1907 7 The Internet Archive

This pointer extracts section and commline

This pointer extracts section

English Greek Latin German French Italian Indo-European Sanskrit symbols for quantitative meter Final review and updating of header information Added citeStructure and other TEI changes Update refsDecl and body; move intro to viaf004i Updated header and schema Revision 1.2 fixed bibls for Plut. Mor. to correct work title Revision 1.1 moved more xml files around based on copyright status Revision 1.23 fixed references to Cic. Ver. Revision 1.22 fixed Aristot. Poet. references - zr Revision 1.21 fixed references to Aristot. Pol. Revision 1.20 fixed Pindar errors - zr Revision 1.19 fixed bibl errors - zr Revision 1.18 fixed references to Aristot. Pol. up through book 4 Revision 1.17 fixed Appian bibls Revision 1.16 fixed bad bibls Revision 1.15 removed ?bibl? tags Revision 1.14 fixed bad bibls Revision 1.13 changed Pl. Capt. from tln to act.scene - zr Revision 1.12 changed Pl. Bac. from tln to act.scene - zr Revision 1.11 fixed bad bibls Revision 1.10 fixed bad bibls Revision 1.9 fixed bad bibls Revision 1.8 fixing bad bibls Revision 1.7 fixed bad bibls Revision 1.6 fixing bad bibls Revision 1.5 fixing bad bibl refs Revision 1.4 fixing bad bibls Revision 1.3 fixed author names for consistent sorting Revision 1.2 removed stray item tags Revision 1.1 Converted to XML Revision 1.24 mark refs to Lys. 1 Revision 1.23 Updated texts to TEI P4 and Perseus P4 extensions; minor cleanup (esp. character encodings and typos.) Revision 1.22 fixed typo line 97 used and armed hand to used an armed hand Revision 1.21 encode Sanskrit in Harvard-Kyoto Revision 1.20 fix refs to Theocritus Revision 1.19 ensure refs to Callimachus and Theophrastus (Characters) are correct Revision 1.18 fix references to Plautus Revision 1.17 use new meter encoding Revision 1.16 wrap cits around refs to Tacitus, and get abbreviations into bibls where they were missing Revision 1.15 mark more cits (which make better reverse links) Revision 1.14 put proper bibl refs for Shakespeare Revision 1.13 fix mdash in headers (displays badly on some browsers) Revision 1.12 fix up parens that should be apostrophes Revision 1.11 fix refs to Apollonius Rhodius, who is "A. R." Revision 1.10 fix Stephanus sections on refs to Plato Revision 1.9 fix references to orators Revision 1.8 fix "Metaphysics" that should be "Metamorphoses", and ensure the override file is right Revision 1.7 oops, had Herodotus confused with Euripides Heracles Revision 1.6 fisher on Ajax, refinements to the override list Revision 1.5 fix up broken quotations of verse Revision 1.4 fix rest of missing lemma tags (mdash between a Greek phrase and a lemma) Revision 1.3 more cleanup: in particular, lemmata joined to previous Greek passages Revision 1.2 more cleanup Revision 1.1 new file: structure done, most of the initial clean-up done (Latin italics, em-dashes denoting new lemmata)
1-133

Prologue. Athena confirms the surmise of Odysseus as to the guilt of Ajax; shows her favourite his afflicted foe; and points the moral.

ἀεὶ μέν , followed in 3 by καὶ νῦν : cp. Tr. 689-691 ἔχρισα μὲν...κἄθηκα (n.): Lucian Dialog. marin. 8 πάλαι μὲν τὸ τῆς Ἰνοῦς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσθμὸν ἐκομίσατε..., καὶ νῦν σὺ τὸν κιθαρῳδὸν...ἀναλαβὼν ἐξενήξω. The passage in Aesch. Ag. 587—598 (ἀνωλόλυξα μὲν πάλαι...καὶ νῦν τὰ μάσσω μὲν τί δεῖ σ’ ἐμοὶ λέγειν;) is scarcely a true parallel,—the interval being so long. Plato has ἀεὶ μὲν followed by ἀτὰρ καὶ νῦν ( Prot. 335 D), ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ τότε ( Rep. 367 E). Similarly I. Il. 107 ff. αἰεὶ τοι...καὶ νῦν.

Λαρτίου , as in 380: but Λαερτίου in 101, and Λαέρτου in 1393. Λαέρτης is the only Homeric form ( Ph. 87 n.), but Eur. , like Soph. , uses all three. In Latin, Laertius or Lartius is usu. the adj. ( Plaut. Bacch. 4. 9. 22 Ulixes Lartius ), but, acc. to Priscian (7. 5, p. 303), could be also the name. The writing Λἀρτίου appears in all the editions from the Aldine to Brunck's; the coronis was first omitted by Schaefer (ed. 1810), on the ground that crasis is not marked within a word.

πεῖράν τιν’ ἐχθρῶν ἁρπάσαι , to snatch (by vigilant and subtle craft) some means of attacking foes,—some moment when foes can be taken at a disadvantage. For the objective gen. ἐχθρῶν , cp. Diod. Sic. 14. 80 καιρὸν εὔθετον εἰς τὴν τῶν πολεμίων ἐπίθεσιν: for ἁρπάσαι , Plut. Philop. 15 ἁρπάσας τὸν καιρόν: Xen. An. 4. 6. 11 τοῦ ἐρήμου ὄρους..κλέψαι τι..καὶ ἁρπάσαι φθάσαντας. Like the verb (πειρᾶν τῆς πόλεως, Her. 6. 82), πεῖρα often denotes an enterprise against an enemy (Thuc. 3. 20, etc.).—Not, ‘to forestall (or baffle) some attempt by a foe.’ θηρώ‐ μενον with inf.: cp. Eur. Helen. 63 θηρᾷ γαμεῖν με: ib. 545 ὅς με θηρᾶται λαβεῖν .

Athena's words are illustrated by the action of Odysseus against Palamedes (Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 33),—by his capture of Helenus (Ph. 606),—his designs on Philoctetes,—his theft of the Palladium (Ov. Met. 13. 99),—and his nocturnal expedition with Diomedes (Il. 10).

σκηναῖς … ναυτικαῖς . Each chief has his quarters at the place on the shore of the bay where his own ships are drawn up. The plural here is probably poetical, denoting the tent of Ajax only, and not also those of his followers. We have the sing. of σκηνή at 218 and 796, the plur. at 754 and 985; and in 754 ὑπὸ σκηναῖσι is precisely equivalent to σκηνῆς ὕπαυλον in 796. So, too, the plur. of κλισία in 192, and the sing. in 1407.

The Homeric κλισία was a wooden hut ( Il. 24. 448 ff.). By σκηνή, an Athenian in the poet's day would usually understand a tent of skins, such as was commonly used by soldiers (Xen. An. 1. 5. 10).

τάξιν ἐσχάτην . While Odysseus was stationed at the middle point of the Greek camp, the posts of danger and honour at the eastern and western ends respectively were held by Achilles and Ajax,—τοί ῥ) ἔσχατα νῆας ἐΐσας | εἴρυσαν, ἠνορέῃ πίσυνοι καὶ κάρτεϊ χειρῶν (Il. 11. 8 f.).

κυνηγετοῦντα : his keen scrutiny suggests a hunter; as his sagacity suggests a hound (8). We can speak of a dog ‘hunting,’ but a Greek would hardly have said κύων κυνηγετεῖ. The transition from one image to the other is natural and easy.

μετρούμενον , with the eyes. In Attic the midd. is rare, except as=‘to have measured out to one,’ [Dem.] or. 34 § 37: but it is frequent in later poetry, as Apoll. Rh. 1. 724, Mosch. 2. 157.Nauck holds that μετρούμενον could denote only literal measurement (as with a foot-rule). But its figurative sense—as denoting a mental process of examination and comparison— is exactly illustrated by the use of συμμετρεῖσθαι in the sense of ‘to compute’ ( Her. 4. 158, etc.). Cp. also Lat. metiri (oculis, auribus, etc.).

νεοχάρακτα , newly imprinted on the sandy soil. The tent was close to the sea (ἔφαλος, 192). Ajax had gone out in the past night, and come back at dawn. All the footprints are fresh; but Odysseus has to make out whether the more recent lead to or from the tent.

εἴτ’ ἔνδον εἴτ’ οὐκ ἔνδον . Either οὐ or μή can be used in an indirect question introduced by εἰ : Plat. Gorg. 462 D ἐρωτᾷς εἰ οὐ καλή μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι: Theaet. 163 D βουλόμενος ἐρέσθαι εἰ..μὴ οἶδεν. The same rule holds when the indirect question is alternative (‘whether...or not’), and the second part of it is introduced by εἴτε (as here), or by ἤ. Plat. Crat. 425 B εἴτε κατὰ τρόπον κεῖται εἴτε μή, οὕτω θεᾶσθαι : Rep. 451 D σκοπῶμεν εἰ ἡμῖν πρέπει ἢ οὔ. When a writer uses μή in one such question, and then οὐ in another, the motive of the change may be his wish to mark (by οὐ) a negative fact (or what he conceives as such): Antiphon or. 5 § 14 οὐ δεῖ ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῶν τοῦ κατηγόρου λόγων τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν, εἰ καλῶς ὑμῖν κεῖνται ἢ μή, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν νόμων τοὺς τοῦ κατηγόρου λόγους, εἰ ὀρθῶς καὶ νομίμως ὑμᾶς διδάσκει τὸ πρᾶγμα ἢ οὔ .

ἐκφέρει : schol. εἰς τέλος ἐξάγει: ‘brings out,’ as from a labyrinth, to the desired goal. Cp. O. C. 98 ἐξήγαγ’ εἰς τόδ’ ἄλσος , (your guidance) ‘hath led me home to this grove.’ Plat. Phaedo p. 66 B κινδυνεύει τοι ὥσπερ ἀτραπός τις ἐκφέρειν ἡμᾶς .

κυνὸς Λακαίνης . According to Aristotle, the Laconian dogs were crossbred with foxes (ἐξ ἀλώπεκος καὶ κυνὸς οἱ Λακωνικοί, Hist. Anim. 8. 28, p. 607 a 3). He describes them as a small breed, with long nostrils and keen scent (ὅσων οἱ μυκτῆρες μακροί, οἷον τῶν Λακωνικῶν κυνιδίων, ὀσφραντικά: Gener. Anim. 5. 2, p. 781 b 9). They were the best hunting dogs, as Pindar testifies, fr. 106: ἀπὸ Ταϋγέτοιο μὲν Λάκαιναν | ἐπὶ θηρσὶ κύνα τρέφειν [ v.l. τρέχειν] πυκινώτατον ἑρπετόν. The Molossian dog is often associated with the Laconian ( Hor. Epod. 6. 5 Molossus aut fulvus Laco: G. 3. 405 Velocis Spartae catulos acremque Molossum); but Aristotle tells us that the Molossian breed had no special merit for sporting purposes; its best product was the large sheep-dog. The chief points common to the Laconian and Molossian breeds were courage and pertinacity (ἀνδρία and φιλοπονία, Hist. An. 9. 1, p. 608 a 31).

The use of the feminine gender by Sophocles here may be illustrated by Aristotle's remark,—αἱ Λάκαιναι κύνες αἱ θήλειαι εὐφυέστεραι τῶν ἀρρένων εἰσίν,— i.e., ‘of a finer intelligence’ (ib. p. 608 a 27).—Cp. Shakesp. Midsummer-Night's Dream 4. 1. 124, where Theseus says, My hounds are bred out of the Spartan kind | ... A cry more tuneable | Was never holla'd to, nor cheer'd with horn, | In Crete, in Sparta, nor in Thessaly.

εὔρινος is nom., not gen. (from εὔρις). It is true that εὔρις occurs in Aesch. Ag. 1093, and ἄρρινες in Xen. Cyn. 3. 2; while εὔρινος (from ῥίς) occurs only in late Greek, as Babrius 43. 8 σκύλαξιν εὐρίνοις: Aelian N. A. 2. 15 δίκην εὐρίνου κυνός, etc. (In Apoll. Rh. 3. 1299 ἐΰρινοι is not from ῥίς, but from ῥινός,—‘of good leather.’) But the form is correct in itself; such alternatives were frequent (cp. σύζυγος by the side of σύζυξ, etc.); and three points here recommend the nominative. (1) The order of the words ὥς τις εὔρινος βάσις. (2) The idiom, consonant with tragic style, by which the epithet of the hound is transferred to βάσις: cp. Eur. H. F. 450 γραίας ὄσσων..πηγάς : Phoen. 1351 λευκοπήχεις κτύπους χεροῖν. (3) The fact that βάσις, with no epithet, would be somewhat weak. Libanius (c. 350 A.D. ) took εὔρινος as nom., vol. 4. p. 1065 εὐρίνῳ βάσει τὸ λανθάνον ἀνιχνεύοντες. The genitive was understood by the schol. on v. 7, and by Manuel Palaeologus or. 6. 331 (λάκαιναι κύνες· εὔρινας ταύτας εἶπε Σοφοκλῆς ).

τυγχάνει : sc. ὤν: cp. El. 46 n.

στάζων ἱδρῶτι . Some think that ἱδρῶτι refers to κάρα only, and that στάζων χέρας ξιφοκτόνους is equivalent to στάζων αἵματι χέρας: cp. El. 1422 φοινία δὲ χεὶρ | στάζει θυηλῆς Ἄρεος: Aesch. Eum. 41 αἵματι | στάζοντα χεῖρας. Certainly ξιφοκτόνους suggests the blood upon his hands. But the integral phrase, στάζων ἱδρῶτι, must surely go with χέρας no less than with κάρα. The hands are bathed in sweat and in blood.

παπταίνειν , from meaning ‘to glance timidly’ around, passes into the sense of looking about anxiously for someone or something ( Il. 17. 115 παπταίνων Αἴαντα), and so comes to denote restless search, as in Pind. O. 1. 114 μηκέτι πάπταινε πόρσιον, Pind. P. 3. 22 παπταίνει τὰ πόρσω. Here, the notion of moving forward in a wary quest is assisted by εἴσω .

ἔργον , opus est: 852: El. 1372 n.

ἐννέπειν δ’ : here δὲ =ἀλλά: Ant. 85 n.: Ph. 94.

ὅτου χάριν . Athena already knows his motive (36); but this touch of divine irony is dramatically useful by giving the cue for his statement.

σπουδὴν ἔθου τήνδ’ =ἐσπούδασας περὶ τούτου. This periphrasis, more elegant than that with ποιεῖσθαι, is much used by the poet; thus τίθεσθαι πρόνοιαν (536), ἐπιστροφήν ( O. T. 134), τάφον (ib. 1447), φόνον ( O. C. 542), μῆκος λόγων (ib. 1139), λησμοσύναν ( Ant. 151), συγγνωμοσύνην ( Tr. 1265).

ὦ φθέγμ’ Ἀθάνας : cp. El. 1225 ὦ φθέγμ’, ἀφίκου; (n.).

φιλτάτης ἐμοὶ θεῶν : as he says in Ph. 134, Νίκη τ’ Ἀθάνα Πολιάς, ἣ σῴζει μ’ ἀεί. In Od. 20. 47 she says to him, αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι, διαμπερὲς ἥ σε φυλάσσω | ἐν πάντεσσι πόνοις.

κἂν ἄποπτος ᾖς ὅμως . The general sense of ἄποπτος here is, ‘far from my sight’; the question is whether this means, (1) ‘seen only at a distance,’ ‘dimly seen’; or (2) ‘unseen.’ I formerly preferred the first view, for which we may compare Ph. 467, πλοῦν μὴ )ξ ἀπόπτου μᾶλλον ἢ )γγύθεν σκοπεῖν, ‘to watch the weather near our ship, rather than from afar.’ But I now feel two difficulties which it involves. (1) The emphasis on voice and thought—φθέγμα, φώνημα, ξυναρπάζω φρενί—is so strong as to imply that he does not see her, even at a distance. (2) There can be no doubt that she was visible to the audience. She was probably on the θεολογεῖον,—a sort of platform, which projected from the wings, at the back of the proscenium, and close to its upper edge. If, then, Odysseus spoke of her as ‘seen only afar,’—a dim vision in the clouds,—the effect would be scarcely happy for the spectators, whose eyes could measure the actual distance between goddess and hero. On the other hand, there would seem nothing strange in her remaining invisible to him. In the Hippolytus, Aphroditè speaks the prologue, and was certainly visible to the spectators; but not to Hippolytus, who says, κλύων μὲν αὐδήν, ὄμμα δ’ οὐχ ὁρῶν τὸ σόν.

When Ajax comes forth, he, indeed, appears to see her (v. 91, ὦ χαῖρ’ Ἀθάνα, κ.τ.λ.); while to Tecmessa she is invisible (301). But this, again, would not be inconsistent with Greek belief. In Il. 22. 277Athena restores the spear to Achilles, yet is unseen by Hector. In Il. 1. 198 she appears to Achilles, but the others see her not.

For ἄποπτος as=‘out of sight,’ cp. El. 1488(of Aegisthus) πρόθες | ἄποπτον ἡμῶν: Dionys. Hal. 2. 54 ἐν ἀπόπτῳ τίθενται τὸν χάρακα (‘in a place out of sight’). It may be added that we might suppose Athena to be invisible to Odysseus now, without necessarily excluding the idea that she becomes visible to him at a later moment in the dialogue. Thus in Eur. Hipp. 1391 the presence of Artemis is known to Hippolytus only by a divine fragrance, though to the spectators she is doubtless visible; but a little later he beholds her (1440).—See Appendix.

ξυναρπάζω φρενί expresses the thrill of instant recognition, as the voice falls distinctly (εὐμαθὲς) on his ear; it also suggests the emotion of joy. For the verb, cp. Simylus (a poet of the Middle Comedy) ap. Stobaeus Flor. 360. 4. 14 κριτὴν τὸ ῥηθὲν δυνάμενον ξυναρπάσαι.

κώδωνος … Τυρσηνικῆς . The trumpet meant here was in form like the Roman,—straight, gradually increasing in diameter, and ending in a bell-shaped aperture ( κώδων). ‘Tyrrhenian,’ a frequent epithet of the trumpet ( Aesch. Eum. 567, Eur. Phoen. 1377, Verg. Aen. 8. 526, etc.), perhaps means no more than that the instrument was first brought to Europe by Tyrrhenian pirates,—the λῃστοσαλπιγκταί of Menander (frag.incert. 399). The Tyrrheni, according to a tradition for which Herodotus is the earliest witness (1. 94), were of Lydian origin; and the bronze trumpet may have been a Lydian invention (see Dict. Ant. ‘Tuba’). Homer mentions the trumpet only in similes, as when the voice of Achilles is likened to it ( Il. 18. 219, etc.). But the Greeks must have had it as early at least as the time of the Dorian conquest, to judge from the legends heard by Pausanias at Argos (2. 21, § 3), where there was a shrine of Ἀθηνᾶ Σάλπιγξ.—See Appendix.

As to the gender of κώδων, De Sens. 6 p. 446 b 22 has τῆς κώδωνος (bell). In Ar. Pax 1078 the words χἡ κώδων ἀκαλανθίς are said to mean a kind of hound. But κώδων (bell) is masc. with Thuc. , Strabo, Plutarch, Diodorus and Lucian.

ἐπέγνως with partic. (κυκλοῦντ’) of the act observed, as Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 33 ἐπέγνως δ’ ἂν..οὐδένα οὔτε ὀργιζόμενον.. οὔτε χαίροντα. For slightly different uses of ἐπιγιγνώσκω, cp. Soph. Ant. 960, Soph. El. 1296. Remark εὖ as 2nd syll. of 3rd foot, referring to the word before it: cp. 95, Ant. 166, Ant. 723.

βάσιν κυκλοῦντ’ , moving round and round, going backwards and forwards in the attempt to make out the footprints,—like a hound questing about for the scent. Cp. Ant. 226 ὁδοῖς κυκλῶν ἐμαυτὸν εἰς ἀναστροφήν. Eur. Or. 632 ποῖ σὸν πόδ’ ἐπὶ συννοίᾳ κυκλεῖς (‘pacing to and fro in meditation’), | διπλῆς μερίμνης διπτύχους ἰὼν ὁδούς;

τῷ σακεσφόρῳ : Il. 7. 219 Αἴας δ’ ἐγγύθεν ἦλθε φέρων σάκος ἠΰτε πύργον, | χάλκεον, ἑπταβόειον,—i.e., made by stitching together seven layers of ox-hide, and then covering the outer face with plates of bronze. Cp. 576 : Ovid Met. 13. 2 clypei dominus septemplicis Aiax.

ἄσκοπον , inconceivable,—of unimaginable horror: cp. El. 864 ἄσκοπος ἁ λώβα.

ἔχει περάνας =a perfect ( O. T. 577 n.): the double acc., as with δρᾶν, ποιεῖν, etc. (cp. 1324).

εἴργασται , instead of repeating ἔχει περάνας: cp. O. T. 54 ὡς εἴπερ ἄρξεις τῆσδε γῆς, ὥσπερ κρατεῖς (n.).

τρανές , ‘clear,’ like the cognate τορόν (rt. τερ, τρα, τε‐τραίνω, to pierce). The adj. τρανής is not elsewhere extant, but τρανῶς is used by Aesch. ( Aesch. Ag. 1371) and Eur. ( Eur. El. 758). The form τρανός was current in later Greek; the earliest instance seems to be Halic. Dionys. (c. 25 B.C.) De Comp. Verborum c. 22 τρανὴν καὶ καθαρὰν δύναμιν.

ἀλώμεθα : this fig. sense, with ref. to uncertainty (‘to be at sea,’ as we say), belongs nowhere else to this verb, but often to πλανᾶσθαι ( Her. 6. 37, etc.; Hipp. Ma. 304 C πλανῶμαι μὲν καὶ ἀπορῶ ἀεί).

)θελοντής . The form ἐθελοντής occurs in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, and the Orators, as ἐθελοντήρ does in Od. 2. 292.On the other hand θελοντής is cited only from Porphyrius (c. 270 A.D. , see Lobeck, Phryn. 7) and Hierocles (c. 450 A.D. ), ap. Flor. 75. 14 (p. 449. 20). Similarly ἐθελήμων is the form used by Plato ( Crat. 406 A), while the earliest authority for θελήμων is Apoll. Rhod. 2. 557. In tragic iambics θέλω was naturally preferred, on metrical grounds, to ἐθέλω, though the latter occurs in tragic anapaests (as O. T. 1303, Ph. 145). If θελοντής were found in a passage where metre required it, the rarity of the form would not justify its rejection. But where, as here, aphaeresis was available, it is surely more probable that the poet wrote ἐθελοντής.

ὑπεζύγην , as if the task were a yoke under which he placed himself: cp. Ph. 1025 κλοπῇ τε κἀνάγκῃ ζυγείς (n.): Aesch. P. V. 108 ἀνάγκαις ταῖσδ’ ὑπέζευγμαι.

κατηναρισμένας : for ἐναρίζω ‘to slay’ (properly with the further notion of ‘despoiling’) cp. O. C. 1733, Tr. 94.From the cognate form κατεναίρομαι we have κατήναρες in Ant. 871.

ἐκ χειρὸς , by a human hand. The military sense, ‘at close quarters’ ( H. 7. 2. 14 ἐνέβαλον καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς ἐμάχοντο), is less fitting here.

αὐτοῖς ποιμνίων ἐπιστάταις : cp. fr. 873 αὐτοῖσιν ὅπλοις. The idiom occurs in the Iliad (as 8. 24),—sometimes with σύν added (as 14. 498), a form of it found also, though not often, in later poetry ( Eur. Ion 32 αὐτῷ ξὺν ἄγγει).

ἐπιστάταις , ‘overseers,’ ‘masters’ or ‘guardians’ of them; as a warrior is ὅπλων ἐπιστάτης ( Aesch. Pers. 379), and a rower, ἐρετμῶν ( Helen. 1267). Cp. Eur. fr. 188. 4 σκάπτων, ἀρῶν γῆν, ποιμνίοις ἐπιστατῶν. The herdsmen being dead, there was no one who could identify the assailant.

πᾶς τις . The deed was found out at dawn. Common rumour at once pointed to Ajax. Then the ὀπτήρ (29) informed Odysseus, who reached the tent of Ajax very soon after the latter's return; as is shown by 296—304 compared with 91—113.

νέμει : cp. Galen 7. 582 (Kühn) οὐκ ἴσην ἅπασι νέμει τὴν αἰτίαν.—The corrupt τρέπει may have come from the gloss on ἐκείνῳ..νέμει which occurs in some of the later MSS., εἰς αὐτὸν τρέπει. This is one of the few instances (like Ant. 386 and 831) where a true reading, lost in L, has been preserved in other MSS. Cp. crit. notes on 44, Ant. 61.

τις placed before its noun: 1163: Ph. 519.

ὀπτὴρ , a scout; cp. Od. 14. 261 ὀπτῆρας δὲ κατὰ σκοπιὰς ὤτρυνα νέεσθαι: Aesch. Theb. 36 σκοποὺς δὲ κἀγὼ καὶ κατοπτῆρας στρατοῦ | ἔπεμψα. In Suppl. 185, however, ὀπτῆρες are ‘eye-witnesses,’—the usual sense of the word in Attic prose.

πεδία is the acc. describing the ground traversed (as we can say, ‘to walk the earth’): cp. 845: Aesch. P. V. 708 στεῖχ’ ἀνηρότους γύας: Helen. 598 πᾶσαν πλανηθεὶς τήνδε βάρβαρον χθόνα: Callim. Hymn. Dian. 193 ἐφοίτα | παίπαλά τε κρημνούς τε .

νεορράντῳ (as in 828), ‘newly sprinkled’ with blood: a compound suggested to the poet by the frequent use of ῥαίνω in that connection; as Il. 12. 430 ἐπάλξιες αἵματι φωτῶν | ἐρράδατ’: Pind. I. 7. 50 ῥαίνων φόνῳ πεδίον.—When thus seen, Ajax was in the act of driving the animals that still lived to his tent: πηδῶντα describes his wild gestures of triumph.

φράζει τε κἀδήλωσεν : the first verb refers to the announcement, ‘I have seen Ajax,’—the second, to a statement with more detail,—as to the direction in which he was going, etc. For historic pres. followed by aor., cp. Ant. 406 καὶ πῶς ὁρᾶται κἀπίληπτος ᾑρέθη; (n.).

κατ’ ἴχνος : cp. Plat. Rep.p. 410 B κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἴχνη ταῦτα διώκων. Similarly κατὰ πόδας τινός, ‘at his heels’ ( Her. 9. 89, etc.).

σημαίνομαι , midd., assure myself about them, identify them, by the indications observed. Cp. Xen. Cyn. 6. 22(of hounds): αἱ δ’ ἐπειδὰν λαμπρὰ ᾖ τὰ ἴχνη,...ἐνσημαινόμεναι, ὅρους τιθέμεναι ἑαυταῖς γνωρίμους, ταχὺ μεταθεύσονται. Appian Bell. Civ. 4. 19 σημηνάμενοι τὸ γιγνόμενον εἶναι σύμβολον ἐκ θεοῦ . Aelian N. A. 7. 48 ἄστροις αὐτὰς (the cities) ἐσημαίνετο. Oppian Cyneg. 1. 454 μυξωτῆρσι κύνες δὲ πανίχνια σημήναντο.

τὰ δ’ ἐκπέπληγμαι : ‘as to other tracks’—viz., those of the cattle which Ajax had driven to the tent—he is bewildered.

ὅτου , as the context shows, is right: he cannot imagine who had made these tracks. ὅπου (cr. n.) would mean that, in the line of footprints made by Ajax, some were missing, which Odysseus did not know where to find.

καιρὸν , adv., as 1316: Helen. 479 καιρὸν γὰρ οὐδέν’ ἦλθες: Ar. Ach. 23 ἀωρίαν ἥκοντες. But εἰς καιρὸν in 1168.

τά τ’ οὖν : for οὖν in the first of two such clauses, cp. O. T. 1049 εἴτ’ οὖν ἐπ’ ἀγρῶν εἴτε κἀνθάδ’ εἰσιδών.

ἔβην … εἰς ὁδόν , ‘came into the path,’—placed myself on the route by which Ajax must pass.

κυναγίᾳ . Though we may conveniently render, ‘A watcher friendly to thy chase,’ the dat. seems really to depend on the whole idea, φύλαξ πρόθυμος (a zealous watcher in the interest of thy chase), rather than on the adj. only; though in H. 2. 3. 40 we have οἱ πρόθυμοι τῇ πόλει γεγενημένοι. Cp. O.C. 355 φύλαξ δέ μοι (vulg. μουmou | πιστὴ κατέστης .—The Doric form of κυναγία is supported by L here, as by the MSS. generally in Eur. Hipp. 109: while in Eur. Bacch. 339 the MSS. favour κυνηγίαις, and the Doric form was restored by Matthiae. Attic Tragedy used κυναγός, κυναγία, κυνηγετεῖν, κυνηγέτης.

ἦ καί , in eager question: cp. 44, 48: El. 314 n.

πρὸς καιρὸν = καιρίως , O.T. 325 n.

ὡς , ‘know that’: Ph. 117 n.— σοι , ethic dat.

πρὸς τί , ‘wherefore?’ Cp. O.T. 766, 1027, 1144.

ᾖξεν , trans., as Eur. Or. 1427 ff. παρὰ βόστρυχον αὔραν.. | .. κύκλῳ | πτερίνῳ...ᾄσσων, ‘agitating’ the air with a fan. Eur. Itis not impossible to take ᾖξεν as intrans. (‘broke forth in violence’); but it would be very harsh.

δυσλόγιστον is an epithet proper to the violence, transferred to the hand which wrought it; ‘reasoning amiss,’ i.e. ‘irrational,’ ‘insensate.’ Cp. 229 παραπλήκτῳ χερί. An exact parallel to this active sense is afforded by Arist. Rhet. 2. 8. 4, where οἱ πεπαιδευμένοι are called εὐλόγιστοι, i.e., ‘reflecting,’ ‘prudent.’ In its passive sense, δυσλόγιστον would mean that the deed is ‘inexplicable’: cp. Anaximenes ap. Eclog. 2. 8. 17 τὸ γὰρ δυσλόγιστον τοῦ βίου τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τύχην προσαγορεύομεν, ‘we give the name of chance to that element in life which men find hard to explain.’ But here the agent's frenzy is more in point than the observer's perplexity.—Some take δυσλόγιστον with τί : ‘for what unintelligible reason?’ But this enfeebles the sense and mars the rhythm.

βαρυνθεὶς , incensed, vexed, as O.T. 781: cp. βαρύς in 1017.

ὅπλων , causal gen.: cp. Tr. 269 ὧν ἔχων χόλον : Ph. 327 n. For the adj. Ἀχιλλείων , instead of Ἀχιλλέως, cp. O.T. 267 τῷ Λαβδακείῳ παιδί (n.).

τί δῆτα : i.e., why, in that case, did he attack cattle, rather than the men who had awarded the arms?

ἐπεμπίπτει : cp. 185 ἐν ποίμναις πίτνων, and 374 f.— τήνδε … βάσιν , a cognate acc. (as if the verb were ἐπεμβαίνει): cp. Aesch. Pers. 305 πήδημα κοῦφον ἐκ νεὼς ἀφήλατο. ( Soph. Tr. 339, τοῦ με τήνδ’ ἐφίστασαι βάσιν, is different: see n. there.)

ἐν ὑμῖν : so 366 ἐν ἀφόβοις με θηρσὶ δεινὸν χέρας: cp. 1092, 1315.

ἦ καὶ : cp. 38 n.

ὡς ἐπ’ Ἀργείοις : ὡς here marks the intention of Ajax (which was frustrated): cp. Ph. 58 πλεῖς δ’ ὡς πρὸς οἶκον (n.).

κἂν ἐξεπράξατ’ : schol. μὴ λέγε βούλευμα, φησίν· οὐ γὰρ ἦν βούλευμα ἀλλὰ πρᾶγμα, εἰ κατημέλησα ἐγώ. Cp. Ph. 555 κοὐ μόνον βουλεύματα, | ἀλλ’ ἔργα δρώμεν’. The answer is more forcible than if the poet had written κἂν ἐξέπραξέ γ’ : see on Ph. 105, Ph. 985 , El. 408.—The midd. ἐκπράσσομαι is rare; in Her. 7. 158 it means ‘to avenge’ (φόνον). Cp. O.T. 287 ἐπραξάμην (n.).

ποίαισι κ.τ.λ. The datives denote manner (or attendant circumstance), and refer to τὸ βούλευμ’...ἦν in 44. ‘What were these daring schemes, what was this rash confidence, with which he planned the attack?’—i.e., ‘How could he possibly have conceived such a mad enterprise?’ For ταῖσδε combined with ποίαισι , cp. Ph. 1204 ποῖον ἐρεῖς τόδ’ ἔπος;

νύκτωρ κ.τ.λ.: an answer to the last question:—he relied on darkness, and on craft; and none shared his secret.

ἦ καὶ : 38 n.

παρέστη , came close to us: cp. Tr. 748 ποῦ δ’ ἐμπελάζεις τἀνδρὶ καὶ παρίστασαι; El. 295 βοᾷ παραστᾶς .

καὶ δὴ , ‘already’: O.C. 31 n.— δισσαῖς … στρατηγίσιν πύλαις , the tentdoors of the two chiefs, Agamemnon and Menelaüs. (Cp. Paus. 4. 19. 2 τὴν σκηνὴν τὴν στρατηγίδα.) The phrase is equivalent, of course, to δισσῶν στρατηγῶν πύλαις. 721 στρατήγιον, n. But, since there were two tents and two entrances, δισσαῖς is strictly the epithet of πύλαις|: i.e., the literal sense is, ‘two doors of chiefs.’ If the two chiefs had shared the same tent, so that only one entrance could be meant by πύλαις, then, indeed, δισσαῖς could be explained only as referring to the subst. implied in στρατηγίσιν,—‘the tent-door of two chiefs,’= δισσοστρατηγίσιν πύλαις. But such a use of δισσαῖς seems impossible. Could δισσὰ ἀδελφῶν ἅρματα ( e.g.) mean, ‘a chariot belonging to two brothers’?

καὶ πῶς : for καὶ prefixed to interrogative words, see on O.C. 263.—Join ἐπέσχε with φόνου . The word μαιμῶσαν is Homeric: Il. 13. 77 περὶ δούρατι χεῖρες ἄαπτοι | μαιμῶσιν. Cp. Lycophron 1171 μαιμῶν κορέσσαι χεῖρα διψῶσαν φόνου,—a reminiscence, partly of this v., and partly of one of an unknown poet (τῶν τραγικῶν τις, Athen. 10. p. 433 F), frag. adesp. 96, ἴσχειν κελεύω χεῖρα διψῶσαν φόνου .

ἐγώ , an expression of divine majesty and power; cp. 69, 85.

δυσφόρους , hard to bear up against: her hand is heavy upon him. Cp. 643 δύσφορον ἄταν: O.T. 87 τὰ δύσφοῤ, i.e., the woes of Thebes: El. 144 τῶν δυσφόρων, miseries. Besides this sense, the only other in which the word occurs is, ‘hard to carry about,’ ‘moving with difficulty,’ as Plat. Tim.p. 74 E ἵνα μὴ δύσφορα τὰ σώματα ἀπεργάζοιντο (‘unwieldy’). A scholiast wrongly took δυσφόρους here as=κακῶς φερομένας, παραφόρους, i.e. ‘led astray,’ ‘misguided.’

γνώμας , opinions, beliefs,—here, the fancies or illusions of madness. There is a certain irony in the word. Some editors strangely prefer the conjecture λήμας ,—as if the goddess had afflicted him with sore or weak eyes ( Plut. 581 Κρονικαῖς λήμαις...λημῶντες τὰς φρένας ).

Join τῆς ἀνηκέστου χαρᾶς with γνώμας : his eyes, under Athena's spell, see his human foes in the cattle whom he slays or torments; these fancies are the fancies of (or connected with) his baneful joy in his imaginary triumph. For the adj., cp. El. 888 θάλπει τῷδ’ ἀνηκέστῳ πυρί (n.).

Others take the gen. as depending on ἀπείργω , placing a comma after the verb, and another after βαλοῦσα ,—a punctuation which is found in the Aldine. But (1) the sense of χαρᾶς is then attenuated to that of ‘ hoped-for vengeance,’—whereas, as ἀνηκέστου shows, it clearly denotes the frantic joy which Ajax actually felt; and (2) the order of words is then less natural.

πρός τε ποίμνας =πρὸς ποίμνας τε: for τε misplaced, cp. 654: O.T. 258 n. As distinguished from herds of oxen, ποῖμναι are flocks of sheep and goats; cp. 63, 297, 374. But the word ποῖμναι is also used more vaguely to denote both herds and flocks (42, 300): and in 1061 we find even μῆλα καὶ ποίμνας, ‘sheep and cattle.’

σύμμικτά τε … φρουρήματα : confused, unshared, spoil-charges of herdsmen, i.e., ‘the confused droves, your unshared spoil, guarded by herdsmen.’ λείας is a defining gen., denoting that in which the φρουρήματα consisted; βουκόλων is a possessive gen. Cp. El. 681 Ἑλλάδος | πρόσχημ’ ἀγῶνος, the pride of Greece (possessive gen.), consisting in a festival (defining gen.): so Aesch. Ch. 183 καρδίας κλυδώνιον | χολῆς (defining gen.). Others prefer to take λείας as a partitive gen. (‘forming part of the spoil’),—less fitly, I think.

ἄδαστα : cp. Il. 1. 125 ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν πολίων ἐξεπράθομεν, τὰ δέδασται. At v. 26 the word λείας is used to denote the slaughtered animals generally. Sheep and oxen were alike λεία in the large sense, as having been taken from the foe, but the oxen are more especially so-called, because they were to be shared among individual chiefs or others, while the flocks were kept for the public maintenance. With ἄδαστα here, cp. 146 λοιπή, and 175 πανδάμους (n.).

ἔκειρε … φόνον . κείρειν φόνον=to cause bloodshed by hewing; as τυφλοῦν ἕλκος=‘to inflict a blinding wound’ ( Ant. 972 n.), τρῶσαι φόνον=‘to deal a deathwound’ ( Suppl. 1205).—Note the παρήχησις in ἔκειρε—πολύκερων: cp. 528, 1112: O. T. 370 n.

πολύκερων φόνον , a slaughter of many horned creatures, like χερόπλακτοι...δοῦποι (631 ff.), αὔχημα εὔιππον, a glory consisting in good horses ( O. C. 711 n.), ῥιμφάρματοι ἅμιλλαι, contests of swift chariots ( ib. 1062 f. n.).— The accent of πολύκερων (cp. 64 εὔκερων) is acc. to the rule that adjectives in ‐ως follow the Attic 2nd decl. of nouns in ‐ως or ‐ων, which can be proparoxytone if the ω in the last syll. is immediately preceded by ε, or separated from it only by a liquid: thus ἀξιόχρεως, βαθύγεως, ἵλεως, φιλόγελως .

ῥαχίζων , here in a general sense, ‘hewing down’; properly, to cut through the spine (ῥάχις), to cleave in twain; cp. 299: Aesch. Pers. 426 ἔπαιον, ἐρράχιζον.

κἀδόκει μὲν κ.τ.λ.: properly, κἀδόκει ἔστι μὲν ὅτε..., ἔστι δὲ ὅτε: but μὲν is misplaced (as in Ph. 279 ὁρῶντα μὲν ναῦς, and ib. 1136 ὁρῶν μὲν ἀπάτας); and ἔστι δὲ is omitted. Cp. O. T. 603 τοῦτο μέν, balanced in 605 by τοῦτ’ ἄλλο.

φοιτῶντ’ : cp. Aesch. Th. 661(boasts) φλύοντα σὺν φοίτῳ φρενῶν. For the plur. νόσοις cp. 338 νοσήμασι : Eur. Or. 270 μανιάσιν λυσσήμασι.

ὤτρυνον, εἰσέβαλλον . Hermann supported his conjecture, Ἐρινύων ὤτρυνον (cr. n.), by the remark that the asyndeton in the traditional text implies an agitation of mind unsuitable to the goddess. But it rather expresses the vehemence with which the frenzy sent by her drove Ajax onward. Cp. Aesch. Cho. 288 καὶ λύσσα καὶ μάταιος ἐκ νυκτῶν φόβος | κινεῖ, ταράσσει.

εἰς ἕρκη κακά . Cp. Aesch. Ag. 1611 τῆς Δίκης ἐν ἕρκεσιν. Here it is the epithet κακά which marks the figurative sense of ἕρκη: as dirges are ὕμνοι ἄλυροι ( Eur. Alc. 447), and the eagle of Zeus is πτηνὸς κύων ( Aesch. P. V. 1022). For the similar use of other words denoting nets or toils, see on El. 1476 ἀρκυστάτοις .

κἄπειτ’ ἐπειδὴ : this harsh combination of sounds (as we should think it) is not rare; thus Ar. Eccl. 1100 κἄπειτ’ ἐπειδὰν τῆσδ’ ἀπαλλαγῶ: Vesp. 1322 ἔπειτ’ ἐπειδὴ )μέθυεν : Plut. 695 ἔπειτ’ ἐπειδὴ μεστὸς ἦν: [Dem. ] or. 59 § 89 ἔπειτ’ ἐπειδὰν πεισθῇ. Similarly Eur. Or. 238 ἕως ἐῶσί σ’: Helen. 1292 ἢν γυνὴ γένῃ: I. T. 1339 ἦμεν ἥμενοι.

ἐλώφησεν implies only respite or alleviation, not cure: cp. Thuc. 6. 12§ 1 ἀπὸ νόσου μεγάλης καὶ πολέμου βραχύ τι λελωφήκαμεν. Cp. Soph. Tr. 554 n.

πόνου : the simple gen. is usual with λωφᾶν: cp. Phaedr. 251 C λωφᾷ..τῆς ὀδύνης .

αὖ , ‘in their turn’: cp. 1088: Ant. 601.

ἄνδρας =ἀνθρώπους : cp. 243 δαίμων | κοὐδεὶς ἀνδρῶν.

εὔκερων , since the oxen were his most conspicuous prizes: there is a bitter irony in the epithet. For the accent, see on 55.

καὶ σοὶ , to thee also (as I myself have seen it): cp. Plat. Phaed. 64 C ἐὰν ἄρα καὶ σοὶ ξυνδοκῇ ἅπερ καὶ ἐμοί. Seyffert writes καί σοι (as if the sense were, ‘I will further show thee’): but this is plainly wrong.

δείξω … περιφανῆ , ‘will show thee openly’ (instead of allowing it to remain hidden in the tent): cp. El. 1366 αἳ ταῦτά σοι δείξουσιν, Ἠλέκτρα, σαφῆ. Cp. 81 περιφανῶς..ἰδεῖν.—We might, indeed, take περιφανῆ as a mere epithet, ‘this signal, notable, frenzy’; but in the actual context the other view is preferable.

θροῇς , ‘proclaim’: cp. 785: O. C. 597 πᾶς τοῦτό γ’ Ἑλλήνων θροεῖ.

μηδὲ συμφορὰν δέχου τὸν ἄνδρα , lit., ‘do not receive (or take) the man as a calamity,’ i.e., ‘do not apprehend harm from his coming.’ There is a light touch of half-playful irony in the words with which the goddess reassures her favourite. Cp. Eur. Or. 138 ἀλλ’ ἐμοὶ | τόνδ’ ἐξεγεῖραι ξυμφορὰ γενήσεται. Hdt. 6. 61 τοὺς γονέας συμφορὴν τὸ εἶδος αὐτῆς ποιευμένους. Similarly Il. 21. 39 τῷ δ’ ἄρ’ ἀνώϊστον κακὸν ἤλυθε δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς: O. T. 379 Κρέων δέ σοι πῆμ’ οὐδέν. —Whitelaw (Translation, p. 440) takes the constr. to be, μίμνε (μηδὲ συμφορὰν δέχου) τὸν ἄνδρα,—‘Bravely await, expecting no mischance, | His coming,’— διὰ μέσου construction ( Ant. 1279 f., n.). A difficulty in this view is that δέχου must then have definitely the sense of προσδέχου.

ἀποστρόφους , proleptic: cp. Ant. 791 σὺ καὶ δικαίων ἀδίκους φρένας παρασπᾷς. Here the adj. is equiv. to ἀποστρέψασα,— ‘I will avert, and (thereby) hinder.’— ἀπείρξω … εἰ<*>ιδεῖν , without μή: as εἴργω takes the simple inf. in O. T. 129, Ph. 1407, Tr. 1257.

These three verses have been rejected (cr. n.), on the ground that, after this promise from Athena, Odysseus had no cause to feel the alarm which he shows in vv. 74 ff., or to ask the question (v. 84) which elicits a renewal of that promise (85). But the poet wished to render the preparation for the hero's entrance as impressive as possible; and chose, therefore, to represent Odysseus—a brave man—as still uneasy, until the assurance given to him had been repeated in a yet more explicit and emphatic form.

οὗτος : cp. 89, 1047: O. C. 1627 ὦ οὗτος οὗτος Οἰδίπους, τί μέλλομεν;

σὲ τὸν κ.τ.λ.: in a peremptory call of this kind, the acc. regularly stands first; cp. 1228, and see on Ant. 441 σὲ δή, σὲ τὴν νεύουσαν κ.τ.λ.

αἰχμαλωτίδας , instead of αἰχμαλώτων: cp. Eur. Or. 222 ἀδελφῇ χειρί (a sister's hand); I. A. 1306 εὐναῖς βασιλίσι (the bed of a king).

ἀπευθύνοντα , lit. ‘straightening out,’ here, binding behind the back: O. T. 1154 οὐχ ὡς τάχος τις τοῦδ’ ἀποστρέψει χέρας; Od. 22. 189 σὺν δὲ πόδας χεῖράς τε δέον θυμαλγέϊ δεσμῷ | εὖ μάλ’ ἀποστρέψαντε διαμπερές. So Achilles deals with his captives, Il. 21. 30 δῆσε δ’ ὀπίσσω χεῖρας ἐϋτμήτοισιν ἱμᾶσιν. Hom. Od. 3. 5. 22 retorta tergo bracchia libero.

Cp. Eur. Andr. 719 ὧδ’, ὦ κάκιστε, τῆσδ’ ἐλυμήνω χέρας; | βοῦν ἢ λέοντ’ ἤλπιζες ἐντείνειν βρόχοις; (‘strain with cords’). Ajax fancies himself to be tying the hands of human prisoners behind them, when he fastens the fore feet of an ox or sheep to its hind feet. Cp. 299.

τί δρᾷς ..; Odysseus is brave, but reasonably reluctant to face a raging maniac who hates him (1336).

μηδαμῶς σφ’ ἔξω κάλει . The omission of σφ’ (cr. n.) seems undesirable here; though it could be defended (see Ph. 801 n.). Cp. 496 .

οὐ σῖγ’ ἀνέξει μηδὲ δειλίαν ἀρεῖ ; lit., ‘Wilt thou not be patient in silence, and forbear to win the name of coward?’ Cp. Tr. 1183 οὐ θᾶσσον οἴσεις μηδ’ ἀπιστήσεις ἐμοί; ‘Give me thy hand at once —disobey me not!’ O. T. 637 οὐκ εἶ σύ τ’ οἴκους σύ τε, Κρέον, κατὰ στέγας, | καὶ μὴ τὸ μηδὲν ἄλγος εἰς μέγ’ οἴσετε; ‘Come, go thou into the house...and forbear to make much of a petty grief.’ See Appendix.

σῖγ’ ἀνέξει : cp. fr. 618 σύγγνωτε κἀνάσχεσθε σιγῶσαι.

δειλίαν ἀρεῖ , ‘win,’ ‘acquire,’ the reputation of cowardice: cp. Ant. 924 τὴν δυσσέβειαν εὐσεβοῦσ’ ἐκτησάμην (n.): I. T. 676 καὶ δειλίαν γὰρ καὶ κάκην κεκτήσομαι. The fut. midd. ἀροῦμαι occurs in O. C. 460 σωτῆρ’ ἀρεῖσθε , and Pind. P. 1. 75 ἀρέομαι.. μισθόν. The fut. act. ἀρεῖς has better MS. authority here; but is (I am now convinced) wrong. It could mean only, ‘raise thy cowardice,’ in the sense, ‘allow thy coward fears to rise,’—a very forced one. Further, there is no other example of a fut. act. ἀρῶ with α^ . See note in Appendix on the Future and Aorist forms from ἀείρω, αἴρω, ἄρνυμαι .

ἔνδον ἀρκείτω μένων : for the personal constr. (instead of ἀρκείτω αὐτὸν ἔνδον μένειν ), cp. 635: Ant. 547 ἀρκέσω θνῄσκους ἐγώ: O. T. 1061 ἅλις νοσοῦσ’ ἐγώ.

τί μὴ γένηται ; ‘lest what happen?’ So Suppl. 543 νεκροὺς δὲ ταρβεῖτ’ εἰ κρυβήσονται χθονί; | τί μὴ γένηται; μὴ κατασκάψωσι γῆν | ταφέντες ὑμῶν;

ἀνὴρ , emphatic, a man indeed; cp. 1238 οὐκ ἆρ’ Ἀχαιοῖς ἄνδρες εἰσὶ πλὴν ὅδε;

ἐχθρός γε . Odysseus refrains from replying that Ajax was then sane, but now is frenzied. ‘Yes,’ he answers, ‘my foeman,—as he is still.’ That enmity, he means, will now be more dangerous than ever.

οὔκουν γέλως ἥδιστος ..; The goddess suggests the vulgar sentiment of mankind, not as approving it, but, as it were, to test the disposition of Odysseus; who passes it by in silence, and afterwards repudiates it by his action.

ἐμοὶ μὲν : the particle merely throws a slight stress on the pronoun: Ant. 11 n.

φρονοῦντα γὰρ : ‘yes, for...’: the γὰρ of assent, O. T. 1117 n.

ἐξέστην with acc., as meaning ‘avoid’: Dem. or. 20 § 10 οὐδένα πώποτε κίνδυνον ἐξέστησαν (a phrase which occurs also in or. 23 § 76): Plat. Phileb.p. 43 A ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὑπεκστῆναι τὸν λόγον ἐπιφερόμενον τοῦτον βούλομαι (‘to elude the brunt of this argument’). Cp. Thuc. 2. 88§ 2 μηδένα ὄχλον...ὑποχωρεῖν (‘to face any numbers’). But ἐξίστασθαι takes a dat. when it means to ‘make place for’ (672), or ‘give way to’ ( Soph. Ph. 1053 ).

οὐδὲ νῦν refers to οὐκ in 82: ‘even as it is (i.e. though he is insane) thou hast no reason to fear him, since he will not see thee.’

ὀφθαλμοῖς … τοῖς αὐτοῖς , i.e., with eyesight as good as ever. Odysseus forgets, or ignores, the promise of Athena that she would avert from him the eyes of Ajax (69 f.). She now renews the assurance in a stronger form. Ajax shall, in respect to him, be blind.

δεδορκότα properly implies keen , bright vision: Suppl. 409 δεδορκὸς ὄμμα (with Tucker's note). Chrysippus ap. Gellius 14. 4 ἔντονον καὶ δεδορκὸς βλέπουσα (said of Justice), which Gellius renders, luminibus oculorum acribus.

γένοιτο κ.τ.λ.: cp. Her. 5. 9 γένοιτο δ’ ἂν πᾶν ἐν τῷ μακρῷ χρόνῳ.

μέντἂν , a crasis frequent in Attic prose ( Dem. or. 1 § 26, Plat. Rep.p. 375 D, etc.). Here μέντοι expresses reflective assent (‘well, certainly’), as so often in Plato (e.g., Plat. Soph.p. 245 B ἀληθέστατα μέντοι λέγεις).

θεοῦ , not θεᾶς,—the generalising masc.: Aesch. Eum. 297(ref. to Athena), ἔλθοι· κλύει δὲ καὶ πρόσωθεν ὢι θεός. So Soph. Ant. 463(ὅστις), Soph. Tr. 151(αὑτοῦ), Soph. El. 145(ὃς), Soph. El. 771( πάσχοντι), Soph. El. 1026(ἐγχειροῦντα), Soph. El. 1105(τὸν ἄγχιστον).

μένοιμ’ ἄν . Among its many shades of meaning, the opt. with ἄν sometimes expresses; as here, what the speaker feels that he must do; cp. Ant. 1108 ὧδ’ ὡς ἔχω στείχοιμ’ ἄν (n.). See below, Ant. 186.

ἤθελον δ’ ἂν , as Ph. 1278, and ib. 1239 ἂν..ἐβουλόμην: so ἠθέλησα with ἄν , ib. 427, O. T. 1348, and εἱλόμη<*> ἄν, Tr. 734.For ἤθελον without ἄν, see 1400.

ἐκτὸς ὢν τυχεῖν , to be clear of the peril: cp. Ph. 504 ἐκτὸς ὄντα πημάτων: ib. 1260 ἴσως ἂν ἐκτὸς κλαυμάτων ἔχοις πόδα: fr. 657. 3 ἐκτός εἰσι τῶν κακῶν.

οὗτος : 71.

Αἴας . When a proper name of the 3rd declension comes from a stem ending in αντ (as Αἰαντ), the Attic vocative ends in α—ς: so Θόας, ἄκουσον , I. T. 1436. The Homeric vocative of Αἴας is always Αἶαν (α^) —formed on the analogy of the voc from stems in οντ, as Κρέον (stem Κρεοντ). The vocatives Πουλυδάμα ( Il. 12. 231), Λαοδάμα ( Od. 8. 141) are exceptions, due perhaps to a sense that here the ending ‐αν might suggest an accusative.

τῆς συμμάχου : there is a terrible irony in this, since he had angered her by rejecting her aid in battle (774).

Ajax enters from the tent, carrying the heavy, blood-stained thong, with which he has been scourging the cattle (241 f.). Hence the title μαστιγοφόρος (see Argument to the Play).

Διογενὲς τέκνον : cp. Aesch. Th. 127 ὦ Διογενὲς φιλόμαχον κράτος (Athena): Eur. Cycl. 350 ὦ Παλλάς, ὦ δέσποινα, Διογενὲς θεά. Cp. Eur. Ion 465 παῖς ἁ Λατογενής.

παρέστης : cp. 117 .

στέψω , ‘crown,’ in the fig. sense of ‘honouring with gifts’: cp. El. 457 ὅπως τὸ λοιπὸν αὐτὸν ἀφνεωτέραις | χερσὶ στέφωμεν ἢ τανῦν δωρούμεθα: Ant. 431 χοαῖσι..τὸν νέκυν στέφει. (In later Greek, στεφανοῦν is said of any honorarium; as Plut. Timol. 16 τὸν..ἄνθρωπον ἐστεφάνωσαν.. δέκα μναῖς.) Here, the word may refer more esp. to hanging up trophies in Athena's temple (Aesch. Th. 278 λάφυρα δᾴων δουρίπηχθ’ ἁγνοῖς δόμοις | στέψω,— where, however, the text is doubtful: cp. Agam. 577 ff.).

λαφύροις (rt. λαβ), spoils taken from the enemy, a poetical word, used by Xenophon. The epithet παγχρύσοις suggests votive gifts (ἀναθήματα) of golden vessels.

ἐκεῖνο marks (better than τοῦτο would have done) the somewhat abrupt change of subject. Athena treats Ajax as one whose thoughts can be turned at pleasure in any new direction.

ἔγχος , ‘sword’; cp. 287, 658, 907, Ant. 1236; synonymous with ξίφος (10, Ant. 231 , Ant. 1034), and φάσγανον (834, Ant. 899).

εὖ : cp. 18 .— πρὸς Ἀργείων στρατῷ , ‘on’ them,—denoting an encounter at close quarters; cp. 97.

τὸ μή , where (after the negative) τὸ μὴ οὐ would be normal; so O. T. 1387 f., Ant. 443, Ph. 348 f.

ᾔχμασας χέρα ; The exact sense seems to be, ‘hast thou used an armed hand upon them?’ The acc. χέρα is analogous, though not precisely similar, to the cognate accusative in αἰχμάσαι τάδε ( Tr. 355, ‘to do those deeds of arms’), and αἰχμὰς αἰχμάσσουσι ( Il. 4. 324), ‘they will wield spears.’ The fact that πρὸς stands with dat., and not with acc., shows that the phrase cannot mean, ‘hast thou armed thy hand against them?’ —Musgrave's ᾕμαξας , though specious, is coarser; there is a keen edge in the reference of ᾔχμασας to the prowess of a warrior.

ὥστ’ (‘so that’) is far better here than ὡς (‘know that..’, 39); and is the more forcible because γε is absent (cp. 45 n.).

Αἴαντ’ (instead of ἐμέ) adds a certain majesty to the vaunt; cp. 864: as when Achilles says ( Il. 1. 240), ἧ ποτ’ Ἀχιλλῆος ποθὴ ἵξεται υἷας Ἀχαιῶν.

τὸ σὸν , ‘thy saying’; cp. 1401: but in 1313, ‘thy interest.’

θανόντες … ἀφαιρείσθων . The grim irony is like that of O. T. 1273 f. ἐν σκότῳ.. | ὀψοίαθ’: O. C. 1377(they are to die) ἵν’ ἀξιῶτον τοὺς φυτεύσαντας σέβειν: Ant. 310(after a like threat) ἵν’ εἰδότες τὸ κέρδος ἔνθεν οἰστέον | τὸ λοιπὸν ἁρπάζητε: Tr. 1110(Deianeira shall perish) ἵν’ ἐκδιδαχθῇ πᾶσιν ἀγγέλλειν κ.τ.λ.

τἄμ’ , emphatic: the arms which, when Achilles was dead, belonged by right to Ajax. Schol.: καλῶς τὰ ἐμὰ ἔφη, οὐχ ἃ δεῖ με λαβεῖν, ὡς ἰδίων ἀπεστερημένος.

εἶεν (‘so far so good’) marks that the speaker is about to pass to a new point; O. C. 1308, El. 534, Ph. 1308.

τί γὰρ δὴ : here γάρ (‘now’) merely prefaces the question; δή=‘then,’ ‘in the next place.’ Cp. I. T. 576 τί δ’ ἡμεῖς οἵ τ ἐμοὶ γεννήτορες; | ἆρ’ εἰσίν;

ποῦ σοι τύχης ἕστηκεν ; Cp. 314: O. T. 1442 ἵν’ ἕσταμεν | χρείας: Tr. 375 ποῦ ποτ’ εἰμὶ πράγματος; ib. 1145 ξυμφορᾶς ἵν’ ἕσταμεν.

σοι , ethic dat.: O. C. 81 ἦ βέβηκεν ἡμὶν ὁ ξένος; (i.e., ‘Do we find ourselves alone?’) For the double question, cp. 983 f.

τοὐπίτριπτον , ‘accursed’; cp. the imprecation, ἐπιτριβείης ( Ar. Av. 1530, Thesm. 557). Others explain it, from the sense ‘rubbed down,’ as ‘practised in trickery,’ ‘knavish’ (cp. περίτριμμα, ἄλημα, etc.). Ar. Plut. 275 ὡς σεμνὸς οὑπίτριπτος : Andoc. or. 1 § 99 ὦ συκοφάντα καὶ ἐπίτριπτον κίναδος. Ar. Av. 430 πυκνότατον κίναδος, | σόφισμα, κύρμα, τρίμμα, παιπάλημ’ ὅλον. Here κίναδος is acc.: cp. 118, Ph. 444 n.

ἐξήρου μ’ ὅπου , sc. ἐστί: a frequent ellipse after ὅπου (890, O. T. 926, Ant. 318). Cp. 33 .

ἔγωγ’ . In favour of omitting the colon after ἔγωγ’, it has been urged that, if it remains, the goddess seems to accept the description just given of her favourite; and that it would better become her to reply merely, ‘I mean Odysseus, thy foe.’ But she is displaying the insanity of Ajax, and has already received his fierce vaunts with the irony of seeming approval.

Ὀδυσσέα , with synizesis: cp. Eur. Phoen. 913 σφάξαι Μενοικέα τόνδε: [Eur. ] Rhes. 977 ἔπειτ’ Ἀχιλλέα Θέτιδος κ.τ.λ. But synizesis is not applied by Sophocles to Ὀδυσσέα in Ph. 1220, to Ἀχιλλέα in Ph. 331 and 358, or to Θησέα in O. C. 1055 and 1630. Here Nauck writes Ὀδυσσῆ, a form found in Rhes. 708; cp. Eur. El. 439 Ἀχιλῆ.

ἐνστάτην , ‘adversary’: a word not extant elsewhere. It comes from ἐνίστασθαι as=‘to stand in the way’ of a person or thing, ‘oppose,’ ‘resist.’ For the literal sense, see Lysias or. 3 § 8 εὐθύς με τύπτειν ἐπεχείρησεν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ αὐτὸν ἠμυνάμην ἐνστάς (‘when I stood up to him and repelled him’), ἔβαλλέ με λίθοις: for the fig. sense, Thuc. 8. 69§ 2 ἤν τις ἐνιστῆται τοῖς ποιουμένοις. Hence in logic, ἔνστασις , instantia, ‘objection’ (cp. Isocr. or. 5 § 39, ἐνστῆναι τοῖς εἰρημένοις). In Etym. M. p. 625. 25 ἐνστάτης (quoted from this passage) is loosely explained as=ἀντιστάτης.

ἥδιστος , most welcome; cp. El. 929 κατ’ οἶκον, ἡδὺς οὐδὲ μητρὶ δυσχερής.

κίον’ ἑρκείου στέγης , lit., ‘a pillar of the domestic roof.’ As Ζεὺς ἑρκεῖος is the god of the household ( Ant. 487 n.), ἑρκεῖος στέγη is a poetical phrase for the house. In such a phrase, στέγη could mean either (a) ‘ roof,’ or (b) generally, ‘building.’ Here, it probably means ‘roof’; as is suggested by the fact that, in Homer, ἕρκος sometimes denotes the enclosure of the αὐλή, open to the sky ( Od. 22. 442, etc.): in using ἑρκεῖος, then, as=‘domestic,’ the poet may have felt that στέγη, tectum, would make the sense clearer. This is also suggested by κίον’ : see Eur. H. F. 1006, where the roof of the house falls in, breaking one of the κίονες (called also λάϊνοι ὀρθοστάται , ib. 979 f.) which supported it:—πρὸς κίονα | νῶτον πατάξας, ὃς πεσήμασι στέγης | διχορραγὴς ἔκειτο κρηπίδων ἔπι. Cp. also Aesch. Ag. 897 ὑψηλῆς στέγης | στῦλον ποδήρη (‘of a lofty roof | A strong-based pillar’; Kennedy).—I now prefer this view to that which takes ἑρκεῖος στέγη as=‘the building of an enclosure’; i.e. an αὐλή, open to the sky, within the house;—the κίων being then one of the columns of a peristyle surrounding this court, as in the ἀνδρωνῖτις of an ordinary Greek dwelling.

δεθεὶς πρὸς κίον’ : the regular preparation for a flogging: cp. Aeschin. or. 1 § 59 δήσαντες πρὸς τὸν κίονα αὐτὸν...ἐμαστίγουν . Lysias fr. 52 § 4 πάλιν πρὸς τὸν κίονα αὐτὸν μαστιγοῦν δήσαντας. Hypereides ap. Pollux 3. 80. So Plaut. Bacch. 4. 7. 24 abducite hunc intro atque astringite ad columnam fortiter.

δεῖν πρὸς κίονα (properly, ‘to take and bind to a pillar’), not πρὸς κίονι , was thus the usual phrase; but Artemidorus (c. 160 A.D. ) Oneirocr. 1. 78 has προσδεθεὶς κίονι ἔλαβε πληγὰς πολλάς. Cp. 240.—κίων is masc. in Herodotus Attic. uses it in both genders (fem. 1. 92, masc. 4. 184). With Pindar it is always fem.; and usually so in the Odyssey, but not always; in Od. 8. 66, πρὸς κίονα μακρὸν ἐρείσας, the masc. has a metrical motive, but not in 19. 38, κίονες ὑψόσ’ ἔχοντες.

ἐργάσει . In v. 107 she continued his sentence; here, feigning keener alarm, she interrupts it.—Nauck reads ἐργάσῃ (aor.), depending on πρὶν ἄν: which not only is weaker, but requires δήσας instead of δεθεὶς in 108.

πρὶν ἂν … φοινιχθεὶς θάνῃ . After θανεῖν γὰρ αὐτὸν οὔ τί πω θέλω (106), we should have had πρὶν ἂν φοινιχθῇ. But the emphasis on μάστιγι πρῶτον νῶτα φοινιχθεὶς serves to excuse the presence of θάνῃ,—added, for the sake of greater clearness, after the long interval. So in Tr. 1130Hyllus says of Deianeira, τέθνηκεν, and then in 1133 Heracles, οἴμοι· πρὶν ὡς χρῆν σφ’ ἐξ ἐμῆς θανεῖν χερός; where the stress on τῆς ἐμῆς similarly palliates the illogical form of the sentence.

φοινιχθεὶς : Eur. Hec. 153 φοινισσομένην αἵματι . Ar. Ach. 320 καταξαίνειν τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον εἰς φοινικίδα.

αἰκίσῃ : cp. O. T. 1153 μὴ δῆτα, πρὸς θεῶν, τὸν γέροντά μ’ αἰκίσῃ.

χαίρειν … σ’ ἐφίεμαι . It seems best to suppose that the constr. is ἐφίεμαι χαίρειν δε, ‘It is my injunction that thou have thy will in all else.’ Cp. O. T. 1054 f. ὅντιν’ ἀρτίως | μολεῖν ἐφιέμεσθα: where the acc. similarly belongs to the inf. There is no example of ἐφίεμαί τινα (instead of τινι) ποιεῖν τι: though we find in Tr. 1221 τοσοῦτον δή σ’ ἐπισκήπτω, like κελεύω τινά τι. Nor does the sense here require that σε should be the object of ἐφίεμαι.—Remark the objection to rendering ἐφίεμαι here ‘I desire’: when the verb has that sense, with an inf., its subject is the same as that of the inf.: e.g. Phil. 1315 ὧν δέ σου τυχεῖν ἐφίεμαι, | ἄκουσον. Further, the sense, ‘enjoin,’ ‘command,’ better suits the insane ὕβρις of Ajax.

χαίρειν … τἄλλα , to have her pleasure, i.e., to have her commands obeyed, in all other things: schol. ἐφίεμαί σε εἰς τὰ ἄλλα κελεύειν μοι καὶ χαίρειν ὡς πειθομένου μου.

σὺ σ’ οὖν : for this use of οὖν with pron. and imperat., cp. 961: O. T. 669 ὁ δ’ οὖν ἴτω : Ar. Ach. 185 οἱ δ’ ἐδίωκον κἀβόων. | ΔΙ. οἱ δ’ οὖν βοώντων.

τέρψις ἥδε σοι τὸ δρᾶν : the inf. (with art. added, as oft., O. C. 47 n.) is in apposition with τέρψις ἥδε: ‘since this is thy pleasure,—even to do (thus).’ Instead of τέρψις σοι τὸ δρᾶν τόδε, the defining pron. has been assimilated to τέρψις: cp. Tr. 483 ἥμαρτον, εἴ τι τήνδ’ (instead of τόδ’) ἁμαρτίαν λέγεις (n.).

χρῶ χειρί, φείδου κ.τ.λ.: the asyndeton adds vigour to the command: cp. 811 χωρῶμεν, ἐγκονῶμεν: 844 γεύεσθε, μὴ φείδεσθε: 988 ἴθ’, ἐγκόνει, σύγκαμνε: Eur. Hec. 1044 ἄρασσε, φείδου μηδέν.

μηδὲν , adv.: ὧν =τούτων ἅ: so Eur. Med. 400 φείδου μηδὲν ὧν ἐπίστασαι .

τοῦτο σοὶ δ’ ἐφίεμαι . The emphasis on τοῦτο warrants the place of δέ, which often, indeed, comes third in a sentence, or even later; cp. 169: O. T. 485 ὅ τι λέξω δ’ ἀπορῶ: Aesch. P. V. 399 δακρυσίστακτον ἀπ’ ὄσσων ῥαδινῶν δ’ εἰβομένα ῥέος: Eur. fr. 776 δεινόν γε, τοῖς πλουτοῦσι τοῦτο δ’ ἔμφυτον.

ὁρᾷς .. τὴν … ἰσχὺν ὅση : cp. 103.

τὴν θεῶν ἰσχὺν : for the absence of a second art., cp. 664 ἡ βροτῶν παροιμία: Ant. 10 τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά (n.).

τίς ἂν ηὑρέθη , ‘who could have been found?’ the potential aor. indic. with ἄν: cp. Ant. 502 πόθεν κλέος γ’ ἂν εὐκλεέστερον | κατέσχον...; Dem. or. 37 § 57 πῶς ἂν..ἐγώ τί σε ἠδίκησα;

προνούστερος . The Homeric Ajax, though not subtle in thought or speech, has robust good sense: as Hector says ( Il. 7. 288), Αἶαν, ἐπεί τοι δῶκε θεὸς μέγεθός τε βίην τε | καὶ πινυτήν.

δρᾶν … τὰ καίρια : cp. Shakesp. All's Well 1. 2. 26 He did look far | Into the service of the time, and was | Discipled of the bravest.

ἐγὼ μὲν : μὲν merely emphasizes the pron.: cp. 455, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 12 ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ οἶδα. ἔμπας , followed by καίπερ and a participle; Il. 24. 523 ἄλγεα δ’ ἔμπης | ἐν θυμῷ κατακεῖσθαι ἐάσομεν, ἀχνύμενοί περ. Cp. 563.

ἄτῃ συγκατέζευκται : the more ordinary word would have been συνέζευκται, but metre has prompted the double compound, which recurs only in later Greek. The κατά adds the idea of a constraining force: cp. Plutarch Camill. 2 τοὺς ἀγάμους λόγοις τε πείθοντα καὶ ζημίαις ἀπειλοῦντα συγκαταζεῦξαι (constrain into marriage with) ταῖς χηρευούσαις γυναιξί. Eur. Hipp. 1389 οἵᾳ ξυμφορᾷ συνεζύγης. Eur. Andr. 98 στερρόν τε τὸν ἐμὸν δαίμον’ ᾧ συνεζύγην.

οὐδὲν τὸ τούτου κ.τ.λ. The σωφροσύνη of Odysseus finds similar expression at 1365 (καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐνθάδ’ ἵξομαι).

εἴδωλ’ … σκιάν . As unreal as phantoms; as unsubstantial as shadows. Cp. fr. 12 ἄνθρωπός ἐστι πνεῦμα καὶ σκιὰ μόνον, | εἴδωλον ἄλλως .

αὐτὸς : as Ajax had done more than once (766—775).

ὄγκον , ‘pomp,’ Tr. 817.Cp. Shakesp. Merch. 1. 1. 124 showing a more swelling port | Than my faint means would grant continuance.

ἄρῃ , ‘take upon thee,’ ‘assume’: subjunct. of 1st aor. ἠράμην (not of 2nd aor. ἠρόμην, which would have α^ ). The sense of ἠράμην is usu. ‘to take up’ or ‘take upon one,’ rarely ‘to win,’ which is the regular sense of ἠρόμην. See Appendix on 75.— ἄρῃς (from 1st aor. act. ἦρα) has inferior MS. authority, and is also less suitable in sense: it would mean, ‘lift up,’ ‘exalt.’

βρίθεις , ‘art weighty,’ i.e. ‘powerful’: cp. Pind. N. 3. 40 συγγενεῖ δέ τις εὐδοξίᾳ μέγα βρίθει.

μακροῦ , extensive, ‘large’: cp. 825: Tr. 1217 χάριν βραχεῖαν πρὸς μακροῖς ἄλλοις διδούς.

πλούτου βάθει : cp. Tyrtaeus fr. 12. 6 πλουτοίη δὲ Μίδεω καὶ Κινύρεω βάθιον (so Camerarius: μάλιον G. M. Schmidt): Pind. O. 13. 63 βαθὺν κλᾶρον (‘a rich domain’): Suppl. 555 βαθύπλουτον χθόνα (referring to soil): Eur. fr. 453 Εἰρήνα βαθύπλουτε: Callim. Cer. 114 τὸν βαθὺν οἶκον (‘opulent’): Aelian V. H. 3. 18 ἐν εἰρήνῃ τε διάγειν καὶ πλούτῳ βαθεῖ. Indeed, βαθύς could be said (like παχύς) of a rich man: Xen. Oec. 11. 10 βαθεῖς τε καὶ ἐρρωμένους ἄνδρας, ‘men of substance and power.’—The feeble v.l. βάρει (cr. n.) was prompted by βρίθεις.

ἡμέρα : cp. 475 : Pind. P. 8. 95 ἐπάμεροι· τί δέ τις; τί δ’ οὔ τις; σκιᾶς ὄναρ | ἄνθρωπος.

κλίνει : the image is from depressing the scale of a balance: Il. 19. 223 ἐπὴν κλίνῃσι τάλαντα | Ζεύς.

κἀνάγει : so Ph. 866 κἀνάγει κάρα. Cp. Ant. 1158 τύχη γὰρ ὀρθοῖ καὶ τύχη καταρρέπει | τὸν εὐτυχοῦντα τόν τε δυστυχοῦντ’ ἀεί. Eur. fr. 420 ὁρᾷς τυράννους διὰ μακρῶν ηὐξημένους | ὡς μικρὰ τὰ σφάλλοντα, καὶ μἴ ἡμέρα | τὰ μὲν καθεῖλεν ὑψόθεν, τὰ δ’ ἦρ’ ἄνω.

κακούς (which has needlessly been suspected, cr. n.) is interpreted by vv. 127 ff., and more immediately by the contrast with τοὺς σώφρονας: it means those who, like Ajax, are led into δυσσέβεια by overweening self-reliance or pride.

134-200

Parodos, in two main parts, viz., (1) 134—171, the anapaestic marching-song, or parodos proper, sung by the Chorus as they enter; (2) 172— 200, the lyric ode, sung after they have taken up their position in the orchestra.

This is the form of Parodos used by Aeschylus in the Persae, the Supplices, and the Agamemnon. Nearest to this early and simple form is that in which lyric strophes are intermingled with anapaestic systems. A parodos of the latter type is found in the Prometheus Vinctus, the Antigone, and the Philoctetes.

The anapaestic march consists here of 38 verses; in the Aeschylean Supplices, of 40. It is much longer in the Persae (64 vv.), and in the Agamemnon (63).

The Chorus of fifteen Salaminian sailors enter the orchestra from the spectator's right (as they come from their quarters in the Greek camp). They march in three files (στοῖχοι) of five men each. At the close of the anapaests (v. 171), they form themselves in three ranks (ζυγά) of five each, facing the proscenium.

It can scarcely be doubted that the anapaests were chanted by the whole Chorus, and not by the coryphaeus alone (see MA. üller, Gr. Bühnenalterthümer, p. 217, n. 2).

Τελαμώνιε παῖ : Il. 13. 67 Τελαμώνιον υἱόν. The followers of Ajax call upon him to come forth from his tent, —where, for some days previously, he had remained in sullen seclusion (194 f.), —and to refute this dire rumour of his onslaught on the cattle. Surely it is a malignant slander. Or is it possible that some angry deity has driven him to such a deed? Assuredly it is abhorrent from his own nature.

Σαλαμῖνος (defining gen.).. βάθρον , the pedestal, or firm seat, consisting of Salamis. The island itself is the βάθρον: this is clear from 859 f. ὦ γῆς ἱρὸν οἰκείας πέδον | Σαλαμῖνος, ὦ πατρῷον ἑστίας βάθρον. Just so in Ph. 1000, ἕως ἂν ᾖ μοι γῆς τόδ’ αἰπεινὸν βάθρον, ‘while I have this craggy Lemnos beneath my feet.’

τῆς ἀμφιρύτου Σαλαμῖνος … ἀγχιάλου : for the place of the second epithet, see n. on O. T. 1199 τὰν γαμψώνυχα παρθένον | χρησμῳδόν. While τῆς ἀμφιρύτου would suggest to an Athenian the narrow strait, so familiar to his sight, which divides Salamis from the Attic mainland, the second epithet, ἀγχιάλου , would, as it were, turn his eyes seaward, inviting him to look forth from the shore of Salamis itself towards the Saronic Gulf. Each adjective lends a touch to the picture. This is thoroughly Greek. See, for instance, I. A. 164 ἔμολον ἀμφὶ παρακτίαν ψάμαθον Αὐλίδος ἐναλίας, the sandy sea-shore of Aulis by the waves: Helen. 400 ἐπ’ οἶδμα πόντιον γλαυκῆς ἁλός,—where the blue expanse, the surge, and the depths beneath it (πόντιον) are all suggested.

ἀγχίαλος was properly said of a place on the sea-coast ( Il. 2. 640 Χαλκίδα τ’ ἀγχίαλον). In Aesch. Pers. 888 it is a mere general epithet for islands (Lemnos, Icaros, etc.). Here, in the Athenian poet's mind, it has its proper sense, for he is thinking of Salamis as a fringe of the Attic coast; and it is again the Athenian's point of view which interprets the true relation of ἀγχιάλου to ἀμφιρύτου.

ἔχων : cp. Pind. N. 4. 48 Αἴας Σαλαμῖν’ ἔχει πατρῴαν .

σὲ μὲν εὖ πράσσοντ’ ἐπιχαίρω : for the acc., expressing the object of joy, cp. Ph. 1314 ἥσθην πατέρα τὸν ἀμὸν εὐλογοῦντά σε: Eur. Hipp. 1339 τοὺς γὰρ εὐσεβεῖς θεοὶ | θνῄσκοντας οὐ χαίρουσι: Rhes. 390 χαίρω δέ σ’ εὐτυχοῦντα.

πληγὴ Διὸς (cp. 279), suggested by his long inaction (194 f.). Cp. Il. 12. 37 Διὸς μάστιγι δαμέντες.

ζαμενὴς , ‘vehement’; a word not found in Il.or Od., but which occurs in Hom. hymn. Merc. (307), and is frequent with Pindar; thus fr. 231 τόλμα..ζαμενής.

λόγος … κακόθρους , like Tr. 791 δυσπάρευνον λέκτρον, O. T. 518 βίου..τοῦ μακραίωνος: cp. 709.

ἐπιβῇ with acc. is rare; but cp. O. T. 1299 τίς ς’, ὦ τλῆμον, | προσέβη μανία; Eur. Andr. 491 ἔτι σε, πότνια, | μετατροπὰ τῶνδ’ ἔπεισιν ἔργων.

πεφόβημαι , a form found in Il. 10. 510( πεφοβημένος), and often in Attic prose; it is emphatic (=‘thoroughly scared’).

πτηνῆς here suggests timorous flight; cp. Il. 5. 778 τρήρωσι πελειάσιν ἴθμαθ’ ὁμοῖαι.

ὄμμα πελείας , since fear or anguish is seen in the eye; cp. Tr. 527 ἀμφινείκητον ὄμμα νύμφας (n.). O. C. 729 ὁρῶ τιν’ ὑμᾶς ὀμμάτων εἰληφότας | φόβον νεωρῆ.

τῆς νῦν φθιμένης νυκτὸς , thus placed at the beginning of the sentence, indicates the time to which the whole following statement refers. As the rumours began only at daylight, the reference is, in strictness, to the moment denoted by ἐπιβάντ’ — ὀλέσαι.

ἐπὶ δυσκλείᾳ , for, tending to, our disgrace; cp. Her. 1. 68 ἐπὶ κακῷ, Her. 4. 164 ἐπὶ διαφθορῇ.

τὸν ἱππομανῆ λειμῶν’ , the plain ‘wild with horses,’ i.e., on which great numbers of horses (out at pasture) disport themselves. In Il. 20. 221Erichthonius, son of Dardanus, is described as keeping great droves of horses on the moist meadow-lands near the lower spurs of Ida: τοῦ τρισχίλιαι ἵπποι ἕλος κάτα βουκολέοντο. Sophocles used the word καρπομανής (fr. 591), doubtless in a sense parallel with that of ὑλομανής, i.e. ‘abounding in fruit’: and the sense which he attached to λειμὼν ἱππομανής was probably λειμὼν ὃς μαίνεται ἵπποις rather than ἐν ᾧ ἵπποι μαίνονται. But the idea of wild abundance would naturally, in this case, be blended with that of the horses frisking or galloping in freedom on the plain. Hence the difference made by the verbal analysis which we prefer is not one which much affects the picture. —See Appendix.

βοτὰ καὶ λείαν : a hendiadys, =βοτὰ δορίληπτα: cp. El. 36 ἀσπίδων τε καὶ στρατοῦ (=στρατοῦ ὡπλισμένου): Eur. Bacch. 919 Θήβας καὶ πόλισμ’ ἑπτάστομον. We might, indeed, understand βοτὰ of the sheep, and λείαν of the oxen (cp. 53 n.): but that seems less fitting here. λοιπὴ =ἄδαστος . See on 53.

αἴθωνι σιδήρῳ , the Homeric phrase ( Il. 4. 485, Il. 7. 473, Il. 20. 372). This epithet, ‘flashing,’ is given also to other objects of bright metal, as a λέβης or a τρίπους ( Il. 9. 123, Il. 24. 233).

ψιθύρους : Pind. P. 2. 75 οἷα ψιθύρων παλάμαις (the arts of slanderers) ἕπετ’ αἰεὶ βροτῶν. (Ep. Rom. i. 30 ψιθυριστάς, καταλάλους.)

πᾶσιν Ὀδυσσείς . L has πάντων ὀδυσσεύς, and it is possible that (as Nauck thinks) the poet wrote πάντων Ὀδυσεύς. (Euripides has that Homeric form in anapaests, Hec. 143 ἥξει δ’ Ὀδυσεὺς ὅσον οὐκ ἤδη.) But it seems improbable, seeing that the short form occurs nowhere else in Sophocles, though he uses the name some twenty-five times. On the other hand, a transcriber might easily have written the gen. πάντων after ὦτα, by mistake for the less usual dative.

εὔπειστα has the best authority here, but is otherwise known only from Aristotle. In Eth. N. 7. 10 (p. 1151 b 10) εὔπειστος, ὅταν τύχῃ, ἔσται ὁ ἐγκρατής, it means, ‘easy to persuade,’ as opp. to δύσπειστος. But in another place ( αριστ. περὶ ἀτόμων γραμμῶν, p. 969 b 22), the words εὔπειστον ὅτι ἀνάγκη κ.τ.λ. mean, ‘it is easy to show,’ etc. As we can say, πείθω τινά τι, it is natural that εὔπειστος should be capable of both senses. Here εὔπειστα will be, ‘things of which it is easy to persuade the hearer.’ It has more point than εὔπιστα , since it implies the skill of the calumniator. Cp. fr. 786 ταχεῖα πειθὼ τῶν κακῶν ὁδοιπορεῖ.

τοῦ λέξαντος , not, of course, Odysseus, but simply the man from whom ὁ κλύων heard the story. The slander mobilitate viget, viresque acquirit eundo (Aen. 4. 175) . As it spreads and gains in strength, the spiteful joy of each new hearer is greater than that of his informant.

ἄχεσιν καθυβρίζων : for the dat., cp. Her. 1. 212 τριτημορίδι τοῦ στρατοῦ κατυβρίσας: Paus. 4. 27. 3 καθυβρίσαντες τῶν Διοσκούρων τῇ θυσίᾳ. Similarly Her. 3. 37 τῷ ἀγάλματι κατεγέλασε.

τῶν … μεγάλων ψυχῶν , those διοτρεφεῖς βασιλεῖς like Ajax, who, in the true Homeric spirit, are conceived as μεγάθυμοι, μεγαλόψυχοι above common men.

ἱεὶς with gen., like other verbs of ‘aiming at’: Ant. 1034 τοξεύετ’ ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε: Eur. Cycl. 51 ῥίψω πέτρον σου.

ἁμάρτοις (cr. n.), the original reading in L, seems better, as being simpler and clearer, than ἁμάρτοι , though τις could, of course, be easily supplied from the next clause.

κατὰ δ’ ἄν τις ἐμοῦ : for the separation of κατὰ from its case, cp. 969.

τὸν ἔχονθ’ , the rich or great: Suppl. 240 οἱ δ’ οὐκ ἔχοντες καὶ σπανίζοντες βίου.. | ἐς τοὺς ἔχοντας κέντρ’ ἀφιᾶσιν κακά. So Alc. 57, etc.

ὁ φθόνος . Cp. Pind. N. 8. 22(of φθόνος ) ἅπτεται δ’ ἐσλῶν ἀεί, χειρόνεσσι δ’ οὐκ ἐρίζει. Trag.incert. frag. 547. 12 (ed. Nauck) πρὸς γὰρ τὸ λαμπρὸν ὁ φθόνος βιάζεται (λιάζεται Wecklein).

πύργου ῥῦμα , protection, garrison, for the city walls: O. T. 56 ὡς οὐδέν ἐστιν οὔτε πύργος οὔτεναῦς | ἔρημος ἀνδρῶν μὴ ξυνοικούντων ἔσω. For ῥύεσθαι, ‘to defend,’ said with ref. to a town, cp. Il. 6. 403 ἐρύετο Ἴλιον Ἕκτωρ: O. T. 72 τήνδε ῥυσαίμην πόλιν.—Not, ‘tower of defence.’

μετὰ expresses alliance, and ὑπό , service; but there is no stress on the difference of relationships.

ὀρθοῖθ’ , have a fair course, be prosperous: cp. Ant. 675 τῶν δ’ ὀρθουμένων | σῴζει τὰ πολλὰ σώμαθ’ ἡ πειθαρχία (n.).—Some suppose an allusion to building. The small stones, filling the interstices, keep the large stones in their places: Legg. p. 902 E οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄνευ σμικρῶν τοὺς μεγάλους φασὶν οἱ λιθολόγοι λίθους εὖ κεῖσθαι. ‘Great without small Make a bad wall,’ Donaldson, New Crat. § 455. The simple words do not warrant this fancy.

τούτων γνώμας , maxims, precepts, concerning these things. προδιδάσκειν properly implies gradual teaching ( Plat. Gorg.p. 489 D, πραότερόν με προδίδασκε), and is fitting here because the truths are elementary.

τοιούτων , ‘so foolish,’ referring to τοὺς ἀνοήτους: cp. 218, 251, 562, 929.

ἀπαλέξασθαι : this form is quoted by Hesychius from the poet's lost Hipponoos ( Soph. fr. 282). In Soph. O. T. 171 ἀλέξεται is a fut.: which, like this aor., seems to come from a stem ἀλεκ rather than from ἀλεξ (whence the pres. ἀλέξω): see n. there.

167-171

ἀλλ’ ὅτε γὰρ δὴ … πτήξειαν ἄφωνοι . The most probable account of this passage is that δ’ should be inserted after αἰγυπιὸν in 169 (cr. n.). ‘We can do nothing without thee;—no (we are helpless), for, when they have escaped thine eye, they chatter like flocking birds; but (δέ) terrified by the mighty vulture, perchance they will suddenly cower,’ etc. Note these points:—

(1) ἀλλὰ prefaces a confirmation of the statement just made in a negative form (165 οὐδὲν σθένομεν): cp. El. 307 ἐν οὖν τοιούτοις οὔτε σωφρονεῖν, φίλαι, | οὔτ’ εὐσεβεῖν πάρεστιν, ἀλλ’ ἔν τοι κακοῖς | πολλή )στ’ ἀνάγκη κἀπιτηδεύειν κακά .

(2) ἀλλὰ … γὰρ is elliptical; ‘No (we can do nothing), for’ etc.: cp. El. 223 ἀλλ’ ἐν γὰρ δεινοῖς οὐ σχήσω κ.τ.λ., ‘but (ye speak in vain), for’ etc.: Ant. 155 ἀλλ’ ὅδε γὰρ δὴ.. | χωρεῖ, ‘but (let us cease), for’ etc.

(3) The reading μέγαν αἰγυπιὸν δ’ ὑποδείσαντες , which allows the words μέγαν αἰγυπιὸν to begin the clause describing the sudden discomfiture of the foes, gives those words a signal force and spirit. They become much tamer, if, deleting ὑποδείσαντες and the stop after ἀγέλαι, we place a comma after αἰγυπιόν, and govern it by ἀποδρᾶσαι supplied from ἀπέδραν .

(4) This reading is confirmed by the fact that since ὑποδείσαντες refers to the foes of Ajax (and not, as the schol. took it, to the birds), there is a change from simile to metaphor: the ‘vulture’ is Ajax. This is quite in the manner of Sophoclean imagery: cp. n. on Ant. 117 ff.— For other views, see Appendix.

ὅτε … δὴ , epic, ‘when now,’ ‘when at length,’ Od. 2. 314 νῦν δ’ ὅτε δὴ μέγας εἰμί.

ἀπέδραν , for ἀπέδρασαν ( Thuc. 1. 128), like the poetical ἔβαν, ἔσταν, ἔτλαν, etc.

αἰγυπιὸν , an Homeric image: Od. 22. 302 οἱ δ’, ὥς τ’ αἰγυπιοὶ γαμψώνυχες ἀγκυλοχεῖλαι | ἐξ ὀρέων ἐλθόντες ἐπ’ ὀρνίθεσσι θόρωσι.

τάχ’ ἂν can mean only ‘perchance’: we cannot take τάχα separately, as=‘swiftly’; ἐξαίφνης should be taken with πτήξειαν , notwithstanding Alcaeus fr. 27, which the poet clearly had in mind, ἔπταζον ὥστ’ ὄρνιθες ὦκυν | αἴετον ἐξαπίνας φάνεντα.

σιγῇ πτήξειαν ἄφωνοι : σιγῇ implies motionless awe; cp. Pind. P. 4. 57 ἔπταξαν δ’ ἀκίνητοι σιωπᾷ. Cp. too the Homeric ἀκὴν ἐγένοντο σιωπῇ.

172-200

The Chorus being now drawn up in the orchestra (134 n.), the lyric part of the Parodos begins. Strophe 172—182=antistr. 183—193: epode 194 —200. For metres, see Metrical Analysis.

ἦ ῥά σε ..; The Homeric ἦ ῥα is sometimes interrogative ( Il. 7. 446), but occurs also where there is no question (12. 164 ἦ ῥά νυ). ἦ ῥα is interrogative in Pind. P. 9. 40, Pind. I. 7. 3: but not in Pind. P. 11. 38.This ἦ is not the contracted form of the disjunctive ἠέ ( Il. 6. 378 f. ἠέ ...ἦ), which was not used in direct question.

The sailors ask whether Artemis or Ares can have driven Ajax to such a deed. In connection with their chief, the deities of hunting and war naturally occur to them. They do not think of Athena.

Ταυροπόλα = Ταυροπόλος: for the form, cp. Pind. O. 3. 26 Λατοῦς ἱπποσόα θυγάτηρ : Eur. Ion 1478 Γοργοφόνα. There were two cults of Artemis, originally quite distinct. (1) The Ταυροπόλος was a goddess who rules over bulls,—one of the numerous attributes of Artemis in her relation to wild animals: cp. αἰπόλος, ἱπποπόλος, οἰοπόλος. A Macedonian silver coin (from Amphipolis) shows her riding on a prancing bull, and carrying a torch in either hand. On another coin she appears (with the inscr. ΤΑΥΡΟΠΟΛΟΣ) carrying two torches, and with the horns of a bull growing out of her shoulders: these horns were meant to suggest the crescent moon. The cult of the Tauropolos was purely Greek, and had nothing fierce or cruel about it. (2) The cult of Artemis Ταυρική (or Ταυρώ) had orgiastic elements; it was of Asiatic origin, and belonged to a primitive stage of natureworship. The ritual was a bloody one, and in early times involved human sacrifice. This was the Artemis whose cult was said to have been brought to Brauron in Attica, from the Tauric Chersonese, by Iphigeneia and Orestes.

It is possible that Sophocles here was thinking only of the Ταυροπόλος proper, and names her simply because bulls had been among the victims of Ajax. On the other hand, the savage nature of the bloody onslaught might suggest that she was associated in his thought with the Ταυρική. Such an association occurs as early as I. T. 1457 where the Brauronian Artemis (ἐπώνυμον γῆς Ταυρικῆς, 1454) is called Ταυροπόλος. The dithyrambic poet Timotheus of Miletus (c. 400 B.C.) addressed the Ephesian Artemis as μαινάδα, θυιάδα, φοιβάδα, λυσσάδα (Bergk fr. 1). See Appendix.

Διὸς , (daughter) of Zeus: cp. 1302 Λαομέδοντος. But the art. (ἡ) is prefixed to Διὸς in 401, 450.

μεγάλα refers primarily to the strength and loudness of the popular rumour (198 f.); but also suggests dread or horror, as when impious words are called μεγάλοι λόγοι ( Ant. 1350). Cp. 226 ὁ μέγας μῦθος.

μᾶτερ αἰσχύνας ἐμᾶς : as πειθαρχία is τῆς εὐπραξίας μήτηρ ( Aesch. Theb. 224), etc. The boldness is somewhat like that of Soph. O. T. 157, ὦ χρυσέας τέκνον Ἐλπίδος, ἄμβροτε Φάμα.

πανδάμους … βοῦς , because they were still common property, λεία ἄδαστος: see on 54.

ἦ που , ‘I ween’: a phrase frequent in this play; cp. 382, 622, 850, 1008: Tr. 846.

νίκας τινὸς ἀκάρπωτον χάριν , on account of some victory (given by her to Ajax) which brought her no καρπός, no reward; ἤ ῥα … ψευσθεῖσα ἐνάρων , either, it may be, because she was disappointed of spoils; εἴτ’ ἀδώροις ἐλαφαβολίαις , or by reason of deer-slaying after which he made no δῶρα to her. The general cause, denoted by νίκας.. χάριν, is divided into two special cases; (1) a victory in war; (2) a victory in hunting. [This is simpler than to suppose that νίκας..χάριν refers to the withholding of a public offering,—which Ajax ought to have made on behalf of those who fought under his command; and that ἐνάρων refers to a private vow, which he had made on his own account. On this view, three different causes would be indicated; and ἦ που in 176 would be disjunctive,—‘ either, I ween,’—as it is in Od. 13. 234.]

νίκας ἀκάρπωτον χάριν =νίκας..ἀκαρπώτου χάριν ( Ant. 793 f. νεῖκος ἀνδρῶν ξύναιμον): cp. I. T. 566 κακῆς γυναικὸς χάριν ἄχαριν ἀπώλετο. Legg. p. 853 D ὧν δὴ χάριν οὐκ ἐπίχαριν λέγοιμ ἂν..νόμον. (Others take χάριν as acc. of respect with ψευσθεῖσα: ‘disappointed as to the tribute,’ etc.)

ἤ ῥα : the disjunctive ἢ (or ἦ=ἠέ) is rarely thus followed by ῥα. (Cp. 172 n.) For ἢ … εἴτε , cp. Eur. Alc. 114 ἢ Λυκίας | εἴτ’ ἐπὶ τὰς ἀνύδρους | Ἀμμωνίδας ἕδρας.

κλυτῶν : cp. the Homeric κλυτὰ τεύχεα.

ψευσθεῖσα with gen.: cp. 1382: Tr. 712 εἴ τι μὴ ψευσθήσομαι | γνώμης.

ἀδώροις … ἐλαφαβολίαις : for the causal dat., cp. Tr. 1127 τοῖς γε πρόσθεν ἡμαρτημένοις (n.). Those who retain the MS. reading δώροις understand: ‘deceived either by gifts of spoils (promised, but not given), or in regard to slaying of deer.’ (Nauck, reading the genitive ἐλαφαβολίας, take δώροις with that also.) But this is awkward. And, in support of ἀδώροις , it should be noted that Sophocles elsewhere also has co-ordinated a causal dat. with a partic. (or adj.) of causal force, like ψευσθεῖσα here. See Tr. 239 ΔΗ. εὐκταῖα φαίνων, ἢ )πὸ μαντείας τινός; ΛΙ. εὐχαῖς (‘for a vow’). O. C. 333 ΟΙ. πότερα πόθοισι; ΙΣ. καὶ λόγων γ’ αὐτάγγελος.

ἐλαφαβολίαις : Artemis the huntress (Ἀγροτέρα) was especially Ἐλαφηβόλος: see on O. C. 1092 f., and cp. Tr. 213 Ἄρτεμιν Ὀρτυγίαν ἐλαφαβόλον.

The causes here conjectured for her wrath remind us of her anger with Oeneus, who had failed to render firstfruits at harvest-tide ( Il. 9. 534 χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια γουνῷ ἀλωῆς | Οἰνεὺς ῥέξ’). Cp. Eur. Hipp. 147 where the Chorus suggest that the Cretan Dictynna may be wroth with Phaedra, as ἀνίερος ἀθύτων πελάνων (for having failed to make holy offerings of honey-cakes).

ἢ ..* μὴ ..; The reading of the MSS., ἢ χαλκοθώραξ ἤ τιν’ Ἐνυάλιος, was explained by supposing that χαλκοθώραξ meant Ares, as distinguished from Enyalios (so the schol. here). How the second ἤ should be corrected, is uncertain. (1) In favour of μή , it may be noted that the interrogative μή is often followed, as here, by τις, and that its tone of tentative suggestion is just in place. Cp. Od. 9. 405 f. ἦ μή τίς σεο μῆλα βροτῶν ἀέκοντος ἐλαύνει; ἦ μή τίς σ’ αὐτὸν κτείνει δόλῳ ἠὲ βίηφι; O. C. 1502 μή τις Διὸς κεραυνός, ἤ τις ὀμβρία | χάλαζ’ ἐπιρράξασα; (2) Another possibility is δή , as=‘then’ (to make a last guess). (3) σοί would be fitting, indeed, but would require us to suppose that the second ἤ in the MSS. is an inadvertent repetition of the first, not a corruption of some word like itself. (4) εἴ has also been suggested. But the implied construction, μομφὰν ἔχων, εἴ τιν’ (εἶχεν), would be too harsh. (5) ἦ is condemned by the fact that with Sophocles this interrogative ἦ regularly stands first in its clause; only a vocative sometimes precedes it: see on Ant. 1281.

Ἐνυάλιος is in the Iliad either the War-god (2. 651), seemingly identical with Ares, or an epithet of Ares (17. 211 Ἄρης | δεινὸς ἐνυάλιος). Like Ἐνυώ, the word is of uncertain (possibly Thracian) origin. The mention of this deity has a two-fold fitness here; (1) on account of the reference in 178 to Artemis Agrotera; for, acc. to Pollux 8. 91, the Athenian Polemarch made annual offerings Ἀρτέμιδἰ Αγροτέρᾳ καὶ τῷ Ἐνυαλίῳ: (2) because in the island-home of Ajax there was a ἱερόν of Enyalios, founded by Solon to commemorate the victory by which Athens wrested Salamis from the Megarians ( Plut. Sol. 9). Further, Enyalios is here supposed to have helped Ajax; whereas Ares usually favoured the Trojans (cp. Il. 20. 38). As to the Attic relationship between the two deities, see Appendix.

μομφὰν ἔχων = μεμφόμενος: Eur. Or. 1069 ἓν μὲν πρῶτά σοι μομφὴν ἔχω: so Aesch. P. V. 445 μέμψιν οὔτιν’ ἀνθρώποις ἔχων.

ξυνοῦ δορὸς , causal gen.: cp. 41 n., and Il. 1. 93 οὔτ’ ἄρ’ ὅ γ’ εὐχωλῆς ἐπιμέμφεται οὔθ’ ἑκατόμβης. ξυνοῦ here=‘making common cause with him,’ ‘allied’; cp. Eur. Tro. 58 πρὸς σὴν ἀφῖγμαι δύναμιν, ὡς κοινὴν λάβω. (The word may have been suggested by Il. 18. 309 ξυνὸς Ἐνυάλιος, though there the sense is, ‘The war-god is impartial.’)

ἐννυχίοις μαχαναῖς , by devices against Ajax in the night,—i.e., by impelling him to the nocturnal onslaught.—This seems to be the only instance in Tragedy (except Aesch. Theb. 132 μαχανᾷ) where the Doric form of a word from the st. μηχαν has good support from our MSS. But this fact does not warrant G. Wolff's view that the form in η was alone used by the tragic dramatists.

ἐτείσατο , not ἐτίσατο, was the Attic spelling in the poet's age: see Meisterhans, Gramm. Att. Inschr., § 43.

φρενόθεν γ’ , by the prompting of thine own mind,—if it had not been deranged by some god. Schol. οἴκοθεν (=in virtue of thine own qualities), ἀπὸ οἰκείας γνώσεως. The emphasis given by γε shows that this is the meaning.—Not ἐπ’ ἀριστερὰ φρενόθεν (as=φρενῶν), ‘to the leftward of thy mind’: nor, ‘went from good sense (=ἀπὸ φρενῶν) into folly.’

ἐπ’ ἀριστερὰ … ἔβας , deviating from the right course: Aesch. P. V. 883 ἔξω δὲ δρόμου φέρομαι λύσσης | πνεύματι μάργῳ. Theognetus (a poet of the New Comedy), Φάσμα fr. 1. 7 ἐπαρίστερ’ ἔμαθες, ὦ πονηρέ, γράμματα (i.e., ‘to your misfortune’). Schneid. cp. Ennius Annales 208 Quo vobis mentes, rectae quae stare solebant | Antehac, dementes sese flexere viai?

τόσσον : the only example, except Aesch. Ag. 140, of this form in Tragedy.

πίτνων , instead of ὥστε πίτνειν: cp. Ant. 752 ἦ κἀπαπειλῶν ὧδ’ ἐπεξέρχει θρασύς; (‘doth thy boldness run to open threats?’)

ἥκοι γὰρ ἂν , ‘will’ (or ‘must’) ‘come’: cp. 88 μένοιμ’ ἄν. The γὰρ here refers to a thought implied in the last sentence:—‘You would never have done this thing of your own nature; (and if you have done it in madness, that proves nothing against your nature,) for heavensent madness cannot be helped; only, may the gods avert the evil rumour!’— i.e., ‘may it prove to be false.’

From verse 172 down to this point, the Chorus have been asking whether the rumour can be true. Now they pass to the alternative:—‘But if it is untrue, then up and refute it.’

Ζεὺς … Φοῖβος . Both gods are averters of evil, ἀλεξίκακοι, ἀποτρόπαιοι. But Zeus is invoked with especial fitness as being the source of mysterious voices and rumours ( Il. 8. 250 ἔνθα πανομφαίῳ Ζηνὶ ῥέζεσκον Ἀχαιοί).

ὑποβαλλόμενοι . The midd. ὑποβάλλεσθαι ( παισίον) was said of a woman who ‘secretly put to her breast’ the child of another, and passed it off as her own: Thesm. 564 τῆς δούλης τεκούσης ἄρρεν, εἶτα σαυτῇ | τοῦθ’ ὑπεβάλου, τὸ σὸν δὲ θυγάτριον παρῆκας αὐτῇ. Cp. below, 481. Hence the metaphor here,—‘falsely suggesting’ stories, laying to thy charge things which thou hast not done.

κλέπτουσι μύθους , tell crafty tales: cp. 1137: Ph. 57 τόδ’ οὐχὶ κλεπτέον, ‘this must not be represented falsely’: El. 37 κλέψαι..σφαγάς , i.e. to effect by stealth. Also ib. 56 λόγῳ κλέπτοντες. The participle ὑποβαλλόμενοι closely coheres with κλέπτουσι , and μύθους depends on both.

οἱ μεγάλοι βασιλῆς , the Atreidae. For the nom. in ‐ῆς, cp. El. 690 βραβῆς (n.).

ἢ τᾶς κ.τ.λ.: supply βασιλῆς (or ‐εὺς) from the last clause.

ἀσώτου , profligate, worthless.

Σισυφιδᾶν . Anticleia, the mother of Odysseus, was said to have been with child by Sisyphus when she married Laertes: hence Ph. 417 οὑμπολητὸς Σισύφου Λαερτίῳ, the son of Sisyphus, bought (with ἕδνα) by Laertes: see n. there, and on Ph. 625.

μή, μή μ’, ἄναξ . If μ’ be sound, it can be only the acc.: an elision of μοι is impossible (see O. C. 1436, n. in Appendix). And με could be explained only as depending on the phrase κακὰν φάτιν ἄρῃ , as meaning, ‘win an evil repute, to my injury’ (μή με διαβάλῃς, αὐτὸς διαβαλλόμενος): cp. El. 123 ff. τάκεις..οἰμωγὰν ..Ἀγαμέμνονα. But this is certainly forced; and, though the Chorus afterwards speak of themselves as involved in their chief's peril (252 ff.), that thought is less fitting here.

The simplest remedy is that which is proposed by Prof. v. Wilamowitz-Möllendorff (cr. n.), who, referring to the hiatus after ἄνα in 193, would here omit μ’ . The syllables μή, μή μ’ answer metrically to μομφὰν in 180, and we should thus have to suppose that μή, μή, ἄναξ represents --u-. Such an hiatus seems a very doubtful one for tragic lyrics: otherwise the suggestion would be welcome, as μή, μή is supported by O. C. 210 μή, μή μ’ ἀνέρῃ. Morstadt's remedy, μὴ μηκέτ’, ὦναξ , (instead of μή, μή μ’, ἄναξ, ἔθ’,) has found much favour, and is satisfactory in itself; but it does not account for the origin of the vulgate.

κλισίαις ὄμμ’ ἔχων . The sense required is, ‘keeping thy face hidden in the tent’: so that κλισίαις is a locative dat. The adv. ὧδ’ helps to suggest the idea of ‘hidden.’ The objections to the version, ‘keeping thine eyes fixed on the tents,’ are, (1) that ἔχων could not well stand for ἐπέχων, and (2) that the seclusion of Ajax within his tent is not then expressed.— ἄρῃ with α (=λώβαν in 181), from ἠράμην: cp. 129, and see Appendix on 75.

ἄνα , the prep., with anastrophe, as=ἀνάστηθι: the hiatus as in Il. 9. 247 ἀλλ’ ἄνα, εἰ μέμονάς γε.

ὅπου … ποτέ , ‘wheresoever,’ i.e. in whatever spot within the dwelling. The change of ποτὲ to ποτὶ (on which see Tr. 1214 n.) introduces a strange phrase, στηρίζει πρὸς σχολῇ. The simple dat. (of circumstance) is clearly right.

ἀγωνίῳ σχολᾷ seems to mean, ‘battlepause,’ i.e., rest from battle. Other explanations are: (1) σχολή which causes an ἀγών (discrimen); because, while Ajax rests, his foes are perilously active. Now, if the Chorus assumed that Ajax, while absent from battle, had been employed in other effort, then, indeed, they might call his rest ἀγώνιος σχολή, ‘a strenuous rest,’ like otium negotiosum. But it seems impossible that ἀγώνιος σχολή should mean merely, his ‘perilous’ or ‘critical’ rest,—made so by the acts of others.

ἄταν οὐρανίαν φλέγων , ‘kindling a flame of ruin high as heaven,’ Whitelaw. Cp. Suppl. 808 ἴϋζε δ’ ὀμφὰν οὐρανίαν= οὐρανομήκη: and see n. on Ant. 418.This is more forcible here than, ‘inflaming the heaven-sent plague’ (= θείαν: cp. 186).

ἀτάρβητα , neut. pl. as adverb. I keep this, the reading of the MSS., as Wecklein and Bellermann do. Dindorf strikes out ὧδ’ (unwarrantably), and writes ἀτάρβητος . In an epode, the strophic test is absent, and the logaoedic metre admits of Dindorf's reading. There is, however, a point in favour of ἀτάρβητα which deserves to be noted; viz., that the adverbial neut. pl., though it has no special relation to verbs of motion, is, in fact, very often joined with such verbs; and that the phrase ἀτάρβητα ὁρμᾶται is therefore thoroughly consonant with poetical usage. See (e.g. ) O. T. 883 ὑπέροπτα πορεύεται: O. C. 1695 οὔτοι κατάμεμπτ’ ἔβητον: Il. 17. 75 ἀκίχητα διώκων | ἵππους: Pind. O. 7. 45 βαίνει..ἀτέκμαρτα: Soph. Ph. 1740 ἀπαρθένευτ’ ἀλωμένα: Eur. Bacch. 435 οὐδ’ ἄκρανθ’ ὡρμήσαμεν. For the hiatus at the end of the verse, cp. 425 χθονὸς μολόντ’ ἀπὸ | Ἑλλανίδος.

εὐανέμοις , with α^ (not α— , as if Doric for εὐηνέμοις): so probably in fr. 342 εὐανέμου λίμνας. Cp. Od. 19. 432 πτύχας ἠνεμοέσσας.

βάσσαις : O. C. 673 χλωραῖς ὑπὸ βάσσαις (n.): Il. 21. 449 Ἴδης ἐν κνημοῖσι πολυπτύχου ὑληέσσης.

καγχαζόντων . Dindorf writes καχαζόντων , on the ground that the form καγχάζω was not Attic. (His further change of πάντων into ἁπάντων is merely for the sake of equalising this v. with 197 f.) The main facts are these. 1. Aristophanes uses καχάζων once ( Eccl. 849), and also the noun καχασμῶν (Nub. 1073). 2. It is true that καγχάζω cannot be proved by metre from any verse earlier than that of Babrius (100. 8 καγχάσας), and Paulus Silentiarius (6th cent.) in Anth. Pal. 6. 74. 3 ( καγχάζουσα). 3. On the other hand the MSS. have ἀνεκάγχασε in Plat. Rep. 337 A, and ἀνακαγχάσας in Euthyd. 300 D; forms, be it noted, which carry their own commendation, since, in the compound with ἀνά, the nasal (γ before χ) makes pronunciation easier. 4. Lastly, there is the analogy of the Homeric καγχαλάω. Surely, then, there is no reason to doubt that Sophocles could have used καγχάζω if he found it metrically convenient.

βαρυάλγητα . I follow the MSS. in leaving the hiatus (cp. 196), which here has the special justification of a pause, making it needless to write βαρυαλγήτως with Dindorf. That the scholiast in L, like the MSS., had the neut. pl., appears from his paraphrase, βαρέα καὶ ἀλγεινά. Some editors prefer to write βαρυάλγητ’ , which is also metrically possible. The sense is, ‘fraught with heavy pain’ to us; the ἄλγος is not the bitter indignation felt by the Greeks. The word occurs only here: and βαρυαλγής is post-classical.

ἕστακεν , ‘stands fixed’: cp. 1084.

201-595

The first ἐπεισόδιον falls into two principal parts. In the first (201—332), the hero's plight is made clear by the exchange of tidings between Tecmessa and the Chorus, each learning what the other has to tell. In the second part (333—595), Ajax himself speaks with the Chorus and Tecmessa; his words foreshadow a resolve to die. The first part opens with a kommos between the Chorus and Tecmessa (201—262); the second, with a kommos between the Chorus and Ajax (348—429).

vαὸς ἀρωγοὶ , i.e., rendering service in it; Ajax addresses them as γένος ναΐας ἀρωγὸν τέχνας (356). The Iliad (2. 557) assigns twelve ships to Ajax.

γενεᾶς : for the gen., cp. Plat. Prot. 316B Ἀπολλοδώρου υἱός, οἰκίας μεγάλης.

χθονίων ἀπ’ Ἐρεχθειδᾶν : for ἀπὸ with ref. to descent, cp. Ant. 193 παίδων τῶν ἀπ’ Οἰδίπου.

Erechtheus, ὁ γηγενής ( Her. 8. 55), ‘whom Earth, the grain-giver, brought forth, and Athena, daughter of Zeus, fostered’ ( Il. 2. 547), is representative of the Athenian claim to be αὐτόχθονες. It was in his reign, acc. to Her. 8. 44, that the folk once called Κραναοί, and then Κεκροπίδαι, were first named Ἀθηναῖοι. For Ἐρεχθεῖδαι as=Ἀθηναῖοι, cp. Pind. I. 2. 19 κλειναῖς Ἐρεχθειδᾶν χαρίτεσσιν ἀραρὼς | ταῖς λιπαραῖς ἐν Ἀθάναις, ‘having attained to the glorious honours given by the Erechtheidae in shining Athens.’ (In Soph. Ant. 981 f., however, the patronymic has a narrower sense, denoting merely the family of Erechtheus.) So, again, the Athenians are Θησεῖδαι ( Soph. O. C. 1066), the Thebans Καδμεῖοι, the Trojans or Romans Aeneadae; and an unknown poet (frag. adesp. 274) calls the Argives χθονίους Ἰναχίδας, where Hesychius explains the adj. by αὐτόχθονας καὶ οὐκ ἐπήλυδας,— the sense of χθονίων here. (Cp. O. C. 948 n.)

Salamis is in this play a kingdom independent of Athens, but the Salaminians are of Athenian stock, and revere ‘sacred Athens’ (1222) as the metropolis of their race. See Introduction, § 4.

τηλόθεν instead of τηλοῦ: cp. Tr. 315 γέννημα τῶν ἐκεῖθεν (n.). It goes with τοῦ..οἴκου, not with κηδόμενοι.

ὠμοκρατὴς denotes the rugged, massive, untamed strength of Ajax, and is meant to suggest a contrast with his present affliction; so 548 ὠμοῖς..νόμοις, 885 ὠμόθυμος, 931 ὠμόφρων. (The word was absurdly taken by some to mean, ‘with strong shoulders,’—as the Iliad mentions his εὐρέας ὤμους, 3. 227.)

θολερῷ (θολός, ὁ, mud), ‘turbid,’ with ref. to his clouded mind: cp. Her. 4. 53(of a river) ῥέει τε καθαρὸς παρὰ θολεροῖσι. So Aesch. P. V. 885 θολεροὶ δὲ λόγοι παίουδ’ εἰκῇ | στυγνῆς πρὸς κύμασιν ἄτης,—words turbid with passion.— χειμῶνι : cp. Soph. Ph. 1194 ἀλύοντα χειμερίῳ | λύπᾳ : ib. 1460 χειμαζομένῳ.

νοσήσας , ‘stricken’: this aor., in the ‘ingressive’ sense (‘fell ill’), is frequent in Attic: e.g. Thuc. 1. 138§ 4 νοσήσας τελευτᾷ τὸν βίον: Plat. Tim.p. 84 C ὅταν..νοσήσῃ.

τί δὲ βάρος ἐνήλλακται νὺξ ἥδε τῆς ἡμερίας ; ‘And what heaviness (heavy trouble) has the past night received in exchange for the (already grievous) fortune of the day?’ ἐνήλλακται in a midd. sense; cp. Diod. frag. 60 ἐγένετο βασίλισσα ἰδιωτικῆς ἑστίας ἐξηλλαγμένη ἡγεμονίαν. The fact that ἤλλαγμαι has more often a passive sense in Attic is quite compatible with such an exceptional use; thus Antiphon can say, τὸν πλοῦν πεποιημένος (or. 5 § 21), and τετιμωρημένος ἑαυτόν ( β. β. § 8). But it is more doubtful whether such a notion as μοίρας, πράξεως, or καταστάσεως can here be supplied with τῆς ἡμερίας. The parallels adduced are such as ἡ ἑῴα, ἡ ἑωθινή, ἡ ὀψία, ἡ πρωΐα, τὴν θερείην (‘in summer,’ Her. 1. 189), τὴν χειμερινήν (id. 1. 202). There was indeed a tendency in Greek idiom to make substantives out of fem. adjectives; i.e. to use the fem. adj. alone, whenever the subst. (such as γῆ, ὁδός, ὥρα, μοῖρα, δίκη) could readily be understood. And that tendency must be considered here.

No tolerable emendation has been made. ἠρεμίας , ‘stillness,’ though possible, is very feeble. εὐμαρίας (=εὐμαρείας), which Nauck adopts, is directly contrary to the sense; for, even before the dread rumour arose, the Chorus had been disquieted by the long seclusion and inaction of Ajax (194 f.). ἀμμορίας , without some further definition (such as τῆς πρὶν), would be too vague. And the words νὺξ ἥδε suggest that there was some mention of day. On the whole, the traditional reading, though difficult, is less open to objection than any remedy which has been proposed.

The schol. in L has: γρ. δὲ ἀημερίας ἀντὶ τῆς ἀηδοῦς φορᾶς (‘unpleasant course’), καὶ ἔσται ὁ νοῦς, ποῖον βάρος ἔλαβεν αὕτη ἡ νὺξ ἀπὸ τῆς προτέρας ἀηδίας; This explanation of ἀημερίας by ἀηδοῦς φορᾶς and ἀηδίας indicates (I think) a reference, not to ἡμέρα—as if ἀημερία could mean δυσημερία—but to ἥμερος: the original scholium may have had ἀνημερίας (meant as ‘unkindly fortune’).

Φρυγίου Τελεύταντος . Cp. 331: 488. Similar examples confirm this reading: fr. 796 Ἀλφεσίβοιαν ἣν ὁ γεννήσας πατήρ (it is improbable that Sophocles wrote Ἀλφησίβοιαν ): Aesch. Th. 488 Ἱππομέδοντος σχῆμα: Suppl. 889 Παρθενοπαῖος, εἶδος ἐξοχώτατος. ( Aesch. Th. 547, Παρθενοπαῖος Ἀρκάς, is rejected by many critics.) Indeed, such license was not strictly confined to proper names, to judge by Aesch. Ch. 1049 φαιοχίτωνες.

Lobeck remarks that the father of Tecmessa is called Teuthras by Malela and others, Tethras by Cedrenus, and Teuthas by Tzetzes.

λέχος , concubine, ὁμευνέτις (501): being δουριάλωτος, she is δούλη (489). Cp. Tr. 360 κρύφιον ὡς ἔχοι λέχος (Iolè).

σε … στέρξας ἀνέχει : lit., ‘having conceived a love for thee, he upholds thee,’—i.e., ‘he is constant in his affection for thee’: so Eur. Hec. 123 βάκχης ἀνέχων λέκτρ’ Ἀγαμέμνων, ‘constant to’ her bed. (In Soph. O. C. 674, where τὸν οἰνῶπ’ ἀνέχουσα κισσὸν is the common reading, we should probably read τὸν οἰνωπὸν ἔχουσα κισσόν.)

ὑπείποις , ‘hint,’ ‘give a clue’: they do not yet surmise, from her words in 205—207, with what terrible fulness of detail she can speak.

λέγω , subjunct.

θανάτῳ … ἴσον : O. C. 529 θάνατος μὲν τάδ’ ἀκούειν. In the Creusa, fr. 332, Sophocles used ἰσοθάνατον as=οὐ πάνυ ἀνεκτόν, acc. to Pollux 6. 174.

μανίᾳ γὰρ : notice the γάρ in two successive clauses ( El. 180 n.): here it prefaces the statement ( O. T. 277 n.).— ἡμὶν , ethic dat.: El. 272.

νύκτερος , adverbial: cp. 930 πάννυχα καὶ φαέθοντ’ ἀνεστέναζες. Il. 1. 497 ἠερίη δ’ ἀνέβη. The word is irregularly placed, as if the speaker had meant to designate Ajax by ὁ κλεινὸς only, and had then added Αἴας: for similar irregularities, cp. El. 693 f., n.

ἀπελωβήθη , a somewhat rare pass. aor.: Ph. 330 ἐξελωβήθην : Plat. Gorg. 473 C λώβας..λωβηθείς .

τοιαῦτ’ , introducing the ground for the statement; cp. 164 n.— αἱμοβαφῆ : cp. 95 ἔβαψας ἔγχος εὖ..;

χρηστήρια , with tragic pathos, since the word denoted holy sacrifices to the gods (properly, before consulting an oracle): Aesch. Theb. 230 σφάγια καὶ χρηστήρια | θεοῖσιν ἔρδειν. Cp. Aesch. Ag. 645 παιᾶνα τόνδ’ Ερινύων.

221-232

A strophe, to which vv. 245—256 form the antistrophe. For the metres, see Metrical Analysis.

ἀνέρος … ἀγγελίαν : for the objective gen., cp. 998: Ant. 11 μῦθος.. φίλων (n.).

αἴθονος , ‘fiery’; cp. 1088: Aesch. Theb. 448 αἴθων..λῆμα: in v. 147 the word is applied to a bright sword. This inflexion (instead of αἴθωνος) occurs elsewhere only in Hes. Op. 361 αἴθονα λιμόν (Bergk's correction of the MS. αἴθοπα), a reading which is made certain by Aeschin. or. 3 § 184 λιμόν τ’ αἴθωνα κρατερόν τ’ ἐπάγοντες Ἄρηα , and Callim. Hymn. Cer. 68 ἔμβαλε λιμόν, | αἴθωνα, κρατερόν : where the fig. sense of the epithet is ‘fierce.’

The v.l. αἴθοπος is impossible here, as in the verse of Hesiod; it could refer only to complexion. Cp. Eustathius p. 862. 10 φέρεται αἴθων βοῦς καὶ σίδηρος καὶ ἄνθρωπος καὶ λέων· αἴθοψ δὲ οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν λέγοιτ’ ἄν, ἀλλὰ τοὔνομα οἴνῳ μέλανι ἐπιτίθεται. The variant was doubtless due, in both passages, to the rarity, for αἴθων, of the inflexion with ο : which is illustrated by the dat. pl. νήφοσι in Theognis 481, and by such alternative forms of the gen. as Αἴσονος, Ἀκταίονος, etc.

ἄτλατον οὐδὲ φευκτάν , unendurable, and yet one from which there is no escape: for οὐδέ as=ἀλλ’ οὐ, cp. El. 132, El. 1034.

τῶν μεγάλων Δαναῶν are clearly not the Greek chiefs (οἱ μεγάλοι βασιλῆς, 189), but the Greek army at large. It is the popular fury that the Salaminians are now thinking of: in 228 περίφαντος..θανεῖται alludes to public stoning, the λιθόλευστον Ἄρη of v. 253.

κλῃζομέναν , noised abroad by them: cp. Tr. 659 κλῄζεται θυτήρ, he is rumoured to be sacrificing; and ib. 1268 κλῃζόμενοι | πατέρες.

ὁ μέγας μῦθος : cp. 173 ὦ μεγάλα φάτις (n.).

ἀέξει , αὔξει, increases by diffusing it. (Not, ‘exaggerates.’)

περίφαντος : cp. 1311 θανεῖν προδήλως.

παραπλάκτῳ , frantic: Eur. H. F. 935 γέλωτι παραπεπληγμένῳ. The adj. is more usually παραπλήξ. Cp. 40 δυσλόγιστον..χέρα.

συγκατακτὰς , slain in a confused heap, cattle and men together. (In Eur. Or. 1089 συγκατέκτανον =‘ helped to slay.’) For the nonthematic aor., cp. Soph. Tr. 38 ἔκτα (n.).— κελαινοῖς here suggests both the dark, gleaming metal, and the dark stains of blood upon it. Cp. Soph. Tr. 856 κελαινὰ λόγχα (n.).

ξίφεσιν , poet. plur.: cp. Pind. P. 4. 242 Φρίξου μάχαιραι : Eur. Ion 192 ἅρπαις (the scimitar of Perseus). The dat. ξίφεσιν, following χερί, defines the instrument used (slain by the hand with the sword): cp. 310 ὄνυξι συλλαβὼν χερί. Eur. Helen. 373 ὄνυχι..γένυν | ἔδευσε φοινίαισι πλαγαῖς .

ἱππονώμας , ‘guiding horses,’ refers to riding in both the other places where it occurs ( Eur. Hipp. 1399, of Hippolytus; Nub. 571, of Poseidon Hippius). Here, βοτῆρας , closely following βοτά , must mean the herdsmen who tended the sheep and oxen (=ποιμνίων ἐπιστάταις, 27). It would be forced, then, to suppose that ἱππονώμας means ‘tending horses,’—with ref. to the horses of the Greeks on the λειμὼν ἱππομανής (143 f.). That would be as if one said, ‘the cattle, and their herdsmen, who also tended horses.’ Herdsmen in charge of great flocks and herds, on a wide plain, and near a watchful foe, might well be mounted. It is no objection— and least of all, in an Attic tragedy— that the Homeric warrior does not ride. —The reading ἱππονώμας, instead of ἱππονόμους (‘horse-feeding’), is made certain by metre (v. 245), and is confirmed by the first hand in L (cr. n.).

ἄρα , ‘then,’ marks her new perception: cp. 927, 934, 1026: Tr. 1172, etc.

ἤλυθε . This form, not used by Aesch. , occurs only here in Soph. ; Eur. has it not only in lyrics ( Eur. Or. 813, etc.), but also in dialogue ( Eur. El. 598 , Eur. Tro. 374 ).

ὧν (neut.), instead of ἧς, since ποίμνην is a ‘noun of multitude’; cp. O. C. 1070 ἄμβασις, οἳ κ.τ.λ. (n.). Then τὴν μὲν (sc. ποίμνην) follows ὧν, as it might have followed ἧς: cp. Thuc. 1. 2§ 3 τῆς γῆς ἡ ἀρίστη, ib. 5 § 1 τὸν πλεῖστον τοῦ βίου. Finally, τὰ δὲ (sc. βοτὰ) refers to ὧν.—The antithesis to τὴν μὲν is given by τὰ δέ , not (as some have thought) by δύο δ’ .

ἔσω , ‘within the house,’ refers to all the incidents that followed his arrival (ἤλυθε). Schneidewin wrongly joins ἔσω σφάζε (‘stach tot’), comparing Aesch. Ag. 1343 πέπληγμαι καιρίαν πληγὴν ἔσω. But σφάζε denotes ‘cutting the throat,’ not ‘stabbing’; cp. 298.

ἐπὶ γαίας , where they stood upon the floor; as distinguished from those animals which he caught up and rent asunder.

πλευροκοπῶν , slashing at their sides with his sword: a compound like θαλαττοκοπεῖν ( Ar. Eq. 830), μετεωροκοπεῖν ( Ar. Pax 92).

ἀργίποδας : for the rt. ARG, denoting ‘brightness,’ and its derivatives, cp. O. C. 670 n. As Ajax purposed to flog Odysseus (110), the ram which suffers that fate here might naturally be identified with him. The first ram, which is beheaded at once, might then represent Agamemnon; and Menelaüs would here be ignored. On this view, however, there is a discrepancy with verses 97—110, since both the Atreidae are there supposed to be dead, while Odysseus has still to suffer. Here one ram (Agamemnon) is slain, and the other (Odysseus) flogged, in rapid succession.

If the two rams are the two Atreidae, then Odysseus is ignored here. This would be consistent both with vv. 97— 110 and with 298—306. The flogging of the second ram here would correspond with the words τοὺς δὲ δεσμίους | ᾐκίζεθ’ in 299 f. Then came the colloquy of Ajax with Athena (301); after which, he slowly regained his sanity,—before he had inflicted the lash upon Odysseus. That the ‘two rams’ are here the royal brethren might be suggested by the analogy of the two eagles in Ag. 115.On the other hand, the special ferocity with which Ajax treats the second ram rather indicates that it represents Odysseus. There would be no point in so distinguishing Menelaüs from Agamemnon. On the whole, it seems most probable that the poet meant Agamemnon and Odysseus, but was careless of strict consistency with vv. 97—110.

κεφαλὴν καὶ γλῶσσαν ἄκραν . He first shears off the head; then, still holding it, while the carcass drops to the ground, cuts off the end of the tongue; and next hurls both head and tongue from him. ἄκρα γλῶσσα can mean the extremity, the tip, of the tongue, as in Theocr. 9. 30 ἐπὶ γλώσσας ἄκρας : so in Ph. 748 ἄκρον πόδα is the heel. It could not mean, ‘the tongue from the roots,’ γλῶσσαν πρυμνήν ( Il. 5. 292).—It was customary to cut out the tongues of animals slain for sacrifice, and to offer them separately ( Od. 3. 332: Ar. Pax 1060). But I doubt whether there is any reference here to the sacrificial custom; the act of Ajax rather expresses merely fierce hatred of a slanderer.

ῥιπτεῖ has the support of the MSS., not only here, but also in Ant. 131, Tr. 780.In the latter place, it is confirmed by Athenaeus p. 65 F, for he has ῥιπτοῦντα in his paraphrase. ῥιπτεῖν, used only in pres. and impf., was current in Attic ( Ar. Eccl. 507 ῥιπτεῖτε χλαίνας). It has good authority in Thuc. 5. 103§ 1 (ἀναρριπτοῦσι), and Cyneg. 9. 20 (ῥιπτοῦσι). In Tragedy it is nowhere required by metre; and Elmsley (on Eur. Heracl. 150) supposes that the tragic poets used only ῥίπτω. No difference of sense between ῥιπτέω and ῥίπτω can be clearly shown; though it has been fancied that ῥιπτέω implies the frequency or vehemence of the act (iacto as compared with iacio).

ὀρθὸν ἄνω … δήσας : i.e., making the animal stand on its hind legs, with its forefeet lashed up to the pillar—as if they were the hands of a human prisoner.

κίονι , lit., ‘at a pillar,’ a dat. of place (cp. El. 174 n.); not, ‘to a pillar’ (πρὸς κίονα, El. 108 ).

ἱπποδέτην ῥυτῆρα , a leathern strap or thong, belonging to the harness of a horse,—such as the reins of a bridle ( O. C. 900 σπεύδειν ἀπὸ ῥυτῆρος), or driving-reins ( Il. 16. 475, where see Leaf). Hesiod Scut. 308 ῥυτὰ χαλαίνοντες, ‘slackening the reins.’ Ajax makes a διπλῆ μάστιξ, a whip with two thongs, by doubling the strap. Cp. Aeschin. or. 2 § 157 λαβὼν ῥυτῆρα μαστιγοίην αἰχμάλωτον.

λιγυρᾷ , Homeric: Il. 11. 532 μάστιγι λιγυρῇ.

κακὰ δεννάζων ῥήμαθ’ , like ὀνειδίζων ὀνείδη: see on Ant. 759 δεννάσεις.

δαίμων : cp. O. T. 1258 λυσσῶντι δ’ αὐτῷ δαιμόνων δείκνυσί τις· | οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀνδρῶν οἳ παρῆμεν ἐγγύθεν .

ἤδη τοι κρᾶτα . The reading of the best MSS., both here and in the strophe (221 f.), can be retained, if in the strophe we make the slight change of ἀνδρὸς to ἀνέρος . If, on the other hand, we strike out τοι here, then we must also change κρᾶτα to κάρα , or else, keeping κρᾶτα, change ἐδήλωσας in 221 to ἔδειξας or ἔφηνας . (The impf. ἐδήλους would be unsuitable.) Here τοι is quite in place, as introducing the comment. ἤτοι , as a correction of ἤδη τοι, is doubly impro bable, since ἤδη is emphatic, and ἤτοι would be somewhat weak. See Appendix.

κρᾶτα … κρυψάμενον , in token of grief and shame. Plat. Phaedop. 117 C ἐγκαλυψάμενος ἀπέκλαιον ἐμαυτόν: Aeschin. or. 2 § 111 τά γε δὴ καταγέλαστα παντελῶς, ἐφ’ οἷς οἱ συμπρέσβεις ἐνεκαλύψαντο. Liv. 4. 12 Multi ex plebe spe amissa..capitibus obvolutis se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt.

ποδοῖν κλοπὰν ἀρέσθαι : cp. Aesch. Pers. 481 οὐκ εὔκοσμον αἴρονται φυγήν: [Eur. ] Rhes. 54 (νυκτέρῳ πλάτῃ) αἴρεσθαι φυγήν. The verb here means, ‘to take up,’ ‘betake oneself to’; not ‘to win,’ ‘secure’: see Appendix on 75. For κλοπὰν , cp. Eur. Or. 1499 ἐξέκλεπτον ἐκ δόμων πόδα.

θοὸν , properly the epithet of εἰρεσίας , is transferred to ζυγὸν (cp. Ant. 794 n.): ζυγὸν ἕζομαι, as Aesch. Ag. 183 σέλμα..ἡμένων, Eur. Or. 956 τρίποδα καθίζων.

ναῒ μεθεῖναι , ‘to let the ship go,’— ἡνίας, or the like, being understood. Cp. Eur. fr. 779 κρούσας δὲ πλευρὰ πτεροφόρων ὀχημάτων | μεθῆκεν (‘he let his horses go’)· αἱ δ’ ἔπταντ’ ἐπ’ αἰθέρος πτυχάς. The elliptical use of μεθιέναι, with dat., in this sense, seems to be rare: but it is parallel with that of ἐφιέναι as=indulgere ( e.g. Plat. Rep. 388E ὅταν τις ἐφιῇ..γέλωτι).

τοίας : 164 n.

ἐρέσσουσιν , ‘ply,’—properly, to ply the oar; then, to put anything in lively motion; Ant. 158 μῆτιν ἐρέσσων, ‘revolving’ thoughts in the mind. Cp. the elegiac poet Dionysius ap. Athen. p. 669 A εἰρεσίῃ γλώσσης ἀποπέμψομεν εἰς μέγαν αἶνον (‘by our swift strains will we waft him to the haven of fame’).

δικρατεῖς Ἀτρεῖδαι , the two princely Atreidae: cp. 390 τούς τε δισσάρχας..βασιλῆς: O. C. 1055 τὰς διστόλους | ...ἀδελφὰς, i.e., the two journeying sisters; and ib. 17 n.

πεφόβημαι : 139 n.

λιθόλευστον Ἄρη , a violent death by stoning; cp. Ant. 36 φόνον..δημόλευστον. Aesch. Ag. 1616 δημορριφεῖς..λευσίμους ἀράς. When, as here, Ἄρης stands for the notion of a ‘violent death,’ it always, of course, implies an onslaught; as in Soph. O. C. 1679 ὅτῳ μήτ’ Ἄρης | μήτε πόντος ἀντέκυρσεν (death in battle, or by drowning): Aesch. P. V. 860 θηλυκτόνῳ | Ἄρει δαμέντων, i.e., by the onslaught of murderous women. (In Pind. P. 11. 36 χρονίῳ σὺν Ἄρει is best taken, with Gildersleeve, as =‘by tardy help of Ares.’) The initial A is long here (answering to the penult. of συγκατακτὰς in 230), as in 614, Soph. Ant. 139, Soph. El. 96.

The accus. is, in the first place, object to πεφόβημαι , but is felt also as a cognate acc. to ξυναλγεῖν (like ἄλγος ἀλγῶ), and could be, further, an acc. of the inner object with τυπείς ( Il. 24. 420 ἕλκεα... ὅσσ’ ἐτύπη): it is one of those cumulative constructions which Greek idiom (esp. in poetry) favours. Note that a simple inf. after φοβοῦμαι usu. denotes what one is afraid to do ( Aesch. Ch. 46 φοβοῦμαι δ’ ἔπος τόδ’ ἐκβαλεῖν), but can also denote what one fears to suffer: Plat. Phaedop. 68 E φοβούμενοι..ἡδονῶν στερηθῆναι.

αἶσ’ ἄπλατος , a fate such that no one can approach him, or stand at his side, without being involved in his doom. The Nemean lion is ἄπλατον θρέμμα, Tr. 1093.

The words λαμπρᾶς ἄτερ στεροπῆς go with λήγει , not with ᾄξας : they stand first, because they express the foremost thought,—viz., that the violence of his frenzy is past. ‘Attended by the lightning-flash no more, the storm in his soul is subsiding, after a sharp outburst (ᾄξας ὀξύς), like the wind of the south.’ A key to these much-discussed verses may be found, I think, in a passage which seems to have been overlooked. The Greeks had observed that, when the Νότος was a stormy wind, it was accompanied by clouds; but, when gentler, by a clear sky: Problem. 26. 20 (p. 942 a 34) ὁ νότος, ὅταν μὲν ἐλάττων ᾖ, αἴθριός ἐστιν, ὅταν δὲ μέγας, νεφώδης. The mood of Ajax is now once more becoming αἴθριος, like the milder south-wind; lately it was like a fierce storm from the south, and νεφώδης, dark with the clouds from which the στεροπή of his madness was flashing. Compare the description of the mad Ajax by Arctînus in the Iliupersis (ap. Eustath. p. 859. 47), ὄμματά τ’ ἀστράπτοντα βαρυνόμενόν τε νόημα.— For other views of this passage, and the attempts to amend it, see Appendix.

οἰκεῖα πάθη , those which one brings on himself: so El. 215 οἰκείας εἰς ἄτας | ἐμπίπτεις.

παραπράξαντος , having acted ‘at the side,’ i.e., ‘having had a hand in the matter,’—‘having contributed to the result.’ This sense nowhere else belongs to παραπράσσω (which in Her. 5. 45 means ‘to do something beyond’ one's proper task, and in Plut. Agis 16‘to exact unjustly’); but for the force of the prep., cp. παραίτιος ( Aesch. Ch. 910, etc.), as=‘partly the cause.’— Not, ‘having done amiss’ (=παραβάντος).

ὑποτείνει : lit., ‘lays to’ (or ‘beneath’) the mind: [Dem. ] or. 13 § 19 τὰς ἐλπίδας ὑμῖν ὑποτείνων.

πέπαυται , sc. ὁ Αἴας τῆς νόσου: cp. 279. The subject to εὐτυχεῖν is rather ἡμᾶς than αὐτόν: the thought is, δοκῶ ὅτι εὐτυχοῖμεν ἄν. Cp. O. T. 87 λέγω γὰρ καὶ τὰ δύσφοῤ, εἰ τύχοι | κατ’ ὀρθὸν ἐξελθόντα, πάντ’ ἂν εὐτυχεῖν. In the omission of the subject to the inf., as in πέπαυται and in τοῦ κακοῦ, there is a shade of reticence which suits the recent sense of horror in the speaker's mind.

φρούδου γὰρ κ.τ.λ.: the gen. is not absol., but depends on λόγος . Cp. fr. 346 μύχθου γὰρ οὐδεὶς τοῦ παρελθόντος λόγος. Their thought is that, if he is himself again, his value to the Greeks will plead for pardon of his frenzy.

πότερα is used, instead of πότερον, to avoid an anapaest, as in 460, and O. C. 333.

The words κοινὸς ἐν κοινοῖσι mean strictly, ‘a partner among partners,’ =κοινωνὸς ἐν κοινωνοῖς: cp. O. T. 239 μήτ’ ἐν θεῶν εὐχαῖσι μήτε θύμασιν | κοινὸν ποεῖσθαι. Similarly kinsfolk can be termed κοινοί, as sharers in a common lineage ( O. T. 261 n.). The iteration, κοινὸς ἐν κοινοῖς, emphasises the idea of mutual sympathy: cp. 467 μόνος μόνοις (and 1283 μόνος μόνου), 620 ἄφιλα παρ’ ἀφίλοις, and n. on Tr. 613.

τὸ … διπλάζον , intrans., ‘that which is double’ (cp. ἰσάζω, ‘to be equal’): but the verb is trans. in Andoc. or. 4 § 11 τὸν φόρον..διπλάσειεν, unless we should there read διπλασιάσειεν.

Though οὐ νοσοῦντος (gen. abs.) is an easy and specious conjecture, yet οὐ νοσοῦντες is better; because (1) it gives a rhetorical antithesis to ἀτώμεσθα which suits her point; and (2) it suggests the identity of their interest with that of Ajax. The figurative sense of νοσεῖν is often found in juxtaposition with the literal, as in O. T. 60 νοσεῖτε πάντες, καὶ νοσοῦντες, ὡς ἐγὼ | οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ .

ἀτώμεσθα , i.e. we are worse off than before: the word is a forcible one (cp. 384), but occurs elsewhere also where the sense is only comparative: Ant. 17 οὔτ’ εὐτυχοῦσα μᾶλλον οὔτ’ ἀτωμένη: cp. ib. 314.

πῶς … ὅπως . The language here, to which groundless exception has been taken (cr. n.), expresses the musing wonder of simple minds.

οἷσιν εἴχετ’ ἐν κακοῖς =κακοῖς ἐν οἷς εἴχετο: cp. 1144: Her. 9. 37 ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κακῷ ἐχόμενος. The antecedent κακοῖς is drawn into the relative clause, though here its case is not thereby affected: cp. Ant. 404 θάπτουσαν ὃν σὺ τὸν νεκρὸν | ἀπεῖπας.

φρονοῦντας is far better than the v.l. βλέποντας : it hints what is meant by the vague κακοῖς .

κἀνέπνευσε : after the actual cessation ( ἔληξε ), a brief space is still needed to permit ἀναπνοή. Cp. Il. 11. 382 ἀνέπνευσαν κακότητος: and n. on O. C. 1113 f.

Instead of κεῖνος , we might have looked for αὐτός: but the former has been preferred, because it better marks the antithesis between Ajax and his friends.

πᾶς , adverbial: Ph. 386 πόλις γάρ ἐστι πᾶσα τῶν ἡγουμένων.

ἐλήλαται : Tr. 1045(συμφορὰς ) οἵαις.. ἐλαύνεται (n.). For the emphatic perf., cp. El. 64.Here it expresses that complete prostration has at once followed the return of sanity: cp. Plat. Phaedop. 80 D ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ..ἀπαλλαττομένη τοῦ σώματος εὐθὺς διαπεφύσηται καὶ ἀπόλωλεν .

ἆῤ =ἆρ’ οὐ; O. T. 822 ἆρ’ ἔφυν κακός; El. 614.

δὶς τός’ =διπλᾶ. Cp. Il. 1. 213 τρὶς τόσσα..δῶρα: Eur. El. 1092 δὶς τόσως (‘in double measure’).— ἐξ ἁπλῶν : Soph. Tr. 619(χάρις ) ἐξ ἁπλῆς διπλῆ .

δέδοικα μὴ … ἥκῃ . Though ἥκει is tenable (‘I fear that it certainly has come’), ἥκῃ seems better, since there is still a real uncertainty and anxiety in their minds. See on El. 580.( ἥκοι , which was the common reading, is of course impossible here.)

πῶς γάρ , sc. ἄλλως ἔχει; Normally, πῶς γάρ follows a negative statement, as in El. 911 οὐδ’ αὖ σύ· πῶς γάρ; (sc. ἔδρασας): while πῶς γὰρ οὔ follows an affirmative, as ib. 1307 οἶσθα μὲν τἀνθένδε, πῶς γὰρ οὔ; The use of πῶς γάρ here is thus peculiar, though the sense is clear.

εἰ πεπαυμένος κ.τ.λ. The fact that despair has succeeded to frenzy argues that he is under the spell of some angry god. When the malady passed away, his mind ought to have recovered a healthy tone. They had already hinted at a θεία νόσος as a possibility (186).

μηδέν τι : Eur. Andr. 1234 μηδέν τι λίαν : Eur. Alc. 522 οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον οἶδα.

ὡς ὧδ’ ἐχόντων κ.τ.λ. : ὡς marks the point of view to be taken: the gen. abs. presents the state of the facts as the condition under which one's opinion must be formed. Cp. Aesch. P. V. 760 ὡς τοίνυν ὄντων τῶνδέ σοι μαθεῖν πάρα. Eur. Med. 1311 ὡς οὐκέτ’ ὄντων σῶν τέκνων φρόντιζε δή . Thuc. 7. 15§ 1 ὡς..τῶν στρατιωτῶν..μὴ μεμπτῶν γεγενημένων οὕτω τὴν γνώμην ἔχετε . Xen. An. 1. 3. 6 ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς, οὕτω τὴν γνώμην ἔχετε. See also below, 904, 981.

τίς γάρ : for γάρ in question, cp. Ph. 161, Ph. 327 , Ph. 651.

προσέπτατο , as if winged to its aim by the god; Aesch. P. V. 644(the heaven-sent trouble) ὅθεν μοι σχετλίᾳ προσέπτατο : Eur. Alc. 420 κοὐκ ἄφνω κακὸν τόδε | προσέπτατ’ .

From the Homeric ἔπτατο ( Il. 13. 592, etc.) Tragedy borrows this non-thematic aor. (of which the active form would be ἔπτην): cp. 693. The aor. of πέτομαι in Attic Comedy and prose is usu. ἐπτόμην (see Veitch, Irreg. Verbs, 2nd ed., p. 530): and of this we have the inf. πτέσθαι in O. T. 17,—again in accord with Homeric precedent ( Il. 4. 126 ἐπιπτέσθαι ).

τύχας depends on δήλωσον . The change to τύχαις , dependent on ξυναλγοῦσιν (cr. n.), is not only groundless, but injures the rhythm of the verse.

κεῖνος γὰρ : here γὰρ merely prefaces the narrative ( O. T. 277 n.).

ἄκρας νυκτός , as the context shows, means here, ‘at dead of night.’ The only other instance of ἄκρος so used (natural though the use is) seems to be Theocr. II. 36 τυρὸς δ’ οὐ λείπει μ’ οὔτ’ ἐν θέρει οὔτ’ ἐν ὀπώρῃ οὐ χειμῶνος ἄκρω (‘depth of winter’). Elsewhere ἄκρα νύξ means either (1) the beginning of night, nightfall, as in Aratus 775 ἄκρῃ νυκτί: or (2) the verge between night and dawn, as ib. 308 ἀκρόθι νυκτός. In Theophrastus De Sign. Pluv. 1. § 2 (p. 389 ed. Wimmer) the ἀκρόνυχοι ἀνατολαί of stars are their risings ὅταν ἅμα δυομένῳ ἀνατέλλῃ (τὰ ἄστρα ), i.e. soon after sunset, at nightfall. The sense of ἀκρέσπερος varies like that of ἄκρα νύξ. In Hippocr. Epidem. 7. 653 ἀκρέσπερος φρίκη is a chill at the approach of evening (as Galen Exeg. p. 418 explains); while in Nicander Ther. 25 ἀκρέσπερος is explained by the schol. as=‘at the close of evening,’ ‘at nightfall.’ The latter is the sense of ἄκρᾳ σὺν ἑσπέρᾳ in Pindar P. 11. 10. [In H. A. 9. 34, p. 619 b 21, the words ἄχρις ἑσπερίου have been conjecturally changed to τὴν ἀρχέσπερον, from Athen. p. 353 B; or to τὴν ἀκρέσπερον: the sense required is ‘at nightfall.’]

λαμπτῆρες . These were braziers, raised on stands, in which pine-wood was burned, at once for light and for heat ( Od. 19. 64 φόως ἐμὲν ἠδὲ θέρεσθαι). Od. 18. 307 αὐτίκα λαμπτῆρας τρεῖς ἵστασαν ἐν μεγάροισιν, | ὄφρα φαείνοιεν· περὶ δὲ ξύλα κάγκανα θῆκαν, | .. καὶ δαΐδας μετέμισγον. As Helbig remarks (Das Hom. Epos p. 78), the smoke thus caused explains why the Homeric μέγαρον is sometimes called αἰθαλόεν ( Il. 2. 414, Od. 22. 239).

For this mode of indicating the time, cp. Her. 7. 215 περὶ λύχνων ἁφάς: Propert. 3. 8. 1 ad extremas..lucernas : Aul. Gellius 3. 2 post primam facem.

ἔγχος : cp. 95 .

ἐξόδους ἕρπειν : cp. Thuc. 1. 15§ 2 ἐκδήμους στρατείας .. οὐκ ἐξῄεσαν.

κενάς , i.e., with no apparent object; cp. El. 1054 θηρᾶσθαι κενά .

The general word, ἄκλητος , is defined by the two clauses in apposition with it, οὔθ’ ὑπ’ ἀγγέλων κληθείς, οὔτε σάλπιγγός του κλύων. Here the double οὔτε is more emphatic than a double οὐδέ: with the latter, the sense would be, ‘uncalled, and not summoned,’ etc. Cp. Tr. 391 οὐκ ἐμῶν ὑπ’ ἀγγέλων | ἀλλ’ αὐτόκλητος. Aesch. Cho. 838 ἥκω μὲν οὐκ ἄκλητος, ἀλλ’ ὑπάγγελος.

ἀφορμᾷς , intrans., as in Thuc. 4. 78§ 5 ἐκ τῆς Μελιτίας ἀφώρμησεν (‘he started’): πεῖραν is cogn. acc.; cp. Plat. Parm.p. 135 D ἡ ὁρμὴ ἣν ὁρμᾷς.

σάλπιγγος : a non-Homeric trait; see on 17. Cp. fr. 357 ἀσάλπιγκτον ὥραν = μέσην νύκτα.

πᾶς εὕδει στρατός . Cp. the phrases περὶ πρῶτον ὕπνον ( Thuc. 2. 2§ 1), nocte concubia ( Liv. 25. 9§ 8).

ὑμνούμενα , decantata. Schol. ἀεὶ θρυλούμενα ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων καὶ κοινά. Plat. Rep.p. 549 D καὶ ἄλλα δὴ ὅσα καὶ οἷα φιλοῦσιν αἱ γυναῖκες περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ὑμνεῖν. Phorm. 3. 2. 10 cantilenam eandem canis.

γυναιξὶ κ.τ.λ.: cp. Eur. Heracl. 476 γυναικὶ γὰρ σιγή τε καὶ τὸ σωφρονεῖν | κάλλιστον. In Ar. Lys. 514 f. the Attic wife describes a like incident: τί δέ σοι ταῦτ’ ; ἦ δ’ ὃς ἂν ἁνήρ· | οὐ σιγήσει; κἀγὼ )σίγων.

κόσμον : cp. fr. 61. 4 αἷς κόσμος ἡ σιγή τε καὶ τὰ παῦρ’ ἔπη.

μαθοῦς’ , literally, ‘having perceived’ hismood.

ἐσσύθη =ἐσύθη, an epic license allowed in narrative. Cp. Theog. 183 ἀπέσσυθεν (3rd pl.). συθείς occurs in O. C. 119, and συθῶμεν ib. 1724: ἐσύθη in Helen. 1302 (lyr.).

τὰς ἐκεῖ … πάθας : briefly described by Athena, 55—60. The Chorus knew no details (230 f.). τύχας (cr. n.) is a weaker v.l. The fem. πάθη occurs also in Ant. 979 and O. C. 7.

κύνας βοτῆρας : schol. τοὺς ποιμενικοὺς κύνας· οὐ γὰρ ἀναιρεῖ κατὰ τὴν σκηνὴν ἄνθρωπον.

εὔερον is a certain emendation of εύκερων , which was doubtless due to a reminiscence of v. 64. (Bellermann, who retains εὔκερων, refers it to the horns of the rams; while Prof. Campbell, who also keeps it, says, ‘The word describes all the cattle, small and great, excepting the bulls, which have been mentioned separately.’) The form εὔερος (Attic for εὔειρος). from εἶρος, ‘wool,’ occurs in Tr. 675(οἰὸς εὐέρου) and is proved by metre in Ar. Av. 121.The mention of the shepherd's dogs is naturally followed by that of the sheep.

ηὐχένιζε (a word not elsewhere found in classical Greek) means here, ‘beheaded,’ by a blow on the αὐχήν (cervix), or hinder part of the neck. (Cp. Pind. P. 2. 93 ἐπαυχένιον .. ζυγόν.) The Homeric δειρορομεῖν ( Il. 21. 89, etc.) may have suggested αὐχενίζειν.

ἄνω τρέπων , turning the heads of the victims upwards, so as to expose the throats to the sword. Cp. Il. 1. 459 αὐέρυσαν μὲν πρῶτα καὶ ἔσφαξαν καὶ ἔδειραν: where αὐέρυσαν is now explained as = ἀv‐vέρυσαν, by assimilation for ἀν‐vερ, ‘they lifted up’ the heads of the victims (not αὐ ἔρυσαν, ‘drew back,’ as it was formerly taken): see Leaf ad loc.

ἔσφαζε (235), cut the σφαγή, iugulum. The whole neck is τράχηλος, collum.

κἀρράχιζε : see on 56 .

δεσμίους : cp. 239 ff.

ὥστε =ὡς, an epic use frequent with Aesch. and Soph. : Soph. O. C. 343, etc.

φῶτας , here opposed, as ἄνδρας is in 64, to θῆρας: sometimes φώς is opp. to θεός ( Il. 17. 98 etc.).

ὑπᾴξας is not a certain reading here; but (despite the fact that the first hand in L wrote ἀπᾶξας) it has, on the whole, at least as good authority as ἀπᾴξας . The latter makes good sense enough, ‘rushing away from me’; but ὑπᾴξας, expressing the sudden rush forward, as if towards something which had suddenly caught his attention, adds a picturesque touch which is absent from the other reading. For this sense of ὑπό in comp., cp. ὑπάγω, etc. The third possibility, ἐπᾴξας , would properly denote a rush onwards in a direction which had already been taken; and is thus less fitting here.

σκιᾷ τινὶ : Tecmessa, of course, followed Ajax to the door, but Athena was invisible to her: see on 15. Ajax seemed to speak with some phantom,—some creature of his brain.

λόγους ἀνέσπα ; the phrase denotes the abrupt, spasmodic manner in which his words were jerked forth. They were wild and incoherent (21—116). Cp. Plat. Theaet.p. 180 A ὥσπερ ἐκ φαρέτρας ῥηματίσκια αἰνιγματώδη ἀνασπῶντες ἀποτοξεύουσι. Menander *(παπιζομένης fr. 7 πόθεν τούτους ἀνεσπάκασιν οὗτοι τοὺς λόγους; Ar. Ran. 903 τὸν δ’ (Aeschylus) ἀνασπῶντ’ αὐτοπρέμνοις (‐ους?) | τοῖς λόγοισιν κ.τ.λ., (where the idea is that of tearing up trees by the roots; but the use of ἀνασπᾶν in ref. to a bold style is suggestive). Eustathius p. 679. 61 οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ φυτῶν τὸ ἀνασπᾶν λέγεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ ἀλαζονείας, ὡς δηλοῖ τὸ παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ λόγους ἀνέσπα .

Ἀτρειδῶν κάτα : for κατά placed after its case, cp. 969 .

ἀμφ’ Ὀδυσσεῖ : for ἀμφί with dat. in this sense, cp. 340, 684: El. 1180 ἀμφ’ ἐμοὶ στένεις.

συντιθεὶς γέλων πολύν , ‘combining,’ ‘mingling,’ much laughter with the vaunts: cp. Suppl. 65 ξυντίθησι δὲ παιδὸς μόρον, blends that theme with her lament.—Not, ‘fabricating,’ with reference to the unreality of the triumph.

γέλων , as in Ant. 647: but γέλωτ’ below, Ant. 382, Ant. 958. Eur. too uses γέλων where it is metrically convenient ( Eur. Ion 1172). The form implies an Attic declension, like that of νεώς. In Hom. Od. 18. 350 and 20. 346 γέλον should prob. be read; in the former place the MSS. give also γέλω and γέλων. Stems in τ are post-Homeric, as Monro observes (Hom. Gr. § 107 n.).

ὕβριν is plainly that which he inflicts, not that which he punishes; though the latter would be suggested by the usual sense of ἐκτίνεσθαι, as in Eur. H. F. 547 μή ποτε Κρέοντος θάνατον ἐκτεισαίατο (‘avenge’). Here the verb means, ‘inflict in vengeance.’

ἐκτείσαιτο (for the spelling, see on 180 f.), not ἐκτείσοιτο : the latter would be tenable only if αὐτοῦ could replace αὐτῶν . When he spoke with Athena, he fancied that he had already slain the Atreidae (100); and Odysseus, though reserved for further chastisement, was already δεσμώτης (105).

ἰών (=ὅτε ᾔει) adds animation; see on Ant. 768 δράτω, φρονείτω μεῖζον ἢ κατ’ ἄνδρ’ ἰών.

ἐπᾴξας is better here than ἀπᾴξας . The regular sense of ἐπᾴσσειν is ‘to rush at,’ or ‘ against’; here it denotes that he rushes in again as if to renew the attack. ἀπᾴξας, on the other hand, would be somewhat awkward, since he was coming towards the speaker; and certainly cannot be defended by Tr. 693 εἴσω δ’ ἀποστείχουσα, where Deianeira means, ‘as I was going away from you into the house.’ It is quite needless to write ἐσᾴξας.

αὖθις … πάλιν : O. C. 1418 n.

μόλις πως , by some slow and painful process, which she cannot analyse. Plat. Prot.p. 328 D μόγις πως ἐμαυτὸν ὡσπερεὶ ουναγείρας. So μόλις ποτέ Helen. 896. For πως thus used, cp. also Il. 14. 104 μάλα πώς με καθίκεο θυμὸν ἐνιπῇ, ‘thou hast strangely moved me.’

ἄτης , the havoc made by him; cp. Ant. 1260(alluding to the corpse of Haemon), οὐκ ἀλλοτρίαν | ἄτην, ‘the work of no stranger's madness.’

)θώϋξεν . In O. C. 1624 this word begins a trimeter, the augment being omitted, as often in ῥήσεις (see O. T. 1249 n.): here, however, it is better to suppose aphaeresis. Cp. 1337 )κράτησα.

ἐρειπίοις is defined by νεκρῶν , wrecks consisting of corpses; and this phrase, again, by ἀρνείου φόνου , corpsewrecks of slain sheep. Thus both the genitives here serve to define; while in λείας..βουκόλων φρουρήματα (54), the first gen. defines, and the second is possessive. Cp. 465, 616 f. The phrase νεκρῶν ἐρείπια occurs also in Eur. fr. 266. 2; and χλανιδίων ἐρειπίοις (which seems to verge on bathos) in frag. incert. 7 (ed. Nauck).

ἐρειφθεὶς : the pres. pass. ἐρείπεται (‘crashes down’) occurs in O. C. 1462; this aor., in Arrian Anab. 1. 21. 4(of a tower) οὐδὲ..χαλεπῶς ἂν ἠρείφθη. Ol. 2. 47 has ἐριπέντι. The old v.l. ἐρεισθεὶς would mean, ‘supported on,’ but is wretchedly weak. The very fact that ἐρειφθεὶς follows ἐρειπίοις —that the slayer is prostrate among the slain—gives the word a singular force and pathos.

ἀπρὶξ … συλλαβὼν , tightly clutching: Plat. Theaet. 155 E οὗ ἂν δύνωνται ἀπρὶξ τοῖν χεροῖν λαβέσθαι . Cp. fr. 328. 3 τοῦ γε κερδαίνειν ὅμως | ἀπρὶξ ἔχονται. The word is from the rt. of πρίω, as=‘to grip’ (1030 n.), with euphonic a: Aesch. uses ἄπριγδα ( Aesch. Pers. 1057). Cp. the Latin phrase mordicus tenere.

ὄνυξι … χερί , with the hand, by the nails; both datives are instrumental, but one (ὄνυξι) more closely defines the other; see on 230 f. ( χερὶ..ξίφεσιν).

καὶ τὸν μὲν ἧστο πλεῖστον κ.τ.λ. The bold order of words is explained by ἔπειτα in 312: i.e., the thought is; ‘for one part of the time—the longest —he sat mute; then,’ etc. By separating τὸν from πλεῖστον, the writer obtains the same effect as if he had said, καὶ πρῶτον μὲν καὶ τὸν πλεῖστον χρόνον κ.τ.λ.

τὰ δείν’ … ἔπη , ‘those dread threats’ (which still haunt my memory): cp. 650, 1226: Soph. Ph. 180 ποῦ δ’, ὃς τὰ δεινὰ τῇδ’ ἐφυβρίζει πόλει | Καπανεύς; ‘those dread vaunts’ (of which we have heard). See Soph. Tr. 476, and Appendix there, p. 192.

φανοίην . The optat. of the fut. φανέω is formed with the modal suffix ιη , like the pres. optat. of contracted verbs, δρα‐ο‐ιη‐ν, δρῴην. Cp. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 14 ἐροίη (opt. of fut. ἐρέω): Platonic Epist. 7. p. 339 D διαβαλοίην.

ἐν τῷ πράγματος : cp. Ant. 1229 ἐν τῷ συμφορᾶς διεφθάρης; Ph. 174 ἐπὶ παντί τῳ χρείας .

The words κἀγώ, φίλοι, δείσασα are apologetic; she would gladly have spared him the details which his threats constrained her to relate.

πρὸς γὰρ κακοῦ τε : for the prep., cp. 581, 1071. He always set forth, laid down as a rule, τοιούσδε γόους ἔχειν πρὸς ἀνδρὸς κακοῦ, pertain to him, are characteristic of him. The words, πρὸς ἀνδρὸς κακοῦ κ.τ.λ., are equiv. to an adverb with the intrans. ἔχειν : i.e., as we can say, γόοι ἀνάνδρως ἔχουσι, so γόοι ἔχουσι πρὸς κακοῦ ἀνδρός. This intrans. use of ἔχειν with phrases of an adverbial kind is frequent with Herodotus; e.g. 2. 91 ἀγῶνα γυμνικὸν <*>ιὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχοντα, ‘consisting in every sort of contest’: see other examples on O. T. 709.—The alternative explanation is, ‘he taught that it (was) the part of a craven ἔχειν γόους τοιούσδε, to indulge in such laments.’ ἔχειν would then be used as in Od. 24. 515 δῆριν ἔχουσι. But this implies an impossible ellipse of ἐ=ναι after ἐξηγεῖτο.

βαρυψύχου , ‘heavy-hearted,’ lacking the buoyant spirit which quickly rallies itself from despondency. Ajax was emphatically a soldier. (The schol.'s paraphrase, μικροψύχου, conveys a different idea.) The word occurs nowhere else, βαρυθυμος being the usual term; but cp. βαρύφρων, and the post-classical βαρυκάρδιος. Plutarch illustrates the poet's meaning when he speaks ( Mor.p. 477 E) of men ἐν ὀδυρμοῖς τὰ πολλὰ καὶ βαρυθυμίαις καὶ μερίμναις..διατρίβοντας. So Heracles says, Tr. 1074, ἀλλ’ ἀστένακτος αἰὲν εἱπόμην κακοῖς.

ἐξηγεῖτ’ : the word implies authoritative exposition (as of the sacred law by the ἐξηγηταί), and suggests the submissive reverence with which Tecmessa listened to her lord.

ἀψόφητος … κωκυμάτων : cp. O. C. 677 ἀνήνεμον..χειμώνων (n.).— ὑπεστέναζε , groaned low; cp. El. 79 ὑποστενούσης.

ὀξέων : Ant. 423 πικρᾶς | ὄρνιθος ὀξὺν φθόγγον.

ταῦρος ὣς βρυχώμενος : Theog. 832 ταῦρος ἐριβρύχης. The word expresses deep, sullen tones, such as might come from a bull in pain: it usually implies a sound of anger or anguish, whereas μυκᾶσθαι can denote the mere lowing of oxen; hence Nonnus 29. 311 βρυχηδὸν ἐμυκήσαντο. The unhappy conjecture βριμώμενος (‘snorting’) was prompted by a supposed inconsistency between βρυχώμενος and ὑπεστέναζε: but there is no reason why deep tones should not be also muffled.

νῦν δ’ contrasts his present behaviour with that described in 317. The contrast is not with ὑπεστέναζε (322), as though he were now wholly silent.

ἄσιτος . Od. 4. 788(Penelope in her anxiety for Telemachus) κεῖτ’ ἄρ’ ἄσιτος ἄπαστος ἐδητύος ἠδὲ ποτῆτος.

σιδηροκμῆσιν : as the dead are οἱ καμόντες, οἱ κεκμηκότες, so σιδηροκμής is one who has died by the sword: cp. Aesch. Cho. 365 δουρικμῆτι λαῷ: ib. 889 ἀνδροκμῆτα πέλεκυν (an axe by which men die).

ὥς τι δρασείων , instead of δρασείων τι simply: cp. O. C. 630 ὡς τελῶν ἐφαίνετο : Xen. An. 1. 5. 9 δῆλος ἦν Κῦρος ὡς σπεύδων: Lys. or. 12 § 90 δῆλοι ἔσεσθε ὡς ὀργιζόμενοι.

δρασείων : cp. Ph. 1001 ἐργασείεις (n.). Vesp. 168 ἄνθρωπος οὗτος μέγα τι δρασείει κακόν.

τοιαῦτα is qualified by πως : something in his utterances, which she cannot define, suggests this. Cp. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 7 ἔλεξεν ὧδέ πως εἰς τὸ μέσον.

καὶ λέγει κὠδύρεται . The word ἥσυχος in 325 does not imply silence; it contrasts the quietness of his present demeanour with his former frenzy, and with the first vehemence (317) of his grief. His occasional words, or laments (such as ἰώ μοί μοι, 333), are in a tone which foreshadows the worst.

The verse is rejected by Nauck and others as though it were inconsistent with v. 325, and had been patched up from v. 383. There is no ground for this view. On the other hand, after ἥσυχος in 325, the fear expressed in 326 would be unintelligible, if no reason were subjoined. Bergk, who joins in condemning the verse, allows that Sophocles is usually careful of logical coherence in drama (‘pflegt .. sorgfältig zu motiviren’); but suggests that here the neglect of it might be ‘a mark of the archaic style’ (Jahr. f. Class. Phil. 97. 378).

ἐστάλην , her (self-imposed) errand; cp. El. 404 οἷπερ ἐστάλην ὁδοῦ: O. C. 20 προὐστάλης .

εἰσελθόντες . Dramatic effect required that, instead of the Chorus literally complying with this request, the interior of the tent should be disclosed to them (346).

λόγοις . The φίλοι of the MSS. was doubtless in its origin a mere oversight, but may have been helped to keep its place in the text by the construction in 1353, κρατεῖς τοι τῶν φίλων νικώμενος.

Τελεύταντος : 210 n.

ἡμῖν could be joined with λέγεις : for we sometimes find a word devoid of emphasis standing first in a trimeter, though a slight pause follows; e.g. 847 ἴδῃς : Aesch. Ag. 1130 οὐ κομπάσαιμ’ ἂν θεσφάτων γνώμων ἄκρος | εἶναι, κακῷ δέ τῳ προσεικάζω τάδε: Aesch. P. V. 673 διάστροφοι | ἦσαν, κεραστὶς δ’ κ.τ.λ. But on the whole it seems better to have a comma after λέγεις, and to take ἡμῖν as ethic dat. (‘to our sorrow’): though this, too, is slightly harsh; for such an ethic dat. ought not to stand first, but to follow some significant word, as in 216 μανίᾳ γὰρ ἁλοὺς ἡμὶν ὁ κλεινός: El. 272 τὸν αὐτοέντην ἡμίν.

διαπεφοιβάσθαι : the compound occurs only here. φοιβάζω, from Φοῖβος, meant ‘to inspire,’ as Apollo inspires the divine frenzy of μάντις or of poet; Anthol. 9. 525. 22 Φοῖβον, φοιβάζοντα, φιλοστέφανον, φιλογηθῆ: Longinus 8 § 4 πάθος φοιβάζον τοὺς λόγους. (The word could mean also ‘to utter prophetically,’ as in Lycophron 6 δαφνηφάγων φοίβαζεν ἐκ λαιμῶν ὄπα.) Tecmessa has just described both the recent frenzy of Ajax—which she had already pictured in vv. 233 ff.—and his present despair. By διαπεφοιβάσθαι the Chorus mean that a malign power has taken permanent possession of his mind. The mental trouble outlasts the frenzy (279 f.). Both διά, and the perfect tense, serve to mark this. By κακοῖς they mean his troubles in regard to the arms of Achilles.

ἰώ μοί μοι . Cp. El. 77, where a similar cry (behind the scenes) is a prelude to the heroine's entrance.

μᾶλλον : we understand νοσήσει, or the like.

ἢ οὐκ : the same crasis as in O. T. 555, O. T. 993 , O. T. 1140.

Αἴαντος, οἵαν κ.τ.λ.: cp. 785 ὅρα..τόνδ’ ὁποἶ ἔπη θροεῖ. As in 308 )θώϋξεν marked the first pangs of his despair, θωΰσσει here denotes a fresh access.

τοῖς πάλαι νοσήμασι ξυνοῦσι =τοῖς πάλαι ξυνοῦσι ν.: for the irregular order, cp. Ph. 1316 τὰς..ἐκ θεῶν | τύχας δοθείσας (n.). The sense is τοῖς ν. ἃ πάλαι ξυνῆν. If the order of words were normal, ξυνοῦσι would be predicate; ‘vexed by his former maladies, as they haunt him,’ ὅτε ξύνεστιν. But then (1) the alternative to ἢ νοσεῖν is less clearly marked, since the old νοσήματα are, in a sense, still with him; and (2) ξυνοῦσι, as referring merely to a memory of them, is somewhat forced.

παρών , being, as he is, in the presence of his own handiwork. The implied antithesis is with what he might feel if told of things which he had done elsewhere, but which he could not see. Cp. 1131, 1156.

ἰὼ παῖ παῖ . One of the signs that he is resolved to die is the way in which his thoughts dwell upon his son; he cannot rest till he sees him (530—544). The child is the heir of his fame, and may live to clear it of the stain (556 f.). As Eurysaces is not at once brought to him, he next cries (342), Τεῦκρον καλῶ : Teucer is his second thought, for to Teucer he will commit the care of his son (562).

Prof. Campbell understands ἰὼ παῖ παῖ as meaning Teucer, whom an elder brother might so address. Tecmessa, at least, did not so take the words.

ὤμοι τάλαιν’ : the nom. as in 800, El. 788, and oft.

Εὐρύσακες , so named from the shield of Ajax (19): cp. 574 n. The first syll. of a dactyl in the third foot is usually either the last syllable of a word, or else a monosyllable; but proper names are exempt from the rule.

ἀμφὶ σοὶ : for the prep., cp. 303: in 562 the sense is different.

ποῦ ποτ’ εἶ ; She had sent the child out of the tent, in charge of servants (531—539), and now fears that he has not been removed to a sufficient distance.

Τεῦκρον : the son of Telamon by Hesionè (1302), and half-brother of Ajax, whose mother was Eriboea (569).

τὸν εἰσαεὶ … χρόνον : the phrase τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον is frequent. The separation of τὸν εἰσαεὶ from χρόνον deserves notice, as suggesting the possibility that τὸν ἀεὶ may sometimes have been used (without χρόνον) as=‘for ever’: a usage which, however, lacks proof: see on El. 1075.— λεηλατήσει : he had gone to the uplands of Mysia (720), ‘in pursuit of foes’ (564) to be despoiled. Cp. Thuc. 1. 11§ 1 (the Greeks at Troy) φαίνονται...πρὸς γεωργίαν τῆς Χερσονήσου τραπόμενοι καὶ λῃστείαν τῆς τροφῆς ἀπορίᾳ. The Iliad glances at such predatory expeditions (e.g. 1. 366; 9. 328).—Note the light touch with which the poet accounts for the absence of Teucer—a necessity of the plot, since Teucer might have averted his brother's suicide.

ἀνοίγετε : a usual form of summons, addressed to no particular person, but to the inmates of the house generally; Aesch. Ch. 877 ἀλλ’ ἀνοίξατε: Adelph. 4. 4. 26 aperite, aliquis. Ajax had πρόσπολοι, though they were not at this time in the house (539).—We should not explain the plur. as addressed by the choregus to the choreutae and Tecmessa.

αἰδῶ … λάβοι : cp. Ph. 1078 φρόνησιν.. λάβοι : Tr. 669 f. προθυμίαν | ... λαβεῖν.

κἀπ’ ἐμοὶ : for this modest καί, cp. Ph. 192 εἴπερ κἀγώ τι φρονῶ, and n. on Ant. 719. βλέψας should naturally go with κἀπ’ ἐμοί, though βλέπειν ἐπί τινι seems to occur nowhere else, and ἐπιβλέπειν τινί only in Lucian Astr. 20 καὶ σφίσι γινομένοισι τῷ μὲν ἡ Ἀφροδίτη τῷ δὲ ὁ Ζεὺς...ἐπέβλεψαν (‘looked with favour’). The alternative is to take ἐπ’ ἐμοί as= ‘in my case,’ and βλέψας as epexegetic; but this is certainly harsh.

διοίγω : cp. O. T. 1287 διοίγειν κλῇθρα, and ib. 1295.

πράγη , deeds: cp. 21.

The ἐκκύκλημα is now pushed on through the central door. It was a small stage, but large enough to allow of Ajax being shown surrounded by some of the slaughtered animals. The word πράγη in 347, and the language of vv. 351 ff., show that the carnage was represented. The other plays in which Soph <*>es has used the eccyclema are the Antigone (1294, where see n.), and the Electra (1464 f., n.).

Ajax, sitting among his victims, and meditating his own destruction, was the subject of a famous picture by Timomachus of Byzantium. Philostratus (Vit. Apoll. 2. 22 § 5) thus describes it: τὸν Αἴαντα τὸν Τιμομάχου..ἀπεκτονότα τἀν τῇ Τροίᾳ βουκόλια καθῆσθαι ἀπειρηκότα [cp. v. 325 ἥσυχος θακεῖ], βουλὴν ποιούμενον καὶ ἑαυτὸν διαφθεῖραι. The picture was at Cyzicus in 70 B.C. ( Cic. In Verr. 2. 4. 60), but was afterwards bought by Julius Caesar for the Temple of Venus Genetrix in Rome ( N. H. 7. 38 § 126). See Introduction § 20.

348-429

This kommos serves, like the last (201—262), as a lyric expression of tragic pathos; after which the situation is further developed, as in the former case, by iambic dialogue. But in one respect this kommos differs from its predecessor. In order to bring the mind of Ajax into fuller relief, the lyrics are given to him alone, while the Chorus and Tecmessa speak only trimeters.

The structure is as follows:—1st strophe 348—355=1st antistr. 356—363: 2nd str. 364—378=2nd ant. 379—393: 3rd str. 394—411=3rd ant. 412—429. For the metres see Metrical Analysis.

ἰὼ φίλοι ναυβάται : his first words mark the affection which was so deep in the rugged nature.

ἐμμένοντες : Cp. O. T. 351(τῷ κηρύγματι ) ἐμμένειν.

ὀρθῷ νόμῳ , the right, sound rule of loyalty to friendship—which the Greek chiefs have forsaken.

ἴδεσθέ μ’ : for this midd. aor., cp. Ph. 351 n. The constr. is as in Aesch. P. V. 92 ἴδεσθέ μ’ οἷα πρὸς θεῶν πάσχω θεός.

κῦμα is the bloodshed; ζάλης , the storm of frenzy by which it was caused: cp. Pind. O. 12. 11 οἱ δ’ ἀνιαραῖς | ἀντικύρσαντες ζάλαις ἐσλὸν βαθὺ πήματος ἐν μικρῷ πεδάμειψαν χρόνῳ. The epithet φοινίας , denoting the effect of the ζάλη ( i.e., really belonging, in sense, to κῦμα), has a more vivid fitness than in Soph. O. T. 24, where by βυθῶν..φοινίου σάλου is meant the pestilence.

ἀμφίδρομον , ‘running around’ me.— κυκλεῖται : this rare midd. is read in Her. 8. 16, μηνοειδὲς ποιήσαντες τῶν νεῶν ἐκυκλεῦντο ὡς περιλάβοιεν αὐτούς. But in fr. 787. 2 κυκλεῖται is pass.; and so Ellendt would take it here (‘is rolled around me’),—needlessly, I think. κυκλοῦται would be the more usual midd. form ( Her. 3. 157, and oft.).

οἴμ’ : this elision occurs in 587; Ant. 320, Ant. 1270 ; Ar. Ach. 590.Though it breaks the rule of Tragedy against eliding diphthongs, it was doubtless too familiar to offend the ear. The οἲ ἐμὲ δειλήν in Anth. 9. 408 does not warrant us in supposing that οἴμ’=οἴ με.

ἀφροντίστως ἔχει . Cp. Tr. 366 πέμπων οὐκ ἀφροντίστως: Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 42 μηδέποτ’ οὖν ἀφροντίστως ἔχε, ‘never be heedless.’ For the pass. form of the word, cp. δυσλόγιστον (40 n.). It is not easy to decide whether the subject to ἔχει is Ajax, or τοὔργον: but the usage of the adverb rather favours the view that it is Ajax. The phrase is designedly euphemistic and reticent.

ναΐας ἀρωγὸν τέχνας , helpful of the seaman's art, i.e., its ministers: the gen., as in Aesch. Eum. 486 ἀρωγὰ τῆς δίκης ὁρκώματα . Cp. 201.

ἅλιον ὃς ἐπέβας is the best correction of ἁλίαν ὃς ἐπέβας . The two short syllables ὃς ἐπ‐ then correspond with a long syllable (the first of ἐμμένοντες) in v. 350; as the dochmiac metre allows. Hermann's later emendation, ὃς ἁλίαν ἔβας , avoids, indeed, resolving the long syllable, but unwarrantably alters ἐπέβας: nor is there much force in his reason for preferring it, viz., that the gloss ἐπέβας τῶν νεῶν points to ἁλιᾶν.. πλατᾶν, and this to ἁλίαν (rather than ἅλιον) πλάταν. Cp. Eur. Heracl. 82 ἁλίῳ πλάτᾳ.

ὃς follows γένος , as in 760 ὅστις refers to σώματα in 758, and in Ant. 707 ff. ὅστις is resumed by οὗτοι.

ἐπέβας , absol., ‘embarked’ (as in Thuc. 7. 62§ 2 ἐπιβήσονται),—recalling the moment when they set forth from Salamis together; a point which is lost if ἐπέβας be taken as =‘thou hast come hither.’

ἐλίσσων : cp. Eur. Or. 171 πόδα σὸν εἱλίξεις, i.e., ‘move swiftly.’

πημονὰν ἐπαρκέσοντ’ : cp. Il. 2. 873 οὐδέ τί οἱ τό γ’ ἐπήρκεσε λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον: Od. 17. 568 οὔτε τι Τηλέμαχος τό γ’ ἐπήρκεσεν οὔτε τις ἄλλος. Thus, though ἐπαρκεῖν could not mean literally ‘to ward off,’ epic precedent warranted its use in an equivalent sense, which was strictly that of bringing one help against a danger. In lyrics, at least, where epic associations have a large scope, it seems needless to write ἀπαρκέσοντ’ .

The traditional reading ποιμένων is explained by the schol. in L, τῶν ἐμὲ ποιμαινόντων καὶ θαλπόντων: i.e., the sense was taken to be, ‘I see that thou, alone of my shepherds (=of those who care for me), canst help.’ But ποιμένων, in such a context, would suggest rather the idea of chieftainship (cp. ποιμένα λαῶν, ναῶν ποιμένες in Suppl. 767): and there can be little doubt that πημονὰν is right.

ἀλλά , appealing: cp. O. T. 14, etc.: Pind. O. 6. 22 ὦ Φίντις, ἀλλὰ ζεῦξον ἤδη μοι σθένος ἡμιόνων (‘come, yoke’).— For the enclitic με before its verb, cp. El. 1359 ἀλλά με | λόγοις ἀπώλλυς.

συνδάϊξον : ἅμα τοῖς βοτοῖς.

εὔφημα φώνει : cp. 591.— κακὸν κακῷ διδοὺς ἄκος : so fr. 74 ἐνταῦθα μέντοι πάντα τἀνθρῶπων νοσεῖ, | κακοῖς ὅταν θέλωσιν ἰᾶσθαι κακά. Her. 3. 53 μὴ τῷ κακῷ τὸ κακὸν ἰῶ: Thuc. 5. 65§ 2 διανοεῖται κακὸν κακῷ ἰᾶσθαι: Plat. Prot.p. 340 E ἰώμενος μεῖζον τὸ νόσημα ποιῶ.— τὸ πῆμα τῆς ἄτης : cp. Soph. Ph. 765 τὸ πῆμα.. τῆς νόσου: Hom. Od. 3. 152 ἐπὶ γὰρ Ζεὺς ἤρτυε πήμα κακοῖο.—Not, ‘make the present woe worse than the ( original) plague’: τῆς ἄτης would then need further definition.

θρασύν , bold, enterprising; εὐκάρδιον , stout-hearted in facing danger; ἄτρεστον , intrepid in the critical stress of fight. The good sense of θρασύς is frequent in poetry from Homer onwards, though in Attic prose the bad sense predominates.

ἀφόβοις , fearing no harm from man;—a pathetic epithet, which is marred by taking it as=‘not formidable’ to man. ἀφόβοις..θηρσὶ is not an oxymoron (as if it meant, ‘wild creatures which are not wild,’ ‘tame beasts’): θηρσί is a generic term; he attacked beasts instead of men: cp. fr. 855. 12 ἐν θηρσίν, ἐν βροτοῖσιν, ἐν θεοῖς ἄνω.

δεινὸν χέρας : cp. Il. 7. 457 ἀφαυρότερος χεῖράς τε μένος τε.

οἴμοι γέλωτος : for the gen., cp. 908 ὤμοι ἐμᾶς ἄτας : O. C. 1399 οἴμοι κελεύθου κ.τ.λ.

δέσποτ’ , as in 485: she is a δούλη (489).

οὐκ ἐκτός; οὐκ ἄψορρον κ.τ.λ. It seems more probable that in v. 384 the MSS. have lost a syllable (as μήν) than that here we should omit the second οὐκ. Cp. O. T. 430 f.: οὐκ εἰς ὄλεθρον; οὐχὶ θᾶσσον; οὐ πάλιν | ἄψορρος οἴκων τῶνδ’ ἀποστραφεὶς ἄπει; If here we read, οὐκ ἐκτὸς ἄψορρον ἐκνεμεῖ πόδα ; the verse becomes much tamer; while ἐκτὸς, taken with ἄψορρον ἐκνεμεῖ, is positively weak. It may be added that the first syllable of ἄψορρον here, and of καίπερ in 384, must then be treated as having the time-value of -u: whereas all the other trimeters in this kommos are normal.

For ἐκτὸς cp. O. T. 676 οὔκουν μ’ ἐάσεις κἀκτὸς εἶ;

ἄψορρον is probably the adv., as in Tr. 902 ὅπως ἄψορρον ἀντῴη πατρί, El. 53 ἄψορρον ἥξομεν.

ἐκνεμεῖ here gives the notion, ‘take forth into other pastures.’ This rare compound occurs in Theophr. Hist. Plant. 9. 16 § 1 ὀλίγος ὁ τόπος ὁ φέρων, καὶ τοῦτον αἱ αἶγες ἐκνέμονται, depascunt, ‘the region which bears (the plant dictamnum) is small, and is stripped of it by the browsing goats.’ The analogy of Pind. N. 6. 15, ἴχνεσιν ἐν Πραξιδάμαντος ἑὸν πόδα νέμων, would certainly point to ἐκνεμεῖς , but we must allow for the poetical use of the middle voice, so frequent with Sophocles. Of the midd. fut., Thuc. 4. 64§ 5 has νεμούμεθα, Dem. or. 21 § 203 νεμεῖσθαι.

ὦ πρὸς θεῶν κ.τ.λ. The MSS. seem right in giving this verse to the Chorus. Just after so violent a rebuke, the timid Tecmessa would scarcely venture on praying her ‘master’ to be ‘sane’; while the intercession of the Chorus is natural enough.

ὢ δύσμορος : cp. Ant. 1319 ὢ μέλεος, where ὢ is exclamatory, and stronger than the mere sign of the vocative (ὦ ).

ὃς , with causal force; El. 160 n.

χερὶ μὲν μεθῆκα , instead of χερὶ μεθῆκα μὲν: for the irregular place of μέν, cp. Ph. 279 ὁρῶντα μὲν ναῦς.. | ..βεβώσας, ἄνδρα δ’ οὐδέν’ ἔντοπον (instead of ὁρῶντα ναῦς μὲν ). χερὶ belongs in sense to ἔδευσα no less than to μεθῆκα.

τοὺς ἀλάστορας : in O. C. 788 and Tr. 1235 the word denotes ‘avenging spirits’; here, ‘accursed wretches,’ as the polluted Orestes calls himself ἀλάστορα ( Aesch. Eum. 236): cp. Dem. or. 18 § 296 ἄνθρωποι μιαροὶ καὶ κόλακες καὶ ἀλάστορες, ἠκρωτηριασμένοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστοι πατρίδας (‘who have crippled their respective cities’),—a passage which suggests that ἀλάστωρ, as said of a man, meant rather one who is a ‘curse’ or ‘plague’ to his neighbours, than one who is driven by an avenging spirit; indeed, such a passive sense is not easily conceived.

κλυτοῖς : from the Homeric κλυτὰ μῆλα ( Od. 9. 308).

αἰπολίοις : Il. 11. 679 αἰπόλια πλατἔ αἰγῶν. This is the only express mention of goats among his victims; but there is no reason to think that αἰπόλιον could be used as merely = ποίμνιον.

ἐρεμνὸν : suggested doubtless by Aesch. Ag. 1390 ἐρεμνῇ ψακάδι φοινίας δρόσου.

αἷμ’ ἔδευσα : cp. Tr. 848 τέγγει δακρύων ἄχναν (n.).

ἐπ’ ἐξειργασμένοις : ἐπὶ denotes the condition: Aesch. Ag. 1379 ἕστηκα δ’ ἔνθ’ ἔπαισ’ ἐπ’ ἐξειργασμένοις. (The phrase occurs also in Aesch. Pers. 525.) Cp. Soph. Ant. 556 ἐπ’ ἀρρήτοις..τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις (n.).

οὐ γὰρ γένοιτ’ ἂν κ.τ.λ. Two modes of expression are here mixed: (1) οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο οὐχ ὧδ’ ἔχειν, it could not come to pass that this should not be thus. (2) οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο ὅπως τοῦτο οὐχ ὧδ’ ἕξει,—with the same meaning: cp. O. T. 1058f. οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦθ’, ὅπως ἐγὼ … | … οὐ φανῶ τοὐμὸν γένος . In other words, the constr. would be plain if ὅπως were struck out. The irregular presence of ὅπως is due to its association with statements of impossibility in the formula οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐ ( O. C. 97, El. 1479): its place is explained by the analogy of such a sentence as O. T. 1058 οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦθ’, ὅπως κ.τ.λ., where τοῦτο is subject to γένοιτο. The declension of οὐδεὶς‐ὅστισοὐ, as an integral equivalent for πᾶς τις, similarly illustrates the manner in which the associations of idiom could sometimes generate anomalies in grammar.

For the sentiment, cp. Tr. 742 τὸ γὰρ | φανθὲν τίς ἂν δύναιτ’ ἂν ἀγένητον ποεῖν; (n.).

πάνθ’ ὁρῶν : as Philoctetes says to Odysseus, Ph. 1013 ἀλλ’ ἡ κακὴ σὴ διὰ μυχῶν βλέπουσ’ ἀεὶ | ψυχή κ.τ.λ., ‘thy base soul, ever peering from some ambush.’ The conjecture πάντα δρῶν is not only weak, but incorrect, since the sense would require πᾶν δρῶν.

ἁπάντων τ’ . It is needless to change τ’ to δ’ : though δέ often occurs thus in ‘epanaphora,’ as Ant. 806 τὰν νεάταν ὁδὸν | στείχουσαν, νέατον δὲ φέγγος λεύσσουσαν (n.). Here the case for δ’ would be stronger if ἅπανθ’ (and not πάνθ’) had preceded.

κακῶν ὄργανον : cp. Ph. 407(of Odysseus) ἔξοιδα γάρ νιν παντὸς ἂν λόγου κακοῦ | γλώσσῃ θιγόντα καὶ πανουργίας .

ἄλημα , ‘fine meal’ ( ἀλέω), hence, ‘a subtle knave,’—a word found only here and in 389. παιπάλη (reduplicated from πάλη) had the same senses, literal and figurative; and παιπάλημα was a current term ( Ar. Av. 430, Aeschin. or. 2 § 40). In fr. 827 Odysseus is called πάνσοφον κρότημα, as in Ph. 927 πανουργίας | δεινῆς τέχνημ’ ἔχθιστον.—For the early repetition of ἄλημα, in 389, cp. that of κείσομαι in Ant. 76(n.).

ἦ που : cp. 176 .

ἄγεις . The phrase ἄγειν γέλωτα denotes frequent or continued derision, as ἄγειν κτύπον=‘to keep up a noise’: Eur. Or. 182 κτύπον ἠγάγετ)· οὐχὶ σῖγα κ.τ.λ. So νεῖκος ἄγειν, to sustain a conflict ( Pind. P. 9. 33): σχολὴν ἄγειν, etc.

ξὺν τῷ θεῷ . Those who write ξύν τοι θεῷ here do so on the ground that σὺν θεῷ, not σὺν τῷ θεῷ, is the regular phrase when the sense is general, ‘with the divine aid’; whereas in O. T. 146 σὺν τῷ θεῷ refers to a particular god (Apollo). But there is an arbitrary rigour in this doctrine. ὁ θεός often means ‘the divine power’ generally: e.g. frag. adesp. 471 ὁ γὰρ θεὸς μέγιστος ἀνθρώποις νόμος: and 496. 2 πόρρω γὰρ ἑστὼς ὁ θεὸς ἐγγύθεν βλέπει. And this very phrase, σὺν τῷ θεῷ, occurs once, at least, in a passage where the context plainly indicates that the sense is general, viz. Eur. fr. 490 σὺν τῷ θεῷ χρὴ τοὺς σοφοὺς ἀναστρέφειν | βουλεύματ’ ἀεί. There, indeed, as here, Nauck changes τῷ to τοι, but without any warrant.

ἵδοιμι κ.τ.λ. The question whether the MSS. have lost a syllable here depends on the view taken of 369. I have given reasons for thinking that the second οὐκ in that verse is genuine; from which it would follow that there is a defect here. Bellermann, indeed, is content to hold that Sophocles neglected an exact correspondence; but this seems very unlikely. L. Dindorf's remedy ἴδοιμι < μήν> νιν, has this advantage over the others (cr. n.), that it gives a light adversative force, and so fitly responds to v. 383, ξὺν τῷ θεῷ κ.τ.λ. ‘Triumph, like defeat, is the gift of heaven.’—‘Yet would that I could see him,’ etc. The next best conjecture is perhaps that of Apitz, ἴδοιμί νύν νιν.

μηδὲν· μέγ’ εἴπῃς : cp. El. 830 μηδὲν μέγ’ ἀΰσῃς (n.).

προπάτωρ , a word used by Pindar, Eur. , and Herodotus. The reading πάτερ (requiring χεροῖν instead of χερὶ μὲν in 372) had an obvious and prosaic motive; viz., that Aeacus, the grandfather of Ajax, was the son of Zeus ( Il. 21. 189), so that Zeus could not properly be called an ‘ancestor’ of the hero's ‘ancestors.’ But when the poet wrote προγόνων προπάτωρ, it was enough for him that it expressed the thought, ‘author of my line’; he did not trouble himself with this subtlety.—It was the nymph Aegina who bore Aeacus to Zeus ( Plat. Gorg.p. 526 E: τὸν δικαστὴν τὸν τῆς Αἰγίνης υἱόν ).

πῶς ἂν … θάνοιμι : cp. Ph. 531 f. πῶς ἂν ὑμὶν ἐμφανὴς | ἔργῳ γενοίμην (n.).

δισσάρχας (found only here): see on 251 δικρατεῖς.

ὀλέσσας : cp. Ph. 1163 πέλασσον. (Below, in 927, some edd. read ἐξανύσσειν: see n. there.) This epic licence in tragic lyrics is illustrated by their toleration of such forms as τόσσον (185), μέσσος, ζώειν ( El. 157, O. C. 1213), πνείειν ( Ant. 1146), etc.

βασιλῆς is the form which the grammarians Draco and Herodian read here (cr. n.). But, so far as Attic inscrr. are available, they indicate that the acc. plur. from ευ stems ended in ‐έα—ς, always uncontracted; while the contraction in ‐εῖς (not ‐ῆς) was the rule from the Macedonian age onwards. (The earliest example of τοὺς βασιλεῖς quoted by Meisterhans, Gramm. Att. Inschr. § 39, belongs to 318—311 B.C.) We must regard the acc. βασιλῆς here, then, not as an old Attic, but as a poetical form. On the other hand, βασιλῆς was the form of the nom. plur. in the older Attic (cp. 189). Herodian (l. c., cr. n.) cites νομῆς from Xenophon, as if it were an acc. pl. like βασιλῆς here: but in the place to which he apparently refers ( I. Cyr. 1§ 2) it is nom., and the best recent edd. give νομεῖς.

θάνοιμι καὐτός : cp. Aesch. Cho. 438 ἔπειτ’ ἐγὼ νοσφίσας ὀλοίμαν.

σκότος , the darkness of death, as the gates of Hades are σκότου πύλαι ( Eur. Hec. 1): ἔρεβος , as in Soph. O. C. 1389 τὸ Ταρτάρου | στυγνὸν...ἔρεβος. So, too, in Il. 8. 368 it is merely a term for ‘the nether gloom’ (ἐξ ἐρέβευς ἄξοντα), not a definitely named region, Erebos.

ὡς ἐμοί : for this limiting force of ὡς, cp. O. C. 20 μακρὰν...ὡς γέροντι: Plat. Soph.p. 226 C ταχεῖαν, ὡς ἐμοί, σκέψιν.

ἕλεσθ’ ἕλεσθέ μ’ : the most probable reading; see on 414. Here the midd. means, ‘take to yourselves’ (and not, as normally, ‘choose’): it is thus more expressive than ἕλετε: cp. O. T. 887 κακά νιν ἕλοιτο μοῖρα. Conversely we find εὑρεῖν where εὑρέσθαι would be normal ( El. 1061).

γένος , as well as ὄνασιν , is governed by εἰς : cp. O. T. 734 Δελφῶν κἀπὸ Δαυλίας: ib. 1205 τίς ἄταις ἀγρίαις, τίς ἐν πόνοις: El. 780 οὔτε νυκτὸς..οὔτ’ ἐξ ἡμέρας.

ἄξιος . For the ellipse of εἰμί, cp. 813 n.

βλέπειν , to look for help; cp. El. 958 ἐς τίν’ ἐλπίδων | βλέψασ’ ἔτ’ ὀρθήν;

ἁ Διὸς … θεὸς : cp. 450: O. C. 623 χὡ Διὸς Φοῖβος.

ὀλέθριον should answer metrically to εὔφρονες in 420. If it be sound, the first syllable must represent the anacrusis, which is omitted before εὔφρονες: and the ε is long, as it is in 799 (ὀλεθρίαν), O. T. 1341(ὀλέθριον), and O. C. 1683(ὀλεθρία): though we find ε^ in Tr. 845(ὀλεθρίαισι), and ib. 878 ( ὀλεθρία). The neatest emendation is οὔλιον (cr. n.).

φύγῃ … μενῶ . For the delib. subjunct. combined with fut. indic., cp. Tr. 973 τί πάθω; τί δὲ μήσομαι;

εἰ τὰ μὲν φθίνει κ.τ.λ. The conjectures of various critics are recorded and classified in the Appendix. Here I will briefly state what seem the main points of the problem.

(1) The antistrophic verses, 423—427 ( ἐξερῶ...πρόκειμαι), appear sound. The changes which have been proposed in them have all been designed to suit some emendation in 405 ff., and would have no probability if verses 423 ff. were considered simply on their own merits.

(2) There is only one real discrepancy of metre between the traditional text here and that of the antistrophe; viz., that τοῖσδ’ in 406 answers to the τινα of οὔτινα in 424, where the α, being the last syllable of a verse, could be either long or short, and is here long. (Some, indeed, read οὔτιν’ ἁ: cr. n.) That is, instead of τοῖσδ’, we require u-. As to ἐξερέω in 423, answering to εἰ τὰ μὲν in 405, we should write ἐξερῶ. With regard to the diction of 405 ff., the most suspicious point is the redundancy ὁμοῦ πέλας , suggesting that one of the words was a gloss upon the other.

(3) If, then, we assume that the antistrophe is sound, we may conclude that the fault in the strophe lies within the words εἰ τὰ μὲν φθίνει, φίλοι, τοῖσδ’ ὁμοῦ πέλας. A very slight change will restore the metre, viz. τοιοῖσδ’ for τοῖσδ’ : cp. the words of Ajax in 453 ὥστ’ ἐν τοιοῖσδε χεῖρας αἱμάξαι βοτοῖς. There he points to the slain cattle around him; and so he probably does here also. We could then understand the sense to be: ‘If those things (τὰ μὲν, his glories in the past) perish, my friends, ὁμοῦ τοιοῖσδε , along with (i.e., by the slaughter of) such creatures, πέλας, near me there.’ But πέλας may have been a marginal gloss (on ὁμοῦ), which has displaced some other word: e.g., the poet may have written τοιοῖσδ’ ὁμοῦ βοτοῖς (cp. v. 453).

(4) Whatever may have been the original form of the words εἰ τὰ μὲν φθίνει, φίλοι, τοῖσδ’ ὁμοῦ πέλας, it is at least highly probable that their general sense was, ‘If my old renown is perishing.’ This is suggested by the other passages where we find the same sequence of ideas,—i.e., the thought of his past glory closely followed by that of his present disgrace; see (1) 421—427: (2) 437—456: (3) 612—621.

(5) Those who believe that the antistrophic verses 423—427 are corrupt have a freer hand for emendation here; and, as will be seen in the Appendix, some of the proposed restorations have been very bold. But such remedies pass into the region of pure guess-work.

προσκείμεθα , ‘addicted’ to them. Her. 3. 34 φιλοινίῃ...προσκέεσθαι. The word can also denote, in a good sense, that to which the attention is given, as Thuc. (1. 93 § 7) says of Themistocles, ταῖς γὰρ ναυσὶ μάλιστα προσέκειτο.

μώραις . L has μωραῖς (as it has μωρὰν in El. 890), that being the later accent, according to the general rule that adjectives in ‐ρος are oxytone. But the grammarians attest that the Attic accent was μῶρος. See, e.g., Eustath. p. 245. 17 μῶρος παρ’ Ἀττικοῖς, ὁ παρὰ τοῖς ὕστερον μωρός: and Chandler, Greek Accentuation, § 404 (2nd ed.).

δίπαλτος , in active sense (cp. ἄψαυστος ἔγχους, O. T. 969 n.), wielding their swords with both hands, i.e., with their utmost force. I. T. 323 ὡς δ’ εἴδομεν δίπαλτα πολεμίων ξίφη. That the word had passed into a figurative sense (in which δι‐ was merely equiv. to ‘fiercely’), is indicated by τριπάλτων πημάτων in Aesch. Th. 985, woes hurled on one with crushing force. δίπαλτος should not be explained with ref. to the two spears of the Homeric warrior ( Il. 5. 495 πάλλων δ’ ὀξέα δοῦρε).

φωνεῖν , exclamatory: Aesch. Eum. 837 ἐμὲ παθεῖν τάδε. It was common in colloquial Attic; see e.g. Vesp. 835 βάλλ’ ἐς κόρακας· τοιουτονὶ τρέφειν κύνα. For this inf. with the article added, see Ph. 234 φεῦ τὸ καὶ λαβεῖν (n.).

ἔτλη , of what one brings oneself to do; here, ‘deigned.’ Cp. 528, Tr. 158.

πόροι ἁλίρροθοι : probably ‘paths or straits of the sounding sea,’ as in Aesch. Pers. 367 ἔκπλους φυλάσσειν καὶ πόρους ἁλιρρόθους: meaning here the waters of the Hellespont. His thought passes from those waters to the πάραλα ἄντρα beside them, and thence to the neighbouring woodlands. For the form of the phrase, cp. Soph. O. C. 1062 ῥιμφαρμάτοις...ἁμίλλαις.—The other version, ‘paths by the sounding sea,’ is possible, but less probable.

νέμος , properly pasture simply; but associated with trees in Il. 11. 480 ἐν νέμεϊ σκιερῷ (a phrase repeated in Anth. 7. 55). In the Lat. nemus the notion of ‘woodland’ is seen dominant.

As I have noted in writing on the Troad elsewhere, ‘nearly all the plains and hills are more or less well-wooded. Besides the valonia oak, the elm, willow, cypress and tamarisk shrub abound. Lotus, galingale, and reeds are still plentiful, as in Homeric days, about the streams in the Trojan plain.’ (Encyc. Brit., art. ‘Troad,’ vol. XXIII. p. 578.)

πολὺν πολύν με κ.τ.λ. This order of words has the best authority, and is confirmed by the metre. Cp. 396.

δὴ merely emphasises δαρόν .

ἀμπνοὰς ἔχοντα =ἔμπνουν ὄντα. The proper sense of ἀναπνοή is (1) ‘recovery of breath’; or (2) =εἰσπνοή as opp. to ἐκπνοή, the drawing in of breath. Here, however, it means merely πνοή, as=‘the breath of life.’ Cp. Eur. Or. 421 μητρὸς οἴχονται πνοαί .

Σκαμάνδριοι … ῥοαί : cp. Il. 2. 467 ἐν λειμῶνι Σκαμανδρίῳ ἀνθεμόεντι. The Scamander, still called the Mendere, is the most important river of the Troad. Rising in Ida, it flows through the central plain which now bears the name of the town Bairamitch, and thence passes northward into the plain of Troy. On the confines between the two plains, where the river winds in large curves through deep gorges in limestone rocks, its scenery is striking. From the south border of the Trojan plain to the Hellespont, the Mendere has a course of between seven and eight miles.

εὔφρονες Ἀργείοις : as supplying them with water. So in 863 the ποταμοί of the plain are called τροφῆς.— Not: ‘friendly to my Greek foes, but hostile to me.’ Nor should the words be taken adverbially with οὐκέτ’ ἄνδρα μὴ τόνδ’ ἴδητ’, as meaning, ‘No longer, allies of the Greeks, will ye see me,’— i.e., ‘You will no longer see me victorious beside your favouring stream.’

οὐκέτ’ ἄνδρα μὴ τόνδ’ ἴδητ’ : οὐ μὴ with subjunct. gives a strong emphasis; cp. 83, 560.

ἐξερῶ gives an exact correspondence with εἰ τὰ μὲν in 405. The ἐξερέω of the MSS. might, indeed, be compared with El. 178 ὑπεράχθεο , O. C. 227 ὑπέσχεο , ib. 1244 κλονέουσιν. (In Tr. 639 καλέονται should be κλέονται.) But ἐξερέω was so familiar as the Homeric form that it could easily have displaced ἐξερῶ here. It is not likely that the poet would have written ἐξερέω if he had meant the word to be scanned -u- by synizesis.

Join οὔτινα with στρατοῦ : cp. 1175 κεἴ τινα στρατοῦ.

χθονὸς μολόντ’ ἀπὸ | Ἑλλανίδος : for the place of ἀπό, and for the hiatus, cp. Tr. 510 Βακχίας ἀπὸ | ἦλθε...Θήβας.

This vaunt of Ajax (modified only by the half-apologetic ἔπος ἐξερῶ μέγα) is epic in tone; thus Achilles says of himself (Il. 18. 105), τοῖος ἐὼν οἷος οὔτις Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων : Odysseus, (Od. 9. 19,) ὃς πᾶσι δόλοισιν ἀνθρώποισι μέλω, καί μευ κλέος οὐρανὸν ἵκει . Such a tone is better suited, indeed, to epos (in which speech is sometimes little more than audible thought) than to drama. But here, at least, as in the case of Heracles ( Tr. 1101 f.), it has the excuse of being prompted by the anguish of a sudden overthrow. (Cp. n. on O. T. 8, where Oedipus speaks of himself as ὁ πᾶσι κλεινός.)

πρόκειμαι : lie prostrate (323 ff.): cp. 1059.—The v.l. πρόκειται was caused by ἄνδρα … τόνδε : but cp. O. C. 1329, where τῷδ’ ἀνδρὶ (=ἐμοὶ) is immediately followed by τοὐμοῦ, as in O. T. 534 τοῦδε τἀνδρὸς by τῆς ἐμῆς. See also below, O. T. 865.

οὔτοι … οὐδ’ . There can be little doubt that the οὔθ’ of the MSS. should be οὐδ’ here. In El. 1197 and 1412 L has οὔθ’, where οὐδ’ is right; as in O. C. 496 μήθ’ instead of μηδ’. As to the conditions under which οὐ … οὔτε was admitted in Attic poetry, see on Tr. 1058 f.

ὅπως ἐῶ (subjunct.), the indirect form of the ‘deliberative’ πῶς ἐῶ; (‘how am I to allow..?’) Cp. O. T. 1367 οὐκ οἶδ’ ὅπως σε φῶ βεβουλεῦσθαι καλῶς: Dem. or. 9 § 54 οὐκ ἔχω τί λέγω.

ἂν … ᾤεθ’ , ‘could have thought’; cp. 119 τίς ἂν..ηὑρέθη;

ἐπώνυμον here goes closely with ξυνοίσειν , ‘would agree so significantly’ with my woes. Hence in 914 he is called δυσώνυμος. For the verb, cp. Ar. Eq. 1232 καὶ μήν σ’ ἐλέγξαι βούλομαι τεκμηρίῳ, | εἴ τι ξυνοίσεις τοῦ θεοῦ τοῖς θεσφάτοις, i.e., ‘agree’ with the description of the person mentioned in them. For the adj., cp. Hom. Od. 7. 54 Ἀρήτη δ’ ὄνομ’ ἐστὶν ἐπώνυμον: ib. 19. 409 τῷ δ’ Ὀδυσεὺς ὄνομ’ ἔστω ἐπώνυμον: where in each case ἐπώνυμον means that the name is significant (the queen was the ‘desired one’; the child was to be ‘a man of wrath’). This usage of ἐπώνυμος, with ref. to the aptness of a name (or surname), is different from that in which a person or thing is said to be ἐπώνυμός τινος, either as (1) being named from it, or (2) giving a name to it. Cp. 574 .

Pindar adopts the derivation of Αἴας from αἰετός: I. 5. 53 καί νιν ὄρνιχος φανέντος κέκλετ’ ἐπώνυμον εὐρυβίαν Αἴαντα. This was the popular etymology (schol. Apoll. Rh. 1. 1289; schol. Theocr. 13. 37: Apollod. 3. 12 § 7). But the association of Αἴας with αἶ αἶ appears in the legend that a hyacinth (on whose petals the letters AI were supposed to be legible, Moschus 3. 6) sprang from the blood of Ajax, as it had sprung from that of Hyacinthus: Ov. Met. 13. 397: Littera communis mediis pueroque viroque | Inscripta est foliis; haec nominis (Ajax), illa querelae (the wail of Hyacinthus).

So Odysseus was associated with ὀδύσσομαι ( Od. 1. 62 τί νύ οἱ τόσον ὠδύσαο, Ζεῦ; imitated by Soph. , fr. 880): Pentheus, with πένθος ( Eur. Bacch. 507): Polyneices, with νεῖκος ( Aesch. Th. 577, etc., Soph. Ant. 110 f.): Meleager, with μελέα ἄγρα ( Eur. fr. 517): Sidêro with σίδηρος ( Soph. fr. 597): and Helen is ἐλέναυς, etc. ( Aesch. Ag. 689).

Such play on names did not seem to the Greeks unworthy of grave poetry, because to them the omens conveyed by words (ὀμφαί, κληδόνες) were so serious. In modern poetry, too, it has sometimes been used with tragic pathos. Thus Dante Purg. XIII. 109 Savia non fui, avvegna che Sapía Fossi chiamata: and Shakesp. Rich. II. act 2 sc. 1. 73 (Gaunt) O how that name befits my composition! | Old Gaunt indeed; and gaunt in being old etc. The king asks, Can sick men play so nicely with their names? No, is the reply, misery makes sport to mock itself.

The real etymology of Αἴας is uncertain. Vase-inscriptions show that the original form was Αἴvας, and Sonne (in Kuhn's Zeitschr. 10 p. 126) compares Indog. aiva, Skr. eva (‘course’)—a derivation which Brugmann approves (Stud. z. griech. u. lat. Gramm. 4. 180). The sense, ‘swift runner,’ would suit Οἰλῆος ταχὺς Αἴας better than the son of Telamon: and it is not improbable (as Fleischer suggests in Roscher's Lex.p. 139) that the names of the two heroes, though identical in form, were of distinct origin.

καὶ δὶς … καὶ τρίς : cp. Ph. 1238 δὶς ταὐτὰ βούλει καὶ τρὶς ἀναπολεῖν μ’ ἔπη;

τοιούτοις γὰρ : for γάρ in two successive sentences, cp. 186 .

πατὴρ : Telamon, whom Heracles brought with him to the war at Troy, as Pindar relates ( Isthm. 5. 27 ff.), and rewarded with the hand of Hesionè (1300 ff.).

τὰ πρῶτα καλλιστεἶ ἀριστεύσας , a free poetical mode of saying, ‘having won by prowess the first meed of honour.’ The word καλλιστεῖα (properly ‘prize for beauty’) may have been chosen because the prize was Hesionè. Cp. 1300 στρατοῦ τὰ πρῶτ’ ἀριστεύσας.

τόπον Τροίας , i.e. Τροίαν: a periphrasis like τὸν Κιθαιρῶνος τόπον ( O. T. 1134). Here Τροία is used in the Homeric manner, to denote not only the city but the country; ἡ Τρῳάς, as=‘the Troad,’ occurs first in Herodotus (5. 122).

ἐπελθὼν , after Telamon; cp. ἐπιγίγνομαι.

ἀρκέσας has here (though not elsewhere) a sense which ἐπαρκεῖν with acc. often bears, viz., ‘to furnish at need’: Aesch. Ag. 1170 ἄκος δ’ οὐδὲν ἐπήρκεσαν. The strict meaning is then, ‘having rendered no less service by the deeds of my hand.’

441—

τοσοῦτόν γ’ ἐξεπίστασθαι : cp. O. T. 1455 καίτοι τοσοῦτόν γ’ οἶδα (and El. 332). Her. 7. 152 ἐπίσταμαι δὲ τοσοῦτο, ὅτι κ.τ.λ. Here the omission of ὅτι adds vigour to εἰ ζῶν κ.τ.λ.

εἰ … κρίνειν ἔμελλε , ‘if he had been going to award,’ ‘if it had devolved upon him to award.’ The imperfect (here referring to an unreal condition in past, not in present, time) is rightly used, because it expresses the constraint of a supposed situation. But in the apodosis, the aor., οὐκ ἄν τις ἔμαρψεν , is used, because the taking of the prize is an act done at a given moment.

ὅπλων τῶν ὧν πέρι , i.e. in a case where they were the prize. Sophocles has ὅς, suus, (epic ἑός,) in O. T. 1248(οἷσιν ), O. C. 1639 and Tr. 266(ὧν), ib. 525 (ὅν). Here it is emphatic: ‘his own arms,’—of which he could dispose with the best right.

κρίνειν … κράτος ἀριστείας , to award the first place for prowess; cp. Pind. I. 7. 5 ἀέθλων..κράτος, victory in them. For the pres. inf. κρίνειν with ἔμελλε, cp. Soph. O. C. 1774 n.

ἔμαρψεν , praeripuisset; the prize due to Ajax was snatched from him.

ἀντ’ ἐμοῦ : so Aesch. P. V. 467 οὔτις ἄλλος ἀντ’ ἐμοῦ.

νῦν δ’ , with ref. to a past moment (‘but as it was’); so in 450, Tr. 88, El. 1334.

παντουργῷ occurs only here as=πανούργῳ: cp. παντότολμος as=πάντολμος. Cp. Aesch. Th. 671 φωτὶ παντόλμῳ φρένας.

ἔπραξαν . Though πράσσειν oft. denotes intrigue ( O. T. 125), the phrase πράσσειν τί τινι (‘to procure a thing for one by intrigue’) is peculiar. Cp. Plut. Pomp. 51 πράττειν μὲν ἑαυτοῖς ἐπαρχιῶν καὶ στρατοπέδων ἡγεμονίας.

ἀπώσαντες , ‘having thrust out of account,’=ἀτιμάσαντες. The midd. is usual as=‘to reject’ ( Tr. 216); but the act. here is not a mere equivalent for it.

κράτη : cp. El. 689 οὐκ οἶδα τοιοῦδ’ ἀνδρὸς ἔργα καὶ κράτη.

τόδ’ ὄμμα : some force and pathos are lost by reading τό τ’ ὄμμα (with χαἱ). Cp. Athena's words (51) δυσφόρους ἐπ’ ὄμμασι | γνώμας βαλοῦσα.— διάστροφοι : Aesch. P. V. 673(Io speaking of herself) εὐθὺς δὲ μορφὴ καὶ φρένες διάστροφοι | ἦσαν.

τῆς ἐμῆς is emphatic: my true purpose: so 100 τἄμ’: 442 τῶν ὧν .

οὐκ ἄν ποτε … ἐψήφισαν : i.e., they would have died before they could repeat such a villainy. See on v. 100, θανόντες ..ἀφαιρείσθων. The midd. ψηφίζομαι δίκην means ‘to decide a cause by one's vote’; Isae. or. 3 § 7 τοῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου τὴν δίκην μέλλουσι ψηφιεῖσθαι. And for κατ’ ἄλλου φωτὸς cp. Plat. Gorg.p. 515 E οὐδεμίαν αἰσχρὰν δίκην κατεψηφίσαντο αὐτοῦ. The act. ψηφίζω usu.=‘to count’ (as Polyb. 5. 26 κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ψηφίζοντος βούλησιν, ‘at the reckoner's will’). Here, δίκην ἐψήφισαν has the general sense of δίκην ἐψηφίσαντο: but it is not directly modelled on that prose idiom: rather it is a new poetical phrase, meaning strictly, ‘get a cause decided by ψῆφοι.’ It implies that the votes against Ajax were secured by the intrigues of the chiefs: cp. Pind. N. 8. 26 f. κρυφίαισι γὰρ ἐν ψάφοις Ὀδυσσῆ Δαναοὶ θεράπευσαν· | χρυσέων δ’ Αἴας στερηθεὶς ὅπλων φόνῳ πάλαισεν. [ἐψήφισαν certainly has not the technical sense of ἐπεψήφισαν, as if the Atreidae were the ἡγεμόνες δικαστηρίου, who put the issue to the vote. Even if the simple ψηφίζω could be so used, this would be too technical and prosaic.]

ἡ Διὸς … θεὰ : cp. 401.

γοργῶπις , as in fr. 760. 2 the poet calls her τὴν Διὸς γοργῶπιν Ἐργάνην. Cp. Il. 1. 199, where Athena appears to Achilles: αὐτίκα δ’ ἔγνω | Παλλάδ’ Ἀθηναίην· δεινὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε φάανθεν.

ἀδάματος is the form required by metre in O. T. 205, O. T. 1315, and O. C. 1572; though in all three passages L gives the epic form ἀδάμαστος.

ἐπεντύνον<*> ‘making ready’: schol. εὐτρεπίζοντα. Il. 8. 374 ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν νῶιν ἐπέντυε μώνυχας ἵππους. Oppian Hal. 5. 562 ἤδη γὰρ δελφῖσιν ἐπεντύνουσιν Ἄρηα.—The reading ἐπευθύνοντ’ seems less fitting in reference to the purpose which the goddess foiled. It rather pictures him as already in the act of stretching forth his hand against his foes. But Athena had not suffered him to arrive in their presence; he had only reached their doors (49). If, however, ἐπευθύνοντ’ is to mean merely, ‘preparing for use against them,’ then it is decidedly less vivid than ἐπεντύνοντ’. The chief recommendation of ἐπευθύνοντ’ is the fact that it was first written by the scribe of L, though corrected either by him or by an early hand. But (since εὐθύνω was so familiar) it may easily have been a mere slip for the rarer and more exquisite word ἐπεντύνοντ’ .

λυσσώδη νόσον : cp. 59: fr. 855. 4 λύσσα μαινάς. In Il. 13. 53Hector is λυσσώδης, φλογὶ εἴκελος.

ἐπεγγελῶσιν . A compound used in Attic prose, but otherwise peculiar to this play; it recurs in vv. 969, 989.

ἐμοῦ μὲν : the particle merely emphasises the pron.: cp. 121 n.

βλάπτοι : cp. El. 696 ὅταν δέ τις θεῶν | βλάπτῃ, δύναιτ’ ἂν οὐδ’ ἂν ἰσχύων φυγεῖν (n.).

ὅστις , causal. It is needless to read δρᾶν μ’ . See on O. C. 263 κἄμοιγε ποῦ ταῦτ’ ἐστίν; οἵτινες κ.τ.λ. (i.e. ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς).

μισεῖ δέ μ’ : the relative clause passes into an independent sentence; see appendix on O. C. 424.— πεδία : for the tribrach in the 5th foot, consisting of a single word, cp. O. T. 719 ἄβατον ὄρος (n.), ib. 1496 πατέρα πατήρ.

πότερα : cp. 265 n.

ναυλόχους … ἕδρας . Cp. Eur. Hec. 1015 Ἀχαιῶν ναύλοχοι περιπτυχαί (the Greek camp at the ships, with its τεῖχος).

μόνους τ’ Ἀτρείδας ( λιπών), i.e., leaving them bereft of my aid. Eur. Med. 52 πῶς σοῦ μόνη Μήδεια λείπεσθαι θέλει; Cp. Il. 9. 437, where Phoenix imagines himself remaining with the army at Troy after Achilles has gone home,—πῶς ἂν ἔπειτ’ ἀπὸ σεῖο, φίλον τέκος, αὖθι λιποίμην | οἶος;

καὶ ποῖον ..; for καί in questions, cp. O. C. 263(n.), El. 236.

ὄμμα : so O. T. 1371 ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐκ οἶδ’ ὄμμασιν ποίοις βλέπων | πατέρα ποτ’ ἂν προσεῖδον: Ph. 110 πῶς οὖν βλέπων τις ταῦτα τολμήσει λακεῖν;

γυμνὸν is defined by τῶν ἀριστείων ἄτερ: cp. Ph. 31 κενὴν οἴκησιν ἀνθρώπων δίχα: O. T. 57 ἔρημος ἀνδρῶν μὴ ξυνοικούντων ἔσω: Ant. 445 ἔξω βαρείας αἰτίας ἐλεύθερον.

ὧν … εὐκλείας στέφανον (‘a glory-crown of which’..): both genitives define the quality of the στέφανος, but εὐκλείας goes more closely with it: cp. 308 f. ἐρειπίοις | νεκρῶν...ἀρνείου φόνου.

ἀλλὰ δῆτ’ , introducing another alternative, as in El. 537(n.).

ἔρυμα , their city-wall; cp. Her. 7. 223 τὸ ἔρυμα τοῦ τείχεος.

μόνος μόνοις : for the doubled adj., see on 267. The point of μόνοις is that the Trojans will not have their attention distracted by any other Greek foe. The phrase is thus an expression of the warrior's proud self-reliance (cp. 423 f.): it is marred by reading πολλοῖς μόνος (cr. n.).

δρῶν τι χρηστόν : for the order of words, cp. Ar. Ach. 128 ἀλλ’ ἐργάσομαί τι δεινὸν ἔργον καὶ μέγα. The sense of δρᾶν τι alone is often similar: El. 305n. The pres. part., not δράσας, because he would die in the act.—There was a legend, which the poet glances at here, that Ajax, in his madness, attacked the Trojans with success; manu restituit praelium insaniens ( Cic. Tusc. 4. 23); and that his death was caused by an arrow from the bow of Paris: see n. on the Argument to the play, line 33.

Ἀτρείδας … εὐφράναιμί που . Verg. Aen. 2. 104 Hoc Ithacus velit et magno mercentur Atreidae.

οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα , as in Tr. 449: but οὐκ ἔστι simply, ib. 709, Ant. 289, El. 448.

δηλώσω … γεγώς : cp. Thuc. 1. 21§ 2 δηλώσει...μείζων γεγενημένος: Andoc. or. 4 § 14 ἐδήλωσε τῶν νόμων καταφρονῶν.

μή τοι φύσιν γ’ : for μή τοι...γε, see on El. 518. τοι (‘at any rate,’ Lat. sane) limits, while γε emphasises the word which it follows. Note that οὔ τοι could be used here, if the result were viewed simply as a fact; O. C. 1353(ἀκούσας ) τοιαῦθ’ ἃ τὸν τοῦδ’ οὔ ποτ’ εὐφρανεῖ βίον. But μή τοι is used, because the result is viewed as an aim; i.e., the relative clause is virtually a final clause: cp. Isocr. or. 11 § 49 τοιαῦτα ζητήσεις λέγειν, ἐξ ὧν μήτ’ αὐτὸς χείρων εἶναι δόξεις μήτε τοὺς μιμουμένους λυμανεῖ μήτε τὴν περὶ τοὺς λόγους παίδευσιν διαβαλεῖς.

ἄσπλαγχνος , only here in this sense; but cp. κακόσπλαγχνος ( Aesch. Th. 237), θρασύσπλαγχνος: and εὐσπλαγχνία [Eur. ] Rhes. 192.

τοῦ μακροῦ … βίου , i.e., the normal span of life; cp. O. T. 518 οὔτοι βίου μοι τοῦ μακραίωνος πόθος.

κακοῖσιν … μηδὲν ἐξαλλάσσεται , finds no variation in respect to his woes; for the dat. cp. O. T. 25 φθίνουσα μὲν κάλυξιν: Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 8 διεφθάρθαι..ταῖς γνώμαις. The generic negative μηδὲν is used, because ὅστις refers to a class or type. (Cp. Soph. Ant. 178 f. ὅστις..μὴ..ἅπτεται.) For the sentiment, cp. Soph. Ant. 463 ὅστις γὰρ ἐν πολλοῖσιν, ὡς ἐγώ, κακοῖς | ζῇ, πῶς ὅδ’ οὐχὶ κατθανὼν κέρδος φέρει; fr. 866 ὅστις γὰρ ἐν κακοῖσιν ἱμείρει βίου, | ἢ δειλός ἐστιν ἢ δυσάλγητος φρένας.

παρ’ ἦμαρ ἡμέρα , ‘the successive’ (not, ‘alternate’) ‘days’: the series formed by placing each new day at the side of its predecessors, as ἀνὴρ παρ’ ἄνδρα could be said of forming men in rank. The sense is: ‘When a man's miseries are unbroken, τί τέρπειν ἔχει ἡμέρα παρ’ ἦμαρ, what power to please him has each successive day, προσθεῖσα (αὐτὸν ) τῷ κατθανεῖν, when it has brought him close up to death, κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ κατθανεῖν, and then again moved him back from death?’ Death is the boundary-line ( γραμμή) on the field of life: Eur. El. 955 πρὶν ἂν πέλας | γραμμῆς ἵκηται καὶ τέλος κάμψῃ βίου (mors ultima linea rerum). The man who is captive to evil fortune is like a πεσσός on the draughtboard, at one moment moved close up to the line, and then again withdrawn from it a little; but it is death, after all,—death and nothing else,—that awaits him (τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν). This is not the platitude, ‘all men must die’, but a thought sug gested by the case of the man ‘whose woes are unvarying.’ Life has nothing in store for him; the question is merely whether he is to die at once, or to have a short and wretched reprieve. This is brought out by v. 479: καλῶς ζῆν is denied to him; and that being so, the next best thing is to die honourably and quickly—καλῶς τεθνηκέναι.

προσθεῖσα : cp. I. A. 540 πρὶν Ἅιδῃ παῖδ’ ἐμὴν προσθῶ λαβών: Hec. 368 Ἅιδῃ προστιθεῖσ’ ἐμὸν δέμας. The dat. τῷ κατθανεῖν is easily supplied from the genitive, which is adapted to the nearer participle.

κἀναθεῖσα . Cp. ἀνατίθεσθαι, to ‘take back’ a move, to ‘retract’ an opinion ( Xen. Mem. 1. 2§ 44, etc.).

πριαίμην : cp. Eur. fr. 934 φίλον πρίασθαι χρημάτων πολλῶν σαφῆ.

λόγου here=‘estimate,’ ‘rate of value’: cp. O. C. 1225 μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λόγον (n.).

τεθνηκέναι : for the perf., cp. 275 n.: for the sentiment, El. 1320, ἢ γὰρ ἂν καλῶς | ἔσωσ’ ἐμαυτήν, ἢ καλῶς ἀπωλόμην.

πάντ’ ἀκήκοας λόγον : cp. Tr. 876 πάντ’ ἀκήκοας : Ph. 241 οἶσθα δὴ τὸ πᾶν : Aesch. Ag. 582 πάντ’ ἔχεις λόγον.

ὑπόβλητον : see on 188 ὑποβαλλόμενοι. Eustath. p. 106. 7 Σοφοκλῆς ὑποβολιμαίους εἶπε λόγους τοὺς μὴ γνησίους. (In O. C. 794, ὑπόβλητον στόμα, the sense is, ‘suborned.’)

γε μέντοι : O. T. 442 n.— κρατῆσαι , aor., as the sense is, ‘to gain a victory.’ Cp. 1353.

τῆς ἀναγκαίας τύχης . The phrase means simply, ‘a fortune imposed by ἀνάγκη,’—by necessity, fate; but it has different shades of meaning according to the context. Here, it is the fortune by which ἀνάγκη has doomed her to be a slave; but there is no direct reference to slavery in the words. Cp. 803. In El. 48 ἀναγκαίας τύχης is the ‘fatal chance’ by which Orestes was killed. In Il. 16. 836 ἦμαρ ἀναγκαῖον is ‘the day of doom’ hanging over Troy.

εἴπερ τινὸς σθένοντος ,=σθένοντος, εἴ τις ἔσθενε: cp. O.C. 733 πρὸς πόλιν δ’ ἐπίσταμαι | σθένουσαν ἥκων, εἴ τιν’ Ἑλλάδος, μέγα (n.).

ἐν πλούτῳ , lit., amid wealth; i.e., the phrase = ‘strong and rich,’ rather than, ‘strong in riches.’ Cp. Aesch. Eum. 996 χαίρετ’ ἐν αἰσιμίαισι πλούτου.

θεοῖς : for the synizesis, cp. 1129: El. 1264 n.

μάλιστα : i.e., as the immediate and visible agent of the gods.

τοιγαροῦν , ‘So then’—marking that she turns away from the mournful past.

τὸ σὸν λέχος ξυνῆλθον : λέχος is acc., as after a verb of motion: Eur. Phoen. 817 ἡ δὲ ξύναιμον λέχος ἦλθεν. (In Soph. Tr. 28 λέχος is rather nom., ‘as bride.’)

τὰ σά , acc. of respect, instead of σοι.

ἐφεστίου Διὸς , the god of the domestic ἑστία. In Her. 1. 44 the Ἐπίστιος Ζεύς is the god who punishes a wrong done to the hearth by an abuse of hospitality. Cp. Eustath. p. 1930. 28 ἐν τῇ κατ’ οἶκον ἑστίᾳ Δΐ ἐγίνοντο θυσίαι, ὃν οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι ἐφέστιον, Ἡρόδοτος δὲ Ἰωνικῶς λέγει ἐπίστιον .

συνηλλάχθης : cp. Eur. Andr. 1245 Ἑλένῳ συναλλαχθεῖσαν εὐναίοις γάμοις,—where, as here, the bride became such by the fortune of war.

βάξιν λαβεῖν … ὑπ’ ἐχθρῶν : cp. Her. 9. 78 ἔπαινον ἕξεις..ὑπὸ πάντων: Eur. Phoen. 576 κλέος | τοιόνδε..ὑφ’ Ἑλλήνων λαβεῖν.

χειρίαν = ὑποχείριον : Eur. Cycl. 177 ἐλάβετε Τροίαν τὴν Ἑλένην τε χειρίαν.

ἐφεὶς , having yielded up: Thuc. 1. 95§ 6 οἷς οὐκέτι ἐφίεσαν οἱ ξύμμαχοι τὴν ἡγεμονίαν.

ᾗ γὰρ θάνῃς σὺ κ.τ.λ. The reason for preferring Bothe's ᾗ to εἰ is that it brings out her thought with greater force: the last day of his life will be the first of her misery. There is no objection to εἰ with the subjunctive, even in trimeters; cp. O. C. 1443 εἴ σου στερηθῶ, and see O.T. 198 n. Either εἰ or ᾗ would have been written EI by Sophocles.

ἀφῇς , sc. με: but it is needless to write μ’ ἀφῇς with Brunck. For the omission of the pron. in acc., cp. Ph. 801 ἔμπρησον (‘burn me’): ib. 769 ἕκηλον εὕδειν ( sc. αὐτόν): ib. 1368 πέμψον (sc. με ): O.T. 461 κἂν λάβῃς ἐψευσμένον.—For the sense of ἀφῇς, cp. Ant. 887 ἄφετε μόνην, ἔρημον: Her. 8. 70 ἀπέντες τὴν ἑωυτῶν ἀφύλακτον.

ξυναρπασθεῖσαν . Ajax being now viewed as a public enemy (1132), his property, including the δούλη and her son, would be seized by the Greek chiefs.— δουλίαν : the comparative rarity of the fem. form led to δούλιν displacing it in some MSS. (cr. n.); but cp. Aesch. Ag. 1084 δουλίᾳ..φρενί: Her. 3. 14 ἐσθῆτι δουλίῃ (or δουληίῃ). The Attic prose word would be δουλικήν.

τροφή , mode of life; El. 1183 δυσμόρου..τροφῆς : O.C. 1687 δύσοιστον ἕξομεν τροφάν .

καί τις κ.τ.λ. A reminiscence of Il. 6. 459 ff. (where Hector forebodes the fate of Andromachè) καί ποτέ τις εἴπῃσιν, ἰδὼν κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσαν· | ‘Ἕκτορος ἥδε γυνή, ὃς ἀριστεύεσκε μάχεσθαι | Τρώων ἱπποδάμων, ὅτε Ἴλιον ἀμφεμάχοντο.’

πικρὸν πρόσφθεγμα … ἐρεῖ describes what will be said, not to her, but of her; cp. Polit. p. 287 E ἀγγεῖον ὃ δὴ μιᾷ κλήσει προσφθεγγόμεθα (call by that name). Cp. El. 1213 οὔ σοι προσήκει τήνδε προσφωνεῖν φάτιν (sc. αὐτόν), i.e., to speak of him as dead. The reference of πικρὸν is not only to the scornful word ὁμευνέτιν, but also to οἵας λατρείας κ.τ.λ.

λόγοις ἰάπτων , lit. ‘shooting with words,’—launching taunts like missiles. The instrum. dat. λόγοις marks the figurative sense of ἰάπτων , just as τόξοις defines its literal sense in Aesch. Ag. 510(τόξοις ἰάπτων μηκέτ’ εἰς ἡμᾶς βέλη): the object answering to the literal βέλη (such as ὀνείδη) is left to be understood. Cp. Rhianus (3rd cent. B.C.) ap. Stobaeus Flor. 4. 34. 9 μακάρεσσιν ἐπὶ ψόγον αἰνὸν ἰάπτει (by tmesis for ἐπιάπτει). This seems truer than to suppose that the constr. is λόγοις ἰάπτων (με), ‘assailing me with taunts,’ though the latter view might be supported by the rare use of ἰάλλω in Od. 13. 142 πρεσβύτατον καὶ ἄριστον ἀτι‐ μίῃσιν ἰάλλειν. As to the root of ἰάπτω, Curtius holds that ἰα‐π is expanded from ἰα (=Skt. jA, ‘go’), in a causative sense, by the determinative π, just as the Lat. <*>a-c is by k. (Greek Verb, p. 167 Eng. ed.) Cp. 700 .

ἵσχυσε would usu. be an ‘ingressive’ aor. (‘became powerful’), like ἐνόσησε etc. Here, however, it refers to the past period of his pre-eminence; as the reign of a king is summed up in retrospect by ἦρξε, ἐβασίλευσε. Cp. the aor. in El. 1144(τροφῆς ) τὴν ἐγὼ θάμ’ ἀμφὶ σοὶ | πόνῳ γλυκεῖ παρέσχον: where Electra looks back on a closed chapter of her life.

οἵας … ὅσου : for this double relative in contrasts, cp. 923, El. 751, Tr. 1045, etc.; Thuc. 5. 7§ 2, Thuc. 7. 75§ 6.

ζήλου , enviable happiness; cp. Dem. or. 23 § 64 ἃ καὶ ζῆλόν τινα καὶ τιμὴν φέρει τῇ πόλει.

τρέφει , only a stronger ἔχει,—has around her in her daily life. Cp. 503: Tr. 817 ὄγκον..ὀνόματος..τρέφειν: Ph. 795 τρέφοιτε..νόσον .

κἀμὲ μὲν κ.τ.λ. The chief emphasis is on the clause σοὶ δ’ αἰσχρὰ κ.τ.λ.: she merely glances at the results to herself; ‘while I shall suffer, thou and thine will be disgraced.’ ἐλᾷ , vexabit, as in 756; cp. also 275.

αἰσχρὰ : Ajax had said that it was αἰσχρόν, in such a case as his, to go on living (473). Tecmessa wishes him to feel that it would be αἰσχρόν to die. But Ajax believes that Teucer's care will avert the evils which she fears (562).

αἴδεσαι … προλείπων . The participle, when used with αἰσχύνομαι or αἰδοῦμαι, implies that the person is doing, or has done, the act which causes shame. The infinitive implies that he has not yet done it. Cp. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1§ 21 καὶ τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ αἰσχύνομαι λέγων· τὸ δ’ ‘ἐὰν μένητε παρ’ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω,’.. αἰσχυνοίμην ἂν εἰπεῖν: (‘I am not ashamed of saying this; but I should be ashamed to say that.’) Here, προλείπων is more forcible than an infinitive. Since his words pointed to a fixed resolve (479 f.), she speaks as if he were already engaged in the deed.

κληροῦχον is not elsewhere thus used, but the fact that a word had a technical (and prosaic) sense was no bar to its figurative use in Attic poetry; cp. πράκτωρ and εὔθυνος ( El. 953 n.). Isocr. or. 5 § 136 has the phrase εὐνοίας..κληρονόμους (‘heirs’).

ἀρᾶται , in a good sense, as in O. C. 1445, where see n.

οἴκτιρε .. εἰ κ.τ.λ. A clause with εἰ and fut. indic. often denotes an object of pity or indignation ( El. 1210, Ph. 988). Cp. Lys. or. 13 § 15 οὐκ ἐλεοῦντες..τὰ τείχη, εἰ πεσεῖται, οὐδὲ κηδόμενοι τῶν νεῶν, εἰ..παραδοθήσονται.— νέας τροφῆς , the nurture suitable to the young: O. C. 345 ἐξ ὅτου νέας | τροφῆς ἔληξε (n.).

διοίσεται , sc. βίον, ‘pass his life’: schol. διάξει, βιώσεται. The midd. has this absolute sense in Hippocr. De artic. p. 823 ὑγιηροὶ τἄλλα..διαφέρονται (‘they pass through life’): Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 24 σκοπούμενος διοίσει (a correction of διέσῃ). We find also διαφέρειν βίον or αἰῶνα ( Her. 3. 40, Helen. 10), or διαφέρειν only ([Eur. ] Rhes. 982).—Others explain διοίσεται as pass., diripietur, ‘(if) he shall be plundered.’ In this sense the usual word is διαφορεῖν, though Eur. Bacch. 754 has διέφερον in a kindred sense, and Arist. Poet. 8§ 4 the pass. διαφέρεσθαι: but such a meaning, which would fix attention on the boy's property, is utterly out of place here. [Lobeck, and Blaydes after him, cite Dion or. 41 p. 506 C ὑπ’ ὀρφανιστῶν διασπασθήσεται: but the correct reference is or. 43 p. 506 C, and the words, ὑπὸ τῶν συγγενῶν καὶ ἐπιτρόπων διασπασθῆναι .]— σοῦ … μόνος : cp. Soph. O. C. 1250 ἀνδρῶν γε μοῦνος: Eur. Med. 52 σοῦ μόνη.

ὑπ’ ὀρφανιστῶν ( διοίσεται), if he shall have his life controlled by them: cp. ὑπό with the midd. πορεύεται in 1253 f.: O. C. 681 θἁλλει δ’..ὑπ’ ἄχνας. The sense is not merely, ‘live under them,’ as if ὑπό with the genitive here took the sense of ὑπό with the dative (subditus illorum imperio, Ellendt).

The word ὀρφανιστής (found only here) =ἐπίτροπος, ‘guardian.’ Eustathius (p. 533. 30), on Il. 5. 158 χηρωσταὶ δὲ διὰ κτῆσιν δατέοντο, explains χηρωσταί as those who administered the property of persons who left no direct heirs (τοὺς χηρεύοντας διαδόχων); adding, οἵτινες κατὰ λόγον ἄλλον καὶ ὀρφανισταὶ ἐκαλοῦντο, ὡς ὀρφανῶν ὑπεριστάμενοι, καθὰ καὶ Σοφοκλῆς δηλοῖ. Apparently, then, he knew the word only from this verse. (The verb ὀρφανίζω usu.=to make ὀρφανός.)

μὴ φίλων (the generic μή), of no friendly kind; for the order, cp. Aesch. Eum. 903 ὁποῖα νίκης μὴ κακῆς ἐπίσκοπα. [The μὴ could also be explained by εἰ in 510: but this is less simple.]

Compare Andromachè's description, in her lament over Hector, of the lot in store for her child, ἦμαρ δ’ ὀρφανικὸν παναφήλικα παῖδα τίθησιν, ‘the day of orphanhood makes a child companionless,’ etc.: Il. 22. 490—498.

βλέπω , pres. subjunct.: this is the indirect form of εἰς τί βλέπω; Cp. 428 ἐῶ (n.).

ᾔστωσας . There is no other certain instance of ᾀστόω for ἀϊστόω. (In fr. 493, κόρον ἀϊστώσας πυρί, Kuster's conjecture κηρὸν, if right, would point to ᾀστώσας.) The ordinary form occurs in Tr. 881 αὑτὴν διηΐστωσε.

δορί . As to this form versus δόρει , see on O.C. 1304.

ἄλλη μοῖρα . Destiny, working through Ajax, ravaged her country. Destiny in some other form brought her father and mother to the grave. The poet did not wish to represent Tecmessa as living with the man who had slain her parents; and so followed, or invented, a legend which ascribed their deaths to a different agency. Throughout this speech, the Homeric scene between Hector and Andromachè is present to the mind of Sophocles. Andromachè's father had been slain by Achilles; her mother, by the visitation of Artemis ( Il. 6. 414—428).

καθεῖλεν … οἰκήτορας (proleptic), brought them low, so that they should be dwellers, etc. After Ἅιδου, θανασίμους is redundant; but cp. Tr. 1161 ἀλλ’ ὅστις Ἅιδου φθίμενος οἰκήτωρ πέλοι: though ib. 282 we have simply, Ἅιδου πάντες εἴσ’ οἰκήτορες. For θανάσιμος said of the dead, cp. O.T. 959, Ph. 819.

πατρίς : Cp. Xen. An. 1. 3§ 6 νομίζω γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ εἶναι καὶ πατρίδα καὶ φίλους καὶ συμμάχους.

ἐν σοὶ … σῴζομαι : cp. O. T. 314 ἐν σοὶ γὰρ ἐσμέν (n.). The prep. expresses that her safety is in his power,—depends on him. πᾶς’ , adverbial: cp. 275.

κἀμοῦ : as well as of his parents and his son.

προσεῖναι , of a quality or attribute; cp. 1079, Ant. 720.

τερπνὸν εἴ τί που πάθοι : cp. Dido's words to Aeneas ( Aen. 4. 316 ff.) Per conubia nostra, per inceptos hymenaeos, | Si bene quid de te merui, fuit aut tibi quicquam | Dulce meum, miserere. For the optat., marking the generality of the statement, cp. 1344: Ant. 666 ἀλλ’ δ\ν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν (n.).

χάρις χάριν γάρ : Helen. 1234 χάρις γὰρ ἀντὶ χάριτος ἐλθέτω. For the place of γάρ, cp. Aesch. P. V. 29 θεὸς θεῶν γάρ κ.τ.λ.: for that of the art., Soph. O. T. 139 ἐκεῖνον ὁ κτανών.

τίκτους’ : cp. the proverb in Zenobius 3. 328 δίκη δίκην ἔτικτε καὶ βλάβη βλάβην .

ἀπορρεῖ : cp. 1267 : El. 1000 n.

γένοιτ’ , cannot ‘become’ such, in the sense, ‘cannot finally be ranked as such.’ Whatever his other merits may be, their sum will not amount to true nobleness.

ἔχειν σ’ ἂν … θέλοιμ’ ἄν : the first ἄν, as well as the second, belongs to θέλοιμι: cp. 537 : O.T. 339 n.

ὡς κἀγὼ , sc. ἔχω. Cp. Il. 6. 476 δότε δὴ καὶ τόνδε γενέσθαι | παῖδ’ ἐμόν, ὡς καὶ ἐγώ περ, ἀριπρεπέα Τρώεσσιν: this also illustrates the use of καί, on which see O.C. 53 ὅσ’ οἶδα κἀγώ (n.).

καὶ κάρτ’ . Here καὶ=‘and.’ But where καὶ κάρτα replies to a question (O.C. 65 and 301), the verb being understood, καὶ merely emphasises (‘Yea, surely’), and καὶ κάρτα is then equiv. to ἦ κάρτα ( El. 312). Similarly in καὶ μάλα, καὶ sometimes=‘and,’ but sometimes merely strengthens the adv. (vel maxime): El. 1178 n.

τὸ ταχθὲν =ὃ ἂν ταχθῇ: he has not yet given his command. Cp. Tr. 1187 ἦ μὴν ἐμοὶ τὸ λεχθὲν ἔργον ἐκτελεῖν, i.e. ὃ ἂν λεχθῇ.

τολμᾷ , bring herself to do it: cp. 411: Ph. 481 τόλμησον, ‘make the effort.’ Instead of agreeing to take her advice (ἔπη), Ajax replies that he will be ready to praise her obedience.

For the alliteration (παρήχησις) cp. 1112: O.T. 371 τυφλὸς τά τ’ ὦτα τόν τε νοῦν τά τ’ ὄμματ’ εἶ (n.).

ἀλλ’ , in assent; cp. Ph. 48 n.

ὡς ἴδω : cp. 538. The words express his impatient yearning.

καὶ μὴν φόβοισί γ’ . The formula καὶ μήν (lit. ‘and verily’) introduces a new fact or thought; as in Tragedy it often announces a new comer (1168). When this new fact or thought raises a difficulty in the way of something proposed by the last speaker, then καὶ μήν acquires an adversative force. Thus here, its literal sense, ‘and verily,’ ‘indeed,’ is tinged by the context with the sense, ‘oh, but,’ or ‘nay, but.’ The effect of γε is to place a slight stress on φόβοισι . The combination καὶ μήν … γε is very frequent with Sophocles: cp. 539: O. T. 290, O. T. 345 , O. T. 836, O. T. 987, O. T. 1004, O. T. 1066: O. C. 396: Ant. 221: Ph. 660: El. 1045, El. 1188.In all these passages the effect of γε is the same; i.e., it does not modify the sense of καὶ μήν, but emphasises the word or phrase with which it is immediately connected.

φόβοισι , causal dat.: the plur. as in O. T. 585 ξὺν φόβοισι. Her fears were indicated at v. 340.

ἐξελυσάμην , lit. ‘released’: i.e., allowed him to leave the tent. The midd. ἐκλύομαι means to ‘release,’ ‘set free,’ in O.T. 1003, Ant. 1112, Tr. 21: H. 7. 1. 25 ἐξελύσαντο τοὺς Ἀργείους. The choice of the word seems to be prompted by a wish not to say more than is implied in φόβοισι, or to imply that she had rescued the child from a danger. She speaks merely as if (in her undefined ‘fears’) she had left the care of the child to others. Then the blunt and impatient question of Ajax—ἐν τοῖσδε τοῖς κακοῖσιν κ.τ.λ.—startles her into speaking plainly,—μὴ σοί γέ που δύστηνος κ.τ.λ.

The conjecture ἐξερρυσάμην (cr. n.), ‘rescued,’ would efface this trait of reticence. It is inferred from the scholiast's phrase, τῶν φόβων χάριν ῥύσασθαι θέλουσα ἐξήγαγον. But ἐξήγαγον is there the important word, while the words ῥύσασθαι θέλουσα are merely the scholiast's expansion of the motive implied in φόβοισι.

κακοῖσιν : a half-euphemistic phrase, as in 272, 431, 433.

μὴ σοί γε κ.τ.λ. Here γε replies to his question (‘ Yes, lest..’), and qualifies the whole sentence (cp. Ant. 648 n.): but it also adds to the emphasis on σοί .

πρέπον γέ τἂν ἦν . For γέ τοι cp. Ph. 823 n.

δαίμονος , fortune: El. 1306 τῷ παρόντι δαίμονι. A gen. after πρέπων is very rare, but analogous to the gen. after ἄξιος: Plat. Menex.p. 239 C πρεπόντως τῶν πραξάντων. [In Plat. Rep.p. 400 B ὕβρεως ἢ μανίας καὶ ἄλλης κακίας πρέπουσαι βάσεις, the gen. seems to depend on πρέπουσαι: but might be possessive.]

ἀλλ’ οὖν (‘well, at any rate’), followed by γε (emphasising the word before it), occurs also in Ant. 84, Ph. 1305, El. 233, El. 1035, etc.

)φύλαξα : cp. 308 )θώϋξεν.

ἀρκέσαι , infin. of purpose: cp. O. T. 198 n. For the sense, defendere, cp. Il. 20. 289 ἢ κόρυθ’ ἠὲ σάκος, τό οἱ ἤρκεσε λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον: Eur. El. 1300(πῶς) οὐκ ἠρκέσατον κῆρας μελάθροις;

ἐπῄνες’ : for the aor., cp. El. 668 n.

ἔθου : cp. 13 n.

ὡς ἐκ τῶνδ’ : i.e., seeing that the child has been sent away, and that Ajax approves of her precaution (536). She wishes to divert him from the desire of seeing his son. But he instantly recurs to it.—For ἐκτῶνδε , ‘under these conditions,’ cp. Tr. 1109(n.). ὡς gives a limiting force (as in ὡς ἐμοί, Tr. 395): Eur. Andr. 1184 οὗτός τ’ ἂν ὡς ἐκ τῶνδ’ ἐτιμᾶτ’ ἄν, γέρον, | θανών . Thuc. 4. 17§ 1 ὡς ἐκ τῶν παρόντων. There is a verbal likeness to Soph. Ant. 552 τί δῆτ’ ἂν ἀλλὰ νῦν σ’ ἔτ’ ὠφελοῖμ’ ἐγώ;

καὶ μὴν here announces a fact which favours the last speaker's wish, and not, as in 531, a fact opposed to it; here, therefore, it becomes an expression of assent.

γε emphasises πέλας.

προσπόλοις , dat. of agent; rare, except with the perf. pass.; but cp. Ant. 1218 θεοῖσι κλέπτομαι, and ib. 504 f. (n.).

μὴ οὐ , since τί μέλλει is equiv. to μὴ μελλέτω: cp. Aesch. P. V. 627 τί δῆτα μέλλεις μὴ οὐ γεγωνίσκειν τὸ πᾶν;

παρουσίαν ἔχειν = παρεῖναι: a periphrasis like θήραν ἔχων (564), ἔχει στίβον ( Ph. 157).

εὐθύνων : cp. Eur. Heracl. 728 εὐθύνων πόδα .

ἕρποντι φωνεῖς ...; the partic. expresses the leading idea; cp. O. C. 1038 χωρῶν ἀπείλει νῦν (n.).

λελειμμένῳλόγων , unable to catch the sound of thy words; schol. in L, οὐκ ἀκούοντι. Cp. Eur. Or. 1085 ἦ πολὺ λέλειψαι τῶν ἐμῶν βουλευμάτων (‘laggest far behind them,’—failest to comprehend them): Helen. 1246 λέλειμμαι τῶν ἐν Ἕλλησιν νόμων (‘am not versed in them’).

καὶ δὴ , ‘already’: O. C. 31 n.

αἶρε δεῦρο . The child is led in by an attendant: Ajax means, ‘lift him’ (from the ground) ‘to my arms.’ Some take αἶρε as=‘bring,’ comparing Il. 6. 264 μή μοι οἶνον ἄειρε, Ar. Pax 1 αἶρ’ αἶρε μᾶζαν ὡς τάχιστα κανθάρῳ: but this is less simple, and less fitting.

ταρβήσει γὰρ οὒ : for οὐ placed after the verb, see on Ant. 96.This passage recalls Il. 6. 466—470, where Hector is about to take his little son from the nurse's arms, but the child shrinks back, frightened by the helmet,— ταρβήσας χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον ἱππιοχαίτην.

νεοσφαγῆ … φόνον , the adj. compounded with a word akin in sense to the subst.; cp. Ant. 1283 νεοτόμοισι πλήγμασιν.—There is no reason to doubt the genuineness of που , which gives a touch of grim irony. L's reading, τοῦ , certainly points to τοῦτόν γε : but this is very in ferior to the vulgate. Wecklein, reading του , thinks that Ajax wishes to avoid saying μου.

δικαίως , in a full and true sense: cp. O. T. 852 οὔτοι ποτ’, ὦναξ, τόν γε Λαΐου φόνον | φανεῖ δικαίως ὀρθόν, i.e. ‘properly fulfilled.’

τὰ πατρόθεν is re dundant, but not pointless; the qualities derived from the father will prevail over any weaker qualities derived μητρόθεν.

ὠμοῖς … ἐν νόμοις , the rugged usages of a warrior inured to the sight of bloodshed. For the adj., cp. 205 ὠμοκρατής, n. In saying νόμοις rather than τρόποις, he speaks with a certain heroic grandeur (μεγαλοφρονῶν, as the schol. remarks). Cp. C. 2. 15. 11 non ita Romuli | Praescriptum et intonsi Catonis | Auspiciis veterumque norma.

πωλοδαμνεῖν , to break him in like a colt. The word was familiar in Attic ( Xen. Oec. 3. 10, etc.). Cp. Plut. Mor. 13E οὕτω σκιρτῶσα νεότης πωλοδαμνεῖται. Lucian Amor. 45 τὴν νεότητα πωλοδαμνήσας. For the metaphor implicit in the compound verb, cp. Ant. 994 ἐναυκλήρεις πόλιν.

κἀξομοιοῦσθαι is passive, and αὐτόν (the object of πωλοδαμνεῖν) is its subject, φύσιν being acc. of respect. For the infinitives, linked by καί, yet having different subjects, cp. Plat. Rep.p. 359 E (λέγουσιν) αὐτὸν ἀφανῆ γενέσθαι τοῖς παρακαθημένοις, καὶ διαλέγεσθαι [sc. αὐτοὺς] ὡς περὶ οἰχομένου.

ὦ παῖ κ.τ.λ. Paraphrased by Attius, Armorum Iudicium fr. 10, Virtuti sis par, dispar fortunis patris: and imitated by Verg. Aen. 12. 435(Aeneas to Ascanius), Disce, puer , virtutem ex me verumque laborem, | Fortunam ex aliis.

τὰ δ’ ἄλλ’ ὅμοιος : so Hector prays for Astyanax that he may be like his father, —ὧδε βίην τ’ ἀγαθὸν καὶ Ἰλίου ἶφι ἀνάσσειν: but adds the nobler prayer that men may say, πατρός γ’ ὅδε πολλὸν ἀμείνων. ( Il. 6. 476 ff.)

καίτοι … καὶ νῦν : nay, even now—while that prayer still awaits fulfilment—the child is happier than his father, in unconsciousness of evil.

σε is better here than σὲ (which L has), though the emphasis could be defended (‘I, the man, might envy thee, the child’).

τοῦτό γε : this acc. of respect (instead of the ordinary genitive) with ζηλοῦν is unusual; but the same constr. sometimes occurs with words of a like sense, e.g. Vesp. 588 τουτὶ γάρ τοί σε μόνον..μακαρίζω.

οὐδὲν is best taken as acc. governed by ἐπαισθάνει : cp. 996 : O. T. 424 ἄλλων δὲ πλῆθος οὐκ ἐπαισθάνει κακῶν. It might, however, be adv. (cp. Ant. 1183 τῶν λόγων ἐπῃσθόμην).

ἐν τῷ φρονεῖν μηδὲν : i.e., before there is any intelligent consciousness of joy or sorrow (555).

554 b [τὸ μὴ φρονεῖν γὰρ κ.τ.λ.] Such an unconsciousness is an ‘evil,’ as excluding τὸ χαίρειν, but ‘painless,’ as exempt from τὸ λυπεῖσθαι. This verse was probably written in the margin, as a parallel passage to v. 554, and then crept into the text. It may come (as Valckenär thought) from some other play of Sophocles; its tone seems less suggestive of Euripides. That it was a familiar quotation, may be seen from the way in which it is brought in by the novelist Eustathius (or Eumathius), in τὸ καθ’ Ὑσμίνην καὶ Ὑσμινίαν σρᾶμα (c. 1100 A.D. ?), ch. 2 § 7 (Erot. Scriptores vol. II. p. 174 ed. Hercher), τοῦ ἔπους ἐμνήσθην ὡς τὸ μὴ φρονεῖν κάρτ’ ἀνώδυνον κακόν. It is translated, along with v. 553, in the sentences of Publilius Syrus (c. 45 B.C.), 876 f., Suavissima haec est vita, si sapias nihil: | Nam sapere nil doloris expers est malum. But those two verses are doubtless later interpolations in the text of Publilius: they are wanting in the best MS. (Monac. lat. 6292).

ἕως , without ἄν: so Ph. 764, Tr. 148.

ἵκῃ πρὸς τοῦτο , i.e. πρὸς τὸ μαθεῖν. Cp. 1365.

δεῖ σ’ ὅπως … δείξεις : see on Ph. 54 f. τὴν Φιλοκτήτου σε δεῖ | ψυχὴν ὅπως λόγοισιν ἐκκλέψεις λέγων.— )τράφης suggests the inbred qualities of the race; cp. Ph. 3 κρατίστου πατρὸς Ἑλλήνων τραφείς. For the prodelision of the augment in the 6th foot of the v., cp. Ant. 457 )φάνη : Helen. 263 (εἴθε) αἴσχιον εἶδος ἀντὶ τοῦ καλοῦ )λαβον.

τέως , ‘meanwhile,’ referring to the limit of time marked by v. 556. So in Od. 15. 127, τῆος δὲ φίλῃ παρὰ μητρὶ | κείσθω, the ref. is to the limit marked by ἐς γάμου ὥρην just before. And ib. 230 εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν | εἶχε βίῃ· ὁ δὲ τῆος...δέδετο. Other usages of τέως are: (1) when it answers to ἕως: Ar. Pax 32 τέως ἕως λάθοις σαυτὸν διαρραγείς: and (2) when it means, ‘for a time’ (or, ‘hitherto’), and is followed by a clause with δέ or ἀλλά: Her. 1. 82 τέως μὲν δὴ..τέλος δέ κ.τ.λ.

κούφοις πνεύμασιν , light airs, gentle breezes, such as nourish young plants. Lobeck quotes Dion Chrysostomus or. 12 p. 202 B τρεφόμενοι τῇ διηνεκεῖ τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπιρροῇ ἀέρα ὑγρὸν ἕλκοντες ὥσπερ νήπιοι παῖδες. Pliny H. N. 18. 34 Zephyrum dicit in plantas nutricium exercere. Lucian Bix accus. § 1 τοὺς ἀνέμους φυτουργοῦντας. We might add Catull. 62. 39 ut flos.. | Quem mulcent aurae , firmat sol, educat imber.

νέαν ψυχὴν ἀτάλλων . Cp. Tr. 144 τὸ γὰρ νεάζον ἐν τοιοῖσδε βόσκεται | χώροισιν αὑτοῦ etc. (n.). The word ἀτάλλω (which in Il. 13. 27 means ‘to gambol’) bears the sense of ‘cherishing’ in Hom. epigr. 4. 2 νήπιον αἰδοίης ἐπὶ γούνασι μητρὸς ἀτάλλων, and Pind. fr. 214 γλυκεῖά οἱ καρδίαν ἀτάλλοισα... | ἐλπίς. The Homeric form in this sense is ἀτιτάλλω, Hom. Od. 18. 323 παῖδα δὲ ὣς ἀτίταλλε .

The word ἀτάλλω may have been suggested to Sophocles by a trait in the scene between Hector and Andromachè: Il. 6. 400 παῖδ’ ἐπὶ κόλπῳ ἔχουσ’ ἀταλάφρονα, νήπιον αὔτως.

χαρμονήν might be acc. in appos. with ψυχὴν only; but is better taken as acc. in appos. with the whole sentence (see on El. 130 ἥκετ’ ἐμῶν καμάτων παραμύθιον).—The conjecture χαρμονή is no gain.

560 It is strange that exception should have been taken to the parenthetic οἶδα , which is not rare; cp. 938, O. C. 1615, El.|354.

οὔτοι … μή : cp. 83, 421.

τοῖον : cp. 164, 218, 251.

πυλωρὸν , warder, guardian; Eur. Tro. 956(πύργων), I. T. 1227 (ναῶν).

τροφῆς ἄοκνον : any adj. compounded with a privativum can take a genitive; and here the gen. is the more natural since ἅοκνος suggests the notion of ἀφειδής.

ἔμπα : this form occurs in Pind. N. 4. 36, and Callim. Epigr. 13 (καί σφιν ἀνιηρὸν μὲν ἐρεῖς ἔπος, ἔμπα δὲ λέξον). A Doric form ἔμπα—ν is used by Pind. P. 5. 51.In 122 and 1338, as in Soph. Ant. 845, we have ἔμπας. (The form ἔμπακ’, once read here, was a mere blunder: see cr. n.)— κεἰ stands here (as in 692 and 962) where εἰ καί would be normal, since the reference is to an actual fact: cp. Soph. O. T.appendix on v. 305, p. 224.

τηλωπὸς , properly ‘of distant aspect’ (ὤψ), here merely ‘distant,’ as in Ph. 216 βοᾷ τηλωπὸν ἰωάν.

οἰχνεῖ : cp. El. 165 n.

θήραν ἔχων : for the periphrasis, cp. 540: Ph. 839 θήραν | τήνδ’ ἁλίως ἔχομεν. He had gone on a foray (343) in the highlands of Mysia (720).

ἀσπιστῆρες . The Salaminian followers of Ajax are at once seamen and warriors; as Thuc. (1. 10 § 4) says of the Greeks who went against Troy, αὐτερέται.. ἦσαν καὶ μάχιμοι πάντες.

χάριν , this act of kindness; viz., care for the child.

ὅπως … δείξει is the object clause to ἀγγείλατ’ ἐντολήν. A final clause, ὅπως..δείξῃ, would be less fitting here.

Ἐριβοίᾳ λέγω . The dat. is more forcible than the acc. would be, as it keeps the command, ὅπως δείξει μητρί, before the mind; cp. Aesch. fr. 175 τῆς Ἀντικλείας ἆσσον ἦλθε Σίσυφος, | τῆς σῆς λέγω τσι μητρός. Dem. or. 19 § 152 περὶ ..μειζόνων, λέγω δὲ Φωκέων καὶ Πυλῶν. Ajax adds these words to show that he does not mean Teucer's mother, Hesionè (1300). Eriboea was the daughter of Alcathoüs, king of Megara: Pindar mentions her as the mother of Ajax (I. 5. 45). She is called Periboea by Apollodorus (3. 12 § 7) and Pausanias (1. 42. 1).

μέχρις οὗ . This verse is doubtless due to an interpolator who wished to limit εἰσαεί. It has three marks of spuriousness. (1) μέχρι, not μέχρις, is the Attic form. (2) The anapaest in the first foot is a needless harshness, when either ἕως or ἔστ’ ἂν was available. (3) The division of an anapaest (in the first foot) between two words has no Sophoclean parallel except in Phil. 795 τὸν ἴσον χρόνον τρέφοιτε τήνδε τὴν νόσον : and the Philoctetes was one of the latest plays (409 B.C.).—It might be added that μυχοὺς κίχωσι is a somewhat strange phrase; though we may compare Il. 21. 128 ἄστυ κιχείομεν. The use of κίχω in 657 is slightly different.

μήτ’ … θήσους’ : depending on ὅπως in 567. Cp. Od. 11. 546(referring to the contest from the arms), ἔθηκε δὲ πότνια μήτηρ (Thetis), ‘offered them as a prize.’

ἀγωνάρχαι (a word found only here)=ἀγωνοθέται, the presidents of the games, such as the Amphictyons were at the Pythian festival. The presidents appointed the ἐπιμεληταί who actually supervised the contests, such as the Ἑλλανοδίκαι at Olympia. (Cp. El. 690 n.)

μήθ’ ὁ λυμεὼν ἐμός . Only two parallels for the place of ἐμός are brought from classical Greek literature. (1) Eur. Hipp. 683 Ζεύς σ’ ὁ γεννήτωρ ἐμός: where G. Wolff would omit ὁ. (2) Theocr. 27. 58 τὠμπέχονον ποίησας ἐμὸν ῥάκος : where Schaefer's remedy, ἐμοὶ, is quite admissible; Hermann wrote ἀμπεχόναν..ἐμάν. The nearest analogy to such a license as ὁ λυμεὼν ἐμός is afforded by such instances as τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρ’ ἄθλιον ( Eur. El. 133 n.), where ἄθλιον is a mere epithet, but ought, by position, to be a predicate. Remembering the originally pronominal sense of the art., we may hesitate to affirm that an Attic poet could not have ventured to write ὁ λυμεὼν ἐμός, meaning, ‘that destroyer of mine.’

No correction is very probable. We cannot read μήθ’ ὁ λυμεὼν ἐμοῦ, since, though μου can represent the possessive pron., such a use of ἐμοῦ would be unexampled. (See Krüger, Gr. Sprachlehre, § 47. 9. 13.) The dat. ἐμοί is also untenable. It is possible that the poet wrote μήτε λυμεὼν ἐμός : but the article, if not indispensable, is at least very desirable here.

αὐτό , that,—with an emphasis due to the place of the word.

ἐπώνυμον , ‘that gives thee thy name’; as at Athens the ἐπώνυμοι were the heroes who gave names to the Attic tribes. Cp. 430 n.

πολυρράφου … πόρπακος . This must be interpreted by the usage of the poet's day, not by Homeric practice. The πόρπαξ may be seen on shields depicted in Greek vase-paintings; an example is reproduced in Smith's Dict. of Antiquities (3rd ed., vol. I. p. 459, art. clipeus). It was a leathern thong, running round the inner edge of the shield, and fixed at intervals of six inches or so by pins or nails, so as to form a succession of loops. The name, πόρπαξ, was derived from these pins (πόρπαι), which could be taken out, when it was wished to remove the πόρπαξ and so to unfit the shield for immediate use. (It is made a charge against Cleon in Ar. Eq. 849 that he had dedicated the shields taken at Pylos αὐτοῖσι τοῖς πόρπαξιν.)

But a loop at the edge of the shield, such as the πόρπαξ offered to the warrior's hand ( Helen. 1376 ἐμβαλὼν πόρπακι γενναίαν χέρα), would not suffice to give him control. Hence, in the vasepainting noticed above, we see the πόρπαξ combined with another contrivance, viz., a band (of metal, or wood), placed vertically across the inside of the shield, and furnished at the middle with an arrangement of small bars, forming a support for the arm just below the elbow. This band was the ὄχανον or ὀχάνη.—See Appendix.

πολυρράφου (‘much, or well, stitched’) is a general epithet for elaborate leatherwork, and is again illustrated by the vase-painting cited above, where ornamental tassels hang from the pins which divide the loops of the πόρπαξ. In Theocr. 25. 265, πολύρραπτόν τε φαρέτρην , the epithet probably refers to braiding; quivers were often made of hide or leather.

ἑπτάβοιον =epic ἑπταβόειον: see n. on 19. The second part of the compound is not βοῦς, but βοεία, ox-hide ( Il. 12. 296). The shield was the work of Τυχίος, σκυτοτόμων ὄχ’ ἄριστος,—so essentially was the currier's art that which it chiefly demanded ( Il. 7. 220). Tychios dwelt at Ὕλη,—probably the Boeotian ( Il. 2. 500). The number of seven layers of hide was probably exceptional; in Il. 15. 479Teucer has a σάκος τετραθέλυμνον, i.e., with four such layers.

τεθάψεται . Here, as at 1141, the fut. perf. gives a peremptory tone. Athena uses it in I. T. 1464: οὗ καὶ τεθάψει. (Cp. Nub. 1436 τεθνήξεις.) The ordinary fut. pass. was ταφήσομαι. The practice of burying a warrior's arms with him was a primitive Aryan custom; witness the swords found in the graves at Mycenae. Sophocles in this play follows the legend that the body of Ajax was interred, and not, as was the ordinary practice in the heroic age, burned (cp. 1166 n.). The reference to the burial of the arms is thus perfectly fitting. There was less meaning in the practice, noticed by Homer, of burning a warrior's armour with him; Il. 6. 418 ἀλλ’ ἄρα μιν κατέκηε σὺν ἔντεσι δαιδαλέοισιν: Od. 11. 74 ἀλλά με κακκῆαι σὺν τεύχεσιν. It may have come down from the earlier days when interment was the rule. No arms are burned on the pyre of Patroclus ( Il. 23. 165 ff.), Hector (24. 785 ff.), or Achilles ( Od. 24. 65 ff.).

κοίν’ ἐμοὶ· κοινὰ is here adv.: cp. Ant. 546 μή μοι θάνῃς σὺ κοινά.

πάκτου . πακτόω (πακτός= πηκτός) is used by Her. 2. 96(in the compound ἐμ‐), and by Vesp. 128, of ‘stopping up’ holes, ‘caulking,’ and this may have been its special sense. But the general sense, ‘to make fast,’ occurs in Ar. Lys. 264 μοχλοῖς τε καὶ κλήθροισι τὰ προπύλαια πακτοῦν. Eustathius, who explains it by ἀσφαλίζεσθαι (p. 742. 43), seems to regard the use of the word with ref. to closing doors as peculiarly Attic (p. 1937. 62 τὸ συγκλεῖσαι, πακτῶσαι παρ’ Ἀττικοῖς). According to Pollux 10. 27, however, Archilochus had used πακτῶσαι as=κλεῖσαι.

ἐπισκήνους =ἐπὶ τῇ σκηνῇ, at the tent, i.e., in front of it. Cp. Ant. 1247 ἐς πόλιν γόους | οὐκ ἀξιώσειν, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ στέγης ἔσω, κ.τ.λ.

φιλοίκτιστον : schol. on Il. 22. 88 φίλοικτον χρῆμα ἡ γυνή. Eur. H. F. 536 τὸ θῆλυ γάρ πως μᾶλλον οἰκτρὸν ἀρσένων. For the neut., cp. Eur. El. 1035 μῶρον μὲν οὖν γυναῖκες: O. C. 592 n. The adj. is formed from the midd. οἰκτίζομαι as= ‘to lament’ ( I. T. 486, etc.).

πύκαζε : the vague word (‘to close,’ ‘cover up’) is explained by the preceding δῶμα πάκτου. Cp. Hes. Op. 622 νῆα δ’ ἐπ’ ἠπείρου ἐρύσαι, πυκάσαι τε λίθοισι | πάντοθεν (‘protect’ it): perh. the nearest approach to the use of the word here, in ref. to shutting the door of a dwelling.

οὐ πρὸς ἰατροῦ : for the prep., cp. 319.

θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς : as to the medical use of ἐπῳδαί, see on O. C. 1194 φίλων ἐπῳδαῖς ἐξεπᾴδονται φύσιν. The transition from gentle incantations to drastic surgery is similarly implied in Tr. 1000 τίς γὰρ ἀοιδός, τίς ὁ χειροτέχνης | ἰατορίας, ὃς τήνδ’ ἄτην | χωρὶς Ζηνὸς κατακηλήσει; (n.)

τομῶντι means here, not ἐπιθυμοῦντι τέμνειν, but δεομένῳ τομῆς: cp. Lucian Lexiphanes 4 τὰ ὄμματά μοι φαρμακᾷ ,= δεῖται φαρμάκων. Ov. Met. 1. 190 Cuncta prius tentata; sed immedicabile vulnus | Ense recidendum est, ne pars sincera trahatur.

προθυμίαν , the eagerness expressed by πύκαζε θᾶσσον.

ἀρέσκει with acc., as often in Attic: Eur. Hipp. 185 οὐδέ σ’ ἀρέσκει τὸ παρόν (and ib. 106 οὐδείς μ’ ἀρέσκει): Vesp. 776 τουτί μ’ ἀρέσκει: Th. 406, Ran. 103, Pl. 353.Cp. El. 147 ἐμέ γ’...ἄραρεν (n.).

τεθηγμένη : cp. Aesch. P. V. 311 τραχεῖς καὶ τεθηγμένους λόγους.

δρασείεις : cp. 326 .

φρενί is not weak, because his wish for seclusion was not in itself disquieting.

κρῖνε =ἀνάκρινε : Ant. 399 καὶ κρῖνε κἀξέλεγχε.

οἴμ’ ὡς : 354.

μὴ προδοὺς γένῃ : Ph. 773(μὴ) κτείνας γένῃ (n.).

ἄγαν γε λυπεῖς : cp. 951: Ant. 573 ἄγαν γε λυπεῖς καὶ σὺ καὶ τὸ σὸν λέχος.

ἀρκεῖν , to render service (439 n.).

ὀφειλέτης : the gods hate him (457); he has no hope from them,—they are doing their worst (399—403): he owes them no duty. When Hermes reproaches Prometheus with not wishing to conciliate Zeus, the sufferer ironically answers, καὶ μὴν ὀφείλων γ’ ἂν τίνοιμ’ αὐτῷ χάριν ( Aesch. P. V. 985).

εὔφημα φώνει , as in 362.

τοῖς ἀκούουσιν λέγε : cp. Theocr. 15. 90 πεισομένοις ἐπίτασσε . Euripides has what seems an echo of this verse in the Hercules Furens (a play referable to 421— 416 B.C., and so later than the Ajax), 1184 ΘΗ. εὔφημα φώνει. ΑΜΦ. βουλομένοισιν ἐπαγγέλλει.

The division of the verse between two speakers ( ἀντιλαβή) is here used for the first time in the play, to mark the tension of feeling.

ξυνέρξεθ’ ,= συγκλείσετε, fut. of ξυνείργω: but in Ph. 1407 we find εἴρξω, a form which the poet may have preferred there, because in the verse before he had used ἔρξεις as fut. of ἔρδω. (In Tr. 83 ξυνέρξων is fut. of ξυνέρδω.) The command is given to the πρόσπολοι (544).

ἄρτι : i.e. this new hope (if such she has) is one of which long experience might have taught her the vanity.

Ajax is now withdrawn into the tent on the eccyclema (εἰσκυκλεῖται), and the entrance is closed. Tecmessa and her child retire by another door into the part of the dwelling which is supposed to represent the γυναικών. They re-enter after the Choral ode, and are present while Ajax speaks (see 684 ff.). Some, indeed, suppose that they remain on the scene during the ode; but the command of Ajax to Tecmessa in 579 f., μηδ’ ἐπισκήνους γόους | δάκρυε, is against this.

Welcker thinks that not only Tecmessa (with the child), but Ajax also, remain present during the ode. (Rhein. Mus. for 1829, part 3, p. 87.) It is clear, however, from v. 593 that Ajax withdraws into the tent.

596-645

First stasimon. 1st strophe, 596—608=1st antistr., 609— 621: 2nd str. 622—634=2nd ant. 635— 645. For the metres see Metrical Analysis.

ναίεις : cp. Il. 2. 626 νήσων, αἳ ναίουσι πέρην ἁλός.

ἁλίπλακτος ( πλήσσω), not ἁλίπλαγκτος ( πλάζω), is right here; the latter has the better MS. authority, but could mean only, ‘wandering on the sea,’ as in 695 Πὰν ἁλίπλαγκτε. Cp. Pind. P. 4. 14 τᾶσδ’ ἐξ ἁλιπλάκτου..γᾶς (the island of Thera). Aesch. Pers. 307 θαλασσόπληκτον νῆσον Αἴαντος.

πᾶσιν περίφαντος ἀεί does not allude to the victory at Salamis, but, for Athenian ears, would necessarily be tinged with the thought of it.

παλαιὸς ἀφ’ οὗ χρόνος : cp. Ph. 493 ὃν δὴ παλαιὸν ἐξ ὅτου δέδοικ’ ἐγὼ | μή μοι βεβήκῃ (n.).

601—

Ἰδαῖα κ.τ.λ. If this passage cannot be restored with certainty, at least the doubt lies within narrow limits. Three points should be noted.

1. The metre (logaoedic) is clear: no suspicion rests on the antistrophic verses, 613—615 κρατοῦντ’ ... ηὕρηται. Metre proves, then, that (a) instead of L's ἰδαία, we require --u, which is given by Ἰδαῖα. ( b) Instead of λειμωνίᾳ ποίᾳ we require --uu-u, which is satisfied by λειμώνἰ ἔπαυλα. (c) Instead of εὐνόμᾳ, we require ---.

2. εὐνῶμαι , as a correction of εὐνόμᾳ, may be regarded as certain. Sophocles would have written ΕΓΝΟΜΑΙ. It is confirmed by the fact that our best MS., L, has μίμνων , not μίμνω.

3. μηνῶν , as a correction of μήλων, is (to my mind) not less certain. For μηνῶν ἀνήριθμος , cp. Tr. 247(χρόνον ) ἡμερῶν ἀνήριθμον. In no other way can ἀνήριθμος be justified.

What remains doubtful, then, is only how we should correct the words, ἰδαῖα... λειμωνίᾳ ποίᾳ. Now, in favour of Ἰδαῖα.. λειμώνἰ ἔπαυλα , let it be noted that, if ἔπαυλα was the genuine word, then the corruption of μηνῶν into μήλων is at once explained; for ἔπαυλα meant properly a fold for cattle, as in O. T. 1138, where it is synonymous with σταθμά. Here, however, it would have the general sense which it bears in O. C. 669, ἵκου τὰ κράτιστα γᾶς ἔπαυλα, ‘dwellings,’—a sense in which σταθμά too was poetically used. No other conjecture accounts for the origin of μήλων .

The construction then is, εὐνῶμαι Ἰδαῖα λειμώνια ἔπαυλα, ‘I am encamped in quarters on the fields of Ida,’ μηνῶν ἀνήριθμος, ‘through countless months.’ For the acc. with εὐνῶμαι, cp. such phrases as ζυγὸν ἕζομαι (249 n.), κεῖμαι τόπον ( Ph. 144 f.). For εὐνῶμαι with ref. to camping, cp. Il. 10. 408 Τρώων φυλακαί τε καὶ εὐναί: Aesch. Ag. 559 εὐναὶ γὰρ ἦσαν δαΐων πρὸς τείχεσιν· | ἐξ οὐρανοῦ δὲ κἀπὸ γῆς λειμώνιαι | δρόσοι κατεψάκαζον—a passage which Sophocles may have had in mind.

For other views of the passage, and other emendations, see Appendix.

χρόνῳ , notwithstanding χρόνος in 600. Tennyson's poem, The LotosEaters, begins thus:—‘“Courage!” he said, and pointed toward the land, | “This mounting wave will roll us shoreward soon.” | In the afternoon they came unto a land | In which it seemed always afternoon.’ The repetition of the word ‘land’ there was deliberate, being designed to suggest languor. Sophocles doubtless had no such conscious aim here; he was simply indifferent, as so often, to the recurrence ( O. C. 554 n.); but something of a like effect is actually produced. The conjecture πόνῳ for χρόνῳ is not probable.

ἐλπίδ’ , the neutral ‘expectation,’ is here colured by κακάν : below, in 1382, it stands alone as=a foreboding of evil: cp. 799 ἐλπίζει.

ἔτι : i.e., before the campaign is over.

με , though the pron. refers to the subject of the inf.: Tr. 706 n.— ἀνύσειν … Ἅιδαν , as Suppl. 1142 ποτανοὶ δ’ ἤνυσαν τὸν Ἅιδαν. Cp. O. C. 1562 ἐξανύσαι τὰν παγκευθῆ κάτω | νεκρῶν πλάκα. But in Tr. 657 πρὸς πόλιν ἀνύσειε.

τὸν ἀπότροπον , the god from whom mortals shrink in horror, ὃν ἀποτρέπονται: cp. O. T. 1313 ἰὼ σκότου | νέφος ἐμὸν ἀπότροπον (n.).

ἀΐδηλον Ἅιδαν : the etymology of Hades was so far forgotten in the per sonification that the tautology of this phrase would not be felt. Cp. Il. 2. 758 Πρόθοος θοὸς ἡγεμόνευεν. The Homeric sense of ἀΐδηλος is active, ‘destroying’ ( ἀφανίζων): but Hes. Op. 754 has ἀΐδηλα as=ἀφανῆ .

ἔφεδρος was said of an athlete who ‘sat by’ at a match between two other men, prepared to engage the winner (cp. suppositicius in Mart. 5. 24. 8). Thus in Aristoph. Ran. 792Sophocles proposes ἔφεδρος καθεδεῖσθαι, while the two other poets contend, and to encounter Euripides if the latter should vanquish Aeschylus. To the Chorus (χρόνῳ τρυχόμενος), Ajax is an ἔφεδρος, as being a fresh trouble in reserve. Schol.: πρὸς τοῖς πρώτοις κακοῖς ὥσπερ δεύτερόν ἐστί μοι κακὸν τὸ τοῦ Αἴαντος ξυνεστηκός: where the last word is happily chosen to mark that ἔφεδρος implies a trouble with which they have to grapple: see on Soph. O. C. 514 ἀλγηδόνος, ᾇ ξυνέστας. For the fig. sense, cp. Philo vol. 2 p. 527 μετὰ πάσας τὰς αἰκίας..αὐτοῖς ἡ τελευταία καὶ ἔφεδρος τιμωρία σταυρὸς ἦν, ‘after all their torments, the final doom reserved for them was the cross.’ The technical sense of the word was so familiar (cp. Pind. N. 4. 96, Aesch. Cho. 866) that it would be understood here without direct help from the context.

Prof. Campbell pronounces this interpretation ‘untenable,’ and renders ἔφεδρος ‘fixed at my side,’ because ‘Ajax had remained sitting throughout the previous scene,’ and had now apparently relapsed into sullen inaction within his tent.

θείᾳ , as in 186 θεία νόσος.— ξύναυλος (αὐλή), dwelling with: cp. O. T. 1205 f. ἄταις.. | ξύνοικος.

ἐξεπέμψω … θουρίῳ : a reminiscence of Aesch. Pers. 137(ἑκάστα, each Persian wife) τὸν αἰχμάεντα θοῦρον εὐνατῆρα προπεμψαμένα: where, as here, the midd.=‘from herself.’

πρὶν δή ποτε , ‘in some bygone day.’

Ἄρει with α— , as in 254 (n.).

φρενὸς οἰοβώτας , ‘a lonely pasturer of his thoughts,’—i.e., one who nurses lonely thoughts. They allude to the gloomy and ominous despair which has replaced his frenzy. The ending ‐βώτης could mean either βοσκόμενος, as in Ph. 1148 οὐρεσιβώτας (θῆρας), or βόσκων. The latter seems best here; his φρήν represents the flock; he is the shepherd. Cp. Suppl. 304 ποῖον πανόπτην οἰοβουκόλον λέγεις; (Argus,— Io being his sole charge.) Simonides fr. 133 Ὄσσα, Κιθαιρῶνός τ’ οἰονόμοι σκοπιαί. Other compounds in which οἶος has a like force are οἰόφρων (πέτρα, Suppl. 795), οἰόζωνος ( O. T. 846).

ηὕρηται . ηὕρημαι is usually pass.; but sometimes midd., as in Dem. or. 19 § 17, or. 55 § 31, Aeschin. or. 3 § 162. Here the pass. sense is more forcible: Ajax is himself the πένθος.

ἔργα χεροῖν … ἀρετᾶς , handdeeds of valour: both genitives define ἔργα, but χεροῖν belongs to it more closely: cp. 308 f. ἐρειπίοις | νεκρῶν..φόνου.

ἄφιλα παρ’ ἀφίλοις : for the doubled adj., cp. 267 n. παρά with dat. =‘in their estimation’: Tr. 589 δοκεῖς παρ’ ἡμῖν οὐ βεβουλεῦσθαι κακῶς: Dem. or. 2 § 3 θαυμαστότερος παρὰ πᾶσι νομίζεται.

ἄφιλα … ἔπεσε , have fallen, have turned out, so as to win no kindness. The adj. is proleptic: ἔπεσε is a metaphor from dice: cp. Pind. O. 12. 10 πολλὰ δ’ ἀνθρώποις παρὰ γνώμαν ἔπεσεν.

ἔπεσ’ ἔπεσε : for the iteration, cp. 1205: fr. 686 βαρὺς βαρὺς ξύνοικος, ὦ ξένοι, βαρύς. Elsewhere Sophocles usu. iterates a word only after a slight break, as in Ph. 1462 λείπομεν ὑμᾶς, λείπομεν ἤδη (cp. El. 211).

σύντροφος is strongly recommended by metrical reasons, for the short μέν (=the 1st syll. of κεύθων in 635) is very difficult to defend. Sophocles has, indeed, used the other compound in O. C. 1362 μόχθῳ..ἔντροφον. Here, however, the εν of μὲν might have led to ἔντροφος . Similarly in Ant. 837 ἔγκληρα is probably a corruption of σύγκληρα. For σύντροφος, cp. 611 ξύναυλος, n.

παλαιᾷ … ἁμέρᾳ , the day of old age; cp. Eur. Ion 720 νέαν δ’ ἁμέραν ἀπολιπὼν θάνοι. Ar. Ran. 347 χρονίους τ’ ἐτῶν παλαιῶν ἐνιαυτούς.

λευκῷ , the general epithet of γῆρας, seems slightly more poetical here than λευκὰ , though the latter may be supported by Eur. H. F. 909 ὦ λευκὰ γήρᾳ σώματ’. Cp. Eur. Bacch. 258 γῆρας πολιόν. The use of μὲν and δὲ here is the same as in ‘epanaphora,’ where the ideas represented by the formally opposed clauses are often closely akin; e.g. Theog. 656 ἴδμεν ὅ τοι πέρι μὲν πραπίδες πέρι δ’ ἐστὶ νόημα, Her. 7. 9 τῶν ἐπιστάμεθα μὲν τὴν μάχην ἐπιστάμεθα δὲ τὴν δύναμιν.

νοσοῦντα φρενομόρως , suffering from a calamity (μόρος) to the mind. The adv. (a somewhat strange compound) may have been suggested by the Aeschylean φρενώλης ( Theb. 757), φρενομανής ( Ag. 1140). It recalls also the paraphrase of μανία in Eur. H. F. 1024 by λυσσάδι..μοίρᾳ.

αἴλινον , a loud, wild cry of grief, which for the Greeks had barbaric associations; cp. Eur. Or. 1395 αἴλινον αἴλινον ἀρχὰν θανάτου | βάρβαροι λέγουσιν, αἰαῖ, | Ἀσιάδι φωνᾷ κ.τ.λ. The mother's passionate grief will break forth in a cry of shrill anguish,—not in more subdued and plaintive accents, like those of the nightingale's lament. The contrast meant here is plain enough; though in some other places, where the bitter grief of the nightingale is the fore<*>st thought, the bird's note is sometimes described as ‘piercing’; e.g. Soph. Tr. 963 προὔκλαιον, ὀξύφωνος ὡς ἀηδών (cp. Soph. El. 107 ff.).

ἀηδοῦς in apposition with ὄρνιθος: cp. Eur. H. F. 465 στολήν τε θηρὸς ἀμφέβαλλε σῷ κάρᾳ | λέοντος. For the form, cp. voc. ἀηδοῖ ( Ar. Av. 679 ), χελιδοῖ ( Ar. Av. 1411 etc.), εἰκώ acc. ( Eur. Med. 1162 etc.), εἰκούς acc. pl. ( Eur. Tro. 1178). No nom. ἀηδώ, χελιδώ, or εἰκώ occurs. Conversely γοργώ is the regular nom., but the genit. either γοργοῦς ( Il. 8. 349) or γοργόνος, and the pl. always γοργόνες. Schol. in L: ἡ ἀηδὼ δὲ κατὰ Μιτυληναίους .

ὀξυτόνους : El. 243 ὀξυτόνων γόων : Ant. 1316 ὀξυκώκυτον πάθος.

χερόπλακτοι … δοῦποι , the sound of beating hands: cp. 55 πολύκερων φόνον (n.): O. C. 1464 κτύπος.. διόβολος.

ἄμυγμα , here ‘rending,’ would ordinarily mean ‘a scratch’; cp. Aesch. Ch. 24 πρέπει παρηῒς φοινίοις ἀμυγμοῖς. The more natural word here would have been σπάραγμα: cp. Eur. Andr. 826 σπάραγμα κόμας ὀνύχων τε δάϊ) ἀμύγματα θήσομαι: ib. 1209 οὐ σπαράξομαι κόμαν.

κρείσσων … κεύθων , the personal constr., instead of κρεῖσσόν ἐστι κεύθειν αὐτόν: cp. O. T. 1368 κρείσσων γὰρ ἦσθα μηκέτ’ ὢν ἢ ζῶν τυφλός: Lys. or. 26 § 4 κρείττων ἦν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ μὴ λειτουργήσας : Dem. or. 3 § 34 οἴκοι μένων βελτίων: Soph. Ant. 6. 9 κρείττων γὰρ ἂν... γένοιτο ὁ τοιοῦτος πολίτης ἀποθανών.

Elmsley's emendation, παῤ Ἄιδᾳ, instead of γὰρ Ἅιδᾳ (the reading of the MSS.), is specious; for Sophocles has that phrase in O. T. 972 and in O. C. 1572; but here he may have been thinking of Il. 23. 244 εἰς ὅ κεν αὐτὸς ἐγὼν Ἄϊδι κεύθωμαι. The personal sense of Hades easily passes into the local; thus we have not only εἰς Ἅιδου ( Tr. 4), but εἰς Ἀΐδαν ( El. 833). For the simple dat., cp. El. 174 οὐρανῷ (n.).

κεύθων , as in O. T. 968 κεύθει κάτω δὴ γῆς. Ant. 911 ἐν Ἅιδου..κεκευθότοιν.

ὁ νοσῶν μάταν : here the adv. = ‘foolishly,’ i.e., insanely. Cp. Ar. Pax 95 τί πέτει; τί μάτην οὐχ ὑγιαίνεις; Aesch. Cho. 288 καὶ λύσσα καὶ μάταιος ἐκ νυκτῶν φόβος. For the order of words, instead of ὁ μάταν νοσῶν, cp. El. 792 τοῦ θανόντος ἀρτίως (n.).

ἐκ πατρῴας ἥκων γενεᾶς ἄριστος … Ἀχαιῶν , lit., ‘noblest of the Achaeans by his descent ( ἥκων) from the line of his fathers’: i.e., having a prouder lineage than any other Achaean can claim. ἥκων here, going with ἄριστος , has nearly the same force as (e.g.) in O. T. 1519 θεοῖς ἔχθιστος ἥκω, ‘I have become most hateful to them’: i.e., it denotes the outcome of an illustrious ancestry. Though ἄριστος (see cr. n.) cannot be regarded as certain, and may be a mere conjecture, it is at least far better than anything else that has been suggested.

The ingenious conjecture of Burges, ὃς εὖ πατρῴας ἥκων γενεᾶς ἄνωθεν , would mean, ‘fortunate (εὖ ἥκων) in his descent (ἄνωθεν) with regard to paternal lineage’ (the gen. γενεᾶς as in χρημάτων εὖ ἥκοντες, Her. 5. 62, etc.). But this is tame; and εὖ ἥκων is also prosaic: nor does it account for the gen. Ἀχαιῶν. Wecklein, reading εὖ πατρῴας ἥκων γενεᾶς, ἄριστα..Ἀχαιῶν, understands, ‘fortunate in his lineage, — most so, indeed, of the Achaeans’: so that ἄριστα defines εὖ.

πολυπόνων refers to warlike toils: cp. Aesch. Pers. 320 πολύπονον δόρυ. Her. 9. 27 ἐν τοῖσι Τρωικοῖσι πόνοισι .

συντρόφοις ὀργαῖς , the dispositions that have grown with his growth, his natural τρόποι: for the subst., cp. Ant. 355 ἀστυνόμους ὀργάς (n.): for the adj., Ph. 203(κτύπος ) φωτὸς σύντροφος ὡς τειρομένου του. With ἔμπεδος supply ἐστί: he is not stable, constant, in respect to them (=οὐκ ἐμμένει αὐταῖς).

ἐκτὸς ὁμιλεῖ , is conversant (with thoughts) outside of the ξύντροφοι ὀργαί. The only peculiarity is that from ξυντρόφοις ὀργαῖς we are left to supply ἄλλαις ὀργαῖς (suggested by ἐκτὸς ) with ὁμιλεῖ . (We cannot, surely, understand ἐκτὸς ὁμιλεῖ ξυντρόφοις ὀργαῖς, as if it were an oxymoron, =οὐχ ὁμιλεῖ.) The expression is of the same stamp as that in Eur. Bacch. 331 οἴκει μεθ’ ἡμῶν, μὴ θύραζε τῶν νόμων, (‘dwell with us, forsaking not the pale of our customs,’ etc.): ib. 853 ἔξω δ’ ἐλαύνων τοῦ φρονεῖν. For ὁμιλεῖ , cp. Nub. 1399 ὡς ἡδὺ καινοῖς πράγμασιν καὶ δεξιοῖς ὁμιλεῖν .

τλᾶμον . Sophocles has this voc. in Tr. 1112(ὦ τλῆμον Ἑλλάς), and in O. C. 978.In the latter place, as here, L has the nom., which may perh. be due to the fact that the nom. τλήμων so often occurs in exclamations; e.g. 893: O.C. 185 ὦ τλάμων: Ant. 229: Ph. 1102: Tr. 986.

δύσφορον : cp. 51 .

ἔθρεψεν : cp. 503, n. on τρέφει.

αἰὼν (if sound) means ‘life,’ not merely as=‘living man,’ but in the sense of ‘life-destiny’: cp. Tr. 34 τοιοῦτος αἰὼν εἰς δόμους τε κἀκ δόμων | ἀεὶ τὸν ἄνδρ’ ἔπεμπε. The strict meaning would be then, ‘no life-destiny which the line of Aeacus has known.’ There is a certain pathos in this which may plead for it as against Reiske's very plausible emendation δίων (Δ for A), which may be right, though, as compared with αἰών, it is perhaps a little weak. Cp. Il. 5. 451 δῖοι Ἀχαιοί .

646-692

Second ἐπεισόδιον. Ajax comes forth from the tent, and addresses his faithful friends. The speech translates his unshaken purpose into the terms of his altered mood; yet so as to veil his meaning from the hearers, and to make them think that not only the mood, but the purpose, is changed. (See Introduction, § 12.) Tecmessa who left the scene at 595, now returns, entering on the right of the spectators, and leading her child. Their presence adds effect to v. 653; and Ajax addresses her at v. 684.

ὁ μακρὸς … χρόνος : see Her. 5. 9, quoted in n. on 86.

φύει τ’ κ.τ.λ.: the emphasis is on the power of time to enfeeble and destroy, rather than to produce; but the first clause serves to bring the second into relief, and is co-ordinated with it, as in Ant. 1112 αὐτός τ’ ἔδησα καὶ παρὼν ἐκλύσομαι.—The rash change of φύει to φαίνει overlooks the poet's tendency to vary his phrase in such cases; e.g. O. C. 1501 σαφὴς μὲν ἀστῶν ἐμφανὴς δὲ τοῦ ξένου: O. T. 54 ἄρξεις..κρατεῖς.

κρύπτεται , properly, ‘hides in its own bosom’ (midd.): cp. Aesch. Cho. 127 γαῖαν..ἣ τὰ πάντα τίκτεται, ‘produces from herself.’ The midd. of the simple κρύπτω is rare: but cp. 246, and Tr. 474 κρύψομαι (n.).

ἄελπτον : Archil. fr. 76 χρημάτων ἄελπτον οὐδέν ἐστιν οὐδ’ ἀπώμοτον. Cp. Soph. Ant. 388.

ἁλίσκεται , absol., ‘is captured,’ ‘is proved weak’: cp. 1267.— δεινὸς : cp. Tr. 476 ὁ δεινὸς ἵμερος : El. 770 δεινὸν τὸ τίκτειν ἐστίν.

περισκελεῖς : Ant. 475 σίδηρον ὀπτὸν ἐκ πυρὸς περισκελῆ (n.). Thus the associations of the word lead naturally to his next thought.

τὰ δείν’ , adv., ‘so wondrously’: cp. 312 n. τότε , olim: cp. 1240: 1377: Ant. 391: El. 278.

βαφῇ σίδηρος ὥς , sc. καρτερὸς γίγνεται, supplied from ἐκαρτέρουν. The βαφή is the cold bath (lacus) into which the hot iron is plunged, and from which it receives the temper of steel. Cp. Od. 9. 391 ὡς δ’ ὅτ’ ἀνὴρ χαλκεύς πέλεκυν μέγαν ἠὲ σκέπαρνον εἰν ὕδατι ψυχρῷ βάπτῃ μεγάλα ἰάχοντα φαρμάσσων· τὸ γὰρ αὖτε σιδήρου γε κράτος ἐστίν : where Eustathius says, στομοῦται σίδηρος τοιαύτῃ βαφῇ καὶ κράτος ἔχει, ὅ ἐστι κρατερὸς γίνεται πυκνούμενος εἰς πλέον. So Galen compares the tonic effect of a cold bath on the human body with the effect of the βαφή upon iron (Meth. Med. x. 10, vol. x. 717 Kuhn), καὶ γὰρ ψυχόμεθα καὶ τονούμεθα, καθάπερ ἐκεῖνος (iron) ἐπειδὰν διάπυρος γενόμενος ἐμβάπτηται τῷ ψυχρῷ . Lucr. 6. 968 umor aquae ferrum porro condurat ab igni (i.e., ‘after fire’). Hence βαφή=the ‘temper’ of steel, and is often used figuratively. Arist. Pol. 4.(7.) 14 § 22 τὴν γὰρ βαφὴν ἀφιᾶσιν, ὥσπερ ὁ σίδηρος, εἰρήνην ἄγοντες: Plut. Mor.p. 988 D τῆς μὲν ἀνδρείας οἶον βαφή τις ὁ θυμός ἐστι καὶ στόμωμα (‘wrath gives, as it were, a temper and an edge to courage’).— This passage has been discussed by R. Paehler, in an essay on ancient steel (1885), and by Prof. H. Blümner in his work on Greek and Roman technology (1887): see Appendix.

ἐθηλύνθην στόμα . The aor. is like ἐπῄνεσα in 536 (n.): i.e., it refers, like οἰκτίρω, to the present, not to the time at which Tecmessa spoke. (Verses 594 f. suffice to prove this.) στόμα , standing so close to βαφῇ σίδηρος ὥς , necessarily suggests the sense of a sharp, hard edge. At the same time, it refers, in its literal sense, to the γλῶσσα τεθηγμένη (584) by which his purpose was announced. Just so the father in Aristophanes ( Nub. 1107), who wishes his son to be made both acute and fluent, says, μέμνησ’ ὅπως | εὖ μοι στομώσεις αὐτόν. Hence στόμα cannot be completely translated; and it is the literal sense which should here be sacrificed to the other. For the verb, cp. Anth. 5. 251. 6 οὔπω ἐθηλύνθης (‘softened’), οὐδὲ μαραινομένη.

οἰκτίρω … λιπεῖν naturally suggests the meaning, ‘pity forbids me to leave her’; cp. Od. 20. 202 οὐκ ἐλεαίρεις ἄνδρας.. | μισγέμεναι κακότητι. But the words could also mean, ‘I feel pity at the thought of leaving her,’ implying that he does intend to leave her, though with pain; which would usually be οἰκτίρω εἰ λείψω .

πρός τε λουτρὰ =πρὸς λουτρά τε: 53 n.

λύμαθ’ ἁγνίσας refers ostensibly to his washing off (with sea water) the stains of the slaughter. Such an act might be symbolical of purging oneself from a sin; as it is in Il. 1. 313 λαοὺς δ’ Ἀτρείδης ἀπολυμαίνεσθαι ἄνωγεν· | οἱ δ’ ἀπελυμαίνοντο καὶ εἰς ἅλα λύματ’ ἔβαλλον: where the meaning is that, by washing in the sea, they cast off their stains upon it ( I. T. 1193 θάλασσα κλύζει πάντα τἀνθρώπων κακά). So here the thought in the mind of Ajax is that he will purge himself of his stains by death.

ἐξαλύξωμαι : on the question between this form and ἐξαλεύσωμαι , see note in Appendix.

μολών … ἔνθ’ = μολὼν ἐκεῖσε ἔνθα, as often: cp. O. T. 796, Ph. 1466, El. 1495.

κίχω , ‘find,’ as in O. T. 1257: not merely ‘reach,’ as in the spurious v., O. T. 571.The pres. κιγχάνει occurs in O. C. 1450.

κρύψω : cp. 899 κεῖται κρυφαίῳ φασγάνῳ περιπτυχής.

γαίας , partitive gen. with ἕνθα.

ἔνθα μή τις ὄψεται : cp. O. T. 1412 ἐκρίψατ’, ἔνθα μήποτ’ εἰσόψεσθ’ ἔτι: Tr. 800: El. 380, El. 436.

ἀλλ’ αὐτὸ κ.τ.λ. So Clytaemnestra's gifts to Agamemnon's tomb are to be laid up for her with the gods below: κειμήλἰ αὐτῇ ταῦτα σῳζέσθω κάτω ( El. 438). An ingenious critic, GeelJ. , writing on vv. 646—692 in Mnemosyne (II. pp. 200—208, 1853), wishes to omit this verse, because it implies the only direct falsehood in the speech; Ajax was not going to bury his sword under ground. But why should not Ajax think of the sword as destined to be buried in his grave? The shield alone was excepted from the direction which he gave in 577: τὰ δ’ ἄλλα τεύχη κοίν’ ἐμοὶ τεθάψεται.

χειρὶ adds a certain emphasis, as if he said, ‘from the day that this sword came into my hand.’ Cp. Eur. Hec. 527 πλῆρες δ’ ἐν χεροῖν λαβὼν δέπας | πάγχρυσον αἴρει χειρὶ παῖς Ἀχιλλέως | χοὰς θανόντι πατρί.

The exchange of gifts between the two heroes is told in Il. 7. 303 ff.: Hector gave ‘his silver-studded sword (ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον), with scabbard and well-cut baldrick; and Ajax gave his girdle bright with purple.’

ἔσχον in its normal sense, ‘obtained.’

ἡ βροτῶν παροιμία : for the absence of a second art., cp. 118.

ἐχθρῶν ἄδωρα δῶρα : cp. Menander Sent. 166 ἐχθροῦ παρ’ ἀνδρὸς οὐδέν ἐστι χρήσιμον. Verg. Aen. 2. 49 timeo Danaos et dona ferentes. The γνώμη with which Medea rejects Jason's offers is different: κακοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς δῶρ’ ὄνησιν οὐκ ἔχει ( Med. 618).

τοιγὰρ prefaces the announcement of a purpose, as in Tr. 1249 τοιγὰρ ποήσω : El. 29 τοιγὰρ τὰ μὲν δόξαντα δηλώσω.

τὸ λοιπὸν , ‘henceforth.’ The hearers would infer that he had renounced his purpose of suicide. But in his own thought the phrase refers merely to the brief space before his death.— εἰσόμεσθα , by the experience itself; μαθησόμεσθα , by the self-discipline which such an experience recommends. But the principal antithesis is between θεοῖς and Ἀτρείδας, rather than between the verbs. We sometimes find, in good writers of this age, even synonymous verbs placed in apparent contrast, though the real antithesis lies elsewhere: e.g. Lys. or. 25 § 22 ἡγούμενοι διὰ τὴν τῶν τρ<*>άκοντα πονηρίαν πολὺ μᾶλλον σωθήσεσθαι ἢ διὰ τὴν τῶν φευγόντων δύναμιν κατιέναι .

τί μήν ; quid vero? ‘what then?’ i.e., ‘of course we must yield.’ Cp. Aesch. Ag. 672 λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας· τί μήν; (i.e., it is only natural that they should do so.) So in Suppl. 999, Eum. 203.With Plato τί μήν is frequent in assenting replies, as Phaedr. p. 229 A, ΦΑΙ. ὁρᾷς οὖν ἐκείνην τὴν..πλάτανον; ΣΩ. τί μήν; Cp. Phileb.p. 17 B and 44 B, Polit. 258 B, etc. The reason for preferring τί μήν to τί μή here is that the former is well attested, whereas there seems to be no certain example of τί μή in the Attic of this period. With τί μή (quidni?) we should supply ὑπείκωμεν; cp. Plat. Theaet.p. 161 E πῶς μὴ φῶμεν; Dem. or. 21 § 35 ὁ τοιοῦτος πότερα μὴ δῷ διὰ τοῦτο δίκην;

τὰ δεινὰ , the dread elemental forces of nature. The word δεινός might be called the key-note of the earlier part of this speech (cp. 648 f., 674): it comes readily to the mind of the strong man, full of the thought how strength can become weakness.

τιμαῖς , ‘dignities,’ ‘prerogatives,’ here, the provinces assigned to these elemental forces in the order of nature. Plat. Apol.p. 35 B ἔν τε ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις τιμαῖς. Cp. Troilus and Cressida 1. 3. 83 (Ulysses tracing the ill-success of the siege to the bad discipline of the Greeks):—Degree being vizarded, | The unworthiest shows as fairly in the mask. | The heavens themselves, the planets and this centre | Observe degree, priority and place, | Insisture, course, proportion, season, form, | Office and custom, in all line of order.

τοῦτο μὲν , followed by δέ (instead of τοῦτο δέ), as in O. C. 440 f. (n.).

νιφοστιβεῖς χειμῶνες , probably ‘winters with snowy paths,’ ‘snow-strewn.’ στίβος, ‘path,’ is the notion present in other like compounds; O. T. 301 οὐράνιά τε καὶ χθονοστιβῆ (‘walking the earth’): Suppl. 1000 καὶ κνώδαλα πτεροῦντα καὶ πεδοστιβῆ : P. V. 791 πρὸς ἀντολὰς φλογῶπας ἡλιοστιβεῖς, ‘where are the paths of the Sun.’—Some understand, ‘storms that range over snow’: but such a personification of the χειμῶνες seems harsh. A third version is, ‘storms dense (or piled) with snow,’ from στείβω in the sense of ‘pressing down,’ ‘packing.’

ἐξίσταται κ.τ.λ.: cp. Soph. Ph. 543 νυκτός τ’ ἀφεγγὲς βλέφαρον ἡλίου τε φῶς | ἴσον βαδίζει τὸν ἐνιαύσιον κύκλον, | κοὐδέτερον αὐτῶν φθόνον ἔχει νικώμενον. Plut. Mor.p. 604 A καίτοι τῶν πλανήτων ἕκαστος ἐν μιᾷ σφαίρᾳ, καθάπερ ἐν νήσῳ, περιπολῶν διαφυλάττει τὴν τάξιν· Ἥλιος γὰρ οὐχ ὑπερβήσεται μέτρα, φησὶν ὁ Ἡράκλειτος· εἰ δὲ μή, Ἐρινύες μιν δίκης ἐπίκουροι ἐξευρήσουσι. (Frag. XXIX of Heracleitus, ed. Bywater.)

αἰανὴς has L's support here, as in El. 506, where see n. The prevalence of αἰανῆς in the texts of this passage may be partly explained by a desire of symmetry, since in v. 673 an epithet is given to ἡμέρᾳ. Both αἰανής and αἰανός were probably classical. Reading αἰανὴς here, we may best take κύκλος with ref. to the course or ‘round’ of night; cp. El. 1365 πολλαὶ κυκλοῦνται νύκτες.

τῇ λευκοπώλῳ : Aesch. Pers. 386 λευκόπωλος ἡμέρα | πᾶσαν κατέσχε γαῖαν εὐφεγγὴς ἰδεῖν, where the last two words suggested φέγγος … φλέγειν here,—epexegetic of ἐξίσταται (‘makes room for her, so that she may kindle,’ etc.). As to the ascription of white horses to deities or heroes, see on El. 706.

ἐκοίμισε , gnomic aor., followed by the pres. λύει: cp. El. 26 θυμὸν οὐκ ἀπώλεσεν, | ἀλλ’ ὀρθὸν οὖς ἵστησιν. The ἄημα πνευμάτων is personified as an elemental power (like τὰ δεινὰ etc. in 669). That power can either vex the sea, or give it rest; as Aeolus, the ταμίης ἀνέμων, has the prerogative, ἠμὲν παυέμεναι ἠδ’ ὀρνύμεν, ὅν κ’ ἐθέλῃσι ( Od. 10. 22). So in 706 Ἄρης is a giver of peace. Cp. C. 1. 3. 15 (Notus), quo non arbiter Hadriae | Maior, tollere seu ponere vult freta. Vergil may have had Sophocles in mind when he wrote placataque venti | Dant maria ( Aen. 3. 69): but when he says, placidi straverunt aequora venti ( Aen. 5. 763), the epithet makes all the difference (=ἄνεμοι λήξαντες).

Lobeck, though he refrains from changing δεινῶν to λείων , thinks that the vulgate can be defended only by supposing that the foregoing verbs, ὑπείκει, ἐκχωροῦσιν, ἐξίσταται, tinge ἐκοίμισε with the sense, ‘cease from troubling the sea’: otherwise some addition to ἄημα, such as λῆξαν, would be needed; cp. Pind. I. 7. 12 δεῖμα..παροιχόμενον | καρτερὰν ἔπαυσε μέριμναν. But this difficulty vanishes if ἄημα is a personified agency.

ἐν δ’ , ‘and among them’; i.e., like the other powers of nature (669). ἐν δέ is similarly used in O. T. 27, O. T. 181 , Tr. 206.

γνωσόμεσθα , ‘come to know,’ ‘learn,’ with inf., as in Ant. 1089 καὶ γνῷ τρέφειν τὴν γλῶσσαν ἡσυχωτέραν. In Ant. 779 γνώσεται=‘she will learn’ (by bitter experience).

ἔγωγ)· sc. γνώσομαι: ‘I, at least, will so learn.’ For this elliptical ἔγωγ’, cp. 1347, 1365, Tr. 1248.

The vulgate ἐγὼ δ’ may have come from ἡμεῖς δὲ in 677. It requires us to suppose that the poet was going to write ἐγὼ δ’, ἐπίσταμαι γὰρ ἀρτίως (τοῦτο), τόν τ’ ἐχθρὸν ἐχθαρῶ, κ.τ.λ.,—and then changed the constr. This is awkward. On the other hand, with ἐγὼ δ’, we could not supply γνώσομαι.

ὅ τ’ ἐχθρὸς ἡμῖν κ.τ.λ. The maxim is two-edged. φιλεῖν ὡς μισήσοντα is the side of it which is really in the mind of Ajax:—he dies hating the Greeks whom he had served so nobly (839—844). But the other side—μισεῖν ὡς φιλήσοντα—is that which he wishes his hearers to conceive as foremost in his thoughts.

Arist. Rhet. 2. 13§ 4 (old men) κατὰ τὴν Βίαντος ὑποθήκην καὶ φιλοῦσιν ὡς μισήσοντες καὶ μισοῦσιν ὡς φιλήσοντες. Bias , of Prienè in Ionia, one of the ἑπτὰ σοφοί, is said to have flourished about 550 B.C. For other references to this famous maxim, see Appendix.

ἔς τε τὸν φίλον : these words do not go closely with ὑπουργῶν , but rather indicate generally the line of conduct in this case:—‘while, in relation to a friend,’ etc. Cp. Tr. 411 ἐς τήνδε μὴ δίκαιος ὤν: El. 24 ἐσθλὸς εἰς ἡμᾶς γεγώς.

βουλήσομαι , as in O. T. 1077(n.), O. C. 1289: cp. below, O. C. 825, αἰτήσομαι: O. T. 1446 προστρέψομαι .

τοῖς πολλοῖσι γὰρ κ.τ.λ. This is a ground for τὸ φιλεῖν ὡς μισήσοντα, but not (directly, at least) for the converse; and bewrays what is really uppermost in his mind. Bias , acc. to Diogenes Laertius (1. 5 § 87), gave a similar reason,—τοὺς γὰρ πλείστους εἶναι κακούς.

ἑταιρείας has better authority here than ἑταιρίας . Some have supposed that ἑταιρεία was the form used in the sense of factio, or party ‘association,’ and ἑταιρία in that of amicitia; but there is really no good evidence for this. In Thuc. 3. 82§ 5, where the word has its political sense, the best MSS. give ἑταιρίας διαλυτής.

ἀμφὶ … τούτοισιν : cp. 302.— διὰ τέλους..τελεῖσθαι, fulfilled in all fulness. For the ordinary meaning of διὰ τέλους in Attic prose, see Antiphon or. 5 § 42, where it occurs twice: παρὼν διὰ τέλους (‘present all through,’ from first to last): διὰ τέλους γάρ με ἀπέλυε (‘he acquitted me throughout,’—in all his statements). So Aesch. P. V. 273 ἀκούσαθ’ ὡς μάθητε διὰ τέλους τὸ πᾶν (i.e. from beginning to end), etc. Here the stress on the notion of end, given by διὰ τέλους τελεῖσθαι, suits the inmost thought of Ajax. The v.l. διὰ τάχους is much feebler.

ταὐτὰ τῇδε =τὰ αὐτὰ ἃ ἥδε τιμᾷ: cp. O. T. 839 λέγων | σοὶ ταὔτ’.— μοι ethic dat. ( O. C. 1475 n.), ‘I pray you.’

τάδε τιμᾶτε , respect these wishes. The use of τιμᾶν is not exactly like that in Ant. 514 πῶς δῆτ’ ἐκείνῳ δυσσεβῆ τιμᾷς χάριν (where see n.), but more like that in Eur. Tro. 1210 νόμους | τιμῶσιν.

μέλειν , probably personal (=ἐπιμελεῖσθαι), as in El. 342 κείνου λελῆσθαι τῆς δὲ τικτούσης μέλειν (n.).

ἐκεῖς’ . At first sight we might desire κεῖς’ (810), as giving a better rhythm; but the slower movement of the verse may here be designed.—Cp. O. T. 1458 ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν ἡμῶν μοῖῤ, ὅποιπερ εἶς’, ο. τ. ι)/τω .

τάχ’ ἄν … ἴσως : a formula used by Thucydides to express a strong probability (6. 10 § 4, 34 § 2, 78 § 3).— σεσωσμένον : contrasted in El. 1229 with θανόντα: cp. ib. 59 ὅταν λόγῳ θανὼν | ἔργοισι σωθῶ. The word was thus wellchosen for his aim here.

693-718

A joyous dance-song, ὑπόρχημα, which holds the place of the second stasimon. Strophe 693—705= antistr. 706—718. For the metres see Metrical Analysis.

The effect is to prepare for the catastrophe by a contrast. A joyous ode is introduced with a similar purpose in O. T. 1086—1109; Ant. 1115—1154; and Tr. 633—662.

ἔφριξ’ : for the aor., cp. 536: Ar. Eq. 696 ἥσθην ἀπειλαῖς, ἐγέλασα ψολοκομπίαις. Aesch. fr. 387 ἔφριξ’ ἔρως δὲ (ἔρωτι Brunck) τοῦδε μυστικοῦ τέλους. Here ἔρωτι seems to mean a transport of joy; it cannot be explained of their yearning for the bright future of which they are dreaming. I do not know any exactly similar use of ἔρως. Cp. Statius Theb. 1. 493 laetusque per artus | Horror iit.

ἀνεπτάμαν : for the form, see on 282 προσέπτατο. Cp. Ant. 1307 ἀνέπταν φόβῳ : Helen. 632 γέγηθα, κρατὶ δ’ ὀρθίους ἐθείρας | ἀνεπτέρωκα.

694 ff. Pan was a domestic deity to Salaminians, since one of his reputed haunts was the islet of Psyttaleia, lying between Κυνόσουρα, a tongue of land on the E. side of Salamis, and the Peiraeus. Aesch. mentions it ( Aesch. Pers. 448 f.): βαιά, δύσορμος ναυσίν, ἣν ὁ φιλόχορος | Πὰν ἐμβατεύει, ποντίας ἀκτῆς ἔπι.

ἁλίπλαγκτε , though separated from φάνηθ’, is perhaps best taken with it, since, as merely a general epithet of the god, it would here be less fitting; but then there must be no comma after it. Cp. Ph. 760 δύστηνε..φανείς : ib. 828 εὐαὲς ἡμῖν ἔλθοις (n.): Theocr. 17. 66 ὄλβιε κῶρε γένοιο . Nonnus 43. 214 describes Pan as ἀβάτοισιν ἐν ὕδασι κοῦφος ὁδίτης.

Κυλλανίας … δειράδος . Mount Cyllenè, in the N. E. of Arcadia, a great isolated peak, was sacred (as his birth-place) to Hermes, the father of Pan,—whose own birth was associated by legend with Cyllenè. But, of the Arcadian hills, the well-wooded Maenalus, in the interior, was more especially beloved of Pan ( Geo. 1. 17 tua si tibi Maenala curae ).

χιονοκτύπου (only here): cp. Nub. 270 Ὀλύμπου κορυφαῖς..χιονοβλήτοισι: Soph. Ph. 206 ὑπὸ δειράσι νιφοβόλοις | Παρνασοῦ. Cyllenè attains a height of about 8000 feet.

θεῶν χοροποἴ ἄναξ : the gen. θεῶν seems to be possessive rather than partitive; i.e. the precise sense seems to be, ‘divine dance-maker of the gods,’ rather than, ‘among the gods, that god who makes dances.’ For such a partitive gen., we may, indeed, compare O. C. 868 θεῶν | ὁ πάντα λεύσσων Ἥλιος (unless θεὸς should be read there). But here the meaning seems to be that Pan represents the gods in this function. Pan was to rustic χοροί, those of nymphs and satyrs, what Apollo Μουσαγέτης was to the Olympians; and the province denoted by χοροποιός here is thus limited by the context. So Pindar fr. 75 calls Pan χορευτὰν τελεώτατον θεῶν: and an Attic σκολιόν greets him as ὀρχηστά, βρομίαις ὀπαδὲ νύμφαις.

Νύσια : such dances as the worshippers of Dionysus—with whom Pan is closely associated through the satyrs—hold in his honour at Nysa. As to the various places so called, see on Ant. 1131.

Κνώσια : such dances as the Cretan Corybantes hold at Cnosus in honour of Zeus and Apollo. Both the epithets Νύσια and Κνώσια denote a character of wild enthusiasm.—Cnosus, the chief city of Crete, was situated in the north of the island, in one of the plains at the foot of Ida. The form Κνωσός has older and better authority than Κνωσσός. It was there that Daedalus was said to have made the χορός (dancing-place) for Ariadnè ( Il. 18. 590 ff.). Crete was the part of Hellas in which an art of ὀρχηστική was first elaborately cultivated. The hyporcheme itself was originally Cretan (schol. on Pind. P. 2. 127).

αὐτοδαῆ is best explained, with the schol. in L, αὐτομαθῆ, ἃ σὺ σαυτὸν ἐδίδαξας. Pan is the inspired and inspiring χοροποιός. The dances will be joyous as those of Nysa or Cnosus, but due to his prompting alone. So the minstrel Phemius says, αὐτοδίδακτος δ’ εἰμί, θεὸς δέ μοι ἐν φρεσὶν οἴμας | παντοίας ἐνέφυσεν, Od. 22. 347.

ἰάψῃς (cp. 501) here denotes properly the act of putting forth the feet or the arms in lively movement; so that ἰάπτειν ὀρχήματα means strictly, ‘to dance with lively gestures.’ The musician Aristoxenus (c. 300 B.C.) mentioned the Κρητικαὶ ὀρχήσεις among those which he admired διὰ τὴν τῶν χειρῶν κίνησιν (Athen. I. p. 22 B). How ἰάπτω could be associated with swift motion, appears from the intrans. use in Suppl. 547 ἰάπτει δ’ Ἀσίδος δἰ αἴας (‘rushes’).—Pan might possibly be said ἰάπτειν ὀρχήματα as ‘impelling’ the dance, i.e., ‘setting it in movement’; but this seems less probable.

χορεῦσαι , aor., because a particular occasion (or act) of dancing is in view: but in O. T. 896 τί δεῖ με χορεύειν; because the sense is, ‘why should sacred dances continue?’

Ἰκαρίων … πελαγέων : the island of Icaria, W. of Samos and E. of Myconos, gave its name to the ‘Icarian sea’: Il. 2. 145 πόντου Ἰκαρίοιο. C. 3. 7. 21 scopulis surdior Icari. Ov. Met. 8. 229(describing how Icarus, son of Daedalus, was drowned) Oraque caerulea , patrium clamantia nomen, | Excipiuntur aqua , quae nomen traxit ab illo.

πελαγέων : the plur. as in Od. 5. 335 ἁλὸς ἐν πελάγεσσιν. For the synizesis, cp. 718 νεικέων: Ph. 697 ἑλκέων .—For ὑπὲρ with gen., cp. Ant. 105 Διρκαίων ὑπὲρ ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα.

Ἀπόλλων was, like Pan, a lord of the dance; cp. Pind. fr. 148 ὀρχήστ’ ἀγλαΐας ἀνάσσων, εὐρυφάρετρ’ Ἀπόλλων: fr. 116 ὁ Μοισαγέτας με καλεῖ χορεῦσαι. Here, however, the words νῦν γὰρ ἐμοὶ μέλει χορεῦσαι seem to close the reference to dancing. Apollo, who in 187 was invoked as ἀποτρόπαιος, is here invited more especially as the healer,—to crown, by his bright presence, their joy at the recovery of Ajax.

Δάλιος : cp. O. T. 154 Δάλιε Παιάν (n.).

εὔγνωστος , ‘easily recognised,’ i.e., in a visible shape, ἐναργής: cp. Tr. 11 n.: Od. 3. 420(Athena) ἥ μοι ἐναργὴς ἦλθε. On γνωτός and γνωστός, see O. T., appendix on 361, p. 225. Some editors read εὔγνωτος , though the form with ς is here the better attested.

διὰ παντὸς , with ref. to time (the regular sense of the phrase in Thuc. ; see Classen on 1. 38 § 1).

ἔλυσεν … Ἄρης . Ares, the god of bloodshed and violent death (253 n.), is said to have ‘cleared away’ the cloud of dread trouble which darkened their eyes, because Ajax has renounced his purpose of suicide. Cp. Tr. 654(Ἄρης) ἐξέλυσ’ ἐπίπονον ἁμέραν, ‘has cleared away the day of trouble’ (n.).

αἰνὸν ἄχος : Il. 17. 83 Ἕκτορα δ’ αἰνὸν ἄχος πύκασε φρένας.

ἀπ’ ὀμμάτων : Aesch. Theb. 228(θεὸς ) κἀκ χαλεπᾶς δύας ὕπερθ’ ὀμμάτων | κρημναμενᾶν νεφελᾶν ὀρθοῖ.

πάρα =πάρεστι :

λευκὸν … φάος , acc., subject to πελάσαι. Cp. Aesch. Pers. 301 καὶ λευκὸν ἦμαρ νυκτὸς ἐκ μελαγχίμου. For εὐάμερον φάος cp. 138 λόγος κακόθρους (n.).

πελάσαι with gen., as Ph. 1327 πελασθεὶς φύλακος: Tr. 17 κοίτης ἐμπελασθῆναι.

θοᾶν describes the ship as a thing of life (velox navis), ὠκυάλων rather as a swift vehicle over the sea (celeris): cp. Od. 7. 34 νηυσὶ θοῇσι πεποιθότες ὠκείῃσι. For the double epithet, cp. also Ph. 516 εὐστόλου ταχείας νεώς.

λαθίπονος (sc. ἐστί),=λανθάνεται πόνων: the word occurs only here and in Tr. 1021(λαθίπονον δ’ ὀδυνᾶν).

πάνθυτα θέσμἰ ἐξήνυς’ . As Ajax had announced his purpose of ‘purging his stains’ (655) and ‘submitting to the gods’ (666 f.), the Chorus assume that he has now duly performed all the rites of καθαρμός and ἱλασμός. By θεῶν πάνθυτα θέσμια is meant, ‘the ordinances of the gods, with all the θυσίαι which they enjoin’; since the ablutions of Ajax would be followed (as the Chorus conceive) by sacrifices to the deities whom he had offended, esp. to Athena and Artemis. There is thus a tragic irony in πάνθυτα , since a θυσία is indeed about to be offered.

εὐνομίᾳ , ‘loyalty’ to these θέσμια.

μαραίνει . Soph. Ant. 2. 3 ὁ πάντα μαραίνων τὰ καλὰ χρόνος. The reading of the MSS., μαραίνει τε καὶ φλέγει , clearly bewrays an interpolation. The schol. in L has, τὰ ὑπὸ Αἴαντος διὰ πολλῶν εἰρημένα διὰ βραχέων διεξῆλθεν: vague words which obviously do not require us to suppose that the φανέντα κρύπτεται of v. 647, as well as the φύει τ’ ἄδηλα, found an echo here. But it is possible that this very scholium may have led a prosaic reader to surmise a loss, and to supply it. (Another possibility is that μαραίνει was corrupted to μαραίνεται, and this to μαραίνει τε, when a defect would be inferred.) Compare the undoubted interpolations in Soph. O. T. 896 and Soph. Ph. 1407.

ἀναύδατον is not here ‘unutterably dreadful’ (as in Eur. Ion 782), but ‘not to be spoken of,’ in the sense, ‘not to be affirmed as possible’: cp. Soph. Ant. 388 βροτοῖσιν οὐδέν ἐστ’ ἀπώμοτον. Thus ἀνέλπιστον (schol.) gives the meaning correctly.

ἐξ ἀέλπτων : Suppl. 357 ἐξ ἀέλπτων κἀπρομηθήτων.

μετανεγνώσθη is prob. passive; ‘has been converted from his anger.’ I cannot find an example of ἐγνώσθην (simple or compound) in any but a pass. sense. ἀνεγνώσθην is regularly pass. in Herod. ; e.g. 4. 154 ἀναγνωσθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς γυναικός (cp. 6. 50; 7. 7, etc.). The schol. in L took the word to be pass.; he explains it by μετεπείσθη (as Hesychius does), and μετεβλήθη. The other view —that μετανεγνώσθη is midd. in sense— appears in the glosses μετέγνω and μεταβεβούλευται: but no proof is brought. If it be passive, however, it does not mean that the Chorus suppose Ajax to have been converted by themselves or Tecmessa: the cause is left indefinite.—The form μετανεγνώθη is preferred by Wecklein: Hesychius is, however, our only witness for it.

θυμοῦ τ’. θυμῶν (cr. n.) is indeed nearer to the θυμὸν of the MSS., since Sophocles would write it ΘΥΜΟΝ: but, though the plur. θυμοί is common enough in prose (as=‘fits of passion’), it never occurs in Tragedy. The gen. depends on μετανεγνώσθη as a verb of ‘desisting’ or ‘withdrawing’ from (cp. μεταστῆναί τινος). The dat. Ἀτρείδαις depends on μετανεγνώσθη θυμοῦ as implying κατηλλάχθη or ξυνέγνω . Cp. 774: I. Il. 283 Ἀχιλλῆι μεθέμεν χόλον: Od. 21. 377 μέθιεν χαλεποῖο χόλοιο | Τηλεμάχῳ.— νεικέων : for the synizesis, cp. 702 πελαγέων.

719-865

The third ἐπεισόδιον consists of two scenes. (1) 719—814. The messenger from Teucer excites the fears of the Chorus and Tecmessa. (2) 815— 865. The soliloquy of Ajax, and his death.

τὸ πρῶτον , adv., in the first place. The omission of ὅτι after ἀγγεῖλαι marks the speaker's eager haste: cp. O.T. 1234 f. ὁ μὲν τάχιστος τῶν λόγων εἰπεῖν τε καὶ | μαθεῖν, τέθνηκε θεῖον Ἰοκάστης κάρα. For τὸ πρῶτον , compare also Ant. 238, Tr. 232: Ar. Eq. 642 λόγους ἀγαθοὺς φέρων | εὐαγγελίσασθαι πρῶτον ὑμῖν βούλομαι.

Μυσίων … κρημνῶν . The eastern boundary of the ancient Mysia, dividing it from Bithynia and Phrygia, is formed by the range of Olympus, which attains a height of about 8500 ft. The κρημνοί meant here are the lower spurs of Olympus, in the region of Ida. Teucer had gone on a foray (343 n.) to some of the upland towns or villages of the enemy.

στρατήγιον , the κλισία of Agamemnon. So in Il. 7. 382 an agora is held νηὶ πάρα πρυμνῇ Ἀγαμέμνονος. He was stationed near Odysseus, whose post, at the middle point of the naval camp ( Il. 11. 6), is mentioned as being near the place of assembly, judgment, and sacrifice; ἵνα σφ’ ἀγορή τε θέμις τε | ἤην, τῇ δὴ καί σφι θεῶν ἐτετεύχατο βωμοί ( Il. 11. 807 f.). Hence μέσον here. The chiefs of the army had now met in front of these headquarters to hold a βουλή on the deed of Ajax; while the λαοί were gathered in ἀγορά around them. In Attic prose στρατήγιον means the council-chamber of the ten στρατηγοί (Aeschin. or. 2 § 85: or. 3. § 146).

κυδάζεται . The word from which this verb comes is written κῦδος by the schol. in L here (ἀρσενικῶς δὲ ὁ κῦδος ἐπὶ τῆς ὕβρεως), and by the schol. on Apoll. Rhod. 1. 1337 κῦδος ἀρσενικῶς ἡ λοιδορία παρὰ Συρακουσίοις. The schol. in L illustrates the verb by two quotations: (1) from the Ἄμυκος of Epicharmus: Ἄμυκε μὴ κύδαζέ μοι τὸν πρεσβύτερον ἀδελφόν: (2) from the Iphigeneia of Aeschylus: οὔ τοι γυναιξὶ κυδάζεσθαι· τί γάρ;—where Elmsley inserts δεῖ, and Blomfield χρή, after γυναιξί. The verb having υ^, the noun must have been ὁ κύδος (υ^).—For the dat. of the agency, Ἀργείοις , cp. 539.

στείχοντα κ.τ.λ. They saw him coming while he was still far off; when he drew nearer, they gathered round him in a threatening crowd; and now, having arrived at the στρατήγιον, he is being reviled by them. Notwithstanding the position of ἐν κύκλῳ , the poet may have meant πρόσωθεν to go with μαθόντες , which certainly suits the sense better than to take it with στείχοντα. The order of words, though somewhat awkward, is not bolder than that in Ant. 944 f. ἔτλα καὶ Δανάας οὐράνιον φῶς | ἀλλάξαι δέμας ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς. Cp. also El. 1349 f., Ph. 598, Ph. 1163.

ἤρασσον , as in Ph. 374 χολωθεὶς εὐθὺς ἤρασσον κακοῖς | τοῖς πᾶσιν. Cp. 1244 : Aesch. Theb. 382 θείνει δ’ ὀνείδει μάντιν. Nub. 1373 εὐθὺς ἐξαράττω | πολλοῖς κακοῖς κᾀσχροῖσι.

ἔνθεν κἄνθεν : cp. Verg. Aen. 4. 447 adsiduis hinc atque hinc vocibus heros | Tunditur.

οὔτις ἔσθ’ ὃς οὔ : cp. O.T. 372 ἃ σοὶ | οὐδεὶς ὃς οὐχὶ τῶνδ’ ὀνειδιεῖ τάχα .

τὸν τοῦ μανέντος κ.τ.λ.: the art. τὸν marks a quotation of the phrase which they used: ‘calling him “that kinsman of the maniac,”’ etc. Cp. Xen. Anab. 6. 6. 7 ἐπιχειροῦσι βάλλειν τὸν Δέξιππον, ἀνακαλοῦντες τὸν προδότην.

κἀπιβουλευτοῦ στρατοῦ . The MSS. agree in στρατοῦ , which is correct; as one could say ἀνταγωνιστής τινος. The dat. στρατῷ would also be tenable (cp. Tr. 668 τῶν σῶν Ἡρακλεῖ δωρημάτων n.), and is strongly recommended by euphony. But euphony is not a sure guide in such cases (cp. Ph. 1354 n.).

ἀποκαλοῦντες , in a bad sense, as usu.: Dem. or. 19 § 305 ἀλάστορα τὸν Φίλιππον ἀποκαλῶν. The good sense is rare in Attic of this age; De re equestri 10. 17 τὸν ἵππον τοιοῦτον ἀποκαλοῦσιν ἐλευθέριον: but may have been less rare later (cp. Eth. N. 2. 9: Plut. Mor. 776E).

ὡς οὐκ ἀρκέσοι τὸ μὴ οὐ … θανεῖν : that he should not avail to save himself from dying: schol. ὡς οὐκ ἀρκέσοι ἑαυτῷ τὸ μὴ λιθόλευστος γενέσθαι. Cp. Aesch. P. V. 918 οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ ταῦτ’ ἐπαρκέσει τὸ μὴ οὐ | πεσεῖν ἀτίμως. For the fut. optat., cp. 313 .

καταξανθεὶς , carded (like wool), torn to shreds; Eur. imitates this (Suppl. 503) πέτροις καταξανθέντες ὀστέων ῥαφάς. Cp. Ar. Ach. 319 τί φειδόμεσθα τῶν λίθων, ὦ δημόται, | μὴ οὐ καταξαίνειν τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον εἰς φοινικίδα;

ὥστ’ (‘and so’) has been suspected on account of the second ὥστε : but the latter, going with τοσοῦτον , does not offend the ear, since its sense is different and subordinate; cp. Ant. 735 ὁρᾷς τόδ’ ὡς εἴρηκας ὡς ἄγαν νέος ; Tr. 1241 τάχ’, ὡς ἔοικας, ὡς νοσεῖς φράσεις. So in Xen. Anab. 2. 2. 17 κραυγὴν.. ἐποίουν,..ὥστε καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἀκούειν· ὥστε οἱ μὲν ἐγγυτάτω..ἔφυγον: where the first ὥστε=‘so that,’ while the second =‘and so.’

κολεῶν … ξίφη . The swords διεπεραιώθη κολεῶν, were drawn through (and out of) the scabbards, ἐρυστά , by a sharp, quick pull,—i.e. with angry haste.—Not, ‘swords plucked from the sheaths were crossed’: as if Teucer actually crossed swords with one or more of his assailants. The whole scene has been suggested by that in the first book of the Iliad, as the schol. in L saw:—ἐκ τῆς Ἀχιλλέως δὲ πρὸς Ἀγαμέμνονα ἀρχῆς (read ὀργῆς) παραγέγραπται. There, Achilles was drawing his sword—ἕλκετο δ’ ἐκ κολεοῖο μέγα ξίφος—when Athena came to him ( I. Il. 194): ἄψ δ’ ἐς κουλεὸν ὦσε μέγα ξίφος (ib. 220).—Some of the later MSS. here have κουλεῶν , which was a current form in late Greek (Eustathius p. 1604. 58 τὸ κολεὸν κοινότερον κουλεὸν λέγεται).

δραμοῦσα τοῦ προσωτάτω : for the partitive gen., cp. Xen. Anab. 1. 3. 1 οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω: Ar. Ran. 174 ὑπάγεθ’ ὑμεῖς τῆς ὁδοῦ.

ἐν ξυναλλαγῇ λόγου … γερόντων , by means of the conciliatory words of elders: for the double gen., cp. 308 f.: for ἐν , denoting the instrument, Ph. 60 ἐν λιταῖς στείλαντες, ib. 1393 ἐν λόγοις | πείσειν.

ἡμὶν , ethic dat.: O. C. 81 ἦ βέβηκεν ἡμὶν ὁ ξένος;

τοῖς κυρίοις , i.e., Ajax himself, who is the κύριος or ‘principal person’ in this matter, as being most nearly concerned in it. For the poet. plur., cp. Aesch. Ch. 688(Orestes to Clytaemnestra) εἰ δὲ τυγχάνω | τοῖς κυρίοισι καὶ προσήκουσιν λέγων | οὐκ οἶδα.

νέας βουλὰς , his new ‘counsels,’ in respect of his supposed resolve to propitiate gods and men; νέοισιν … τρόποις , the new ‘dispositions,’ the character of greater gentleness and docility, which the resolve implies. ἐγκαταζεύξας : he has ‘harnessed’ the new resolve, as it were, to the new character,—brought it under the yoke of his chastened will. The word conveys more than the idea of ‘adapting’ (Pindar's ἕργμασιν νικαφόροις ἐγκώμιον ζεῦξαι μέλος, N. 1. 7). It further implies self-conquest.

ἰοὺ ἰού , a cry of despair. In O. T. 1071, O. T. 1182, Tr. 1143, and Ph. 38, ἰοὺ ἰού stands within the trimeter.

βραδεῖαν , predicate. ‘Either Teucer was too late in sending me, or I have been too long upon the road,’—though he had come, of course, with all speed. ἡμᾶς … πέμπων ὁδόν : for the cogn. acc., cp. El. 1163 πεμφθεὶς κελεύθους. With πέμπω, the second acc. usu. denotes the place to which ( O. T. 761 ἀγρούς σφε πέμψαι).— )φάνην : cp. 308 )θώϋξεν: 557 )τράφης.

χρείας τῆσδ’ , ‘this urgent matter’ (as they infer it to be from the speaker's distress). So χρεία sometimes=‘a request’: O. T. 1435 καὶ τοῦ με χρείας ὦδε λιπαρεῖς τυχεῖν;

ὑπεσπανισμένον , ‘scanted,’ i.e., ‘imperfectly done.’ With Aesch. this partic. means ‘scanted of’ a thing, ‘insufficiently provided’ with it: e.g. βορᾶς ( Aesch. Pers. 490), φόνου ( Aesch. Ch. 577). Cp. Shakesp. Othello 1. 3. 267 You think | I will your serious and great business scant (i.e. ‘neglect’).

ἀπηύδα : cp. O. T. 236 ἀπαυδῶ.. | μήτ’ εἰσδέχεσθαι κ.τ.λ.: Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 14 ἀπηγόρευε μηδένα βάλλειν.— παρήκειν . When verbs of motion compounded with παρά mean to ‘go forward,’ that sense comes through the notion of going into the presence of others (παρά τινα): so οἱ παριόντες are those who come forward to address the ecclesia. Teucer was anxious that Ajax should not go forth into public (ἔξω παρήκειν). In Soph. O. T. 1241, Soph. Tr. 900, and Soph. El. 1337, as often elsewhere, παρελθεῖν is said of entering a house.

τύχῃ represents the ‘vivid construction,’ by which the subjunct. of the ‘direct discourse’ can be retained, though the principal verb is in a secondary tense: Thuc. 1. 45§ 3 προεῖπον..μὴ ναυμαχεῖν..ἢν μὴ..πλέωσι (instead of εἰ μὴ πλέοιεν). For πρίν and subjunct., without ἄν, cp. 965. τύχοι would mark more clearly that he is merely repeating what Teucer said: but the weight of MS. authority is on the side of τύχῃ.

οἴχεται , an unconsciously ominous word.

τὸ κέρδιστον , i.e. the most advantageous course which he could possibly take. Cp. Ant. 1113 δέδοικα γὰρ μὴ τοὺς καθεστῶτας νόμους | ἄριστον ᾖ σῴζοντα τὸν βίον τελεῖν. There is no more reason for desiring τὸ κέρδιον here than ἄμεινον there. For τὸ κέρδιστον.. γνώμης , cp. Thuc. 1. 90§ 2 τὸ..βουλόμενον καὶ ὕποπτον τῆς γνώμης.

θεοῖσιν … χόλου : cp. 717 f.

εὖ φρονῶν , ‘with intelligence’ (cp. 1252): not ‘with good will,’ as in Il. 1. 73(Calchas) ἐῢ φρονέων ἀγορήσατο.

πάρει , as a correction of πέρι , is irresistibly commended by the answer, τοσοῦτον οἶδα. Moreover, the question, ‘what does Calchas know of this matter?’ is strange in reference to the inspired seer, ὃς ᾔδη τά τ’ ἐόντα τά τ’ ἐσσόμενα πρό τ’ ἐόντα ( Il. 1. 70).

τοσοῦτον . Schol. ἀντὶ μέχρι τούτου: meaning that the word goes not only with οἶδα , but also adverbially with παρὼν : ‘thus much I know, and thus far was I an eye-witness.’ Rather the clause καὶ παρὼν ἐτύγχανον is independent of τοσοῦτον οἶδα, as an independent sentence is often subjoined to a relative clause: see on O. C. 424 ἧς νῦν ἔχονται κἀπαναίρονται δόρυ. It is equiv. to a participial phrase giving the ground for οἶδα, such as αὐτὸς ἰδών: cp. Ant. 1192 παρὼν ἐρῶ .

συνέδρου καὶ τυρ. κύκλου ,= κύκλου τῶν συνεδρευόντων βασιλέων: cp. Il. 18. 503 οἱ δὲ γέροντες | εἵατ’ ἐπὶ ξεστοῖσι λίθοις ἱερῷ ἐνὶ κύκλῳ (of judges). The Homeric βουλή consists, not of all the chiefs, but of a select number, specially summoned: cp. Il. 10. 195 Ἀργείων βασιλῆες, ὅσοι κεκλήατο βουλήν. In Il. 10. 108 ff. the number indicated is about nine.

750 Calchas is present at this council, as he is at that in the first book of the Iliad ( Il. 1. 69). He knew by inspiration that, if Ajax could be kept in his tent for that one day, all would be well. Leaving the circle of the chiefs, he went to Teucer, who was awaiting the result in the neighbourhood. They sat down apart (cp. 780). The messenger was near them, and heard what Calchas said to Teucer.

οἶος Ἀτρειδῶν δίχα : cp. 464 n.

φιλοφρόνως : for the ο— before φρ, cp. Ant. 1104 τοὺς κακόφρονας : ib. 336 περιβρυχίοισιν (n.).

παντοίᾳ τέχνῃ : Her. 1. 112 ἐχρήιζε μηδεμιῇ τέχνῃ ἐκθεῖναί μιν . Xen. Anab. 4. 5. 16 ἐδεῖτο αὐτῶν πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι .

εἶρξαι . The primitive sense of the root (vεργ) was to ‘press’: whence come both the meanings of this verb, ‘to shut out,’ and ‘to shut in.’ Acc. to Eustathius (p. 1387. 3) the Attic form was εἴργω as=κωλύω (‘shut out’ or ‘hinder’), but εἵργω as=ἐγκλείω. Curtius (Etym. § 142) thinks that this distinction was of comparatively late origin. Our MSS. consistently give εἱρκτή, εἱργμός, ‘a prison.’ Andoc. or. 4 § 27 has εἱργνύων (‘imprisoning’): Plat. Tim.p. 45 E καθείργνυσι (indeed, the forms from ειργνυ are always aspirated). But in regard to the other forms the evidence of MSS. is often conflicting, and the practice of editors has varied. In Thuc. , Bekker always writers εἵργω: Classen and Stahl, always εἴργω, even (e.g.) in 8. 74 § 3 εἴρξειν and 4. 47 § 3 κατεῖρξαν, where the ref. is to imprisonment; though in the latter place the MSS. seem to agree on καθεῖρξαν. On the other hand in Eur. Bacch. 443 the best editions give εἶρξαι. Eur. Itmay be noted that Lobeck could find no instance of ἀφείργειν earlier than Aelian (Hist. An. 12. 21 ἀφειργμένη): as to ἄφερκτος in Aesch. Ch. 446, he justifies it as meaning, ‘shut in (apart),’ not ‘shut off.’ Recent editors are generally agreed in writing εἶρξαι here, and εἴργειν in 795. This is justifiable in any case, the sense being ‘to restrain,’ rather than definitely ‘to shut in. ’

ἦμαρ τοὐμφανὲς τὸ νῦν τόδε : the cumulative phrase marks the seer's anxiety to impress the fact upon his hearer; it is like the precise fulness of 741 f., ἔνδοθεν στέγης | μὴ )ξω παρήκειν.

ὑπὸ σκηναῖσι =σκηνῆς ὕπαυλον (796).

μηδ’ ἀφέντ’ ἐᾶν : not to release him (ἀφέντα), and leave him to himself.

ἐκεῖνον , where we might have looked for the less emphatic αὐτόν, since Αἴαντα has so lately preceded; an Attic idiom: cp. Andoc. or. 1 § 60 ἐλέγξαι Διοκλείδην ψευσάμενον, καὶ τιμωρήσασθαι ἐκεῖνον.

ποτέ has been suspected, but needlessly; it refers to μηδ’ ἀφέντ’ ἐᾶν: if Ajax were let out, Teucer would nevermore see him alive.

ἐλᾷ : cp. 504 .

τῇδε θἡμέρᾳ . The fact that Aristophanes uses this crasis ( Av. 1071, Thesm. 76) proves that it was familiar to Athenian ears. There is no good reason for excluding it from Tragedy, when οἴμ’ is allowed in tragic verse on the ground that Comedy proves it to have been common.

ὡς ἔφη λέγων , lit., as he said in the course of his statement, i.e., ‘as he went on to say.’ So Her. 3. 156(Zopyrus) ‘νῦν τε,’ ἔφη λέγων, ‘ἐγὼ ὑμῖν..ἥκω μέγιστον ἀγαθόν’ (‘he went on to say’— in continuation of his story. So too in Her. 5. 36.Cp. Dem. or. 18 § 51 καὶ νῦν εἶπέ που λέγων, ‘ὁ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου ξενίαν ὀνειδίζων ἐμοἴ’ (‘he has said in some discourse or other’).

τὰ γὰρ περισσὰ κ.τ.λ. To judge the text aright here, we must remember that these are the words of the μάντις, who speaks as the prophet of the gods. περισσὰ κανόνητα ς<*>ματα are mortals whose over-great strength and success have made them wax too proud, so that they no longer serve the gods with due piety. Such mortals are ἀνόνητοι,—their lives can yield no worthy fruit. Compare the words of warning addressed to Xerxes ( Her. 7. 10): ὁρᾷς τὰ ὑπερέχοντα ζῷα ὡς κεραυνοῖ ὁ θεὸς οὐδὲ ἐᾷ φαντάζεσθαι..φιλέει γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τὰ ὑπερέχοντα πάντα κολούειν. See also v. 1077, κἄν τις σῶμα γεννήσῃ μέγα κ.τ.λ.: and Athena's phrase in 129, μηδ’ ὄγκον ἄρῃ μηδέν) .

It is not without reason, then, that the reading κἀνόνητα is supported by the general consensus of ancient testimony. κἀνόητα is adopted by several recent editors, because the folly of Ajax is elsewhere recognised (763 ἄνους, 766 ἀφρόνως), whereas he could not, they think, be called ἀνόνητος. But that depends on the point of view. In the sight of the gods, the greatest warrior would be ἀνόνητος, if he ceased κατ’ ἄνθρωπον φρονεῖν. Observe, too, that the word σώματα confirms ἀνόνητα: the idea is that of greatness which, swollen beyond the human limit, has ceased to fulfil the proper function of mankind. Such σώματα are ἀνόνητα because περισσά.

ὅστις , referring to σώματα: cp. El. 1505 τοῖς πᾶσιν δίκην, | ὅστις κ.τ.λ. (n.).

φύσιν βλαστὼν : Tr. 1062 θῆλυς κοὐκ ἀνδρὸς φύσιν.

φρονῇ has the authority of the first hand in L, though here there is little to choose between indic. and subjunct.: cp. O. T. 1231 αἳ φανῶσ’ : O. C. 395 ὃς νέος πέσῃ : Eur. Ion 855 δοῦλος ὅστις ἐσθλὸς ᾖ.

κεῖνος δ’ . All this, down to v. 779, is still what Calchas said, as v. 780 shows.

καλῶς λέγοντος : gen. absol.

αὐτὸν ἐννέπει : Il. 12. 210 δὴ τότε Πουλυδάμας θρασὺν Ἕκτορα εἶπε παραστάς: O. C. 991 ἓν γάρ μ’ ἄμειψαι μοῦνον: Ph. 1065 μή μ’ ἀντιφώνει μηδέν.

σὺν θεῷ , with the help of the gods (generally): cp. 383 (n.).

ὁ μηδὲν ὢν : he who is as nought,—a mere nonentity. Cp. 1231.

καὶ δίχα κείνων . In Il. 17. 629 ff. Ajax says that Zeus is manifestly on the side of the Trojans; and adds, ἀλλ’ ἄγετ’, αὐτοί περ φραζώμεθα μῆτιν ἀρίστην,—i.e., without his aid. But in these words there is no impiety—a trait foreign to the Ajax of the Iliad: see Introduction § 1.

ἐπισπάσειν κλέος . Hesych. 2, p. 168 ἐπισπάσει· ἐπιτεύξεται. Σοφοκλῆς Ἀτρεῖ ἢ Μυκήναις (=Μυκηναίας: fr. 137). ‘Draw to,’ or ‘on,’ oneself: so here, ‘achieve.’ Cp. Aesch. Pers. 477 τοσόνδε πλῆθος πημάτων ἐπέσπασεν, which recalls Hom. Od. 18. 73 ἐπίσπαστον κακὸν ἕξει. Neophron fr. 3. 2 (Nauck, Trag. Gr. Fragm. p. 731) βροχωτὸν ἀγχόνην ἐπισπάσας δέρῃ (where δέρῃ should prob. begin the verse). The middle voice would seem fitter in all these places: cp. Apollod. 2. 1 ἐπισπᾶσθαι τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν ὀργήν. This seems an instance in which metrical necessity accounts for the use of the active voice; as, conversely, a metrical motive so often induced the use of middle forms.

δίας Ἀθάνας . The genitive, if sound, is best taken as depending on ἀντιφωνεῖ in the sense of ἀντίον λέγει, ‘says to her face.’ In Ph. 1065, however, this verb takes an acc. of the person, μή μ’ ἀντιφώνει μηδέν: and no verb of ‘accosting’ affords a parallel to such a constr. as ἀντιφωνεῖν τινος. Such phrases as those in Aesch. Pers. 694 f. ἀντία λέξαι | σέθεν (‘in thy presence’), Hom. Od. 15. 377 ἀντία δεσποίνης φάσθαι, are not relevant. (In Hom. Il. 1. 230, ὅστις σέθεν ἀντίον εἴπῃ, the sense is, ‘ against thee.’)

Other explanations are the following. (1) The poet meant to add something to the effect of ἠτίμασε τὴν παραίνεσιν, but changed the form of the sentence. (2) Ἀθάνας, ἡνίκα..ηὐδᾶτο stands for a gen. absol., Ἀθάνας αὐδωμένης. (3) The gen. depends on ἔπος in 773, ‘a saying about her,’ like μῦθος..φίλων ( Ant. 11).

The most attractive remedy is Mehlhorn's, δίαν Ἀθάναν , so that the verb shall have the same constr. as in Ph. 1065.But, if this be right, how did the genitive arise? Possibly some annotator, who thought that after ηὐδᾶτ’ in 772 the subject of ἀντιφωνεῖ might be obscure, wrote ΑΙΑΣ in the margin, and this, mistaken for ΔΙΑΣ, led to ΔΙΑΣ ΑΘΑΝΑΣ supplanting ΔΙΑΝ ΑΘΑΝΑΝ in the text. The occurrence of the same words in 757 may have helped. [The Homeric fem. is δῖα, δῖαν. But δία— occurs in Rhes. 226 Ἄπολλον, ὦ δία κεφαλά.]

If, on the other hand, δίας Ἀθάνας be genuine, then corruption may lurk in δεύτερον : e.g. the poet may have written εἶτα δ’ ἀντίον.

τοῖς ἄλλοισιν Ἀργείων : a somewhat unusual phrase, instead of τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἀργείοις, or τοῖς ἄλλοις τῶν Ἀργείων. The dat. with πέλας is rare, but cp. Pind. O. 7. 18 Ἀσίας..νᾶσον πέλας | ἐμβόλῳ ναίοντας: Suppl. 208 θέλοιμ’ ἂν ἤδη σοὶ πέλας θρόνους ἔχειν. Aesch. fr. 102 ἀμφωτίδες τοι τοῖς ἐνωτίοις πέλας .

καθ’ ἡμᾶς , ‘over against’ the place in the line of battle where Ajax is stationed. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1§ 16 (with ref. to an army arrayed for battle) τὰ μὲν καθ’ ἡμᾶς ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ..καλῶς ἔχειν· ἀλλὰ τὰ πλάγια (the flanks) λυπεῖ με .

οὔποτ’ ἐκρήξει μάχη . The only natural sense of these words is, ‘battle will never break forth.’ This may mean, ‘the enemy will never be able to break forth (like a torrent bursting through a barrier), and carry confusion into our ranks.’ Ajax will suffice to stem the <*>de.—The words could not mean, ‘the battle (on our side) will never break up.’ For the verb, cp. Meteor. 2. 8 (p. 366 b 32) ἐκρήξας εἰς τὸν ὑπὲρ γῆς τόπον φανερῶς ὥσπερ ἐκνεφίας ἐξῆλθεν ὁ κινήσας ἄνεμος .

τοιοῖσδέ τοι : cp. El. 984 τοιαῦτά τοι νὼ πᾶς τις ἐξερεῖ βροτῶν: fr. 25 τοιαῦτά τοί σοι..λέγω: Aesch. Ag. 903 τοιοῖσδέ τοί νιν ἀξιῶ προσφθέγμασιν. With the τοῖς of the MSS., τοιοῖσδε would be predicative (‘such were the words by which..’). But τοι suits the final comment.

ἀστεργῆ , pass., ‘not to be desired,’ as in O. T. 228 πείσεται γὰρ ἄλλο μὲν | ἀστεργὲς οὐδέν (the only other place where it occurs). The mildness of the word gives it a peculiar force: cp. Tr. 745 ἄζηλον..ἔργον.

ἐκτήσατ’ ὀργήν : cp. El. 1003 κακὰ | κτησώμεθ’ : Tr. 793 κατακτήσαιτο λυμαντὴν βίου: fr. 101. 3 εὔκλειαν ἂν κτήσαιτο μᾶλλον ἢ ψόγον.

οὐ κατ’ ἄνθρωπον φρονῶν : Ant. 768 φρονείτω μεῖζον ἢ κατ’ ἄνδρ’ ἰών.

ἔστι =ζῇ: cp. 783, Ph. 422.— αὐτοῦ … σωτήριοι : the dat. of the person is usual with σωτήριος: but cp. Aesch. Ag. 1156 γάμοι..ὀλέθριοι φίλων: Her. 2. 74 ἀνθρώπων..δηλήμονες.

σὺν θεῷ , qualifying the augury: cp. Eur. Med. 915 πολλὴν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς προμηθίαν: Ar. Pl. 114 ξὺν θεῷ δ’ εἰρήσεται. Soph. O. T. 145 εὐτυχεῖς | σὺν τῷ θεῷ φανούμεθ’ (=σὺν Ἀπόλλωνι ).

ὁ δ’ … Τεῦκρος : cp. Ph. 371 ὁ δ’ εἶπ’ Ὀδυσσεύς (n.).

εὐθὺς ἐξ ἕδρας , immediately on rising from his seat beside Calchas (750 n.). No sooner had Calchas finished, than Teucer rose, and sent the messenger, who was close by,—sitting among the λαοί. (Cp. Il. 2. 96 λαῶν ἱζόντων,—in the agora.) Some take εὐθὺς ἐξ ἕδρας as= ‘immediately, from his seat,’—i.e., without rising (so that he would beckon or call the man to him): cp. Il. 19. 77 αὐτόθεν ἐξ ἕδρης, οὐδ’ ἐν μέσσοισιν ἀναστάς: Od. 13. 56(ἔσπεισαν ) αὐτόθεν ἐξ ἑδρέων, ‘even there as they sat.’ But in those phrases αὐτόθεν helps to fix the sense: whereas ἐκ following εὐθὺς regularly denotes the point from which the further action sets out (εὐθὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς, εὐθὺς ἐκ νέου, etc.). Hence εὐθὺς ἐξ ἕδρας ought to mean, ‘immediately after sitting.’— Other explanations of ἐξ ἕδρας are: (1) ‘from where I (the messenger) sat.’ (2) ‘After the sitting of the council.’ But Teucer would not wait for that. (3) ‘Leaving the council’ (or strictly, its neighbourhood, since Calchas had come apart from it, Od. 750). This would imply that Teucer had been included in the ξύνεδρος κύκλος: but the tone used towards him by Menelaüs (1120 ὁ τοξότης) and Agamemnon (1235 δούλων) makes this very unlikely.

Teucer sends a messenger, instead of going himself, probably because he hopes that his mediation with the chiefs may do some good. What he dreads is simply that Ajax should leave the tent; and a message could prevent that. He has no cause to suspect that Ajax meditates suicide.

ἐπιστολὰς : Tr. 493 n.

φυλάσσειν , (these mandates) for you to observe; cp. Suppl. 179 αἰνῶ φυλάξαι τἄμ’ ἔπη δελτουμένας: and for the epexegetic inf., O. C. 231 πόνον.. ἀντιδίδωσιν ἔχειν.—φυλάσσειν should not be taken as governing Αἴαντα understood.

ἀπεστερήμεθα : ‘deprived’ (of the power to obey the command); hence, ‘frustrated.’ Cp. O. T. 769 ff., where Iocasta says, ἀξία δέ που μαθεῖν | κἀγὼ κ.τ.λ., and Oed. replies, κοὐ μὴ στερηθῇς (sc. τοῦ μαθεῖν ). Eur. Andr. 913 κἄκτεινας, ἤ τις συμφορά σ’ ἀφείλετο; (i.e., τὸ κτεῖναι,— ‘prevented’ or ‘baffled’ thee).—Wakefield's ἀφυστερήμεθα is a perf. pass. which nowhere occurs: a better conjecture is Badham's εἰ δ’ ἄρ’ ὑστερήσαμεν : but the text appears sound.

δαΐα , pass., ‘afflicted’ (δαίω, to burn), as in Aesch. Pers. 280, etc. For the act. sense, ‘hostile,’ which is more frequent, see above, Aesch. Pers. 365.The epic form δήϊος (which never means ‘wretched’) is foreign to Tragedy, which, however, admits ἀδῃος ( Soph. O. C. 1533) and δῃοῦν (ib. 1319).

γένος , ‘being,’ ‘creature,’ an epic use: Il. 9. 538(Artemis) ἡ δὲ χολωσα‐ μένη δῖον γένος ἰοχέαιρα : ib. 6. 180 (the Chimaera) ἡ δ’ ἄρ’ ἔην θεῖον γένος οὐδ’ ἀνθρώπων.

θροεῖ : 67 n.

ξυρεῖ … ἐν χρῷ . The metaphor from close shaving ( Her. 4. 175 κείροντες ἐν χροΐ) means that the moment is critical: παροιμία ἐπὶ τῶν ἐπικινδύνων πραγμάτων. The razor grazes the surface of the flesh. Itwould convey a different notion if we said, ‘the knife cuts to the quick.’ (The Lat. tondere ad vivam cutem is used of ‘fleecing’ a person in Plaut. Bacch. 2. 3. 8.) Thus the different image in Ant. 996, ἐπὶ ξυροῦ τύχης, is yet kindred in purport. For ἐν χρῷ , cp. Lucian Adv. Indoct. 3 τῆς ἐν χρῷ πρὸς τὰ βιβλία συνουσίας.—The dat. χρῷ occurs only in this phrase. Sophocles has χρωτί in Ant. 246, Tr. 767, and the Ion. χροΐ in Tr. 605.Cp. γέλῳ ( Od. 18. 100), ἔρῳ (ib. 212), ἱδρῷ ( Il. 17. 385), φῷ (‘light,’ Eur. fr. 534).

μὴ χαίρειν τινά : inf. of result, without ὥστε: 822: Ant. 63 ἀρχόμεσθ’ ἐκ κρεισσόνων, | καὶ ταῦτ’ ἀκούειν κ.τ.λ. (n.).

787 f. Tecmessa, who, at the desire of Ajax (684), had withdrawn into the tent (692), now re-enters, with Eurysaces (cp. 809).

ἀτρύτων : Pind. P. 4. 178 ἄτρυτον πόνον: Moschus 4. 69 ἀτρύτ <*>τιν | ἄλγεσι μοχθίζουσαν.

πρᾶξιν , ‘fortune,’ ‘plight,’ the usual sense of the sing. in Sophocles ( O. C. 560 n.). The word is somewhat strange, since the message announces nothing new which has befallen Ajax, but merely points to an imminent crisis in his fate. This is the true recommendation of the conjecture βάξιν ,—not the fact that πρᾶξιν recurs in 792. But φέρων … πρᾶξιν may be a reminiscence of Pers. 248(a play of which there are several echoes in the Ajax): καὶ φέρει (‘announces’) σαφές τι πρᾶγος ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν κλύειν.— ἤλγησ’ : for the aor. cp. 693 n.

ἄνθρωπε : cp. 1154. These seem to be the only examples of this voc. in Tragedy, as Elmsley observed. If we add ὦ, ὤνθρωπε is the correct form (by the rule that, in crasis, the accent of the second word is kept: cp. ὠγαθέ). But the absence of ὦ makes the voc. a little less familiar and colloquial. In 1154, on the other hand, ὤνθρωπε is suitable.— ὀλώλαμεν : like Deianeira's σεσώσμεθα ( Tr. 83).

Αἴαντος is governed by πέρι ; but, coming immediately after πρᾶξιν, it would necessarily strike the ear as if opposed to τὴν σήν: ‘I do not know thy plight, but (I do know) that of Ajax,— viz., that, if he is abroad, I fear for him.’ It would not be well, however, to omit the comma after πρᾶξιν, and so bind it strictly to Αἴαντος. That slight pause helps to prepare the ear for the coming construction with πέρι .

καὶ μὴν in assent: cp. El. 556 καὶ μὴν ἐφίημ’. The conjectural insertion of γ’ after θυραῖος is plausible (cp. 531 n.), but needless.

ὠδίνειν τί φής : Eur. Heracl. 644 πάλαι γὰρ ὠδίνουσα τῶν ἀφιγμένων | ψυχὴν ἐτήκου νόστος εἰ γενήσεται.

εἴργειν : 753 n.

ἐξεφίεται : the only instance of this compound, except I. T. 1468, where ἐξεφίεμαι has a like sense. But ἐξαφιέναι ( Tr. 72) was current in prose. Cp. the unique ἐξαπείδομεν in O. C. 1648.

σκηνῆς ὕπαυλον : El. 1386 δωμάτων ὑπόστεγοι (n.).

κἀπὶ τῷ : ‘by reason of what?’ Here ἐπί with dat. denotes cause or occasion (rather than aim, ‘with a view to what?’). Cp. El. 333 ἀλγῶ )πὶ τοῖς παροῦσιν (and ib. 1230): Ph. 174 <*>λύει δ’ ἐπὶ παντί τῳ | χρείας ἱσταμένῳ.

τήνδε δ’ ἔξοδον … φέρειν . There is strong reason to think that φέρειν is genuine, and has the sense of ‘tending towards.’ For (1) Sophocles has thus used φέρω in O. T. 517 εἰς βλάβην φέρον: ib. 519 f. οὐ γὰρ εἰς ἁπλοῦν | ἡ ζημία μοι τοῦ λόγου τούτου φέρει: ib. 991 ἐς φόβον φέρον. Cp. Her. 1. 10 ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει. (2) This sense precisely suits the context here, where the apprehension is vague; Calchas had not said how the ἔξοδος was to be fatal, but merely that it was to be prevented, on pain of never again seeing Ajax alive. But ὀλεθρίαν..φέρειν could not mean, ‘is of fatal tendency.’ Such a fusion of ὀλεθρίαν εἶναι with φέρειν εἰς ὄλεθρον is impossible.

Nor can we render: ‘He (Teucer) forebodes that this going-forth, which he announces, will be fatal to Ajax.’ φέρειν could be said only of the messenger— not of the man who sends him. Paley's conjecture, ἐλπίζω φέρειν, meets the point as to φέρειν, but the change to the first person is too harsh. Bothe's ἐλπίζειν φέρει (‘Teucer announces that he forebodes,’ etc.) strains both verbs. Enger's ἐλπίζει κυρεῖν is somewhat tame, and does not seem very probable.

Could ὀλεθρίαν Αἴαντος have come from Αἴαντος εἰς ὄλεθρον ? Easily, doubtless, if εἰς had been lost after ‐ος. I incline to this solution. Αἴαντος εἰς ὄλεθρον is not only intrinsically better, but also slightly more probable, than ὄλεθρον εἰς Αἴαντος (the reading of Blaydes in his text), since then εἰς follows ‐ον, and its unusual position would also tend to prevent its being overlooked. But the place of εἰς after its case is no objection, since Αἴαντος is an attributive gen. : see O. T. 178 n.

τοῦ Θεστορείου μάντεως : Il. 1. 69 Κάλχας Θεστορίδης, οἰωνοπόλων ὄχ’ ἄριστος. Cp. above, Il. 134, Τελαμώνιε παῖ: and n. on O. T. 267.According to one legend, Thestor was the son of Idmon (ἴδμων), the seer who accompanied the Argonauts, and whose father was Apollo (schol. Apoll. Rhod. 1. 139). The name Θές‐τωρ is from the root θες, ‘desire,’ ‘pray,’ whence θεσσάμενος (= αἰτησάμενος, Archil. fr. 11, etc.), πολύθεστος ‘much besought’ (Curt. Etym. vol. II. p. 137): meaning, ‘one who prays to the gods.’ Κάλχας is prob. from καλχαίνω, one who ‘darkly broods’ on futurity ( Ant. 20 n.).

ὅτ’ αὐτῷ … φέρει . The traditional ὅτ’ (ὅτε) seems right. Tecmessa has already heard that the ἔξοδος is perilous. The new fact which she is now to learn is that ‘this day’ must decide the fate of Ajax. If, however, ὅτ’ be changed to ὃς , then this new fact will not be told, unless the words καθ’ ἡμέραν τὴν νῦν be taken with what follows (ὃς..φέρει). But they go more naturally with what precedes them (τοῦ..μάντεως , sc. μαθών ).

If φέρει be sound, the subject to it is ἡ ἔξοδος (798). There is nothing harsh in this, since the ἔξοδος is the matter uppermost in the minds of the speakers. φέρει … θάνατον ἢ βίον then means, ‘is fraught with death or life’: cp. Ph. 109 εἰ τὸ σωθῆναί γε τὸ ψεῦδος φέρει: El. 84 ταῦτα γὰρ φέρει | νίκην: ib. 1042 χἡ δίκη βλάβην φέρει. The subject to φέρει is certainly not ἡμέρα ἡ νῦν. If Calchas were subject to φέρει, the verb would mean ἀγγέλλει: but, for this sense, the subject must be the ἄγγελος himself, not the sender. There is no parallel for φέρει as=merely ‘portends.’

It is possible that ΦΕΡΕΙ came, under the influence of ΦΕΡΕΙΝ in 799, from ΘΡΟΕΙ (the subject being Calchas): but we should not be warranted in altering the text. Wecklein and Blaydes, reading θροεῖ , compare O. C. 1425(τὰ τοῦδε ) μαντεύμαθ’, ὃς σφῷν θάνατον ἐξ ἀμφοῖν θροεῖ .

οἲ )γώ : rare in Tragedy: in El. 674, El. 1115 τάλαινα is added: but cp. Soph. Ph. 1274 οἲ )γώ, τί λέξεις;

πρόστητ’ , place yourselves (as it were) in front of it, i.e., ‘interpose between it and me,’ ‘defend me from it.’ Cp. Her. 9. 107 οἱ δορυφόροι οἱ Μασιστέω προέστησαν (sc. αὐτοῦ). For the usage of προστῆναι, see on El. 980.

ἀναγκαίας τύχης , the fortune impending over Tecmessa from that ἀνάγκη, or destiny, which Calchas has expounded. Cp. 485.—Not, ‘avert the fatal chance’ which threatens Ajax (as if they were to place themselves between him and the τύχη ).

οἱ μὲν , the messenger, and the πρόσπολοι of Ajax, who are to hasten to the camp: οἱ δὲ … οἱ δέ , the two divisions of the Chorus, who are to search the coast.

Τεῦκρον μολεῖν , depending on σπεύσατε : cp. Her. 1. 74 ἔσπευσαν... εἰρήνην ἑωυτοῖσι γενέσθαι .

ἑσπέρους … ἀντηλίους . So in Eur. Or. 1258 ff. the Chorus is divided into two ἡμιχόρια, which, by Electra's direction, guard respectively the east and the west side of the palace at Mycenae:—ΗΜ. χωρεῖτ’, ἐπειγώμεσθ)· ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν τρίβον | τόνδ’ ἐκφυλάξω, τὸν πρὸς ἡλίου βολάς. | ΗΜ. καὶ μὲν ἐγὼ τόνδ’, ὃς πρὸς ἑσπέραν φέρει. There, the ‘eastward path’ is the πάροδος on the spectator's left; the ‘westward,’ that on his right. In the Orestes, however, the hemichoria do not leave the orchestra. The Ionic form ἀντήλιος was used in Tragedy: so ἀπηλιώτης, even in Attic prose. ἀνθήλιος occurs first in the comic poet Theopompus (circ. 390 B.C.).

ἀγκῶνας , the bends or bays of the coast, as in Her. 2. 99 ἀγκών is a bend of the Nile. The acc. depends on ἰόντες ( O. T. 637 οὐκ εἶ σύ τ’ οἴκους).— ζητεῖτ’ , a new finite verb, instead of an inf. ζητεῖν, parallel with μολεῖν . This is a tendency of Greek idiom: cp. Ph. 216(βοᾷ), O. C. 351(ἡγεῖται ), Tr. 267(φωνεῖ ), ib. 677 ( φθίνει ).

φωτὸς ἠπατημένη , deceived by him: schol. καταφρονήσας ἠπάτησέ με. Cp. Eur. Or. 497 πληγεὶς θυγατρός. Others understand, ‘deceived concerning (or in) him’: but the genitive will hardly yield that sense.—She refers esp. to his words in 684—692.

χάριτος : cp. 212 (στέρξας ἀνέχει), and her words in 520 ff.— ἐκβεβλημένη : for the assonance (after ἠπατημένη) with the end of the last v., cp. 1085 f.: Ph. 121 f.: Tr. 1265 f.

τί δράσω, τέκνον ; She shrinks from leaving the child, but decides that she must, and leaves him at the tent (cp. 985), where she rejoins him after v. 973.

ὅποιπερ ἂν σθένω . These words, implying that she has no strenght to go far, are significant, because she is to find the body of Ajax near the tent (891), while the Chorus have been vainly seeking him further off.

ἐγκονῶμεν : cp. 988 : Tr. 1255(n.).

οὐχ ἕδρας ἀκμὴ : cp. El. 22 ἔργων ἀκμή : Ph. 12 ἀκμὴ γὰρ οὐ μακρῶν ἡμῖν λόγων. Verse 812 seems genuine. The fear which had haunted Tecmessa from the moment when Ajax regained his sanity (326), and which his words had lulled, has been revived by the message of Calchas. The definite expression of that fear, by σπεύδῃ θανεῖν, is a fitting close to this scene, and prepares for the next.

As to the diction of the verse, three points claim notice. (1) The γε after ἄνδρα emphasises, not that word, but the whole clause, ἄνδρα ὃς σπεύδῃ θανεῖν. Cp. Ant. 213 f., Ant. 648 f.: El. 1506: O. C. 1278.It contrasts ἕδρας with his σπουδή. (2) σπεύδῃ is the original reading to which L's points (cr. n.). It generalises the statement. (3) θέλοντας , which was written by the first hand in L, is in its turn supported by σπεύδῃ as against θέλοντες : for, if the sentiment is general, it will depend on οὐχ ἕδρας ἀκμή more fitly than on χωρῶμεν. In this case, the acc. θέλοντας depends on οὐχ ἕδρας ἀκμή as=οὐχ ἱδρυτέον, a constr. quite possible for poetry: cp. El. 479 f. ὕπεστί μοι θράσος..κλύουσαν (n.).

ἕτοιμος , without the verb εἰμί, as in O. T. 92: Eur. El. 796: Dem. or. 9 § 4: Polit. 277 E, and often.— ἔργου , the usual antithesis to λόγῳ, is defined by ποδῶν .

Tecmessa now leaves the scene by the entrance on the spectator's left, leading to the open country. The Messenger, with the servants of Ajax, goes out on the spectator's right, as being bound for the Greek camp.

The Chorus leave the orchestra in two ἡμιχόρια, one by the πάροδος on the right, the other by that on the left. The withdrawal of the Chorus from the orchestra during the course of a play was called μετάστασις: their return, ἐπιπάροδος. The other extant examples are:—(1) Aesch. Eum.: μετάστασις at v. 231: ἐπιπάροδος at v. 299. (2) Eur. Alc.: μ. , Eur. Alc. 746: ἐ. , Eur. Alc. 872.(3) Helen. : μ., 385: ἐ., 515. (4) Ar. Eccl.: μ., Ar. Eccl. 310: ἐ., Ar. Eccl. 478.

A change of scene is now supposed to take place, from the ground in front of the tent of Ajax to a lonely spot on the sea-shore, with trees or bushes (νάπος, 892). We do not know how this change was managed. (1) It may have been indicated merely by removing the hangings on the back-wall which represented the σκηνή of Ajax. This is MA. üller's view (Gr. Bühnenalterthümer, p. 162). (2) Wecklein supposes that a back-wall, representing the σκηνή, was drawn back on right and left, disclosing the new scene.—We cannot assume the use of περίακτοι in the poet's time (cp. note at the beginning of the play). Had they been in use, the περίακτος on the spectator's left could have turned, so as to represent a new locality (τόπος). The right-hand περίακτος, indicating the region in which the whole action takes place (χώρα), would not have been changed.

The only other Greek play in which a change of scene is certain is the Eumenides, where the action begins at the temple of the Delphian Apollo, and passes at v. 235 to that of Athena Polias at Athens. This may have been marked merely by substituting a statue of Athena for one of Apollo.

815 Ajax is standing at the side of the scene on the spectator's right, near the underwood which screens him when he falls—so that his body is not at first visible to the Chorus when they return to the orchestra, but could be seen by Tecmessa, when she comes on the scene from the left. The point of the sword could probably be seen by the audience. Hesychius quotes Polemon, the sophist in Hadrian's age, as saying that the συσπαστὸν was used ἐν Αἴαντος ὑποκρίσει. It was a short stage-sword, of which the blade ran back; otherwise called ἀνδρόμητον (Hesych., which some refer to ἀναδραμεῖν), or ἀνδρομηρόν. Cp. Achilles Tatius 3. 20 ὁ σίδηρος εἴσω καταδύεται, τούτῳ δ’...ἐν τοῖς θεάτροις ἐχρῆτο πρὸς τὰς κιβδήλους σφαγάς.

The antithesis to ὁ μὲν σφαγεὺς κ.τ.λ. is delayed: it is given by ἐκ δὲ τῶνδε in 823. Meanwhile, the reasons why the weapon should prove deadly have been developed in three clauses (δῶρον μὲν— πέπηγε δ)—ἔπηξα δ’). Hence ὁ μὲν σφαγεὺς κ.τ.λ. is resumed in 823 by οὕτω μὲν εὐσκευοῦμεν.

σφαγεὺς here is simply ‘the slayer.’ In Eur. Andr. 1134 σφαγῆς are sacrificial knives.

τομώτατος : Plat. Tim.p. 61 E σφοδρὸν ὂν καὶ τομόν.

εἴ τῳ καὶ λογίζεσθαι σχολή : lit., ‘if one has leisure e)en to reason about it,’—when it is ἔργου ἀκμή. He is not, indeed, hurried now: he has secured solitude. But in a man like Ajax, who has a deed to do, any words that delay it move a kind of scorn, which gleams through his phrase here: cp. 852 f.

δῶρον μὲν κ.τ.λ. The sword should do its work well, because (1) it is the gift of a foe, (2) it is fixed in hostile soil, and (3) Ajax has planted it with care.

ἀνδρὸς : cp. El. 45 ἀνδρὸς Φανοτέως (n.).

ξένων , because the sword itself had been a ξένιον (661 n.). He means: ‘No one ever had such cause to rue the relationship of ξενία as I in the case of Hector—a foe whom I had hated; for his gift has been my bane.’ See his words in 661—663. The point is missed if ξένων is taken as merely=βαρβάρων.

πολεμίᾳ : cp. 459: the soil itself is his enemy.

σιδηροβρῶτι : the word occurs only here.

θηγάνῃ =ἀκόνῃ, Aeschylean ( Ag. 1536).

νεηκονής , not νεακονής, is now read here by all edd.: cp. νεηκής (Hom. ), νεηλιφής (Arist. ).

περιστείλας denotes merely the careful handling which he gave to it when fixing it in the ground.

θανεῖν , ‘so that I should die’: its εὔνοια will appear in his speedy death. For the inf. of result, without ὥστε , cp. 786 n.

εύσχευοῦμεν : ‘I am well equipped’: the preparations are complete. The verb occurs nowhere else; nor is εὔσκευος found.

ἐκ δὲ τῶνδε , in the next place: cp. 537 n.

Ζεῦ . He invokes (1) Zeus, to apprise Teucer: (2) Hermes, to be his guide to the shades: (3) the Erinyes, to avenge him: (4) Helios, to give tidings at Salamis: (5) Thanatos, to bring the end.

καὶ γὰρ εἰκός : since Zeus is the ancestor of the Aeacidae (387).

αἰτήσομαι : for the fut., cp. 681 n. The verb takes a double acc., and λαχεῖν (sc. αὐτό) is epexegetic inf.: cp. O. T. 1255 φοιτᾷ γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἔγχος ἐξαιτῶν πορεῖν (‘that we should give it’): Ant. 1098 εὐβουλίας δεῖ..λαβεῖν.

μακρὸν =μέγα (130 n.).

ἡμῖν , ethic dat. (‘I pray thee’), with imperat. ( O. C. 1475).— ἄγγελον : the fulfilment of this prayer is related in vv. 998 f.

βαστάσῃ , take in the hands, ‘lift’ (920). Cp. Eur. Alc. 724 βαστάζων νεκρόν= ἐκφέρων. Cp. Soph. Ant. 43 νεκρὸν..κουφιεῖς.

πεπτῶτα περὶ ξίφει : cp. 899, 907: II. Od. 424 ἀποθνῄσκων περὶ φασγάνῳ: Il. 13. 570 περὶ δουρὶ | ἤσπαιῤ: ib. 8. 86 κυλινδόμενος περὶ χαλκῷ (said of a wounded horse, ‘writhing about’ the barb of an arrow): ib. 23. 30 (βόες) ἀμφὶ σιδήρῳ | σφαζόμενοι. See on 899.

πρόβλητος goes closely with the datives: Her. 9. 112 τοὺς μαζοὺς κυσὶ προέβαλε. Cp. Hor. Epod. 6. 10 proiectum odoraris cibum.

ἕλωρ , an epic word, once used (in the plur.) by Aesch. , Suppl. 800 κυσὶν δ’ ἔπειθ’ ἕλωρα κἀπιχωρίοις | ὄρνισι δεῖπνον οὐκ ἀναίνομαὶ πέλειν. Cp. Il. 1. 4 αὐτοὺς δὲ ἑλώρια τεῦχε κύνεσσιν | οἰωνοῖσί τε πᾶσι.

Ajax forebodes that, as a public enemy, he will suffer the doom which Achilles assigns to Hector ( Il. 22. 354), Creon to Polyneices ( Ant. 205), and Electra to Aegisthus ( El. 1487). The Atreidae, in fact, so intended (1064 f.).

τοσαῦτά σε … προστρέπω : the constr. is the same in O. C. 50(μή μ’ ἀτιμάσῃς ) ὧν σε προστρέπω φράσαι, where ὧν=τούτων ἅ, and the inf. is epexegetic. The midd. προστρέπομαι is ordinarily used for this sense, as in fr. 760. 3: but the act. occurs also in Suppl. 1195, κακῶς ὀλέσθαι πρόστρεπ’ Ἀργείων χθόνα (‘pray that..’).

καλῶ δ’ seems better than καλῶ θ’ , in turning to a new invocation.

832 The sense of πομπαῖον (=ψυχοπομπόν) is defined by χθόνιον , just as in O. C. 1548 the context defines a like epithet,—Ἑρμῆς ὁ πομπὸς ἥ τε νερτέρα θεός. See n. there, and on Ph. 133(Ἑρμῆς ὁ πέμπων ).

ἀσφαδάστῳ , ‘without convulsion.’ σφαδάζω is from rt. σφαδ, denoting sudden, violent movement: whence σφεδανός, σφοδρός, σφενδόνη (a sling): Curt. Etym. § 296. The verb was often used with ref. to a convulsive death- struggle; Eur. fr. 1020 ὁ δ’ ἐσφάδαζεν, οὐκ ἔχων ἀπαλλαγάς: Anton. 76 σφαδάζοντος (cp. δυσθανατῶν ib.). Aesch. Ag. 1292 ἐπεύχομαι δὲ καιρίας πληγῆς τυχεῖν, | ὡς ἀσφάδαστος, αἱμάτων εὐθνησίμων | ἀπορρυέντων, ὄμμα συμβάλω τόδε.

The precept to write σφαδᾴζω (and therefore, as Nauck does, ἀσφάδᾳστος) dates from Herodian (c. 160 A.D. ), but is not confirmed by any such independent evidence as exists in the case of ματᾴζω ( Soph. O. T. 891). Ellendt writes σφαδᾴζω, yet ἀσφάδαστος .

πηδήματι , the act of throwing himself upon the sword; Helen. 96 (of Ajax) οἰκεῖον αὐτὸν ὤλεσ’ ἅλμ’ επὶξίφος. This swift act, followed by no σφαδασμός, is to be the means ( ξὺν ) by which Hermes is to lay him to rest.

πλευρὰν διαρρήξαντα . Acc. to the legend followed by Aeschylus in his Θρῇσσαι (fr. 83), Ajax was invulnerable, except in one spot; when he sought to fall on his sword, it bent ‘like a bow,’— until a δαίμων showed him the fatal place. See Introduction, § 4. The schol. here fancies that Sophocles used πλευρὰν with a purposed vagueness,—wishing neither to imitate nor to contradict his predecessor. Rather Sophocles, like the Iliad, ignores altogether the legend which Aeschylus used.

τὰς ἀεί τε παρθένους : ‘the maidens who live for ever, and who ever behold,’ etc.: τὰς ἀεὶ =τὰς ἀεὶ οὔσας. For ὁ ἀεὶ as=<*> ἀεὶ ὤν, cp. O. C. 1700 τὸν ἀεὶ‐ κατὰ | γᾶς σκότον εἱμένος. For παρθένους , O. C. 127 τᾶνδ’ ἀμαιμακετᾶν κορᾶν: Aesch. Eum. 791 κόραι δυστυχεῖς | Νυκτός : ib. 69 γραῖαι, παλαιαὶ παῖδες αἷς οὐ μίγνυται | θεῶν τις, οὐδ’ ἄνθρωπος, οὐδὲ θήρ ποτε.—By his conjecture τὰς ἀεί τ’ ἐπαργέμους , Meineke meant, ‘ever shrouded in the nether gloom.’

ἀεί θ’ ὁρώσας . Here τε is clearly better than δέ (the reading of L), as in El. 1098 f. ὀρθά τ’ εἰσηκούσαμεν, | ὀρθῶς θ’ ὁδοιποροῦμεν. For instances in which τε can fitly be followed by δέ, see Ant. 1096(n.), Tr. 143(n.).

ὁρώσας : O. C. 42 τὰς πάνθ’ ὁρώσας Εὐμενίδας.

σεμνὰς , an especially Athenian epithet of these goddesses: Eum. 1040 ἵλαοι δὲ καὶ εὐθύφρονες γᾷ | δεῦρ’ ἴτε, Σεμναί: cp. O. C. 89 θεῶν | σεμνῶν ἕδραν.

τανύποδας : so elsewhere the Erinys is χαλκόπους ( El. 491), καμψίπους (‘fleet,’ Aesch. Theb. 791): cp. Soph. O. T. 418 δεινόπους ἀρά. Aesch. Eum. 371 σφαλερὰ καὶ τανυδρόμοις | κῶλα, δύσφορον ἄταν.

839—

κάκιστα καὶ πανωλέθρους : Aesch. Th. 552 πανώλεις παγκάκως τ’ ὀλοίατο.

The last two of these four verses are certainly spurious, as three things show.

(1) The poet would not have made the dying Ajax pray that the Atreidae may die ‘at the hands of their offspring,’ unless there had been some legend that they so died. But, according to the current mythology, Agamemnon was slain by his wife and her paramour, while Menelaüs and Helen passed, without dying, to Elysium ( Od. 4. 561). It is only in later times that we meet with the story of Menelaüs and Helen having been sacrificed by Iphigeneia in the land of the Tauri (Ptolemy Heph. 4, cp. Roscher, Lex. p. 1951): a myth which the author of these verses may have had in view. Odysseus, indeed, was slain by Telegonus; but he does not come into account here, unless we make the improbable change of Ἀτρειδῶν to Ἀχαιῶν in 838. [As to the double sense of αὐτοσφαγής, with ref. to one who is slain (1) by himself, (2) by a kinsman, see on Ant. 56 αὐτοκτονοῦντε .]

(2) These two verses confuse the construction, since ὥσπερ εἰσορῶσ’ ἐμέ ( sc. ξυναρπασθέντα) refers to what precedes: while τὼς in 841 refers to ὥσπερ.

(3) The form φίλιστος occurs nowhere else, except as a proper name.

τώς is not elsewhere found in Soph. or Eur. : it is, however, used by Aesch. , not only in lyrics ( Aesch. Th. 484, Suppl. 69, 670, 691), but once, at least, in a trimeter, Th. 637 ἢ ζῶντ’ ἀτιμαστῆρα τὼς ἀνδρηλάτην. We should not, then, insist on τώς as a mark of spuriousness: and ὀλοίατο is, of course, free from objection ( O. T. 1274 γνωσοίατο n.). But the case against 841 f. seems conclusive without them.

A more difficult question is whether vv. 839, 840 are also spurious. The schol. in L on v. 841 is as follows:—τὼς αὐτοσφαγεῖς: ταῦτα νοθεύεσθαί φασιν ὑποβληθέντα πρὸς σαφήνειαν τῶν λεγομένων. As the lemma, τὼς αὐτοσφαγεῖς, clearly indicates, ταῦτα refers only to the two verses 841 f., and not (as Dindorf and others have assumed) to all the four verses 839—842. The surmise was, says the scholiast, that vv. 841 f. were added ‘to make the meaning clearer’; i.e., to explain the elliptical phrase, ὥσπερ εἰσορῶσ’ ἐμέ. Such a surmise itself shows that vv. 839, 840 were believed to be older than 841 f. It is indeed plain that all four verses are not by the same author. The incoherent construction noticed above, under (2), was possible for an interpolator whose attention was fixed on ὥσπερ εἰσορῶσ’ ἐμέ, but hardly for one who was forging vv. 839—842 as a whole. If, then, all four verses are condemned, we must assume two independent interpolations.

I incline to think that the two verses 839 and 840 are genuine; because, otherwise, the imprecation on the πάνδημος στρατός (844) would follow too abruptly on v. 838. The prayer for the destruction of his chief foes, uttered in 839 f., leads up to the more sweeping denunciation of the Greek army.

ἴτ’ , in urgent entreaty: O. C. 106(n.).

γεύεσθε : Il. 20. 258 γευσόμεθ’ ἀλλήλων χαλκήρεσιν ἐγχείῃσιν.

πανδήμου στρατοῦ : cp. Ant. 7 πανδήμῳ πόλει (n.). As to this curse, see Introduction, § 13.

αἰπὺν , lit. ‘steep,’ as the sun is said to ‘climb’ the sky towards the meridian.

οὐρανὸν διφρηλατῶν : Eur. Andr. 1011 (Poseidon) ἵπποις διφρεύων ἅλιον πέλαγος .

ἴδῃς : for the non-emphatic word thus placed, and followed by a pause, cp. 332 ἡμῖν, n.

χρυσόνωτον ἡνίαν . Cp. O. C. 693 χρυσάνιος Ἀφροδίτα (n.). ‘Golden’ is similarly an Homeric epithet, not only of reins, but of shoes ( Il. 24. 340 πέδιλα..χρύσεια), a belt ( Od. 11. 610 χρύσεος..τελαμών), and a girdle ( Od. 5. 231). Helbig (Das hom. Epos, p. 86) supposes that overlaying with gold-leaf is denoted in all these cases. Achilles Tatius (1. 14) refers to φαλάροις ἀργυροῖς, χρυσαῖς ἡνίαις, as parts of a luxurious equipment. The epithet in Anth. Pal. 7. 219, οὐκέτι χρυσοχάλινον ὁρᾷ δρόμον ἠελίοιο, refers to the bit or bridle, not to the reins.

τροφῷ =μητρί, as one's ‘mothercountry’ is called simply τὴν θρέψασαν by In Leocr. § 47.

ἦ που : 622.

ἥσει … κωκυτὸν : cp. 627 αἴλινον.. | ἥσει. Tr. 866 ἠχεῖ τις.. | κωκυτόν. Soph. Ph. 1350 ἀνάγετ’ ἀνάγετε κωκυτόν.

ἐν πάσῃ πόλει . This is Homeric: Sophocles is thinking of the lamentation for Hector, begun by Cassandra: Il. 24. 703 κώκυσέν τ’ ἄρ’ ἔπειτα γέγωνέ τε πᾶν κατὰ ἄστυ: cp. ib. 776 (after Helen's lament) ὡς ἔφατο κλαίους)· ἐπὶ δ’ ἔστενε δῆμος ἀπείρων. There is more of Athenian feeling in the surmise concerning Eurydicè ( Ant. 1247), ἐς πόλιν γόους | οὐκ ἀξιώσειν.

ἔργον : 12 n.

ἀλλ’ … ἀλλ’ . The second ἀλλὰ here merely opposes its own clause to that which the first ἀλλὰ introduces, as in El. 881 ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὕβρει | λέγω τάδ’, ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνον ὡς παρόντα νῷν.

Θάνατε . Ph. 797 ὦ Θάνατε Θάνατε, πῶς ἀεὶ καλούμενος | οὕτω κατ’ ἦμαρ οὐ δύνᾳ μολεῖν ποτέ; Aesch. fr. 255 ὦ Θάνατε παιάν, μή μ’ ἀτιμάσῃς μολεῖν.

κἀκεῖ =καὶ ἐν Ἅιδου ( Ant. 76, El. 356). In Hesiod Theog. 758 ff. Thanatos and Hypnos are the sons of Night, and dwell near Hades and Persephonè. A relief from Ephesus shows Thanatos, winged, and girt with his sword, in the nether world, at the moment when Hermes is about to bring Alcestis back to the sunlight. See Baumeister, Denkmäler p. 281 (pl. 281), and ib. 1730, where C. Robert's interpretation of the subject is given.

The absence of caesura gives a more deliberate weight to σὲ μὲν κἀκεῖ: cp. 994 : Ph. 1369 ἔα κακῶς αὐτοὺς ἀπόλλυσθαι κακούς, and ib. 101: Ant. 44.

τὸ νῦν σέλας , i.e., ‘which I see now, but soon shall see no more.’ Cp. 753 κατ’ ἦμαρ τοὐμφανὲς τὸ νῦν τόδε.

διφρευτὴν (845): cp. Ant. 1065 τρόχους ἁμιλλητῆρας ἡλίου, ‘courses of the sun's swift chariot.’ For καὶ τὸν..Ἥλιον (instead of καὶ σέ, ὦ Ἥλιε), cp. 862 n.

πανύστατον δὴ : cp. 992 ἁπάντων δή.

κοὔποτ’ … ὕστερον : Ant. 808 νέατον..φέγγος λεύσσουσαν ἀελίου, | κοὔποτ’ αὖθις .

ἱερὸν : an epithet given to cities in respect of their πολισσοῦχοι or ἐγχώριοι θεοί: cp. 1221. Ajax refers esp. to Zeus and the Aeacidae. Among the shrines of Salamis in the poet's day were those of Athena Σκιράς ( Her. 8. 94), Enyalios (v. 179 n.), Artemis ( Paus. 1. 36. 1), and Ajax (ib. 35. 3).

πατρῷον instead of πατρῴας, since ἑστίας βάθρον is a single notion: see on κυνὸς..εὔρινος βάσις (8). βάθρον : 135 n.

κλειναί : Pind. fr. 76 ὦ ταὶ λιπαραὶ καὶ ἰοστέφανοι καὶ ἀοίδιμοι, | Ἑλλάδος ἔρεισμα, κλειναὶ Ἀθᾶναι, δαιμόνιον πτολίεθρον . Soph. O. C. 108 πασῶν Ἀθῆναι τιμιωτάτη πόλις: ib. 282 τὰς εὐδαίμονας: Soph. El. 707 τῶν θεοδμήτων.

καὶ τὸ σύντροφον γένος , following the voc., as in Ph. 986 ὦ Λημνία χθὼν καὶ τὸ παγκρατὲς σέλας. With σύντροφον we may understand ἡμῖν rather than Ἀθήναις: the Athenians are kinsmen and associates of the Salaminians,—as the latter are γενεᾶς χθονίων ἀπ’ Ἐρεχθειδᾶν (202). Cp. Ph. 171 ξύντροφον ὄμμα, a companion's face. It seems improbable that σύντροφον γένος alludes specially to the Attic φυλὴ Αἰαντίς: that would unduly narrow the reference.

κρῆναί τε ποταμοί θ’ οἵδε : the Scamander (417), the Simois, the springs and fountains πολυπίδακος Ἴδης. So Philoctetes, on leaving Lemnos ( Ph. 1461): νῦν δ’, ὦ κρῆναι Λύκιόν τε ποτόν, | λείπομεν ὑμᾶς.

καὶ τὰ Τρ. πεδία προσαυδῶ : this clause follows the series of vocatives, and precedes their verb, as in the similar passage, Aesch. P. V. 88 —92 ὦ δῖος αἰθὴρ κ.τ.λ... | καὶ τὸν πανόπτην κύκλον Ἡλίου καλῶ· | ἴδεσθέ μ’ κ.τ.λ.

τροφῆς (cp. 189 βασιλῆς): the soil and the streams have sustained his life. Ar. Th. 299 τῇ Κουροτρόφῳ (i.e. τῇ Γῇ ), Aesch. Th. 477 τροφεῖα πληρώσει χθονί. There was a custom that youths on coming of age should offer a ‘nurture-lock’ to rivers ( Aesch. Ch. 6 πλόκαμον Ἰνάχῳ θρεπτήριον).

Αἴας … θροεῖ , followed by μυθήσομαι : as τὸν πλανήτην Οἰδίπουν ( O. C.e) is followed by ἐμοί (ib. 6). Cp. 427 πρόκειμαι after ἄνδρα τόνδε (n.).

Ajax falls upon his sword. (See n. on 815.)—The actor Timotheus of Zacynthus (says the scholiast) was celebrated in this scene: ἦγε τοὺς θεατὰς καὶ ἐψυχαγώγει, ὡς Σφαγέα αὐτὸν κληθῆναι.

866-878

ἐπιπάροδος (see n. on 813 f.). The ἡμιχόριον which has been searching ‘the westward bays’ now reenters the orchestra by the parodos on the spectator's right, and a moment or two later the other ἡμιχόριον comes in at the opposite side.

The extant examples of hemichoria in Tragedy are not many. In Aesch. Theb. 1066 ff., after the collective lament of the Chorus for the house of Laïus, one semichorus expresses sympathy with Antigone, while the other elects to obey Creon. In Eur. Or. 1258 ff. the two hemichoria are supposed to guard the E. and W. sides of the palace. In E. Alc. 93—111, E. Alc. 226—232 the Chorus which bewails Alcestis is divided into two parts merely for the sake of the antiphonal dirge. Sophocles adopts a like arrangement in Soph. Tr. 863—870, where, as here, no actor is present.

πόνος πόνῳ πόνον : cp. 1197, and n. on O. T. 175. Aesch. Pers. 1041 δόσιν κακὰν κακῶν κακοῖς. The dialogue in 866—878 is conducted by the two leaders of hemichoria. When Sophocles raised the number of the tragic Chorus from twelve to fifteen, his object was to provide a coryphaeus (distinct from the ordinary choreutae), and two subordinate leaders. The technical name for these leaders of hemichoria was παραστάται, because they stood one on each side of the coryphaeus when the Chorus was drawn up in ranks (κατὰ ζυγά).

κοὐδεὶς … τόπος . The reading of the MSS. can mean only: ‘and no place is conscious that I have learned along with it,’ i.e., ‘have learned what it knows,’ ‘share its secret.’ The constr. ἐπίσταταί με συμμαθεῖν (instead of συμμαθόντα) is warranted by Ant. 1092 ff. ἐπιστάμεσθα..αὐτὸν..λακεῖν): see also ib. 293, El. 616. συμμαθεῖν , as=‘to learn with one,’ may be defended by Plat. Symp. 3. 20 ἐμὲ μὲν παρακάλει, ὅταν μέλλῃς μανθάνειν.., ἵνα σοι..συμμανθάνω. But, though this sense is possible for συμμαθεῖν, the language of the verse, as it stands, is too elliptical and obscure. Clearly there has been some corruption. I suspect that it began under the influence of πᾷ γὰρ οὐκ ἔβαν ἐγώ, with the change of an original σφε into με. ΣΥΜΜΑΘΕΙΝ may have been corrupted, to suit με, from ΣΥΝΝΑΙΕΙΝ. I would read, κοὐδεὶς ἐπίσταταί σφε συνναίειν τόπος , ‘and no place is conscious of his presence.’ ναίειν can be said of temporary presence in a place: see Soph. O. C. 117, where the men of Colonus are searching for Oedipus:—ὅρα· τίς ἄρ’ ἦν; ποῦ ναίει; And so in Soph. Tr. 99 πόθι μοι.. | ναίει refers to the wandering Heracles. See Appendix.

ἰδού , with ref. to sound: O. C. 1477, El. 1410.

ἡμῶν .. ναὸς … ὁμιλίαν =ἡμᾶς τοὺς συνναύτας: for the double gen., cp. 308 f.: for the periphrasis, El. 417 εἰσιδεῖν πατρὸς | ...ὁμιλίαν: Eur. Hipp. 1179 ὀπισθόπους | φίλων..ὁμήγυρις.

κοινόπλουν : cp. El. 1104 ἡμῶν ποθεινὴν κοινόπουν παρουσίαν.

τί οὖν δή ; The hiatus is clearly genuine here (for the insertion of δ’ would be unfitting in this eager question); as also in Aesch. Theb. 704 τί οὖν ἔτ’ ἂν σαίνοιμεν ὀλέθριον μόρον; See Appendix to , Soph. Ph. v. 100, p. 233.

ἐστίβηται . στιβέω is not found elsewhere. The conjecture ἐστίβευται rests on the fact that στιβεύω occurs in later, though not in classical, Greek. But as Lycophron (121) used ἀστίβητος, he either knew στιβέω, or thought it a possible form.

ἔχεις οὖν ; Euripides has a similar phrase in Suppl. 818 (Adrastus) ἔχεις ἔχεις (sc. τὰ τέκνα)—ΧΟ. πημάτων γ’ ἅλις βάρος. Cp. also Cycl. 683 ΧΟ... ἔχεις; (‘hast thou caught them?’) ΚΥ. κακόν γε πρὸς κακῷ. For a like coincidence, see 591 n.

κοὐδὲν εἰς ὄψιν πλέον , lit., ‘and nothing more in respect to seeing,’ —i.e., to descrying the object of our search. For this sense of εἰς, cp. O. T. 706 n.

ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ μὲν δὴ , in rejecting an alternative: Tr. 1128, El. 913.

τὴν ἀφ’ ἡλίου βολῶν : so Eur. Or. 1258 ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν τρίβον | τόνδ’ ἐκφυλάξω, τὸν πρὸς ἡλίου βολάς. βολαί, like ictus ( C. 2. 15. 10),=ἀκτῖνες: cp. Eur. Bacch. 14 ἡλιοβλήτους πλάκας.

δηλοῖ =δῆλός ἐστι : cp. 471 n. ‘He is not found to have appeared anywhere along the path from the east.’ The acc. κέλευθον denotes the ground which the searchers have traversed: the phrase is a terse equivalent for οὐδαμοῦ δηλοῖ φανεὶς τοῖς τὴν..κέλευθον ἐλθοῦσιν. There is no real resemblance to El. 1273 φιλτάταν | ὁδὸν ἐπαξιώσας ὧδέ μοι φανῆναι, where ὁδὸν is cognate acc. to φανῆναι as implying ἐλθεῖν (cp. ib. 1318 ἐξήκεις ὁδόν).

879-973

A κομμός, in which the Chorus has both lyrics and trimeters; Tecmessa, trimeters only (except ἰώ μοί μοι, etc.). Verses 879—914 form a strophe,=antistr. 925—960. The lyric parts of strophe and antistrophe correspond thus: (1) 879—890=925—936: (2) 900—903=946—949: (3) 909—914= 954—960. The intervals between the lyrics are filled by dialogue between the Chorus and Tecmessa, mainly in trimeters: thus (1) 891—899=937—945: (2) 904—907=950—953.

At the close of the strophe, Tecmessa has ten trimeters (915—924); at the close of the antistrophe, thirteen (961—973): in the latter speech, however, some critics reject vv. 966—968, and so make it equal with the other. On this view, 879—924 =925—973.

For the lyric metres see Metrical Analysis.

τίς ἂν with the optat. (ἀπύοι, 887) expresses a wish, cp. El. 1103 n.— ἁλιαδᾶν , sons of ἅλιοι (sea-faring men, fishermen); poetical for ἁλιέων, like παῖδες Ἑλλήνων ( Aesch. Pers. 402). The use of the patronymic in Greek poetry was a free one; thus Pindar can say ἀφθίτου Ἐννοσίδα (Poseidon, P. 4. 33), forming the word from ἔνοσις. We might compare τεκτονίδης, which occurs as a proper name in Od. 8. 114.

ἔχων … ἄγρας : cp. 564 θήραν ἔχων (n.).

ἀΰπνους : the υ is long here, as in O. C. 685(where ἄϋπνοι =ἀηδών in 672), though short in Ph. 848: as in Ph. 827 the first Υπνε has υ—, and the second υ^. Hermann unnecessarily inserted ἀμφ’ before ἀΰπνους (taking the υ as short). The metre is dochmiac: cp. 926 n.

ἢ τίς Ὀλυμπιάδων θεᾶν κ.τ.λ. ‘Can any Oread of the Mysian Olympus, or any Naiad of the streams that flow into the Hellespont, tell us where he is?’ θεᾶν is understood again with ποταμῶν (Ὀλυμπιάδες θεαί, ἢ θεαὶ ποταμῶν): for the adj. co-ordinated with a gen., cp. Pind. N. 8. 2 παρθενηΐοις παίδων τ’ ἐφίζοισα γλεφάροις: Eur. Med. 404 τοῖς Σισυφείοις τοῖς τ’ Ἰάσονος γάμοις. As to the Mysian Olympus, see on 720.

ῥυτῶν , a general epithet of sea or river: Aesch. Ag. 1408 ῥυτᾶς ἐξ ἁλός: Eur. Hipp. 123 ῥυτὰν παγάν.

Βοσπορίων , of the Hellespont; cp. Aesch. Pers. 723, καὶ τόδ’ ἐξέπραξεν, ὥστε Βόσπορον κλῇσαι μέγαν; with ref. to the bridges of boats made by order of Xerxes, ἡ ξεῦξις τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου ( Her. 7. 35).—The word ἴδρις , added in L and most MSS. after ποταμῶν , was an early interpolation, caused by the elliptical construction. The schol. (on 879) read it, and explains ποταμῶν ἴδρις by Ναΐς. But the antistr., Her. v. 930, πάννυχα καὶ φαέθοντ’ ἀνεστέναζες, is clearly sound; though Elmsley suggested that ἄναξ may have dropped out before ἀνεστέναζες.

εἴ ποθι … λεύσσων =λεύσσων, εἴ ποθι (=που) λεύσσει: Ph. 1204 ξίφος, εἴ ποθεν, | ἢ γένυν, ἢ βελέων τι, προπέμψατε, i.e., εἴ ποθεν προπέμψαι ἔχετε (n.).— ἀπύοι, ‐υ‐ : Ar. Eq. 1023 ἐγὼ μέν εἰμ’ ὁ κύων· πρὸ σοῦ γὰρ ἀπύω. (Moschus 2. 124 has ἠπύοντες with υ—: elsewhere the pres. has υ^: the fut. and aor. have υ—.)

σχέτλια , instead of σχέτλιον: so 1126 δίκαια: Ph. 524 αἰσχρά : Eur. Or. 413 δεινά: Thuc. 5. 14§ 4 ἀδύνατα.

τὸν μακρῶν ἀλάταν πόνων . The similar phrase in Aesch. P. V. 900 , ἀλατείαις πόνων, implies the constr. ἀλᾶσθαι πόνους (as cogn. acc.); and Sophocles may have had that in mind. But the gen. could also be explained as equiv. to an adj. πολύπονον: cp. Soph. Ant. 114 λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι (n.).— οὐρίῳ μὴ πελάσαι δρόμῳ , ‘cannot come near him (sc. τῷ Αἴαντι), with prospered course.’ Others take δρόμῳ with πελάσαι, ‘attain to, obtain, a prosperous course.’ (Cp. Pind. O. 1. 78 κράτει..πέλασον, ‘bring me to victory.’) Those who read οὐρίων..δρόμων (cr. n.) explain it in the same way. But this is surely forced.

ἀμενηνὸν , enfeebled in mind by the νόσος, distempered. Cp. Il. 5. 887 ἤ κε ζὼς ἀμενηνὸς ἔα χαλκοῖο τυπῇσιν (‘feeble’),—the only instance of the word in the Iliad. In the phrases ἀμενηνὰ κάρηνα ( Od. 10. 521, etc.), ἀμενηνῶν.. ὀνείρων (ib. 19. 562), the notion is ‘unsubstantial.’ ἀμενηνός is probably formed from μένος. (Wecklein suggests that Sophocles here meant by it ‘unstable,’ ‘restless,’ as if it came from μένω.)— ὅπου : sc. ἐστί: cp. 33.

ἰώ μοί μοι . Tecmessa,—who is not seen till v. 894,—is approaching the entrance on the spectator's left, when she descries the body of Ajax lying at the other side of the scene. The underwood amidst which he has fallen screens the sight from the Chorus, until they draw nearer. (Cp. 815 n.)

τίνος βοὴ κ.τ.λ.: ‘whose cry came from the wood, in the covert near us?’ πάραυλος , having an αὐλή near at hand; screened from view in the neighbouring covert: τίνος πάραυλος βοή =τίνος παραύλου βοή. Cp. O. C. 785 ἀλλ’ ὡς πάραυλον οἰκίσῃς (με), n.

ἰὼ τλήμων , sc. ἐγώ, not Αἴας . Ph. 1102 ὦ τλάμων τλάμων ἄρ’ ἐγώ.

δουρίληπτον : for the Ionic form, cp. δούρειος ( Eur. Tro. 14), γούνατα ( Soph. O. C. 1607), μοῦνος, ξεῖνος, etc.

οἴκτῳ … συγκεκραμένην , steeped in the anguish which the lament expresses; Ant. 1311 δειλαίᾳ δὲ συγκέκραμαι δύᾳ (n.).

ᾤχωκα is now read in Aesch. Pers. 13, Soph. fr. 220: and in Il. 10. 252Leaf gives παρῴχωκεν (the reading of Aristarchus, acc. to Didymus), instead of παρῴχηκεν, as there is no good authority for ᾤχηκα or οἴχηκα before Polybius. οἴχωκα, the traditional form here, is Ionic ( Her. 1. 189, etc.).

διαπεπόρθημαι : cp. 1198 ἔπερσεν: Tr. 1104 ἐκπεπόρθημαι .

τί δ’ ἔστιν ; O. T. 319 n.

ἡμῖν , ethic: 216.

ἀρτίως νεοσφαγὴς : the same phrase occurs in Tr. 1130.Cp. Ant. 1283(τέθνηκε ..) ἄρτι νεοτόμοισι πλήγμασιν.

κρυφαίῳ : cp. 658 κρύψω.

φας‐ γάνῳ περιπτυχής , wrapped, as it were, round the sword; cp. Pind. N. 8. 23(φθόνος) Τελαμῶνος δάψεν υἱόν, φασγάνῳ ἀμφικυλίσας . Verg. Aen. 10. 681 An sese mucrone ob tantum dedecus amens | Induat.

ὤμοι with gen.: 908, 980: Tr. 971.If the first thought of the Salaminians is, in Homeric phrase, ὤλετο μέν μοι νόστος ( Il. 9. 413), this is an indirect tribute to the chief on whom their welfare depended.

ὤμοι, κατέπεφνες, ἄναξ … τάλας . The text is not certain here; but it seems most probable that v. 901 is sound, and that in the antistr., 947 f., ἄναυδ’ | ἔργ’ should replace ἄναυδον | ἔργον. The ἰὼ or ὦ which the MSS. place before τάλας in 902 may well have been an error.—Cp. Ant. 871 θανὼν ἔτ’ οὖσαν κατήναρές με: and El. 808.

ὦ ταλαίφρων γύναι . We should expect either ὦ ταλαῖφρον γύναι, or ὢ ταλαίφρων γυνή, exclamatory, like El. 150 ἰὼ παντλάμων Νιόβα. But the reading given above has the best MS. authority, and is tacitly accepted in several recent editions. I retain it, because the words, though addressed to Tecmessa, are in fact rather a comment upon her fate. Hence it is conceivable that the nom. of the adjective, usual in exclamations, should here be combined with a vocative of the person.

ὡς ὧδε τοῦδ’ ἔχοντος : cp. 281 n.: 981: Ant. 1179 ὡς ὧδ’ ἐχόντων τἄλλα βουλεύειν πάρα.

αἰάζειν , with allusion to his name (430 f.): cp. 914 δυσώνυμος.

τίνος ποτ’ ἆρ’ ἔπραξε κ.τ.λ. The antistrophic verse is 951, ἄγαν ὑπερβριθὲς ἄχθος ἤνυσαν. I believe that the text is sound here, and that γὰρ has dropped out before ἄχθος in 951. The case is parallel with that of vv. 369 and 384, in the latter of which a syllable was lost. The only tolerable emendation of ἔπραξε is ἔρξε : and ἔπραξε is the fitter word, since, with its possible sense of ‘contrived,’ it suits the hypothesis that he may have procured death from another's hand; while ἔρξε would, in that case, be somewhat forced. It may be added that the aorist of ἔρδω is never used by Sophocles in the indicative (though he has ἔρξειεν Tr. 935, ἔρξον ib. 1201, ἔρξας Ph. 117 etc.); and by Aeschylus only once, Th. 924 ἐρξάτην (lyr.): for in Ag. 1529 ἦρξεν is right, and ἔρξεν only a conjecture. As to v. 951, the insertion of γὰρ is not only admissible, but desirable.

αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτοῦ . Cp. Ant. 1176 ΧΟ. πότερα πατρῴας ἢ πρὸς οἰκείας χερός; ΑΓ. αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτοῦ.

ἐν γάρ οἱ χθονί : the order of words is Ionic in style; cp. Her. 6. 69 ἐν γάρ σε τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ ἀναιρέομαι: id. 1. 108 ἐκ γάρ οἱ τῆς ὄψιος..ἐσήμαινον: Ph. 468 πρός νύν σε πατρός. Join οἱ … πηκτὸν (dat. of agent: 539).

κατηγορεῖ : Aesch. Ag. 271 εὖ γὰρ φρονοῦντος ὄμμα σοῦ κατηγορεῖ.

περιπετὲς , in passive sense, ‘on which he has fallen’: a bold use, as Eustathius felt (p. 644. 47): Σοφοκλῆς ἔγχος περιπετὲς εἰπεῖν ἐτόλμησεν, ᾧ περιπέπτωκεν Αἴας. Lobeck quotes some phrases which, though not precisely similar, are analogous; as Aelian Hist. An. 15. 10 τὰ ἄγκιστρα..περιπαγέντα τοῖς ἰχθύσι , i.e., ‘on which the fish are caught,’ (περιπαρέντα Schneider): Chrysost. Opp. vol. III. p. 85 A ἑαυτῷ τὸ ξίφος περιέπειρε, made the sword a spit for his body, i.e. transfixed himself with his sword.

οἶος , the reading of the MSS., is far better here than οἷος.

ἄφρακτος . Dindorf writes ἄφαρκτος, as the older Attic form. Attic inscriptions attest φάρξαι (420 B.C.) and διαφάρξαντι (409 B.C.): though διαφράξαι occurs as early as 347 B.C.; Meisterhans, Gramm. Att. Inschr. § 43. No instance of ἄφαρκτος is quoted from an Attic inscr., but ἄφρακτος occurs c. 290 B.C., and often later. For the gen. φίλων , cp. 321 : El. 36 ἄσκευον..στρατοῦ .

κωφός , in the general sense of ‘dull-witted’: schol. ἀναίσθητος. πάντα , adv., as O. C. 1458 τὸν πάντ’ ἄριστον.

δυστράπελος , ‘intractable,’ not amenable to a guiding hand; cp. 609 δυσθεράπευτος: and see n. on 595. In Eth. Eud. 3. 7. 6 (p. 1234 a 5) the δυστράπελος is the ‘morose’ man, the opposite extreme to βωμολόχος, while the εὐτράπελος is the happy mean.

δυσώνυμος : cp. 430 f. The epithets show a natural sequence of thought; ‘intractable, and doomed to such a fate as his name foreshadowed.’

περιπτυχεῖ φάρει , a cloak or mantle wrapped round him: for the adj., cp. 899. The φάρος, we may suppose, has been brought by a πρόσπολος from the tent hard by. The shrouded corpse, which remains partly visible (cp. 1172), is an effigy, like that of Haemon in the Antigone (1258, cp. p. xvii. n.), and of Clytaemnestra in the Electra (1466). The actor who played Ajax has now to play Teucer.

παμπήδην is a poet. equiv. (used by Theognis and Aeschylus) for πάμπαν, formed from it with the adverbial suffix ‐δην : παμπή‐δην, instead of παμπάν‐δην, by compensatory lengthening of α.

ὅστις καὶ φίλος , one at least who is a friend. καὶ emphasises φίλος: cp. Eur. H. F. 58(ἡ δυσπραξία), ἧς μήποθ’, ὅστις καὶ μέσως εὔνους ἐμοί, | τύχοι. Eur. Ion 232 πάντα θεᾶσθ’, ὅ τι καὶ θέμις, ὄμμασι .

φυσῶντ’ ἄνω πρὸς ῥῖνας : a reminiscence perh. of Od. 22. 18(Antinoüs dying of a wound in the throat), αὐτίκα δ’ αὐλὸς ἀνὰ ῥῖνας παχὺς ἦλθεν | αἵματος ἀνδρομέοιο: a thick jet of blood came up through his nostrils. The blood is forced up to the nostrils, and then issues from them. Cp. 1411 .

μελανθὲν , ‘darkened,’ can hardly be a simple equiv. for μέλαν: Sophocles may possibly have thought—wrongly—that blood takes a darker colour from the action of air.— οἰκείας σφαγῆς : cp. 260 οἰκεῖα πάθη : Ant. 1176(αἱμάσσεται ) πρὸς οἰκείας χερός.

βαστάσει : see on 827. The deliber. subjunct. βαστάσῃ, which the schol. prefers, would be unsuitable here.

ἀκμαἶ ἂν … μόλοι seems the best correction of ἀκμαῖος … μόλοι . The phrase ἀκμαῖα μολεῖν is quite permissible in poetry: see the examples quoted on 196 f., and add Soph. Ph. 310 μόλις φανεὶς | ἄελπτα κἀδόκητα ματρὸς ὠλέναις.

ἀκμαῖος, εἰ βαίη, μόλοι is impossible: μόλοι could not stand here for μόλοι ἄν: see on Ant. 605(κατάσχοι ).

συγκαθαρμόσαι : schol. περιστεῖλαι. The double compound occurs only here, but Eur. has καθαρμόζειν in a similar context, Eur. El. 1227 κάλυπτε μέλεα ματέρος | πέπλοις, καθάρμοσον σφαγάς (‘compose,’ ‘close,’ the wounds). Here the sense is, ‘compose,’ with ref. to the laying out of the dead; cp. Soph. Ant. 900 θανόντας αὐτόχειρ ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ | ἔλουσα κἀκόσμησα: Soph. O. C. 1602 f. (n.): Ovid Met. 9. 502 peream precor ante toroque | Mortua componar. The inf. συγκαθαρμόσαι stands after ἀκμαἶ ἂν μόλοι as an inf. follows words of ‘fitness’ ( Plat. Symp. 173B ὁδὸς ἐπιτηδεία καὶ λέγειν καὶ ἀκοῦσαι).

οἵως ἔχεις . The adv. οἵως has been suspected, but there is no good reason for doubting that it was in use, though less frequent than οἷον or οἷα: it appears sound in Ar. Vesp. 1363, and in Apoll. Rh. 4. 786; though in Ph. 1007 we should read οἷ’ αὖ μ’ ὑπῆλθες.—For οἷος..οἵως , cp. 557.

ὡς … ἄξιος is best taken as a heightening of οἵως ἔχεις : ‘how worthy art thou,’ etc. This is easier than to supply ὤν with ἄξιος (‘as being worthy’). The sense cannot be, ‘so as to be worthy,’ etc.; such an ellipse of εἶναι is impossible.

παρ’ ἐχθροῖς , in their judgment; 620 n.

τυχεῖν : El. 1469 κἀπ’ ἐμοῦ θρήνων τύχῃ.

ἔμελλες : cp. 1027 : Ph. 1083 ὥς σ’ οὐκ ἔμελλον ἄῤ, ὦ τάλας, | λείψειν.— χρόνῳ : because, for several days, he had been brooding over his wrongs (930 f.): cp. 193 μακραίωνι | ...σχολᾷ. The words of Odysseus in 1336 f. also imply such an interval between the award of the arms and the death of Ajax.

στερεόφρων : as in Polit. p. 309 B τὸ στερεὸν ἦθος is said of τὰς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνδρίαν μᾶλλον ξυντεινούσας (φύσεις).

ἄῤ : 233 n.

Erfurdt's insertion of ὧδ’ before ἐξανύσειν has been widely accepted: then ἐξ‐ (corresponding with the α^ of ἀΰπνους in 881) takes the place of a short syllable; a license possible in dochmiacs. But L's reading, στερεόφρων ἄρ’ ἐξανύσσειν κακάν, gives an exact metrical correspondence, without any conjectural addition. No one could hesitate to prefer it, but for a doubt as to whether Tragic lyrics could admit the form ἐξανύσσειν. The doubled ς occurs in Od. 16. 373 ἀνύσσεσθαι (fut. midd.): Theog. 954 ἀνύσσας : Pind. P. 12. 11 ἄνυσσεν. Sophocles has ὀλέσσας (390), and πέλασσον ( Soph. Ph. 1163). Hartung, G. Wolff, and Wecklein read ἐξανύσσειν: rightly, I believe. Observe that the close kinship of lyric with epic diction here is significantly marked by οὐλίῳ in 933,—an epic and Pindaric word which is free from just suspicion, yet occurs nowhere else in Tragedy.

τοῖα : 164 n.

πάννυχα καὶ φαέθοντ’ : schol. κατὰ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν. Cp. 217 νύκτερος (n.). The bold use of φαέθοντα for ἡμερινά or πανημέρια is interpreted and softened by the preceding πάννυχα. Doubt would be warrantable if φαέθοντ’ ἀνεστέναζες stood alone.

ὠμόφρων , fierce: cp. 885 τὸν ὠμόθυμον.

ἐχθοδόπ’ , poet. for ἐχθρά: Ph. 1137 φῶτ’ ἐχθοδοπόν.

οὐλίῳ σὺν πάθει , with deadly resentment. οὐλίῳ refers primarily to his deadly hatred of the Atreidae, but suggests also the fatal result of his mood. For πάθος with ref. to an affection of the mind, cp. Ph. 899 ἀλλ’ ἐνθάδ’ ἤδη τοῦδε τοῦ πάθους κυρῶ (sc. τῆς ἀπορίας). With the exception of these two passages, there is perhaps no clear example of πάθος so used before Plato. ( Thuc. 3. 84, where διὰ πάθους ἐπιθυμοῦντες occurs in § 1, is an interpolated chapter.)

It is indeed possible to render οὐλίῳ σὺν πάθει , as Prof. Campbell does, ‘under thy calamitous wrong’ (the disappointment as to the arms). But οὐλίῳ is clearly suggestive of a direct reference to ὠμόφρων ἐχθοδόπ’ Ἀτρείδαις. Further, the prep. σὺν more naturally denotes an accompaniment of the bitter utterance than the cause which had provoked it.

μέγας .. ἦν … ἄρχων , lit., was potent in beginning,=σφοδρῶς ἦρχε: the use of μέγας being analogous to that of πολύς in such phrases as πολλὸς ἦν λισσόμενος ( Her. 9. 91). For ἄρχων, cp. Tr. 871 ὡς ἄρ’ ἡμὶν οὐ σμικρῶν κακῶν | ἦρξεν τὸ δῶρον: Thuc. 2. 12§ 3 ἥδε ἡ ἡμέρα τοῖς Ἕλλησι μεγάλων κακῶν ἄρξει.

ἦμος , used even in trimeters, O. T. 1134, etc.

ἀριστόχειρ ἀγὼν , like ὠκύπους ἀγών ( El. 699), ῥιμφάρματοι ἅμιλλαι ( O. C. 1062).

ὅπλων . The defect of -uu- before this word is proved by the metre of the strophe, 890, ἀλλ’ ἀμενηνὸν ἄνδρα μὴ λεύσσειν ὅπου. Musgrave proposed χρυσοδέτων : cp. Il. 20. 268, referring to the arms of Achilles, χρυσὸς γὰρ ἐρύκακε, δῶρα θεοῖο. The last syll. of ἀριστόχειρ might facilitate the loss of a word beginning with χρ. For other suggestions, see cr. n.

ἔκειτ’. κεῖμαι is the classical pf. pass. of τίθημι (τέθειμαι being used in a middle sense). Cp. 572 f. τεύχη.. | θήσουσ’ Ἀχαιοῖς (n.).

ἧπαρ : cp. Aesch. Eum. 135 ἄλγησον ἧπαρ ἐνδίκοις ὀνείδεσιν.

γενναία , true-hearted, loyal, like γενναῖον ἔπος ( Ph. 1402), γενναῖοι πόνοι ( Eur. H. F. 357). The schol., wrongly, ἡ ἰσχυρά: a version at which he arrived perh. rather through the use of γενναῖος as=‘fine,’ ‘good of its kind,’ than through the idea of ‘genuine,’ γνησία .

καὶ δὶς : cp. 432 καὶ δὶς αἰάζειν. The aor. οἰμῶξαι (referring to each act of utterance), as in El. 788 οἴμοι τάλαινα· νῦν γὰρ οἰμῶξαι πάρα: and ib. 285 κλαῦσαι. Cp. 982 στενάζειν, of continued lament.

ἀποβλαφθεῖσαν … φίλου : bereft of him: properly, arrested by a hand which separates her from him ( El. 696 ὅταν δέ τις θεῶν | βλάπτῃ, δύναιτ’ ἂν οὐδ’ ἂν ἰσχύων φυγεῖν). For the gen. (not found elsewhere with ἀποβλάπτω), cp. Aesch. Ag. 120 βλαβέντα λοισθίων δρόμων: Tyrtaeus fr. 12. 39 οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν | βλάπτειν οὔτ’ αἰδοῦς οὔτε δίκης ἐθέλει.

ἀρτίως . The schol. read ἀρτίου , which he explains by γνησίου: and this reading was approved by Bergk in Rhein. Mus. (1847) p. 150, though in his text (1858) he kept ἀρτίως. Hartung gives ἀρτίου, explaining it of close, congenial friendship ( Ant. 570 οὐχ ὥς γ’ ἐκείνῳ τῇδέ τ’ ἦν ἡρμοσμένα). But ἀρτίως, though somewhat tame, is clearly genuine.

δοκεῖν , to conjecture; φρονεῖν , to understand, to feel, by one's own experience: cp. O. C. 1741 φρονῶ, ‘I know it well.’ As the Chorus had recognised Tecmessa's unique place in the affections of Ajax (211 f.), so by δοκεῖν she implies that they can at least form some estimate of her loss.

δουλείας ζυγά : her old fear; 499.

οἷοι might be a second exclamation; but seems better taken as causal (=ἐπεὶ τοιοῦτοι). Cp. O. T. 701 Κρέοντος, οἷά μοι βεβουλευκὼς ἔχει.

σκοποί , the δεσπόται (500) who will be the overseers of her servile tasks (503, λατρείας). Cp. Suppl. 381 τὸν ὑψόθεν σκοπὸν ἐπισκόπει, | φύλακα πολυπόνων | βροτῶν: the watchful god, who punishes guilt.

ὤμοι, ἀναλγήτων κ.τ.λ.: ‘in this sorrow ( τῷδ’ ἄχει , lit., ‘by’ it, by the mention of it), thou hast named deeds of the Atreidae that are unutterable,—that make them ruthless’: i.e., if they should indeed enslave thee, their act would be infamous. ἀναλγήτων , as its emphatic place shows, has a predicative force. For ἄναυδ’ | ἔργ’ , as a correction of ἄναυδον | ἔργον, see on 901.

ἄχει does not literally mean ‘lament,’ though it might be so rendered here, as in O. C. 1722 λήγετε τοῦδ’ ἄχους (where the literal sense is, ‘cease from this sorrowing’).

οὐκ ἂν τάδ’ ἔστη κ.τ.λ. The last words of the Chorus, ἀλλ’ ἀπείργοι θεός , imply that the Atreidae may, after all, be capable of such cruelty, if the gods do not hinder them. Tecmessa replies that things could not have come to the present pass without the help of the gods; so that it is vain to rest hopes on them.

τάδ’ … τῇδε : Aesch. P. V. 511 οὐ ταῦτα ταύτῃ Μοῖρά πω τελεσφόρος | κρᾶναι πέπρωται.

ἔστη , have been brought to this state: cp. Ant. 1156 οὐκ ἔσθ’ ὁποῖον στάντ’ ἂν ἀνθρώπου βίον | οὔτ’ αἰνέσαιμ’ ἂν οὔτε μεμψαίμην ποτέ (n.).

μὴ θεῶν μέτα , sc. στάντα,=εἰ μὴ μετὰ θεῶν τῇδε ἔστη: cp. O. T. 1456 οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτε | θνῄσκων ἐσώθην, μὴ )πί τῳ δεινῷ κακῷ, sc. σωθείς.

ἄγαν ὑπερβριθὲς κ.τ.λ. The defect of a syllable in the MSS. here (see 905 n.) is best supplied by γὰρ , which expresses assent: cp. Ph. 755 ΝΕ. δεινόν γε τοὐπίσαγμα τοῦ νοσήματος. | ΦΙ. δεινὸν γὰρ οὐδὲ ῥητόν. The addition of γ’ after ἄγαν in some MSS. seems to have been prompted by a sense that some such link with the preceding verse was required.— ἄχθος , of sorrow, as Ph. 1168 μυρίον ἄχθος ὃ ξυνοικεῖ. — ἤνυσαν , effected, brought about, as Ph. 1145 κοινὰν ἤνυσεν ἐς φίλους ἀρωγάν. Not, ‘have made too heavy,’ like O. T. 166 ἠνύσατ’ ἐκτοπίαν φλόγα πήματος.

μέντοι , ‘yet,’—crushing though the sorrow is: cp. O. C. 780 f. ἆρ’ ἂν ματαίου τῆσδ’ ἂν ἡδονῆς τύχοις; | τοιαῦτα μέντοι καὶ σὺ προσφέρεις ἐμοί. (It is not a mere expression of assent, ‘yes,’ as Paley takes it.)

Ζηνὸς ἡ δεινὴ θεὸς : for the simple gen. of parentage, cp. 172 Διὸς, 1302 Λαομέδοντος: Ant. 824 τὰν Φρυγίαν ξέναν | Ταντάλου. In 401 and 450 the art. ( ἡ) is prefixed to Διός.— φυτεύει : cp. O. T. 347 ξυμφυτεῦσαι τοὔργον.

ἦ ῥα : 172 n.

ἐφυβρίζει here denotes, not deeds or words of insult, but secret exultation; hence it is joined with κελαινώπαν θυμὸν as an acc. ‘of the inner object,’ like that which is often added to verbs of feeling (γέγηθέ τε φρένα, Il. 8. 559: ταράσσομαι φρένας, Ant. 1095). κελαινώπαν (κελαινός, ὤψ) is not simply an equiv. for κελαινόν: the second part of the compound suggests the dark soul which watches from its place of concealment with malevolent joy; as Philoctetes says to Odysseus, ἀλλ’ ἡ κακὴ σὴ διὰ μυχῶν βλέπουσ’ ἀεὶ | ψυχή etc.—The epithet ‘dark,’ ‘black,’ is often given to a mind strongly moved by passion (esp. anger): Il. 1. 103 μένεος δὲ μέγα φρένες ἀμφὶ μέλαιναι | πίμπλαντ’: Theogn. 1199 καί μοι κραδίην ἐπάταξε μέλαιναν (dark with resentment): Aesch. Cho. 414 σπλάγχνα δέ μου κελαινοῦται: Aesch. Pers. 114 ταῦτά μοι μελαγχίτων | φρὴν ἀμύσσεται φόβῳ. Here, however, dark malignity is implied, as by κελαινόφρων ( Aesch. Eum. 459, of Clytaemnestra).

The form κελαινώπης occurs only here, though Pind. P. 1. 7 has the fem., κελαινῶπιν..νεφέλαν. In Pind. P. 4. 212 he uses κελαινώψ (κελαινώπεσσι Κόλχοις): and Blaydes here gives κελαινῶπ’ ἀν θυμὸν : an ingenious conjecture. But the Sophoclean apocopè of ἀνά is elsewhere confined to compounds (see on Soph. Ant. 1275 ἀντρέπων).

Schneidewin strangely understands, ‘Odysseus mocks at the frenzy-darkened soul of Ajax.’ Hartung writes κελαινῶπ’ ἔνθυμον : ‘mocks at the brooding, passionate man’ (Ajax),—referring to Arist. Pol. 4.(7.) 7. 3 (where, however, ἔνθυμος = ‘spirited,’ opp. to ἄθυμος ).

πολύτλας , much-enduring, ‘patient,’—the Homeric epithet, applied with bitter irony: he has known how to work and wait.—Not ‘unflinching,’ in the sense of ‘sticking at nothing’ (παντουργός, v. 445).

γελᾷ δὲ , the traditional reading, is slightly better here than γελᾷ τε : δέ, implying that the speaker turns to a new point, here serves to mark a climax: Odysseus exults in thought,—yes, and laughs aloud. For γελᾷ , cp. 382 : Ph. 1125(καί που ..) ἐγγελᾷ, χερὶ πάλλων | τὰν ἐμὰν μελέου τροφάν.

τοῖσδε … ἄχεσιν , dat. of object with γελᾷ: cp. 1042 : Nub. 560 ὅστις οὖν τούτοισι γελᾷ, τοῖς ἐμοῖς μὴ χαιρέτω.

μαινομένοις : as μαίνομαι is said of fire, strife, etc., so here it denotes ‘frantic’ griefs, but with a further refer ence to their source in the μανία of Ajax. Cp. I. A. 548 μαινομένων οἴστρων (so Reiske, for μαινόμεν’).

ξύν τε : for the adv. ξύν, cp. 1288, Ant. 85.

οἱ δ’ οὖν : 114 n.

κεἰ … μὴ , where εἰ καὶ μή would be normal (563 n.).

)πόθουν , ‘missed him,’ during the interval between the award of the arms and his death, when he remained in seclusion (193 f., n.). Il. 6. 361(Hector) ὄφρ’ ἐπαμύνω | Τρώεσς’, οἳ μέγ’ ἐμεῖο ποθὴν ἀπεόντος ἔχουσιν. 1. 240 ἦ ποτ’ Ἀχιλλῆος ποθὴ ἵξεται υἶας Ἀχαιῶν. For the prodelision of the augment in the last foot of the v., cp. 557 )τράφης .

ἐν χρείᾳ δορός , ‘in the need of the spear’=‘in the straits of war’: cp. 1275 : Ant. 670 δορὸς..ἐν χειμῶνι.—Not, ‘when they need his spear.’

κακοὶ γνώμαισι : cp. 1374 γνώμῃ σοφόν.

τἀγαθὸν χεροῖν is better attested than τἀγάθ’ ἐν χεροῖν : and in this context the singular τἀγαθὸν is preferable. For the dat., cp. El. 431 ὧν ἔχεις χεροῖν , Tr. 265 χεροῖν..ἔχων βέλη .

πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ =πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι: the collective τις, as in Thuc. 4. 85§ 6 οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις ἐμοὶ πρόσεισι, δυσχερὲς ποιούμενοι κ.τ.λ. From the primary sense of ‘casting out,’ ἐκβάλλειν derives that of ‘throwing away,’ ‘losing by one's own folly’: cp. Ar. Eccl. 750 οὐ γὰρ τὸν ἐμὸν ἱδρῶτα καὶ φειδωλίαν | οὐδὲν πρὸς ἔπος οὕτως ἀνοήτως ἐκβαλῶ. So a schol. here explains, πρὶν ἄν τις αὐτοῦ στερηθῇ. Sophocles has this use, with various shades of meaning, in Soph. Ant. 648(where see n.), Soph. O. T. 611, Soph. O. C. 631.[We could also render, ‘until one strike it out of their hands’; cp. Hom. Od. 2. 396 πλάζε δὲ πίνοντας, χειρῶν δ’ ἔκβαλλε κύπελλα. But a reason for preferring the other view is that it represents the loss as due solely to the folly of the possessors themselves; and thus suits the context better.]

For the sentiment, cp. Mimnermus fr. 1 (in Nauck's Frag. Trag. 2nd ed., p. 829) δεινοὶ γὰρ ἀνδρὶ πάντες ἐσμὲν εὐκλεεῖ | ζῶντι φθονῆσαι, κατθανόντα δ’ αἰνέσαι. Plaut. Capt. 1. 2. 39 Tum denique homines nostra intelligimus bona, | Quom quae in potestate habuimus ea amisimus. C. 3. 24. 31 Virtutem incolumem odimus, | Sublatam ex oculis quaerimus invidi.

966-973

Various theories of interpolation have been held with regard to this passage: see Appendix. Most of them are founded on the assumption that Tecmessa's former speech of ten lines (915—924) must be balanced by a speech of the same length here, and that therefore three of the thirteen verses (961— 973) must be struck out. (Nauck, who rejects 918 f., strikes out five verses here, 966—970.)

As several objections arise from the alleged incoherence of the speech, it is well to observe the train of thought in 961—973.

‘Let them mock, if they will, at the fate of Ajax; they will perhaps find out, in time of need, what they have lost; foolish men never know their own good fortune till they have thrown it away (961—965). No, his death is no gain for them—though it is anguish for me: for him, it is the release which he desired (966—968). Why should they mock at him, then? They cannot even claim that his death was their work; it is the affair of the gods (969 f.). So Odysseus may exult, if he pleases, but it is an empty triumph. He and his friends have merely suffered a loss; Ajax is gone, —and has left nothing behind him but the sorrow which is mine’ (971—973).

ἐμοὶ πικρὸς κ.τ.λ. Schol. in L: μᾶλλον ἐμοὶ πικρὸς τέθνηκεν ἤπερ ἐκείνοις γλυκύς. This is the only tenable explanation of the words. For the omission of μᾶλλον, cp. Il. 1. 117 βούλομ’ ἐγὼ λαὸν σόον ἔμμεναι ἢ ἀπολέσθαι: Her. 3. 40 βούλομαι...οὕτω διαφέρε<*>ν τὸν αἰῶνα ἐναλλὰξ πρήσσων ἢ εὐτυχέειν τὰ πάντα. No proposed substitute for ἢ ( ᾗ, εἰ, ὡς, καὶ ) really fits the sense. Her point throughout is that the death of Ajax is no triumph for the Greeks—only a loss. The sole positive result is her own wretchedness. γλυκύς means, a cause of rejoicing for them—if they knew their own interest. Instead of οὐ κείνοις γλυκύς, ἀλλ’ ἐμοὶ πικρός, we have ἐμοὶ πικρὸς (μᾶλλον ) ἢ κείνοις γλυκύς: cp. Thuc. 1. 34§ 2 πολέμῳ μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ ἴσῳ ἐβουλήθησαν τὰ ἐγκλήματα μετελθεῖν (= οὐ τῷ ἴσῳ, ἀλλὰ πολέμῳ).

θάνατον is in appos. with the ταῦτα implied (as antecedent) by ὧν : as we could say,—‘all that he desired he has found,—the death of his choice.’

ἐπεγγελῷεν , as in 454, 989.— κάτα , placed after its case, as in 302, and also separated from it, like ἐν in 906. We find κατά joined with a similar compound verb in El. 834 f. κατ’ ἐμοῦ.. | μᾶλλον ἐπεμβάσει.—Conjectures which aim at ἐγγελῷεν (τοιοῦδ’, τοῦδ’ ἄν, τοῦδέ γ’) are needless: the stress on τοῦδ’ mitigates the harshness of the verse.

θεοῖς κ.τ.λ.: the dat. is one of relation: his death is a matter between the gods and himself,—one in which the Greek chiefs have no part. (‘His death concerns the gods,—not them, not them’: Whitelaw.) See on El. 1152 τέθνηκ’ ἐγὼ σοί. The implied meaning is that his death has been brought about by the gods; but θεοῖς should not be taken as a dat. of the agent (539), ‘by the gods’; indeed, that sense would be forced. Tecmessa's phrase is more expressive and more pathetic.

πρὸς ταῦτ’ , with a command, as often; cp. 1066, 1115: Ant. 658 πρὸς ταῦτ’ ἐφυμνείτω Δία | ξύναιμον: O. T. 426: El. 820, etc.

ἐν κενοῖς , in a case where his triumphs are κενά, empty, unreal: cp. Tr. 1118 οὐ γὰρ ἂν γνοίης ἐν οἷς | χαίρειν προθυμεῖ (n.). El. 331 θυμῷ..χαρίζεσθαι κενά.

972 f. There is no stress on αὐτοῖς as opposed to ἐμοί. The emphasis is on οὐκέτ’ ἐστίν, which is repeated in a negative form by ἀλλὰ..διοίχεται (cp. 167 n.). ‘It is all loss for them; nothing remains but the anguish which becomes my portion.’

974-1184

The fourth ἐπεισόδιον consists of two scenes. (1) 974—1039. Teucer's lament. (2) 1040—1184. Menelaüs forbids the burial of Ajax, and Teucer defies him.

ἄτης … ἐπίσκοπον (from σκοπός as=‘mark’), aimed at it, having regard to it: schol. οὐχ ἡμαρτηκὸς τῆς συμφορᾶς, ἀλλ’ ἐστοχασμένον. Another gloss, ἔφορον, represents the view that ἐπίσκοπον is from σκοπός as=‘overseer’, and means ‘looking upon’ the ἄτη: which yields virtually the same sense. But, in actual usage, this ἐπίσκοπος, when figurative, means ‘watching or presiding over.’ In Aesch. Ch. 125 f., τοὺς γῆς ἔνερθε δαίμονας κλύειν ἐμὰς | εὐχάς, πατρῴων δωμάτων ἐπισκόπους, the adj. is best taken with δαίμονας, ‘looking upon.’ Hence it is better to suppose the notion of aiming at a mark both here and in Aesch. Eum. 903, ὁποῖα νίκης μὴ κακῆς ἐπίσκοπα. Herodotus has the literal sense, Aesch. Eum. 3. 35, τίνα εἶδες..οὕτω ἐπίσκοπα τοξεύοντα;

μέλος , said here of a loud lament, denotes the bellowing of oxen in fr. 637 μέλη βοῶν ἄναυλα καὶ ῥακτήρια (‘discordant’). Euripides applies the word to Nestor's winning eloquence, τὸ Νεστόρειον εὔγλωττον μέλος (fr. 899).

ξύναιμον ὄμμ’ , the ‘face’ or ‘form’ of a kinsman: cp. 1004: El. 903 σύνηθες ὄμμα (n.): Ph. 171 ξύντροφον ὄμμ’ : Aesch. Ch. 238 ὦ τερπνὸν ὄμμα (where Herm. reads ὄνομα). For ξύναιμον, cp. <*> σοπη. αντ. αὐτάδελφον..κάρα, Soph. O. C. 1387 συγγενεῖ χερί.

ἠμπόληκας = πέπραγας, ‘fared’: Hippocr. De morb. II. p. 353 (Kühn) κάλλιον ἐμπολήσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ‘the patient's state will be better.’ In Aesch. Eum. 631 ἠμποληκότα | τὰ πλεῖστ’ ἄμεινον (so Herm. , for ἀμείνον’), the sense is similar.—Hermann, reading ἠμπόληκά ς’ , explained, ‘Num te morando prodidi?’ This seems clearly less fitting.

ὤμοι κ.τ.λ. Cp. El. 1179 οἴμοι ταλαίνης ἆρα τῆσδε συμφορᾶς.

ὡς ὧδ’ ἐχόντων : the same phrase in Aesch. Ag. 1393: so above, Aesch. Ag. 904 ὡς ὧδε τοῦδ’ ἔχοντος αἰάζειν πάρα, and 281 n. For the neut. plur. part., without subject, cp. El. 1344 τελουμένων εἴποιμ’ ἄν (n.).—The division of the verse between two speakers (ἀντιλαβή) is again used, as in 591 ff., to mark strong emotion. The interruption after ἐχόντων has the effect of adding emphasis to the announcement: see on O. C. 645.

περισπερχὲς , done in passionate haste,—fierce and sudden. σπέρχομαι often refers to anger, as in Her. 5. 33 ἐσπέρχετο τῷ Ἀρισταγόρῃ: cp. id. 7. 207 περισπερχεόντων τῇ γνώμῃ ταύτῃ, ‘being incensed’ at it: Oppian Cyn. 4. 218 περισπερχὴς ὀδύνῃσιν.

τί γὰρ ,.. ποῦ … κυρεῖ ..; For the double question, cp. 101 f.

μοι , ethic dat.: 733.

μόνος : referring to τέκνον: cp. Il. 22. 84 φίλε τέκνον : Eur. Andr. 570 τέκνου τε τοῦδ’, ὃν κ.τ.λ. παρὰ σκηναῖσιν , where Tecmessa had left him at 809.

δῆτ’ αὐτὸν ἄξεις . There is no other example of δῆτα as first word of a verse. It is usually read as first word of a clause in Nub. 399 (καὶ πῶς) εἴπερ βάλλει τοὺς ἐπιόρκους, δῆτ’ οὐχὶ Σίμων’ ἐνέπρησεν..; where, however, Dindorf gives πῶς οὐχι (πῶς δῆτ’ being a variant for δῆτ’). There is, however, no reason to doubt it here. With Sophocles the words sometimes run on from the end of one trimeter to the beginning of the next, as if there were no break between the verses. See e.g. 1089 ὅπως | μή: Ant. 409 πᾶσαν κόνιν σήραντες ἣ κατεῖχε τὸν | νέκυν: Ph. 263 ὃν οἱ | δισσοὶ στρατηγοί: O. T. 332 τί ταῦτ’ | ἄλλως ἐλέγχεις; (Such elision at the end of the verse was remarked by the ancients as peculiar to Sophocles: see on O. T. 29.) The place of δῆτα here is only another example of the same tendency, and is illustrated by that of ποτέ in O. T. 1084 οὐκ ἂν ἐξέλθοιμ’ ἔτι | ποτ’ ἄλλος. This virtual synaphea of trimeters naturally occurs most often in passages where, as here, the speech is excited or rapid.

κενῆς , ‘robbed’ of her young: Bion Idyll. I. 59 χήρα δ’ ἁ Κυθέρεια, κενοὶ δ’ ἀνὰ δώματ’ Ἔρωτες. The adj. is ‘proleptic’: if the child is not quickly brought, the mother will seek him only to find that she is bereaved. Cp. Ant. 791 δικαίων ἀδίκους φρένας παρασπᾷς: Aesch. Pers. 298 ἄνανδρον τάξιν ἠρήμου θανών. Schol. οἱ γὰρ κυνηγοὶ τηροῦσι τὸν καιρὸν ὁπότε ἔρημοι τῶν μητέρων γίγνονται οἱ σκύμνοι. —Others take κενῆς as merely ‘separated’ (at this time) from her child: but this would be a strange sense for it.

ἐγκόνει (811) and σύγκαμνε are said, like ἄξεις, to Tecmessa, who now hurries away. At v. 1168 she returns with her child, but only as a κωφὸν πρόσωπον, whose part is taken by a supernumerary. The actor who has thus far played Tecmessa has to re-appear as Odysseus (or possibly as Agamemnon): see p. 7.

κειμένοις is bitterly added after θανοῦσι , to mark the baseness of the action: ‘the dead—when they have fallen.’ Cp. Nub. 550 κοὐκ ἐτόλμησ’ αὖθις ἐπεμπηδῆσ’ αὐτῷ κειμένῳ. Aesch. Ag. 884 ὥστε σύγγονον | βροτοῖσι τὸν πεσόντα λακτίσαι πλέον. There is no reason for changing θανοῦσι (cr. n.).

καὶ μὴν : 794.

τοῦδε , Eurysaces, the subject of vv. 983 ff. The absence of the child does not require us to make τοῦδε neuter (‘this matter’). μέλειν might be personal (689), but, in view of μέλει, is prob. here the impersonal verb.

ὥσπερ οὖν : Phaedr. p. 242 E εἰ δ’ ἔστιν, ὥσπερ οὖν ἔστι, θεὸς ἤ τι θεῖον ὁ Ἔρως .

ἁπάντων δὴ : cp. 858 πανύστατον δή.

θεαμάτων … προσεῖδον ὀφθαλμοῖς : the redundant phrase denotes the vehemence of his feeling; cp. Ant. 763 σύ τ’ οὐδαμὰ | τοὐμὸν προσόψει κρᾶτ’ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρῶν.

ὁδός θ’ ὁδῶν πασῶν . The fact that πασῶν has been corrected in L from ἁπασῶν, the reading of some other MSS., has been regarded as confirming Brunck's conjecture, ὁδῶν θ’ ἁπασῶν ὁδὸς ἀνιάσασα δή . That reading is specious. In support of πασῶν , however, these points should be considered. (1) ἁπασῶν could easily arise through the scribe's eye wandering to ἁπάντων in 992: and no MS. which has ἁπασῶν alters the order of the words ὁδός θ’ ὁδῶν. (2) After τῶν ἁπάντων..θεαμάτων ἄλγιστον, there is a rhetorical advantage in having ὁδός θ’ ὁδῶν πασῶν rather than ὁδῶν θ’ ἁπασῶν ὁδός. It is a ‘chiasmus.’ (3) The absence of caesura in ὁδός θ’ ὁδῶν πασῶν may have been intentional: see on 855.

ἀνιάσασα δή . Here δή emphasises the whole phrase πασῶν ἀνιάσασα μάλιστα (rather than πασῶν only). Cp. Creon's words in Ant. 1212 ἆρα δυστυχεστάτην | κέλευθον ἕρπω τῶν παρελθουσῶν ὁδῶν;

ἣν δὴ· δὴ emphasises the pron., as in 1029, 1043, 1045, and often.

ὡς ἐπῃσθόμην . On learning that Ajax had left the tent, the Messenger and others had hastened to the camp, to inform Teucer (804). They knew nothing as to the hero's fate. Teucer, who had stayed near the council of chiefs in the hope of mediating (780), then set out to seek Ajax,—going, not, of course, to the tent itself, but to the coast near it. While engaged in the search, he heard the rumour that Ajax was dead.

διώκων expresses eager, rapid search; as the midd. διώκομαι denotes speed ( El. 871).

κἀξιχνοσκοπούμενος . The act. ἐξιχνοσκοπεῖν occurs in Tr. 271: ἰχνοσκοπεῖν in Aesch. Ch. 228.

βάξις , as Ajax had prayed Zeus to apprise Teucer (826).

σου is genitive of the object (221 n.): θεοῦ , of the subject (as in O. C. 447 γένους ἐπάρκεσιν,=ἣν τὸ γένος παρέχει). For the combination, cp. Thuc. 7. 34§ 6 διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀνέμου ἄπωσιν αὐτῶν (i.e. ὅτι ὁ ἄνεμος ἀπωθεῖ αὐτά, sc. τὰ ναυάγια).

διῆλθ’ Ἀχαιοὺς : Her. 9. 100(before the battle of Mycale) ἰοῦσι δέ σφι φήμη.. ἐσέπτατο ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδον πᾶν...ἡ δὲ φήμη διῆλθέ σφι (ethic dat.) ὧδε, ὡς οἱ Ἕλληνες τὴν Μαρδονίου στρατιὴν νικῷεν ἐν Βοιωτοῖσι μαχόμενοι. As to φήμη generally, see on El. 1066.

In sending this φήμη to Teucer, Zeus illustrates his attribute of Πανομφαῖος ( Il. 8. 250).

δύστηνος , L's reading, is better attested than δείλαιος : otherwise there is little to choose between them.— ἐκποδὼν μὲν ὢν , merely, ‘while yet absent’ from this spot. It is grammatically possible to take it as=ὅτι ἐκποδὼν ἦν, ‘I lamented that I had been absent’ (cp. fr. 667 ἀνδρὸς κακῶς πράσσοντος ἐκποδὼν φίλοι). But this would be strained; and νῦν δ’ ὁρῶν is decisive in favour of the simpler view.

ὑπεστέναζον : restraining the vehemence of his grief: cp. 322.

ἴθ’, ἐκκάλυψον . This is said to an attendant. Tecmessa left the scene at v. 989.

ὄμμα , face, or form; 977 n.— τόλμης πικρᾶς , a gen. of quality (cp. 616, ἔργα..ἀρετᾶς). The corpse of the self-slain man shows the ‘cruel courage’ that animated him. For the combination of adj. (δυσθέατον) with gen., cp. 481 f.: Ph. 72 f. οὔτ’ ἔνορκος..οὔτε τοῦ πρώτου στόλου.

Eustathius (p. 409, 46), whom some critics follow, takes the gen. as depending on ὦ (‘O ghastly form! And alas for the cruel daring!’). But καὶ precludes this.

1006 f. For the dat. μοι followed by the acc. (ἀρήξαντα) and inf., cp. Ant. 838 n.: Eur. Med. 814 σοὶ δὲ συγγνώμη λέγειν | τάδ’ ἐστί, μὴ πάσχουσαν, ὡς ἐγώ, κακῶς.

1008 The ironical ἦ που (‘methinks’) is reinforced by ἴσως , which goes more closely with the adjectives (‘radiant and benign, doubtless’). Hermann's change of ἴσως to ἰδὼν weakens the passage.— ἐμός θ’ ἅμα is clearly right: ἐμός τ’ ἴσως was a mere error caused by the copyist's eye wandering to the next verse. The use of ἴσως in the sense of ‘equally’ ( Legg. p. 805 A) is rare.—Teucer's thought is, ‘Telamon is, indeed, my father no less than thine; but he will not welcome me as a son.’

πῶς γὰρ οὔχ ; sc. δέξεται.

ὅτῳ πάρα ( πάρεστι ).. γελᾶν , ‘the man whose wont it is to wear no brighter smile (than usual), even when he is fortunate.’ μή is used, not οὐ, because ὅτῳ here denotes a class or type. For this ‘generic’ μή, see O. T. 397 n.— πάρα. πάρεστι, when thus used, is susceptible of two different shades of meaning. (1) More often it denotes one's situation at some given moment; as in 432, νῦν γὰρ πάρεστι καὶ δὶς αἰάζειν ἐμοί. (2) Sometimes, as here, it denotes a trait of character or disposition; cp. Eur. Med. 658 ἀχάριστος ὄλοιθ’ ὅτῳ πάρεστι | μὴ φίλους τιμᾶν (‘one who is capable of not respecting friendship’). In this sense πρόσεστι is more frequent.

The v.l. ἵλεων for ἥδιον is very inferior, and undoubtedly corrupt. It evidently arose from λεως in 1009. The force of the comparative here is manifest: ‘If good fortune cannot lessen his gloom, what will his aspect be now? ’

τί κρύψει ; i.e. ‘what thought, however injurious to me, will he leave unspoken?’

ποῖον οὐκ ἐρεῖ κακὸν κ.τ.λ. There should be no comma after κακόν: ἐρεῖ here takes a double acc. At the same time the words τὸν ἐκ δορὸς κ.τ.λ. express the substance of the taunts.— ἐκ δορὸς γεγῶτα πολεμίου , ‘begotten of the war-spear,’ i.e. ἐκ δορικτήτου γυναικός: cp. 1228 τὸν ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωτίδος. Remark that δόρυ πολέμιον, which here means hasta bellica, would usu. mean hasta hostilis (as, e.g., in Aesch. Theb. 216, Aesch. Theb. 416): but it would be forced here to understand, ‘begotten from the ranks of the foe.’

κακανδρίᾳ : a word not found elsewhere, except in Rhes. 814.— σέ, φίλτατ’ Αἴας : the place of the pronoun is emphatic: ‘thee’—for whom I would gladly have died.

τὰ σὰ … θανόντος : cp. Eur. Hec. 430 θανούσης ὄμμα συγκλείσει τὸ σόν.

κράτη , royal prerogatives, as in O. T. 237, Ant. 173.— δόμους : cp. El. 651 δόμους Ἀτρειδῶν σκῆπτρά τ’ ἀμφέπειν τάδε.

δύσοργος , naturally prone to anger: ἐν γήρᾳ βαρύς , choleric, irritable, in his old age. For this sense of βαρύς, see on O. T. 673.—Ajax himself felt that, if he went home disgraced, he could not confront his father (462).

πρὸς οὐδὲν , ‘at nothing,’—without cause: cp. 40 πρὸς τί; 971 πρὸς ταῦτα.

εἰς ἔριν θυμούμενος , lit. ‘growing wroth unto quarrelling,’ i.e., so as to provoke a quarrel.

1019 Join ἀπωστὸς with γῆς : cp. O. T. 641 γῆς ἀπῶσαι πατρίδος, ib. 670 γῆς..ἀπωσθῆναι.

ἀπορριφθήσομαι , ‘cast off’ by his father: cp. O. C. 1383 σὺ δ’ ἔρρ’ ἀπόπτυστός τε κἀπάτωρ ἐμοῦ. The fulness of phrase is like that in 830 ῥιφθῶ ..πρόβλητος.

In the Teucer of Pacuvius, fr. 19 (ed. Ribbeck), Telamon says to Teucer, Te repudio nec recipio: naturam abdico: facesse , i. Pacuvius probably used the lost Τεῦκρος of Sophocles, which dealt with the hero's expulsion from Salamis by Telamon. The reference to the subject here may be compared with that in the O. C.(1410) to the theme of the Antigone, and with the allusion in the Philoctetes (1437) to the theme of the poet's lost play, ‘Philoctetes at Troy.’

δοῦλος λόγοισιν … φανείς , ‘made out, represented, in his taunts, to be a slave.’ For φανείς, cp. 1241 εἰ πανταχοῦ φανούμεθ’ ἐκ Τεύκρου κακοί: Aesch. Ag. 593 λόγοις τοιούτοις πλαγκτὸς οὖσ’ ἐφαινόμην. The vague λόγοισιν could mean either (1) Telamon's words,—schol., ταῖς τοῦ πατρὸς λοιδορίαις,—which is perhaps the best explanation: or (2) the common talk of men. λόγοισιν further implies that he is ἔργῳ ἐλεύθερος, and this is emphasised by ἀντ’ ἐλευθέρου : cp. Soph. O. T. 454 τυφλὸς..ἐκ δεδορκότος | καὶ πτωχὸς ἀντὶ πλουσίου .

παῦρα need not be taken as= παῦροι (like τὰ χρηστὰ for τὰς χρηστὰς in El. 972, τὰ..πανοῦργα in Ph. 448, etc.). The sense is simply, ‘few helpful things,’— few resources.

ηὑρόμην , with irony, ‘gained’: Aesch. P. V. 267 θνητοῖς ἀρήγων αὐτὸς ηὑρόμην πόνους. In Helen. 94 Teucer says, Αἴας μ’ ἀδελφὸς ὤλεσ’ ἐν Τροίᾳ θανών.

τοῦδ’ αἰόλου κνώδοντος , lit., ‘this gleaming spike,’—i.e., the end or point of the sword-blade, projecting through the body of Ajax. κνώδων (κνάω, ὀδούς) meant any tooth-like prong or spike: see on Ant. 1233, where the ξίφους διπλοῖ κνώδοντες are the cross-pieces of the sword-hilt. Some suppose that here, too, κνώδοντος denotes the handle of the sword, against which the corpse is resting. But there are at least two decisive objections to that view,—(1) the singular number, (2) the epithet αἰόλου.

Lycophron borrows the word κνώδων from this passage, in alluding to the suicide of Ajax (464): δυσμενεστάτου ξένων | ἔτυψε δώρῳ σπλάγχνον, ἀρνεύσας λυγρὸν | πήδημα πρὸς κνώδοντος αὐτουργοὺς σφαγάς.—For the ἄρα after φονέως , cp. 233 n.

εἶδες , ‘seest thou?’ (a rhetorical apostrophe to the corpse). The aor. is used as in Tr. 1221 ἔγνως (‘thou art right’).

καὶ θανὼν ἀποφθίσειν . As Heracles says of Nessus, ζῶντά μ’ ἔκτεινεν θανών, Tr. 1163(n.). In Homer the fut. φθίσω and the aor. ἔφθισα always have ι—. The Attic poets use ἔφθισα with ι^ ( Aesch. Eum. 173, Soph. O. T. 202, etc.); this is the only Attic example of the fut. φθίσω. (The form ἀποφθιεῖν, which Dindorf once read here, has no authority, and is contrary to analogy.)

1028—

σκέψασθε … κἀγὼ τάδε . The grounds on which Morstadt and Nauck reject these twelve verses are considered in the Appendix. It is clear, I think, that the verses are genuine. If they were absent, Teucer's speech would end abruptly with v. 1027, and the Chorus could not well say, μὴ τεῖνε μακράν (1040).

ᾧ δὴ τοῦδ’ ἐδωρήθη πάρα , ‘the same with which he had been presented by Ajax.’ δωροῦμαί τινά τινι, and δωροῦμαί τινί τι, are equally good constructions (the former being preferred when the notion of honour is prominent); but, when δωροῦμαι is passive, the subject is usually the gift, not the person (see, e.g. , Polit. 274 C, Tim. 47C). Here, however, the stress marked by ᾧ δὴ is on the identity of the girdle, not of the man; and the subject of ἐδωρήθη is Hector.— As to the exchange of gifts between Ajax and Hector ( Il. 7. 303 ff.), see n. on 661.

πρισθεὶς … ἐξ ἀντύγων , firmly bound — gripped from the chariot-rail. The schol. explains πρισθείς by δεθείς: Suidas, by δεθείς, ἐξαφθείς, δεσμευθείς. The senses of πρίω are:—1. To saw. 2. In πρίειν τοὺς ὀδόντας, to grind or clench the teeth. Suidas quotes ἐμπρίσαντες τοὺς ὀδόντας (said of men under torture). 3. To bite: Soph. fr. 811 ὀδόντι πρῖε τὸ στόμα. 4. To clutch tightly (as with the teeth). Oppian Opp. Hal. 2. 138 describes a serpent winding its coils round an ἐχῖνος (hedgehog): ἴσχει τ’ ἐμπρίει τε, ‘he holds and compresses him’ (schol. πιέζει). So Hesychius: πρισμοῖς· ταῖς βιαίοις κατοχαῖς (‘grips’). Hence ἀπρίξ, ἄπριγδα, mordicus, ‘tightly’ (as between the teeth): see above, Opp. Hal. v. 310.

Thus πρισθείς is forcibly used here to describe the fatal grip of the girdle, from which Hector could not escape. I do not think that the word was meant also to suggest that the girdle cut into his flesh.—Paley is surely mistaken in explaining ζωστῆρι πρισθείς as ‘lacerated by means of the girdle’: πρισθείς could not bear that sense, which is expressed in the next verse by ἐκνάπτετ’.

ἀντύγων , the rail which protected the front and both sides of the chariot (hence the plur.): see on El. 746. ἱππικῶν , as in Homer ἵπποι often=‘chariot’: so El. 730 ναυαγίων..ἱππικῶν, ‘wreck of chariots.’

ἐκνάπτετ’ : cp. Aesch. Pers. 576 κναπτόμενοι..δίνᾳ (bodies mangled by the waves dashing them against rocks). κνάπτω, κναφεύς, κναφεῖον were the older Attic forms: γνάπτω, etc., with softening of κ to γ, came later. κναφεύς appears in an Attic inscr. of the 6th cent. B.C. (C. I. A. IV. 373 f.): the first trace of the γ form seems to be γναφεῖον, in an Attic inscr. of 358 B.C. (C. I. A. II. 817 A, 28): Meisterhans, Gramm. d. Att. Inschr. § 23.

ἔστ’ ἀπέψυξεν βίον . The Homeric Achilles slays Hector in fight, and then drags the corpse ( Il. 22. 395 ff.). Hermann sought to reconcile this verse with Homer by writing, αἰῶν’ εὖτ’ ἀπέψυξεν βίου: quoting, for αἰῶνα βίου, the author of a Μελαμποδία ap. Tzetzes on Lycophron 682, Ζεῦ πάτερ, εἴθ’ ἥσσω μὲν ἐμοὶ αἰῶνα βίοιο | ὤφελλες δοῦναι. There, however, αἰῶνα βίου means ‘term of life.’ Euripides could say, ἀπέπνευσεν αἰῶνα (fr. 801); but ἀπέψυξεν αἰῶνα βίου is surely impossible. It would have been better, for Hermann's purpose, to keep αἰέν and βίον, merely changing ἔστ’ to εὖτ’.

As a matter of verbal criticism, it might be observed that αἰέν and ἔστ’ confirm each other. But the defence of the text rests on broader ground. Evidently we must either reject the whole passage 1028 —1039, as Morstadt and Nauck do, or else leave this verse unaltered. For the parallel between the sword and the girdle, as fatal to their respective recipients, would fail altogether, if the girdle had not been an agent of death to Hector, but merely of insult to his corpse. It is not known whence Sophocles derived this version, which so strangely mars the very climax of the Iliad; possibly from one of the two Cyclic epics, the Aethiopis of Arctînus or the Little Iliad of Lesches, which related the ὅπλων κρίσις (see Introd. §§ 2, 3). One thing, at least, seems hardly doubtful. The original motive of this version must have been the same which prompts its use by Sophocles here, —viz., to point the fatal character of Hector's gift to Ajax by connecting a like result with the gift of Ajax to Hector. Two epigrams, attributed to Leontius Scholasticus (circ. 550 A.D. ), turn on the same legend ( Anthol. 7. 151, 152): see Appendix.

δωρεὰν ἔχων . The form δωρειά is quoted by Meisterhans from three Attic inscriptions belonging to the second half of the 5th century B.C.: δωρεά appears first in 403 B.C., and does not become the predominant form till the early part of the 3rd century B.C. (Gramm. § 10. 4). The Hesychian by-form δωριά is also significant. Curtius, who remarks that δωρ‐εά is properly a collective (like μυρμηκ‐ιά etc.), meaning ‘a number of gifts,’ adds: ‘the original form was δωρειά, in which the ε is of the same kind as that of ἵππε‐ιο‐ς, ταύρε‐ιο‐ς’ (Etym. vol. II. p. 244, Eng. ed.). Wecklein may be right in giving δωρειὰν here.

πρὸς τοῦδ’ , i.e. τοῦ κνώδοντος . This would be clearer if τόδε..ἔχων had preceded, but the pronoun (τήνδε) has been assimilated to δωρεὰν by the ordinary Greek idiom (see on O. C. 88, ταύτην ἔλεξε παῦλαν).

Ἐρινὺς … ἐχάλκευσε : so Aesch. Cho. 646 Δίκας δ’ ἐρείδεται πυθμήν (anvil), | προχαλκεύει δ’ Αἶσα φασγανουργός: Aesch. Ag. 1535 δίκην δ’ ἐπ’ ἄλλο πρᾶγμα θηγάνει βλάβης | πρὸς ἄλλαις θηγάναισι Μοῖρα.

κἀκεῖνον, τὸν ζωστῆρα. From ἐχάλκευσε a verb of more general sense, such as εἰργάσατο, is to be supplied: cp. Her. 4. 106 ἐσθῆτα δὲ φορέουσι τῇ Σκυθικῇ ὁμοίην, γλῶσσαν δὲ ἰδίην: see also n. on El. 435 πνοαῖσιν ἢ..κόνει | κρύψον νιν. —Some critics think that ἐχάλκευσε might be said of the ζωστήρ no less than of the ξίφος, because a girdle was often adorned with metal-work (see, e.g., Il. 11. 236). This seems a little forced.

δημιουργὸς , a general term for any artificer ( Plat. Rep. 373B σκευῶν..παντοδαπῶν δημιουργοί).

ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν , which has better authority than ἐγὼ μὲν ἄν, is also intrinsically better, since οὖν serves to link this concluding sentiment with what precedes.—The active μηχανᾶν occurs nowhere else in classical Greek, except in Od. 18. 143 μηχανόωντας (Apoll. Rhod. 3. 583 ὑπέρβια μηχανόωντες). Cp. 1129 ἀτίμα, a solitary instance in Attic of the Homeric verb ἀτιμᾶν. In the Thyestes (fr. 247) Sophocles used ἐντέλλω as= ἐντέλλομαι .

ἐν γνώμῃ φίλα , acceptable ‘in his judgment,’ i.e., when he ponders them. Distinguish the phrase in Her. 6. 37 ἦν δὲ ὁ Μιλτιάδης Κροίσῳ..ἐν γνώμῃ γεγονώς, ‘had won his esteem.’

κεῖνός τ’ ἐκεῖνα κ.τ.λ., an expression of settled conviction, serving to close the speech, as in O. C. 1665, εἰ δὲ μὴ δοκῶ φρονῶν λέγειν, | οὐκ ἂν παρείμην οἶσι μὴ δοκῶ φρονεῖν. Milton imitates this trait of Greek tragic style in Dalila's last words to Samson:—‘At this whoever envies or repines, | I leave him to his lot, and like my own’ (Sams. 995). For the sentiment cp. Suppl. 466 σοὶ μὲν δοκείτω ταῦτ’, ἐμοὶ δὲ τἀντία. Evenus fr. 1. 4 (Bergk) σοὶ μὲν ταῦτα δοκοῦντ’ ἔστω, ἐμοὶ δὲ τάδε.

μὴ τεῖνε μακράν : so Aesch. Ag. 1296 μακρὰν ἔτεινας: ib. 916 μακρὰν γὰρ ἐξέτεινας : Eur. Hec. 1177 ὡς δὲ μὴ μακροὺς τείνω λόγους.

κακοῖς γελῶν : the simple dat., as in 957 γελᾷ..ἄχεσιν (n.).

ἃ δὴ , in the sense of οἷα δή, is very rare; Simonides Amorg. fr. 1. 3 ἐφήμεροι | ἃ δὴ βότ’ αἰεὶ ζῶμεν. So ἃ without δὴ in Nicander Alex. 215, βοάᾳ, ἅ τις ἐμπελάδην φώς κ.τ.λ.

τίς δ’ ἐστὶν ὅντιν’ ἄνδρα , instead of τίς δ’ ἐστὶν ἀνὴρ ὅντιν’, the antecedent being attracted into the relative clause: cp. El. 1040 εἴρηκας ὀρθῶς ᾧ σὺ πρόσκεισαι κακῷ: Tr. 1060 f. οὔθ’ Ἑλλὰς οὔτ’ ἄγλωσσος οὔθ’ ὅσην ἐγὼ | γαῖαν καθαίρων ἱκόμην. So in Latin, De Legg. 3. 5. 12 haec est enim , quam Scipio laudat in libris et quam maxime probat temperationem reipublicae.

ᾧ δὴ , dat. of interest (where we might rather have expected the stronger οὗ χάριν), as in O. C. 1673 ᾧτινι τὸν πολὺν | ... πόνον...εἴχομεν, and ib. 508 τοῖς τεκοῦσι γὰρ | οὐδ’ εἰ πονεῖ τις κ.τ.λ.

πλοῦν ἐστείλαμεν , as Ph. 911 τὸν πλοῦν στελεῖν .

μαθεῖν οὐ δυσπετής . Menelaüs, king of Lacedaemon ( Od. 11. 460), is for Attic Tragedy a type of Spartan harshness and arrogance. In Eur. Andr. 458 he is called γοργὸς ὁπλίτης.

οὗτος, σὲ φωνῶ . In the older printed editions, from the Aldine onwards, a point of some kind is placed after φωνῶ, to show that σὲ φωνῶ is parenthetic (cp. 73 Αἴαντα φωνῶ),— συγκομίζειν being taken as an infinitive serving for an imperative. Lobeck, who adheres to this view, remarks that there is no other instance of φωνῶ τινα (= iubeo) with infin. This is true; nevertheless it seems probable that φωνῶ here is used as a verb of ‘commanding’ with the inf., like λέγω ( Ph. 101), εἶπον and ἐννέπω ( O. C. 932), αὐδῶ (ib. 1630), and φημί (below, O. C. 1108).

νεκρὸν … συγκομίζειν , to aid in paying funeral rites to the corpse. For κομίζειν, said with ref. to the dead, see El. 1114.In Plut. Sull. 38, ἔφθη τὸ σῶμα συγκομισθέν, the sense is, ‘the obsequies were already completed’ (συγ‐), i.e. the body had been consumed on the pyre.

ἀνήλωσας . Attic inscriptions, from the 5th cent. B.C. onwards, show that the aor. and perf. of ἀναλόω regularly took the temporal augment. No unaugmented form (such as ἀνάλωσα) occurs in them. See Meisterhans, § 40. 6, who quotes Moeris, p. 23: ἀνηλωμένον Ἀττικῶς, ἀναλωμένον Ἑλληνικῶς (i.e. in the κοινὴ διάλεκτος).

The slow movement of the verse (with only quasi-caesura after the 3rd foot) is intended to mark haughty surprise. Cp. Ant. 44 ἦ γὰρ νοεῖς θάπτειν σφ’, ἀπόρρητον πόλει;

δοκοῦντ’ ἐμοί : this is the acc. neut. plur. (not acc. sing. agreeing with λόγον), and answers the question τίνος χάριν,...the partic. having a causal force: ‘I speak because these things seem good to me,’ etc. (Cp. Aesch. Theb. 1005 δοκοῦντα καὶ δόξαντ’ ἀπαγγέλλειν με χρὴ | δῆμου προβούλοις κ.τ.λ.)

δοκοῦντα δ’ ( ἐκείνῳ ) ὃς κραίνει στρατοῦ : for the omission of the antecedent in dative, cp. El. 1123 δόθ’, ἥτις ἐστί, προσφέροντες: Ant. 35 ὃς ἃν τούτων τι δρᾷ, | φόνον προκεῖσθαι.—The full expression would be, δοκοῦντα μὲν ἐμοί, δοκοῦντα δ’ ἐκείνῳ: but in such ‘anaphora’ the μέν is often omitted: cp. O. C. 1342 στήσω σ’ ἄγων, | στήσω δ’ ἐμαυτόν: Ant. 906 f. (n.).

προθείς , sc. κελεύεις, supplied from ἀνήλωσας λόγον (1049). Cp. 800 τοῦ ποτ’ ἀνθρώπων μαθών; (sc. ἐλπίζει ).

ἐλπίσαντες … ἄγειν , not ἄξειν, because the sense is, ‘having formed the expectation that we were bringing him (to be) an ally,’ etc.; not, ‘that we should bring him.’ So 799 ἐλπίζει φέρειν, ‘forebodes that it tends.’ Ajax, as Teucer points out at v. 1097, was not ‘brought’ at all, but came of his free will.

ζητοῦντες seems to be rightly explained in the Triclinian scholium by ἐξετάζοντες, ‘on trial’: but the use of the word is peculiar: its ordinary sense, when joined with εὑρίσκω, may be seen in Ar. Ran. 96 γόνιμον δὲ ποιητὴν ἂν οὐχ εὕροις ἔτι | ζητῶν ἄν (if you searched for one). Here, it could doubtless mean, ‘on inquiry’ (into the slaughter of the cattle); but this sense is too narrow for the context.

Φρυγῶν = Τρώων . In the Iliad, the Trojans and Phrygians are distinct, though allied, peoples: thus Priam helps the Phrygians against the Amazons ( Il. 3. 184—189). Post-homeric Greek poets came to use Φρύγες as a synonym for Τρῶες, because, when Aeolian colonies were first founded in western Mysia, the country was subject to the Phrygians (cp. Kiepert, Anc. Geo. 66). Eur. Hec. 4 Φρυγῶν πόλιν =Τροίαν: Eur. Or. 1480 Ἕκτωρ ὁ Φρύγιος .

στρατῷ ξύμπαντι , as in 726 he is called ἐπιβουλευτὴς στρατοῦ. His design had been against the chiefs (57 f.), the authors of his wrong; but that wrong had also embittered him against the whole Greek army (844).

δορί . Several editors write δόρει here, on account of the v.l. ὡς ἐλοιδόρει: which may, however, have been originally γρ. ὡς ἕλοι δόρει, i.e., merely a marginal note of δόρει as an alternative form. Metre requires δόρει in O. C. 620, O. C. 1314 , O. C. 1386: but there is no reason to doubt that Sophocles could also use the ordinary form δορί, as Aesch. ( IIIAesch. Ag.) and Eur. ( Eur. Hec. 5) certainly did.

θεῶν τις : only Odysseus knows who it was.

ἔσβεσεν : cp. 1149 : O. C. 422 ἔριν κατασβέσειαν: Critias fr. 1. 40 τὴν ἀνομίαν τε τοῖς φόβοις κατέσβεσεν.

τήνδ’ … τύχην , best taken as a ‘cognate’ acc. with θανόντες , like Il. 3. 417 κακὸν οἶτον ὄληαι, Od. 1. 166 ἀπὁλωλε κακὸν μόρον. If the words ἣν ὅδ’ εἴληχεν τύχην stood without τήνδ’ , they could be taken as acc. in apposition with θανόντες ἂν προὐκ.: but, with τήνδ’, such a constr. would be awkward. The easy remedy, λαχόντες for θανόντες, should not be admitted; this is a case in which the harder reading is, as such, the more probable.

προὐκείμεθ’ , prostrate in death, as Aesch. Theb. 965 πρόκεισαι. Cp. above, Aesch. Theb. 427.

αἰσχίστῳ , most ignominious; as they would have been assassinated, not slain in fight. The epithet reflects, in fact, on Ajax; commentators who did not see this suggested the feebler ἐχθίστῳ or ἀθλίῳ .

ἐνήλλαξεν , changed its direction, schol. ἀντέστρεψε.

μῆλα καὶ ποίμνας , ‘sheep and cattle’: ποῖμναι being used here (as in 42 and 300) in the wider sense, so as to include herds of oxen: see 53 n.

1062 f. The acc. αὐτὸν is resumed and more closely defined by σῶμα : cp. 1149 (βοήν after σέ, etc.): O. T. 819 καὶ τάδ’ οὔτις ἄλλος ἦν | ἢ )γὼ )π’ ἐμαυτῷ τάσδ’ ἀρὰς ὁ προστιθείς. Similarly Tr. 287 ff. νιν after αὐτόν.

τυμβεῦσαι τάφῳ : Lycophron 154 ἐτύμβευσεν τάφῳ. Thesm. 885 ποῦ δ’ ἐτυμβεύθη τάφῳ;

ἀμφὶ … ψάμαθον , ‘somewhere on the sand.’ The phrase implies scornful indifference as to the precise place, just as in Eur. Andr. 215 εἰ δ’ ἀμφὶ Θρῄκην.. | τύραννον ἔσχες ἄνδρα, ‘somewhere in Thrace.’ Cp. Il. 11. 706 ἀμφί τε ἄστυ | ἔρδομεν ἱρὰ θεοῖς, ‘about’ the city, i.e. here and there in it.

χλωρὰν , ‘yellow.’ The epithet serves to call up more vividly a picture of the desolate sea-shore, where the corpse is to lie unburied. Cp. Verg. Aen. 5. 374 fulva moribundum extendit arena. χλωρός, primarily an epithet of young verdure (χλόη), sometimes means ‘yellow’ or ‘yellowish’; a sense found in the kindred Sanskrit hAris and Lat. helvus (Curt. Etym. § 197). Il. 11. 631 μέλι χλωρόν. In Ant. 1132 the sense of χλωρὰ..ἀκτὰ (‘green’) is defined by the further epithet πολυστάφυλος.—The sense ‘moist’ is preferred here by Prof. Campbell (‘that part of the sands which the sea has moistened’).

λευρὰν , the conjecture of Burges ( Eur. Hec. 699 ἐν ψαμάθῳ λευρᾷ), did not deserve to be received by Wecklein.

ὄρνισι : cp. 830 ῥιφθῶ κυσὶν πρόβλητος οἰωνοῖς θ’ ἕλωρ .

πρὸς ταῦτα : 971 n.

ἐξάρῃς (α—): cp. O. T. 914 ὑψοῦ γὰρ αἴρει θυμόν.

εἰ … μὴ )δυνήθημεν , ‘granting that we were unable.’ Cp. Thuc. 3. 40§ 4 εἰ γὰρ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε, ‘assuming that they were right to revolt, your rule would be unwarrantable.’

χερσὶν παρευθύνοντες , ‘guiding him with our hands’: cp. 542 χερσὶν εὐθύνων, said of guiding a child's steps. ‘He will be docile enough now, and will go whither our hands guide him’ (i.e., the body shall be laid where we please). Then χερσὶν suggests the bitter comment, (‘our hands, I say,) for our words were at all times lost upon him.’ For ὅπου , cp. O. T. 448 οὐ γὰρ ἔσθ’ ὅπου μ’ ὀλεῖς.

κακοῦ πρὸς ἀνδρὸς : for πρός, cp. 319. These remarks on authority and obedience are suggested by the alleged insubordination of Ajax, who (in disregard of Homeric conditions) is styled ἀνὴρ δημότης, in contrast to οἱ ἐφεστῶτες, —i.e. the Atreidae. (Cp. 945 ἐφεστᾶσι.) The tone of Menelaüs here recalls that of Creon in Ant. 663—676.

ἄνδρα , coming after ἀνδρός, is thought too inelegant by some critics, who replace it by Reiske's conjecture, ὄντα . But it may be doubted whether a Greek ear would have been offended; the words ἄνδρα δημότην closely cohere, and the emphasis falls, first on κακοῦ, and then on δημότην. The phrase ἀνὴρ δημότης occurs in Ant. 690 and Nub. 1219. Cp. 1093 ἄνδρες, ἄνδρα.

καλῶς φέροιντ’ ἄν , ‘have a prosperous course.’ Thuc. 5. 16§ I εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις: Xen. Oecon. 5. 17 εὖ..φερομένης τῆς γεωργίας .

ἔνθα μὴ with subjunct. (without ἄν), as in O. T. 316 ἔνθα μὴ τέλη | λύῃ. καθεστήκῃ , which L supports, seems slightly better here than καθεστήκοι, which would make the statement more abstract or hypothetical. Similarly in 1081 we have ὅπου..παρῇ. (On the other hand, in such a passage as Tr. 1235, τίς ταῦτ’ ἄν, ὅστις μὴ )ξ ἀλαστόρων νοσοῖ, | ἕλοιτο; the optative is clearly better than νοσῇ.)

φόβου πρόβλημα , a screen ( Ph. 1008 n.), a defence, afforded by fear,— the gen. defining that in which the defence consists; cp. El. 682 πρόσχημ’ ἀγῶνος , ib. 857 ἐλπίδων..ἀρωγαί.

αἰδοῦς . The schol. on 1074 quotes from Epicharmus, ἔνθα δέος, ἐνταῦθα καὶ αἰδώς: cp. Euthyphr. p. 12 B, where Socrates quotes from Stasînus, ἵνα γὰρ δέος, ἔνθα καὶ αἰδώς,—remarking that we ought rather to say, ἵνα μὲν αἰδώς, ἔνθα καὶ δέος· οὐ μέντοι, ἵνα γε δέος, πανταχοῦ αἰδώς. The sentiment of Menelaüs is genuinely Spartan. Plut. Cleom. 9 dwells on the place of φόβος in Spartan government: τιμῶσι δὲ τὸν φόβον...τὴν πολιτείαν μάλιστα συνέχεσθαι φόβῳ νομίζοντες. The Aeschylean Athena, too, counsels μὴ τὸ δεινὸν πᾶν πόλεως ἔξω βαλεῖν ( Plut. Eum. 698), but there the basis of the fear is to be αἰδώς,—the σέβας (690) for the Areiopagus. As at Sparta there was a shrine of Φόβος ( Plut. l.c.), so at Athens there was an altar of Αἰδώς ( Paus. 1. 17. 1).

κἂν σῶμα γεννήσῃ μέγα : cp. the phrases φῦσαι φρένας ( O. C. 804), πτερά ( Ar. Av. 785), etc.: Her. 5. 91 τὸν βασιλέα ἡμέων..ἐξέβαλε, δόξαν δὲ φύσας αὐξάνεται. The words allude to the stature of the πελώριος Αἴας ( Il. 3. 229), but are meant also to be figurative; cp. Shakesp. Julius Caesar 1. 2. 135 Why, man, he doth bestride the narrow world | Like a colossus, and we petty men | Walk under his huge legs.

κἂν ἀπὸ σμ. κακοῦ ,=καὶ ἐὰν (πέσῃ): cp. El. 1482 ἀλλά μοι πάρες | κἂν σμικρὸν εἰπεῖν, i.e. , καὶ ἐὰν σμικρὸν παρῇς: Dem. or. 2 § 14 καὶ ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν, πάντ’ ὠφελεῖ, i.e. , καὶ ἐάν τις προσθῇ. We cannot here well take κἂν as=καὶ ἅν (the conditional particle), and suppose that it belongs to πεσεῖν understood. (See appendix on El. 1482.)—For ἀπὸ denoting result, cp. Ant. 695 ἀπ’ ἔργων εὐκλεεστάτων φθίνει.

πρόσεστιν , said of an attribute or quality: 521 n.

αἰσχύνη , verecundia, here virtually an equivalent of αἰδώς, as in Thuc. 1. 84§ 3 αἰδὼς σωφροσύνης πλεῖστον μετέχει, αἰσχύνης δὲ εὐψυχία.

ὅπου … παρῇ , without ἄν: cp. 1074.

βούλεται , sc. τις: cp. Plat. Apol. 29B οὐκ ἀμαθία ἐστὶν αὕτη ἡ ἐπονείδιστος, ἡ τοῦ οἴεσθαι εἰδέναι ἃ οὐκ οἶδεν ; Crito 49C οὔτε ἄρα ἀνταδικεῖν δεῖ...οὐδένα ἀνθρώπων, οὐδ’ ἂν ὁτιοῦν πάσχῃ ὑπ’ αὐτῶν .

νόμιζε .. χρόνῳ ποτὲ … πεσεῖν . It seems best to take πεσεῖν as representing a gnomic aor., χρόνῳ ποτὲ ἔπεσε. Cp. Plat. Rep. 490C (quoted by Goodwin, Moods and Tenses, § 159), ἡγουμένης δὴ ἀληθείας οὐκ ἄν ποτε..φαῖμεν αὐτῇ χορὸν κακῶν ἀκολουθῆσαι, ‘when truth leads, we never could say that a chorus of evils accompanies her’ ( ἠκολούθησεν). It may be observed that this view is slightly confirmed by the words ἐξ οὐρίων δραμοῦσαν , which clearly mean, ‘ after running before favouring winds’ (the sense cannot be that the ship is to be sunk by a fatal οὖρος): for, if πεσεῖν is an appeal to experience, then the mention of such a city's transient prosperity is fitting; but if πεσεῖν were a simple prediction, such a clause would be less natural. [I formerly took πεσεῖν as referring to the future; but now doubt whether νόμιζε, without more help from the context, could suffice to suggest such a sense. See Appendix on El. 442 f., where I read δέξεσθαι for δέξασθαι. Here we might, of course, write ποτ’ ἂν , but the change seems needless.]

ἐξ οὐρίων : ἐκ denotes the condition; cp. O. C. 486 ἐξ εὐμενῶν | στέρνων δέχεσθαι. For the neut. plur. οὐρίων, cp. Ar. Lys. 550 οὔρια θεῖτε (adv.). Lobeck quotes ἐξ οὐρίων πλεῖν from Libanius 2. 421. ἐξ οὐρίας πλεῖν occurs in Polyb. 1. 47. 2, etc.

ἑστάτω , be firmly set, as a principle, in the State; cp. 1074 καθεστήκῃ.

μοι , ethic dat. (‘let me see it established.’) Cp. Plut. Cleom. 9 διὸ καὶ παρὰ τὸ τῶν ἐφόρων συσσίτιον τὸν Φόβον ἵδρυνται Λακεδαιμόνιοι.

καὶ δέος , ‘fear also’ —to temper natural ὕβρις (1081). καίριον , in due season and measure; as the Eumenides say, ἔσθ’ ὅπου τὸ δεινὸν εὖ | καὶ φρενῶν ἐπίσκοπον | δεῖ μένειν καθήμενον ( Eum. 517).

ἃν ἡδώμεθα : the cogn. acc. with ἥδομαι, λυπεῖσθαι, etc., is frequent (cp. Ar. Ach. 2 f.).

οὐκ ἀντιτείσειν : for the spelling τείσω, etc., see on O. T. 810. οὐ with inf. is normal after a verb of saying or thinking (n. on O. T. 1455).— ἃν λυπώμεθα : for the assonance (parechesis) at the end of two successive verses, cp. 807 f., Ph. 121 f. (παρῄνεσα, συνῄνεσα), Tr. 1265 f. (συγγνωμοσύνην, ἀγνωμοσύνην). It is needless to read ἃν λυποίμεθα, though the optat. might be illustrated by Alcaeus fr. 82 (Bergk) αἴ κ’ εἴπῃς τὰ θέλεις, ἦ κεν ἀκούσαις τά κεν οὐ θέλοις. Schneidewin quotes also Hes. Op. 721 εἰ δὲ κακὸν εἴπῃς, τάχα κ’ αὐτὸς μεῖζον ἀκούσαις: Libanius 2. 84 δρῶντες ἅττα ἐθέλουσι πάσχειν δύναιντ’ ἂν ἅττα ἂν οὐκ ἐθέλοιεν.

παραλλὰξ , alternately; so in Her. 3. 40 ἐναλλὰξ πρήσσων=‘with alternations of fortune’ (good and evil).— αἴθων : see on αἴθονος in 222.

ὅπως | μὴ : with regard to the division of these words between two vv., see n. on the place of δῆτα in 986.

εἰς ταφὰς πέσῃς , come to need funeral rites: πέσῃς is used, with grim irony, as in such phrases as εἰς ἀνάγκας πίπτειν ( Thuc. 3. 82§ 2). ταφὰς has its ordinary sense, ‘rites of sepulture,’ as it has also in v. 1109; it does not stand for τάφους. Herodotus, indeed, uses ταφαί as=τάφοι, and employs the plural in that sense even with ref. to a single tomb ( Her. 5. 63 ).

ὑποστήσας , after planting them like pillars (cp. ὑποστῆσαι κίονας, ἐρείσματα, etc.); or, as we should say, after ‘laying them down’: the word is much more forcible than ὑποβαλών or ὑποθείς.

ἐν θανοῦσιν : for ἐν , cp. 43 n.

The dramatic function of a Chorus required that these Salaminian sailors, while loyal to Ajax, should recognise the sound elements in the speech which they have heard. Menelaüs has rightly condemned the ὕβρις which defies human laws. But his own ὕβρις menaces the laws of the gods.

ἄνδρες . The burning anger of Teucer is marked in his first words by the fact that he addresses them to the Chorus: as Oedipus does after the speech of Polyneices ( O. C. 1348), and Clytaemnestra after that of Electra ( El. 612).

μηδὲν ὢν γοναῖσιν : the phrase is exactly parallel with ἀγέννητος used in the sense of δυσγενής ( Tr. 61). In 1231 οὐδὲν ὢν has a like sense. Here μηδὲν is ‘generic,’ denoting the class of person.

τοιαῦθ’ ἁμαρτάνουσιν … ἔπη , make such erroneous statements; for the cogn. acc., cp. 1107 τὰ σέμν’ ἔπη | κόλαζ’ ἐκείνους. ἐν λόγοις , in their discourse. λόγοι and ἔπη are similarly combined in Thuc. 3. 67§ 6 λόγοι ἔπεσι κοσμηθέντες, ‘speeches adorned with fine sentiments.’

ἄγειν =ὅτι ἦγες, as ἄγειν in 1053=ὅτι ἤγομεν: ‘that thou wast bringing him [when he came hither] as an ally found by thee ( λαβών ).’

αὐτὸς , sponte sua: cp. Il. 17. 252 ἀργαλέον δέ μοί ἐστι διασκοπιᾶσθαι ἕκαστον | ...ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω.

ποῦ , on what ground, in what respect? O. T. 390 ποῦ σὺ μάντις εἶ σαφής; ‘where hast thou proved thyself a seer?’

λεῶν : the plur. of the Attic form is somewhat rare (except in the formula ἀκούετε λεῴ); Ar. fr. 346 has πάντες λεῴ .

ἤγαγ’ , the reading of one MS. (the Palatinus at Heidelberg, written in the 14th century), was doubtless no more than a conjectural emendation; but it appears probable. ἡγεῖτ’ , the reading of the other MSS., has been defended by Erfurdt and others on the ground that the elision has the effect of running the two words ἡγεῖτ’ οἴκοθεν together, so that they become virtually one. This is just possible; but in tragic iambics we find no certain examples of a precisely similar kind. (As to σήμαιν’ εἴτ’ ἔχει in Phil. 22, see n. there.) If ἤγαγ’ was the original word, the change to ἡγεῖτ’ may have been caused by failure to perceive that the genitive ὧν (for οὓς) was due to attraction. Porson (ap. Kidd, Tracts, p. 194) wished to read ἦγεν , comparing Il. 2. 557, Αἴας δ’ ἐκ Σαλαμῖνος ἄγεν δυοκαίδεκα νῆας. The imperfect tense is, of course, free from objection (cp. also Aesch. Pers. 341 Ξέρξῃ..χιλιὰς μὲν ἦν | ὧν ἦγε πλῆθος): but ΗΓΕΝ was less likely than ΗΓΑΓ to tempt the correction ΗΓΕΙΤ. Elmsley's ἤγετ’ (n. on Eur. Heracl. 371) is still nearer to the letters of ἡγεῖτ’: but the middle voice would be at least very unusual, where the sense is simply that of ‘leading’; in Soph. O. C. 1460, indeed, ἄξεται is hardly more than ἄξει: but in Soph. Ph. 613 ἄγοιντο suggests the notion, ‘bring with them, for their own ends.’

οὐδ’ ἔσθ’ ὅπου : cp. 1069.— τόνδε κοσμῆσαι , to exercise authority over him. κοσμεῖν is properly said of a commander disposing his forces; Il. 2. 554 κοσμῆσαι ἵππους τε καὶ ἀνέρας ἀσπιδιώτας: [Eur. ] Rhes. 662 κοσμήσων στρατόν. The Atreidae are κοσμήτορε λαῶν ( Il. 1. 16). For κοσμεῖν with ref. to civil government, cp. Ant. 677.

ἀρχῆς … θεσμὸς , an ordinance, an established right, of command. ἔκειτο , had been laid down (κεῖμαι serving as perf. pass. of τίθημι): cp. Thuc. 5. 105§ 2 οὔτε θέντες τὸν νόμον, οὔτε κειμένῳ πρῶτοι χρησάμενοι.

ἢ καὶ τῷδε σέ , ‘than for him, on his part, to rule thee’: for this καί, cp. O. C. 53 ὅσ’ οἶδα κἀγώ (n.).

ὅλων here can be only masc. This use of ὅλοι as= σύμπαντες elsewhere occurs only in later Greek; Lobeck cites Nonnus (5th cent. A.D. ) Dionysiaca 47. 482 ὅλας οἴστρησε γυναῖκας, and Anthol. Pal. 7. 679. 5 κτήμασι μὲν πολύολβος ὅλων πλέον ὧν τρέφε Κύπρος (by Sophronius of Damascus, circ. 630 A.D. ). We are scarcely warranted, however, in assuming that a poet of the classical age could not have ventured on such a use. The view that ὅλων is neuter (summae rerum) is decisively condemned (1) by the direct antithesis with the masc. ἄλλων, and (2) by the absence of the article, τὰ ὅλα being the invariable phrase in this sense: see, e.g., Dem. or. 19 § 151 ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων πεισθεὶς εἰρήνην ἄγειν (‘for the general interests’): or. 22 § 16 τὴν τῶν ὅλων σωτηρίαν : Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 22 τήνδε τὴν τῶν ὅλων τάξιν (the universe): Lucian De Luctu c. 6 τὴν τῶν ὅλων δεσποτείαν.

Apart from the difficulty as to ὅλων, there is absolutely no ground for rejecting verses 1105 f., as Schneidewin and other critics have done.

ὧνπερ ἄρχεις αρχε , as Agamemnon says to Achilles, Μυρμιδόνεσσιν ἄνασσε ( Il. 1. 180), and Achilles to him, ἄλλοισιν δὴ ταῦτ’ ἐπιτέλλεο, μὴ γὰρ ἐμοί γε. Cp. Aesch. Eum. 574 ἄναξ Ἄπολλον, ὧν ἔχεις αὐτὸς κράτει.

τὰ σέμν’ ἔπη κόλαζ’ ἐκείνους : ἔπη is a bold cognate acc.; cp. 1096 : O. T. 339 ἔπη | κλύων, ἃ νῦν σὺ τήνδ’ ἀτιμάζεις πόλιν : Aesch. Eum. 230 δίκας | μέτειμι τόνδε φῶτα.

εἴτε μὴ σὺ φής, εἴθ’ ἅτερος στρ .= εἴτε σὺ μὴ φής, εἴτ’ Ἀγαμέμνων μή φησιν, whether the veto is thine or his. For φημί as=‘to command’ (a rare use), see Pind. N. 3. 28 Αἰακῷ σε φαμὶ γένει τε Μοῖσαν φέρειν. Here the μή, despite its place, belongs in sense to the inf. (θεῖναι εἰς ταφὰς) understood. (οὔ φημι θεῖναι could mean only, nego te sepulturum: this might be referred to the assertion of Menelaüs in 1062 f.; but it would be forced.)

εἰς ταφὰς θήσω , I will give him due funeral rites: see on 1090.

στόμα : cp. 1147 : Ant. 997 ὡς ἐγὼ τὸ σὸν φρίσσω στόμα.

οἱ πόνου πολλοῦ πλέῳ , the toiling λαοί, the born subjects of Menelaüs, who are bound to endure the labours of war in any field to which their lord calls them. Cp. Eur. Andr. 695 οὐ τῶν πονούντων τοὔργον ἡγοῦνται τόδε, | ἀλλ’ ὁ στρατηγὸς τὴν δόκησιν ἄρνυται,—where οἱ πονοῦντες are the rank and file. The strangeness which has been felt in the phrase, οἱ πόνου πολλοῦ πλέῳ, will perhaps be lessened if we remember how habitually the Attic poets transfer the associations of their own time to the heroic age. In picturing the followers of the Spartan king, Sophocles may have had in mind the Perioeci who served as hoplites and the Helots who served as light-armed in the armies of their Spartan masters.

Assuredly οἱ πόνου πολλοῦ πλέῳ does not mean ‘busybodies,’ οἱ πολυπραγμονοῦντες, as some have taken it,—supposing it to be said scornfully of βασιλεῖς tributary to Menelaüs and eager to display their zeal.

ὅρκων : the oaths sworn to Tyndareus by the suitors of his daughter Helen, ὅτου γυνὴ γένοιτο Τυνδαρὶς κόρη, | τούτῳ συναμυνεῖν, εἴ τις ἐκ δόμων λαβὼν | οἴχοιτο ( I. A. 61). Thuc. 1. 9§ 1 Ἀγαμέμνων τέ μοι δοκεῖ τῶν τότε δυνάμει προὔχων καὶ οὐ τοσοῦτον τοῖς Τυνδάρεω ὅρκοις κατειλημμένους τοὺς Ἑλένης μνηστῆρας ἄγων τὸν στόλον ἀγεῖραι. In Soph. Ph. 72Odysseus says that (unlike the other chiefs) Neoptolemus came to Troy, ἔνορκος οὐδενί.

σοῦ δ’ οὐδὲν : this third clause repeats the thought of the first, οὐ γάρ τι τῆς σῆς κ.τ.λ.: on this trait of Sophoclean style see Ant. 465 ff. (n.).

τοὺς μηδένας , those who are as nought (μή having its generic force),—mere ciphers. Cp. Ant. 1322 τὸν οὐκ ὄντα μᾶλλον ἢ μηδένα. So I. A. 371 τοὺς οὐδένας: Andr. 700 ὄντες οὐδένες , Her. 9. 58 οὐδένες ἄρα ἐόντες.

κήρυκας . Menelaüs is attended by two heralds, their presence marking the solemn character of his mission. So in the Iliad the chiefs deputed to intercede with Achilles are accompanied by two heralds (9. 170), whom Eustathius (780. 46) compares to the ἀργὰ πρόσωπα of the theatre.

ψόφου … στραφείην : the gen. is properly causal, ‘turn for it,’ and is joined (here only) with the simple verb, as it is regularly joined with ἐντρέπομαι (90), ἐπιστρέφομαι ( Ph. 599), and in Eur. Hipp. 1224 ff. with the act. μεταστρέφειν: ( πῶλοι ) οὔτε ναυκλήρου χερὸς | οὔθ’ ἱπποδέσμων οὔτε κολλητῶν ὄχων | μεταστρέφουσαι.

ἕως : cp. Phaedr. 243 E ἕωσπερ ἂν ᾖς ὃς εἶ. This is a certain correction of the traditional reading ὡς , as it is also in Ph. 1330 ἕως ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος | ταύτῃ μὲν αἴρῃ etc., and in O. C. 1361 ἔωσπερ ἂν ζῶ. [Hermann explained ὡς ἂν ᾖς as utcunque sis qualis es, ‘however much you may be what you are,’ i.e., quantumlibet ferocias. Prof. Campbell understands, ‘However you may be—just what you are,’ οἷοσπερ εἶ being said, παρὰ προσδοκίαν, instead of βασιλεύς or the like.]

οὐδ’ αὖ , ‘neither, again,’—referring to their reproof of Menelaüs in 1092. οὐδ’ αὖ is similarly used in El. 1034.

ἐν κακοῖς , because the friends of Ajax have the felling of the Greek chiefs and army against them. Cp. El. 335 νῦν δ’ ἐν κακοῖς μοι πλεῖν ὑφειμένῃ δοκεῖ.

ὁ τοξότης . The name of ‘bowman’ was a reproach only when it implied that the archer was not, like the hoplite, ready to meet his foe in close fight. It is in this sense that Diomedes upbraids Paris ( Il. 11. 385), τοξότα, λωβητήρ, κέρᾳ ἀγλαέ. In Il. 13. 313Teucer is said to be ἄριστος Ἀχαιῶν | τοξοσύνῃ· but the poet adds ἀγαθὸς δὲ καὶ ἐν σταδίῃ ὑσμίνῃ. At Athens, where the τοξόται or city police were slaves (Σκύθαι, etc.), the word had acquired ignoble associations.

βάναυσον , sordid, unworthy of a freeborn man: Plato joins βάναυσος with ἀνελεύθερος (Legg. 644 A). Cp. Arist. Pol. 8. 2§ 5 τὰς..τοιαύτας τέχνας, ὅσαι τὸ σῶμα παρασκευάζουσι χεῖρον διακεῖσθαι, βαναύσους καλοῦμεν. Thus the notion at the root of the word was that of some mechanical (or sedentary) calling which interfered with efficiency in athletics or war. (Compare the taunts of Euryalus to the disguised Odysseus, Hom. Od. 8. 159.) Teucer might well say that his art was not βάναυσος: Heracles and Philoctetes were among its masters.

ἀσπίδ’ : the shield of a hoplite, who wore a helmet and breast-plate, and was armed with a pike (δόρυ); while the bowman, ranking with the light-armed troops, had no defensive armour.

ψιλὸς … ὡπλισμένῳ . The contrast is illustrated by the case of the Locrians in the Iliad, who came to Troy armed only with bows, and are described as shrinking from the σταδίη ὑσμίνη, because they were not armed as hoplites:— οὐ γὰρ ἔχον κόρυθας χαλκήρεας ἱπποδασείας, | οὐδ’ ἔχον ἀσπίδας εὐκύκλους καὶ μείλινα δοῦρα. ( Il. 13. 714 f.)

τρέφει , has in it; i.e., his valour resides only in his words. Cp. Tr. 817 ὄγκον..τρέφειν : O. T. 356 τἀληθὲς γὰρ ἰσχῦον τρέφω. Dryden: Tongue-valiant hero, vaunter of thy might (l. 336 of his Trans. of the Iliad, bk. 1).

ξὺν τῷ δικαίῳ , with right on my side: Ph. 1251 ξὺν τῷ δικαίῳ τὸν σὸν οὐ ταρβῶ φόβον. Shakesp. Henry VI. pt. II. 3. 2. 233 Thrice is he armed that hath his quarrel just.

δίκαια : for the plur., cp. 887 σχέτλια (n.).

κτείναντα : as Creüsa says to her living son ( Eur. Ion 1500 ) ἔκτεινά σ’ ἄκους’, i.e., ‘doomed thee to perish.’ So Soph. O. C. 1008 κλέψας τὸν ἱκέτην, meaning that Creon had purposed to seize him.

δεινόν γ’ εἶπας : for γε in comment, cp. El. 341 δεινόν γέ σ’ οὖσαν πατρὸς οὗ σὺ παῖς ἔφυς | κείνου λελῆσθαι.

εἰ καὶ ζῇς : here καὶ goes closely with ζῇς, ‘if thou indeed livest’: so O. T. 305 εἰ καὶ μὴ κλύεις (if indeed..): Tr. 71 εἰ καὶ τοῦτ’ ἔτλη. Distinguish such instances from the ordinary uses of εἰ καί (‘granting that..’), as in O. T. 408 εἰ καὶ τυραννεῖς.

τῷδε δ’ οἴχομαι . The dat. of relation here means, ‘so far as concerns him,’—so far as his intention went; as in Ph. 1030 τέθνηχ’ ὑμῖν πάλαι. In 970 above the similar dat. ( θεοῖς) has a different shade of meaning.

ἀτίμα . The verb ἀτιμᾶν is otherwise confined, in classical Greek, to the Homeric poems and hymns. The fut. and aor. occur both in Il. and Od.; the pres. once, in Od. 16. 307(ἀτιμᾷ); the imperf. twice ( Od. 21. 99 ἀτίμα: 23. 28 ἀτίμων, plur.). Nauck would here read ἀτίζει, with Elmsley (ἀτίζειν occurs in O. C. 1153); but he would also banish ἀτιμᾶν altogether from the epic texts; see Appendix.

θεοὺς , a monosyllable by synizesis, as θεός normally is with Sophocles, when it belongs to the third foot of the trimeter; see 489, O. C. 964, Ph. 1020, fr. 685. In El. 1264, τότ’ εἶδες ὅτε θεοί μ’ ἐπώτρυναν μολεῖν, we ought probably to read εὖτε.

θεοῖς σεσωσμένος : for the dat. of the agent, cp. 539 n.

ἐγὼ γὰρ ἂν ψέξαιμι ..; for γὰρ in an indignant question, cp. Tr. 1124: Vesp. 1159 ἐγὼ γὰρ ἂν τλαίην..;— δαιμόνων νόμους ; Cp. 1343 (Odysseus to Agam.) οὐ γάρ τι τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τοὺς θεῶν νόμους | φθείροις ἄν.

εἰ … οὐκ ἐᾷς . As οὐκ ἐῶ=veto, οὐ can follow εἰ: cp. O. C. 935(n.) βίᾳ τε κοὐχ ἑκὼν (=ἄκων), after εἰ μή.

παρών here has an indignant tone,— ‘You come and forbid’; cp. 338 n.

τούς γ’ αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ : the inserted αὐτὸς emphasises the reflexive pron.; O. C. 929 αἰσχύνεις πόλιν | τὴν αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ (n.).—For αὐτοῦ =ἐμαυτοῦ, see O. T. 138(n.), O. C. 966, El. 285.— οὐ γὰρ καλόν : sc. ἐᾶν θάπτειν αὐτούς. Ajax was πολέμιος, a public enemy, ‘worse than any Trojan’ (1054), in view of his intended onslaught. Menelaüs, like Creon ( Ant. 284 ff.), conceives that refusal of burial to a πολέμιος is warranted on religious grounds.

σοὶ … προὔστη , ‘stood forth to confront thee.’ For προστῆναι, see on El. 980.(In Her. 1. 129 προσστὰς, not προστὰς, should probably be read.)— Teucer parries the argument by asking how Ajax could have been the enemy of Menelaüs, a chief on his own side. He thus makes it a personal question between Ajax and Menelaüs whereas the latter had referred to the design of Ajax against the common weal.

μισοῦντ’ ἐμίσει . Cp. Legg. 697 D μισοῦντες μισοῦνται. Menelaüs ought to have replied, ‘He was the public foe’; but, with the maladroitness which characterises him throughout this scene, he plays into Teucer's hands by saying, ‘If he was not πολέμιος to me, at least he was ἐχθρός .’

ψηφοποιὸς , ‘making votes,’ in the sense of procuring them by a secret canvas among the chiefs. The word ἔπραξαν used by Ajax in 446 implies some such intrigue. Cp. Pindar's phrase, κρυφίαισι...ψάφοις, in N. 8. 26 (quoted on 447 ff.). Sophocles doubtless conceived the chiefs as voting by ψῆφοι placed in urns (cp. Aesch. Eum. 709), and this view appears in art (Introd. § 20). Eustathius remarks the anachronism (on Il. 2. 852): though, of course, neither ἐψήφισαν in 449 nor ψηφοποιός here necessarily excludes the supposition that the votes were given, in Homeric fashion, by voice.—For other views of ψηφοποιός, see Appendix.

The gen. αὐτοῦ depends on the phrase κλέπτης ψηφοποιός, as it might depend on λωβητής or the like.

ἐν τοῖς δικασταῖς , at their hands. ἐν is said esp. of a tribunal: Ant. 459 ἐν θεοῖσι τὴν δίκην | δώσειν (n.).

καλῶς , ‘speciously.’ This is clearly a case in which L has preserved a true reading which the other MSS. have lost. Teucer means, ‘It might seem to be the judges' doing, while it was really yours.’ The common reading κακῶς misses this point. For καλῶς in a bad sense, cp. Ant. 1047(λόγους ) αἰσχροὺς καλῶς λέγωσι τοῦ κέρδους χάριν .

κλέψειας κακά , commit furtive knaveries; see on 189 κλέπτουσι μύθους.

εἰς ἀνίαν … ἔρχεται , tends to it, will issue in it (somewhat as in Her. 1. 120 it is said of dreams, ἐς ἀσθενὲς ἔρχεται): τινί , i.e. σοί: for this menacing τις, see on Ant. 751 θανοῦσ’ ὀλεῖ τινά.—The traditional accentuation, as seen in L and in the Aldine edition, is ἔρχεται τινί , the ground of it being that τινί is here emphatic: so in Categ. 5 § 7 (p. 2 b 2) τὸ χρῶμα ἐν σώματι· οὐκοῦν καὶ ἐν τινὶ [not ἔν τινι] σώματι. (Cp. Chandler, Accent. § 942.) Some recent editors however write ἔρχεταί τινι.

οὐ μᾶλλον , sc. εἰς ἀνίαν ἐμοὶ ἔρχεται (i.e. λυπηθησόμεθα ).

τόνδ’ ἐστὶν οὐχὶ θαπτέον : for the place of οὐχί, cp. 1330 ἦ γὰρ εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν: for the neuter verbal with acc., 1250 εἰρκτέον τάδ’ ἐστίν .

ἀλλ’ ἀντακούσει τοῦτον ὡς κ.τ.λ.: cp. Phil. 549 ἤκουσα τοὺς ναύτας ὅτι | ... εἷεν etc.: Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 33 τὸν Δαίδαλον..οὐκ ἀκήκοας, ὅτι..ἠναγκάζετο.. δουλεύειν; Wecklein's conjecture, τοῦθ’ ἕν for τοῦτον, is very plausible, in view of 1040 ἕν σοι φράσω. We may observe, however, that τοῦτον answers to τόνδ’ in 1040, and that the stress in Teucer's retort falls on the ἀντ‐ in ἀντακούσει, and on τεθάψεται. There is more of dignity in that retort, as it stands with τοῦτον, than there would be with the mocking echo, τοῦθ’ ἕν. If τοῦθ’ ἕν were to be read, then σὺ δ’ ἀντακούσει (a v.l.) would be preferable to L's ἀλλ’ ἀντακούσει.

τεθάψεται : 577 n.

ναύτας ἐφορμήσαντα … τὸ | πλεῖν : for the inf. with art., instead of a simple inf., cp. O. C. 442 τὸ δρᾶν | οὐκ ἠθέλησαν (and ib. 47, n.): Thuc. 2. 87§ 1 οὐχὶ δικαίαν ἔχει τέκμαρσιν τὸ ἐκφοβῆσαι (where Classen compares this verse). Liddell and Scott, s. v. ἐφορμάω, remark that the dat. vαύταις should be read here. It is, in fact, the reading of a few late MSS.,—having been introduced, perhaps, by Triclinius; but ναύτας is right. ἐφορμῶ takes a dat. of the person when it means to rouse or urge something against one; e.g. Hom. Od. 7. 272 ὅς μοι ἐφορμήσας ἀνέμους: Soph. fr. 619. 2 ᾧ καὶ Ζ<*>ὺς ἐφορμήσῃ κακά. But here, where ἐφορμῶ means to urge one to do something, the person is necessarily in the acc., as after ἐπείγω, προτρέπω, etc. Cp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 43 τούτους οὔτε μελετᾶν τῶν ἐλευθερίων πόνων οὐδένα παρώρμα κ.τ.λ.

ᾧ φθέγμ’ ἂν οὐκ ἂν ηὗρες . Against reading ἐνηῦρες, it should be noted that ἐνευρίσκω is post-classical, unless Dobree was right in conjecturing ἐνηύρηκεν (for ἀνηύρηκεν) in Ar. Ach. 1037.On the other hand, the sarcastic force of the doubled ἄν is in place here. The dat. ᾧ is possessive: i.e. instead of the simple ᾧ οὐκ ἂν ἦν φθέγμα, we have ᾧ οὐκ ἂν ηὗρες φθέγμα, in the sense, ‘you would have found that he had not a word at his command.’ The emendation ᾧ φθέγμ’ ὂν οὐκ ἂν ηὗρες would make this clearer, but seems needless: it is, indeed, slightly prosaic.

ἐν κακῷ χειμῶνος : cp. O. C. 1358 ἐν πόνῳ | ... κακῶν.

εἴχετ’ : Her. 9. 37 ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κακῷ ἐχόμενος.

ὑφ’ εἵματος : Aesch. Ch. 81 δακρύω δ’ ὑφ’ εἱμάτων: Eur. Hec. 346 δεξιὰν ὑφ’ εἵματος | κρύπτοντα.

κρυφείς . The form ἐκρύφην is not elsewhere found in classical Greek. At a later period ἐκρύβην was frequent (see Veitch, Gk. Verbs p. 393).

πατεῖν παρεῖχε , sc. ἑαυτόν: cp. Nub. 422 ἀμέλει θαρρῶν οὕνεκα τούτων ἐπιχαλκεύειν παρέχοιμ’ ἄν. Plat. Theaet.p. 191 A ἐὰν δὲ πάντῃ ἀπορήσωμεν, ταπεινωθέντες, οἶμαι, τῷ λόγῳ παρέξομεν ὡς ναυτιῶντες πατεῖν τε καὶ χρῆσθαι ὅ τι ἂν βούληται. Synesius IV. Plat. Ep. 163D μεθῆκεν ὁ κυβερνήτης τὸ πηδάλιον καὶ καταβαλὼν ἑαυτὸν πατεῖν παρεῖχε τῷ θέλοντι ναυτίλων.—For the omission of the art. before ναυτίλων, cp. I. A. 340 τῷ θέλοντι δημοτῶν: Ion 1167 τὸν θέλοντ’ ἐγχωρίων.

καὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ σὸν … στόμα : cp. Ant. 573 ἄγαν γε λυπεῖς καὶ σὺ καὶ τὸ σὸν λέχος.

λάβρον στόμα : Aesch. P. V. 327 μηδ’ ἄγαν λαβροστόμει.

σμικροῦ νέφους … ἐκπνεύσας . Greeks gave the name of ἐκνεφίας to a wind caused by the meeting and breaking of clouds: De Mundo (p. 394 b 18) οἱ δὲ κατὰ ῥῆξιν γινόμενοι..ἐκνεφίαι καλοῦνται.

τὴν … βοήν , a new acc. serving to resume σὲ καὶ τὸ σὸν..στόμα: cp. 1062 f. ( αὐτὸν..σῶμα).

ἐν κακοῖς ὕβριζε : Aesch. Ag. 1612 Αἴγισθ’, ὑβρίζειν ἐν κακοῖσιν οὐ σέβω.

κᾆτ’ , introducing the consequence of such ὕβρις: O. T. 1500 τοιαῦτ’ ὀνειδιεῖσθε· κᾆτα τίς γαμεῖ ; Ant. 1019 κᾆτ’ (‘and so,’ ‘and therefore’) οὐ δέχονται θυστάδας λιτὰς ἔπι | θεοὶ παρ’ ἡμῶν .

ὀργήν =τρόπον . Aeschin. or. 2 § 179 ἀνάνδρῳ καὶ γυναικείῳ ἀνθρώπῳ τὴν ὀργήν . Theognis 215 πουλύπου ὀργὴν ἴσχε πολυπλόκου .

ποήσεις : on the spelling, see Appendix to Ph. 120.

πημανούμενος . Other examples of the passive sense in futures of middle form, from stems ending in a liquid, are Ant. 93 ἐχθαρεῖ : ib. 230 ἀλγυνεῖ : O. T. 272 φθερεῖσθαι : Ph. 954 αὐανοῦμαι .

ἄνολβον , of folly, as in Ant. 1026(οὐκ ) ἄβουλος οὐδ’ ἄνολβος: ib. 1265 ὤμοι ἐμῶν ἄνολβα βουλευμάτων . Cp. 1290 δύστηνε : O.T. 888 δυσπότμου χάριν χλιδᾶς (i.e., miserably perverse): Dem. or. 3 § 21 οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἄφρων οὐδ’ ἀτυχής εἰμι ἐγώ, ὥστ’ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι βούλεσθαι.

παρών here serves merely to make the picture a little more vivid; he thus warned the man to his face. Cp. 338.

μῶν ᾐνιξάμην ; ‘I have not spoken too obscurely?’ (μῶν, num, as in 791.) Cp. Ant. 405 ἇρ’ ἔνδηλα καὶ σαφῆ λέγω; Aesch. Ag. 269 ἦ τορῶς λέγω; In Teucer's parody of his opponent's parable there is a rising tone of scorn, which the last words accentuate.

πάρα (=πάρεστι), the reading of A, is distinctly preferable here to παρῇ, though the latter has the support of the first hand in L. With παρῇ the sense would be: ‘It were shameful if people should hear that any one who may have the power to use force is chastising only by words.’ We must not be misled by the analogy of the Latin subjunctive: qui possit vi uti could be merely an allusive way of saying qui possim vi uti: but the Greek equivalent of qui possim would be (ἐγὼ) ὅτῳ πάρεστι, not ᾧ παρῇ. In 1081, ὅπου δ’ ὑβρίζειν δρᾶν θ’ ἂ βούλεται παρῇ (wherever it may be allowed), the subjunctive is fitting: but not so here, where the reference is to a definite person who has a certain power. παρῇ is not, indeed, impossible: it is, however, so unnatural in this context that it would require much stronger authority to support it as against πάρα .

1163 The anapaests serve not only to mark the exit of Menelaüs, but also to afford a pause before the entrance of Tecmessa at 1168. For their bearing on the date of the play, see Introd. § 21.— ἔριδός τις ἀγών , a trial of strength in strife: cp. Tr. 20 εἰς ἀγῶνα..συμπεσὼν μάχης: Liv. 36. 19 in ipso certamine pugnae. For the place of τις before its noun, cp. 29.

κάπετον , a grave dug in the earth, from σκάπτω (cp. καφώρη, ‘fox,’ also σκαφώρη): among kindred words G. Curtius gives the Lithuanian ka/p-a-s, ‘grave-mound’ ( Etym. § 109). Il. 24. 797(Hector's burial) αἶψα δ’ ἄρ’ ἐς κοίλην κάπετον θέσαν.

ἰδεῖν , ‘look for’: Od. 8. 443 αὐτὸς νῦν ἴδε πῶμα: Theocr. 15. 2 ὅρη δίφρον, Εὐνόα, αὐτῇ .

βροτοῖς τὸν ἀείμνηστον =τὸν βροτοῖς ἀείμνηστον: cp. O. C. 714 ἵπποισιν τὸν ἀκεστῆρα χαλινόν: Tr. 872(δῶρον ) Ἡρακλεῖ τὸ πόμπιμον: O. T. 139 ἐκεῖνον ὁ κτανών.

εὐρώεντα , from εὐρώς, ‘mould’: an epithet applied in epic poetry to the nether world, where all things moulder in damp, cheerless gloom: Il. 20. 65(οἰκία, the home of Hades) σμερδαλἔ εὐρώεντα, τά τε στυγέουσι θεοί περ. Od. 10. 512 Ἀΐδεω..δόμον εὔρώεντα. Simonides illustrates this sense (fr. 4. 4), ἐντάφἰον δὲ τοιοῦτον οὔτ’ εὐρὼς | οὔθ’ ὁ πανδαμάτωρ ἀμαυρώσει χρόνος: and Vergil reproduces it ( Aen. 6. 462) in his loca senta situ, the ‘rough and mouldering wilderness’ of the underworld. Quintus Smyrnaeus 14. 241 has τύμβον ἐπ’ εὐρώεντα. But in later antiquity a false etymology connected εὐρώεις with εὐρύς: thus Hesychius, s.v. εὐρώεντα, gives πλατέα as one explanation of it. Oppian (circ. 180 A.D. ) actually uses the word in the sense of ‘wide,’ Opp. Hal. 5. 3 κόλπον ἀν’ εὐρώεντα θαλάσσης: and so too Nonnus (5th cent. A.D. ) Dionys. 25. 476. [In Il. 20. 65Döderlein and others would change εὐρώεντα to αὐερόεντα (αὐήρ =ἀήρ), or ἠερόεντα, ‘murky’: while Nauck goes so far as to pronounce εὐρώεις ‘a wholly apocryphal word.’]

The legendary tomb of Ajax was shown on the coast of the Troad near Cape Rhoeteum; Strabo 13. p. 595 τῷ *(ποιτείῳ συνεχὴς ᾐὼν ἁλιτενής, ἐφ’ ᾗ μνῆμα καὶ ἱερὸν Αἴαντος καὶ ἀνδριάς. Alexander the Great, on landing in the Troad, offered ἐναγίσματα at the tomb of Ajax as well as at that of Achilles ( Diod. 17. 17). There were legends of gigantic bones having been found in the tomb ( Paus. 1. 35. 5).

καὶ μὴν , marking the entrance of a person: 1223: O. C. 549(n.).

ἐς αὐτὸν καιρὸν : so Ant. 386 ἐς δέον περᾷ : Eur. Hipp. 899 παῖς σὸς ἐς καιρὸν πάρα.— πλησίοι , as in Eur. El. 640, παρούσης τῆσδε πλησίας ἐμοί, Soph. Tr. 896 παροῦσα πλησία. The v.l. πλησίον is equally correct ( Soph. El. 927 τοῦ πλησίον παρόντος, etc.).

Tecmessa had left the scene after v. 989, in order to bring the child Eurysaces from the tent, where he had been left when she set forth in search of Ajax (810). The part of Tecmessa is now taken by a mute person, as the deuteragonist has presently to resume the part of Odysseus (1318).

τάφον περιστελοῦντε , here a general phrase for rendering funeral rites. Among these rites would be the washing and dressing of the corpse ( Ant. 901 ἔλουσα κἀκόσμησα etc.), in which Tecmessa would naturally bear part, and the pouring of χοαί, in which Eurysaces also would share. The dual περιστελοῦντε is therefore right: Wakefield's conjecture περιστελοῦντι , which Nauck adopts, implies that the work was to be Teucer's alone. Cp. Od. 24. 292 οὐδέ ἑ μήτηρ | κλαῦσε περιστείλασα: Ant. 902 τὸ σὸν | δέμας περιστέλλουσα.

ἱκέτης : an anapaest in the first foot, as in verse 1302. This licence occurs in every play except the Antigone: it is most frequent in the Philoctetes (Introd. Ph., p. xliv).

While the child knelt as a suppliant by the body, with his hand upon it, the corpse could not be forcibly removed without offence to Zeus Ἱκέσιος. Teucer is about to go and seek a place for the grave (1184), and he desires to secure that the body shall not be disturbed during his absence.

ὅς σ’ ἐγείνατο : cp. 1296: El. 261 μητρὸς ἥ μ’ ἐγείνατο.

θάκει δὲ προστρόπαιος : cp. Aesch. Eum. 41 ἕδραν ἔχοντα προστρόπαιον. Here θάκει denotes a kneeling posture (προσπεσών 1181): cp. Soph. Ph. 293 γονυπετεῖς ἕδρας προσπίτνω ς’, O.T. 2 ἕδρας..θοάζετε (n.). The offerings in the child's hands will show that he formally supplicates (προστρέπεται, cp. 831) the χθόνιοι θεοί and the spirit of the dead man to avert outrage from the corpse.

κόμας , offerings to the dead, as in Il. 23. 135, where the locks of hair are laid on the corpse (θριξὶ δὲ πάντα νέκυν καταείνυσαν, ἃς ἐπέβαλλον | κειρόμενοι). So in El. 449 f. Chrysothemis is told to lay locks of her own hair and her sister's on Agamemnon's tomb,—the significance of the act being marked by the prayer which is to follow the gift: αἰτοῦ δὲ προσπίτνουσα γῆθεν εὐμενῆ | ἡμῖν ἀρωγὸν αὐτὸν εἰς ἐχθροὺς μολεῖν (453 f.). In its primitive symbolism the severed hair meant that the person from whose head it was cut devoted himself to the dead, and (as it were) escorted him to the shades; the gift of hair being a substitute for self-immolation at the grave.

τρίτου , marking the completion of the lucky number; O. C. 7 f. αἱ πάθαι..χὡ χρόνος.. | ..καὶ τὸ γενναῖον τρίτον : Aesch. Eum. 758 ff. Παλλάδος καὶ Λοξίου | ἕκατι καὶ τοῦ πάντα κραίνοντος τρίτου | Σωτῆρος.

ἱκτήριον θησαυρόν , ‘the suppliant's store’; i.e., the efficacy of the supplication is stored up in, resides in, these gifts of hair, which symbolise the appeal of the ἱκέτης to the spirit of the dead.—G. Wolff takes the phrase as pathetic,—‘the suppliant's only wealth,’ ‘all that he has to offer,’—as Electra says of the gifts of hair, σμικρὰ μὲν τάδ’, ἀλλ’ ὅμως | ἅχω ( El. 450). But it is rather the power than the poverty of the offering which is expressed by θησαυρόν.

κακὸς κακῶς , as in 1391, O.T. 248, Ph. 1369.

ἄθαπτος ἐκπέσοι χθονός , ‘may he be cast out of the land, unburied’: i.e., may he perish, and may his body then be cast beyond the boundaries of his country. Cp. Soph. Ph. 1629 Πολυνείκους νέκυν | ἐκβάλετ’ ἄθαπτον τῆσδ’ ὅρων ἔξω χθονός. Under Athenian law a person put to death for treason (προδοσία) or sacrilege was not to be buried in Attica ( H. 1. 7. 22): thus when Phocion was executed in 317 C.B. , ἔδοξε καὶ τὸ σῶμα..ἐξορίσαι ( Plut. Phoc. 37). Teucer's curse is worded as if the supposed offender were at home in Greece, and not at Troy.

ἐκπέσοι : cp. O.C. 766 ὅτ’ ἦν μοι τέρψις ἐκπεσεῖν χθονός.

γένους ἅπαντος : Dem. or. 19 § 71 (τοῖς θεοῖς) εὔχεσθ’ ἐξώλη ποιεῖν αὐτὸν καὶ γένος καὶ οἰκίαν . Lys. or. 12 § 10 ὤμοσεν ἐξώλειαν ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς παισὶν ἐπαρώμενος.

ῥίζαν ἐξημημένος , with his race extirpated from the root,—i.e., may there be no survivor to continue it. Cp. El. 765 πρόρριζον..ἔφθαρται γένος: Lucian Tyr. 13 πανωλεθρία παντὸς τοῦ γένους καὶ ῥιζόθεν τὸ δεινὸν ἅπαν ἐκκεκομμένον. So Antigone and her sister are the ἐσχάτη ῥίζα of their house ( Ant. 599 f.). For the constr. of the pass. verb with acc., cp. Tr. 157 δέλτον ἐγγεγραμμένην | ξυνθήμαθ’ (n.): Xen. An. 2. 6. 1 ἀποτμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλάς: Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 32 τραύματα ἐπιδεδεμένους. For the use of ἐξαμᾶν, cp. Paus. 8. 7. 7 ἔμελλε δὲ ἄρα ὁ δαίμων καὶ τὸ γένος τὸ Κασσάνδρου κακῶς ἐξαμήσειν.

αὔτως : as to the breathing, see on O. T. 931.

ὅπωσπερ τόνδ’ ἐγὼ τέμνω πλόκον . The primary meaning of this act was self-dedication (1173 n.), but Teucer here gives it a further significance, suggested by the circumstances of the moment; exactly as in Il. 3. 300 the σπονδαί at the truce are turned into a symbol of death for those who break the truce,—ὧδέ σφ’ ἐγκέφαλος χαμάδις ῥέοι ὡς ὅδε οἶνος. Cp. Liv. 1. 24 si prior defexit...tu illo die, Iuppiter, populum Romanum sic ferito ut ego hunc porcum hic hodie feriam. Theocr. 2. 28 ὡς τοῦτον τὸν καρὸν ἐγὼ σὺν δαίμονι τάκω ὣς τάκοιθ’ ὑπ’ ἔρωτος ὁ Μύνδιος αὐτίκα Δέλφις .

κινησάτω : the 3rd pers. of the aor. imper. with μή, though somewhat rare, occurs in good prose ( Plat. Apol. 17C μηδεὶς...προσδοκησάτω). Cp. 1334.— προσπεσὼν , kneeling beside the body, ἔχου (sc. αὐτοῦ), cling to it. So Tr. 904 βωμοῖσι προσπίπτουσα, Ph. 485 προσπίτνω σε γόνασι.

ὑμεῖς τε , the Chorus. It has been proposed to read δὲ instead of τε , but needlessly. δέ would mark the change in the persons addressed; τε marks the continuity of the precepts. Cp. El. 421(ἔκ τε τοῦδ’ ἄνω ), Tr. 462(ἥδε τ’), where the reason for retaining τε is similar.

ἀντ’ ἀνδρῶν : cp. 1020 δοῦλος.. ἀντ’ ἐλευθέρου.

ἔστ’ =ἔστ’ ἄν : cp. 555 ἕως.. μάθῃς.

τάφου μεληθεὶς , after choosing and preparing a place of burial (1165). This aor. of the simple μέλομαι does not elsewhere occur in a middle sense (in Anthol. 5. 201 μεληθέν in pass.), but ἐπεμελήθην as an aor. middle is frequent in

κἂν μηδεὶς ἐᾷ =κἂν πάντες μὴ‐ἐῶσιν, though all men forbid (οὐκ ἐῶ =veto). Cp. Ph. 443 f. ὅπου | μηδεὶς ἐῴη.

1185-1222

Third stasimon. 1st strophe, 1185—1191=1st antistr., 1192— 1198: 2nd str. 1199—1210=2nd ant. 1211—1222. For the metres see Metrical Analysis.

νέατος should be followed by a comma (as in some MSS.): the sense is, τίς νέατος ἐτέων ἀριθμὸς (ἔσται), ἐς πότε λήξει ἐτέων ἀριθμός; ‘what will be the last number (the completed total of the years),—when will the series of the years end?’—ἀριθμός having a slightly different sense with νέατος from that which it bears with ἐς πότε. This difference is the reason against taking the sentence as two questions combined in one (like τίς πόθεν εἶς ἀνδρῶν;). The scholiast in L understood the construction aright:—τίς ἄρα ἡμῖν ὁ ἔσχατος τῶν ἐτῶν ἀριθμὸς τῶν πολυπλάγκτων; [Remark that he does not supply ἔσται—thus indicating that it is to be understood in the text also.] ἐς πότε λήξει ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἐτῶν ἐμοὶ πόνους παρασκευάζων; For νέατος in this sense, cp. Ant. 807 f.

πολυπλάγκτων , ‘muchwandering,’ ‘restless,’ refers to the toils of the campaign beyond sea; the epithet of the men is transferred to the years; cp. Od. 17. 425 λῃστῆρσι πολυπλάγκτοισιν.

τὰν ἄπαυστον : for the art. (‘ that ceaseless misery’), cp. El. 166 τὸν ἀνήνυτον | οἶτον ἔχουσα κακῶν (n.).

δορυσσοήτων , ‘spear-hurling,’ here=‘martial.’ δορυσσόης occurs nowhere else, but is related to δορυσσόος as γυμνής to γυμνός, κουρῆτες to κοῦροι, and it would certainly be rash to deny that metrical convenience could have suggested such a by-form. Blaydes and Wecklein change it to δορυσσόων , reading ἔδειξ’ (instead of ἔδειξεν) in 1195. Nauck gives δορυσσῶν (further changing ἄπαυστον to ἀπαύσταν), and in 1196 omits the word κοινόν. (Cp. O.C. 1313 δορυσσοῦς Ἀμφιάρεως .)

ἀν τὰν εὐρώδεα Τρωΐαν . This, the emendation of Ahrens, is very close to the MS. text, ἀνὰ τὰν εὐρώδη Τροίαν. There is no reason to doubt the metrical soundness of the antistrophic verse, 1197 ἰὼ πόνοι πρόγονοι πόνων. Hence the correction of Τροίαν to Τρωΐαν has strong probability. Lobeck compares εὐρώδης (from εὐρύς) with the late forms βραχώδης, τραχώδης. With regard to ἀν (=ἀνά), it should be noted that Sophocles uses this apocopè elsewhere only in compounds (cp. 416: Ant. 1275, n. on ἀντρέπων).—For other emendations, see Appendix.

δύστανον ὄνειδος Ἑλλάνων , acc. in appos. with the sentence: cp. 559 χαρμονήν (n.), 1210 μνήματα.

ὄφελε : the unaugmented form is frequent in Homer: e.g. Od. 5. 308 ὡς δὴ ἐγώ γ’ ὄφελον θανέειν.

αἰθέρα δῦναι μέγαν , i.e., vanish into the depths of the sky, as if caught up by ἅρπυιαι: cp. Eur. Or. 1375 πᾷ φύγω, ξέναι, | πολιὸν αἰθέρ’ ἀμπτάμενος ἢ πόντον;

πολύκοινον Ἅιδαν : El. 137 Ἀΐδα | παγκοίνου λίμνας (n.).

κεῖνος ἁνὴρ , not Paris, but an indefinite person, the supposed inventor of war: cp. Tibull. 1. 10. 1 Quis fuit, horrendos primus qui protulit enses? | Quam ferus et vere ferreus ille fuit! C. 1. 3. 9 Illi robur et aes triplex | Circa pectus erat qui fragilem truci | Commisit pelago ratem | Primus.

ἔδειξεν , taught: Aesch. P. V. 457 ἔστε δή σφιν ἀντολὰς ἐγὼ | ἄστρων ἔδειξα.

κοινὸν Ἄρη , ‘public’ warfare, in which all the Greeks make common cause (as against the Trojans): Thuc. 1. 3§ 1 πρὸ γὰρ τῶν Τρωϊκῶν οὐδὲν φαίνεται πρότερον κοινῇ ἐργασαμένη ἡ Ἑλλάς .

ἰὼ πόνοι πρόγονοι πόνων . This is a parenthetic exclamation (cp. 173 f.): ‘Alas, those warlike toils (of the man who invented war), from which so many toils have sprung.’ Cp. the phrase in Legg. 928 E ξυμφοραὶ..ἔχθρας ἔκγονοι.—Dindorf writes ἰὼ πόνοι πρόπονοι (omitting πόνων, as in 1190 he reads ἀν’ εὐρώδη Τροΐαν), ‘toils pre-eminent among toils’: cp. Aesch. Pers. 987 κακὰ πρόκακα.

οὔτε στεφάνων . οὔτε, the reading of the MSS., is sound; the fault is in the antistrophe (1211), where they give καὶ πρὶν μὲν ἐννυχίου, but this is satisfactorily cured by G. Wolff's correction; see n. on 1211.

στεφάνων , the wreaths, usually of myrtle (μυρρίναι), with which the guests at a banquet crowned their heads before the σπονδαί were poured and the πότος began: Athen. p. 685 C ἡ δὲ τῶν στεφάνων καὶ μύρων πρότερον εἴσοδος εἰς τὰ συμπόσια ἡγεῖτο τῆς δευτέρας τραπέζας. Ar. Ach. 1145 πίνειν στεφανωσαμένῳ. Eur. Bacch. 376 παρὰ καλλιστεφάνοις | εὐφροσύναις.

βαθειᾶν , ‘copious’: see on βάθει in 130.

κυλίκων . The κύλιξ was the commonest form of drinking-cup at Athens (cp. Plat. Symp. 214B ἐπὶ τῇ κύλικι λέγειν). It was usually of earthenware (κύλικα κεραμέαν, Lys. 219 E), with a broad and relatively shallow bow] (hence compared to an ἀσπίς, Athen. p. 472 C), a stem, and handles (ὦτα) projecting horizontally from the sides. The average κύλιξ seems to have held about three κοτύλαι, or between 1 1/3 and 1 1/2 pint.

νεῖμεν governs τέρψιν , to which ὁμιλεῖν is added as epexegetic inf., ‘for me to consort with’ (ὁμιλεῖν αὐτῇ): cp. Pind. N. 10. 72 χαλεπὰ δ’ ἔρις ἀνθρώποις ὁμιλεῖν κρεσσόνων (a strife with more than mortal foe is hard for men to encounter): id. Pind. I. 2. 37 αἰδοῖος μὲν ἦν ἀστοῖς ὁμιλεῖν.— Others take ὁμιλεῖν as depending on νεῖμεν, and τέρψιν as cogn. acc. (or ‘acc. of the inner object’): ‘gave me companionship in the joy of the wine-cup.’ But this somewhat forces the word ὁμιλεῖν.

αὐλῶν , the flutes played at banquets by αὐλητρίδες.

ὄτοβον : cp. Aesch. P. V. 574 κηρόπλαστος ὀτοβεῖ δόναξ. The word usu. denotes a loud noise, as the rattling of chariots ( Aesch. Theb. 151), or the crash of thunder (O.C. 1479).

δύσμορος , ‘that wretch’: cp. 1290 δύστηνε.

ἐννυχίαν τέρψιν ἰαύειν , ‘to pass the night in sweet repose.’ The inf. depends on νεῖμεν, with τέρψιν as cogn. acc.—The Homeric ἰαύω means, not ‘to sleep,’ but ‘to pass the night’ or ‘bivouac’: see, e.g. Il. 9. 325 ἀυ‐/πνους νύκτας ἴαυον. It used to be connected with the rt. ἀv (ἄω), ‘breathe’: but Leo Meyer, who converted G. Curtius on this point, has shown that ἰαύω should be referred to a rt. ἀvες, equivalent to the Sanskrit rt. vas (‘dwell’), whence the aorist ἄεσα, Od. 3. 151 νύκτα μὲν ἀέσαμεν (‘we abode’) χαλεπὰ φρεσὶν ὁρμαίνοντες. In the present ἰαύω ι is the reduplication. Curtius compares ἰ‐ά‐σκειν, an inchoative present from ἀγ, which Hesychius explains by ἄγειν. (See Curtius Gk. Verb pp. 197, 520, 543.)—ἰαύω occurs in postHomeric Greek of the classical age only here and in Soph. Ph. 1537 f. δεμνίοις | ... ἰαύων. [Eur. ] Rhes. 740 τὸν ὑπασπίδιον κοῖτον ἰαύει .

Remark the repetition of τέρψιν (after 1201): it recurs in 1216. See n. on O.C. 554.

ἐρώτων δ’, ἐρώτων : for the iteration, cp. 621 (n.).

ἀμέριμνος , ‘uncared for’: the pass. sense occurs only here, but may be illustrated by the use of ἀκηδής, which can be either passive or active; and by the passive sense of ἀμελής in H. 6. 5. 41, where it means, ‘neglected.’ Those who make ἀμέριμνος active here explain it as=‘without occupation,’ ‘without any interest in life’; but this is clearly untenable.

οὕτως strengthens the adj. (‘thus utterly uncared for’); cp. Aesch. Theb. 1056 γένος ὠλέσατε πρέμνοθεν οὕτως. This is better than to take it as=‘simply,’ as in Plat. Gorg. 506D οὕτως εἰκῇ [v.l. οὐ τῷ εἰκῇ], like iacentes sic temere in C. 2. 11. 14.

δρόσοις : the λειμώνιαι δρόσοι of Aesch. Ag. 560(quoted above on 601 ff.).

μνήματα , acc. in appos. with the sentence: cp. 1191 n. The miseries of the nightly bivouac never allow them to forget that they are in the dreary Troad.

αἰὲν νυχίου , G. Wolff's excellent emendation of ἐννυχίου, brings the verse into metrical agreement with 1199 ἐκεῖνος οὔτε στεφάνων (n.). The corruption could easily arise from ἐννυχίαν above (1203). Keeping ἐννυχίου, Dindorf inserts ἐξ before it; but this remedy (though better than the Triclinian οὖν) gives an unusual constr. to προβολὰ , which regularly takes a simple genitive,—either of the thing defended (as χώρας, M. 3. 5. 27), or of the thing which is warded off, as Eur. Or. 1488 θανάτου προβολάν : Plat. Tim. 74B προβολὴ..καυμάτων.— θούριος , as in 212.

ἀνεῖται στυγερῷ δαίμονι , has been consecrated, devoted, to it; i.e., has become its victim. Cp. Soph. Ph. 947 οὗτος δὲ πῶλος (Menoeceus), τῇδ’ ἀνειμένος πόλει, | θανὼν πατρῴαν γαῖαν ἐκσώσειεν ἄν. The word ἀνειμένος was properly said of animals which, having been consecrated to a god, were allowed to roam at liberty in the pastures; Her. 2. 65 τῶν δὲ εἵνεκεν ἀνεῖται τὰ ἱρὰ (θηρία ) εἰ λέγοιμι, καταβαίην ἂν τῷ λόγῳ εἰς τὰ θεῖα πρήγματα: then the term was extended to inanimate things; Legg. 761 C εἴ τί που ἄλσος ἢ τέμενος περὶ ταῦτα ἀνειμένον ᾖ. The young Ionin the Delphic temple is said to be ἄφετος, ‘consecrated’ to the god ( Eur. Ion 822: cp. Critias 119 D ἀφέτων ὄντων ταύρων ἐν τῷ τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος ἱερῷ). Similarly the sacred horses of the German tribes publice aluntur..nullo mortali opere contacti (Tac. Germ. 10) .

ἐπέσται , will ‘attend upon’ me; cp. El. 1467 εἰ δ’ ἔπεστι νέμεσις (n.).

γενοίμαν : cp. Eur. Hipp. 732 ἀλιβάτοις ὑπὸ κευθμῶσι γενοίμαν.

ὑλᾶεν . Colonel William Mure (the author of the well-known History of Greek Literature) remarks:—‘Sophocles calls Sunium a woody promontory, a description no longer applicable. But a few stunted fir bushes, straggling over the declivity below the temple, would seem still to vouch for its propriety in his own age.’ (Tour in Greece, vol. II. p. 123: 1842.)

ἔπεστι πόντου | πρόβλημ’ : the genitive goes with πρόβλημα: cp. Ph. 1455 πόντου προβολῆς: Quintus Smyrn. 9. 378 ἐπὶ προβολῇσι θαλάσσης. The scholiast confirms the reading of the MSS.: ἔνθα ὑλώδης ἐξοχὴ τῆς θαλάττης ἐστί. With ἔπεστι we understand πόντῳ from πόντου. For ἔπεστι after ἐπέσται in 1216, cp. Ant. 73, Ant. 76 (κείσομαι), Ant. 613, Ant. 618(ἕρπει).

ὑπὸ πλάκα Σουνίου : for the ο— of ὑπὸ before πλ, cp. Ant. 612 τὸ πρίν.—Sunium, the S. E. promontory of Attica, is, in Leake's words, ‘lofty, steep, and rugged on every side, except the south-west, where there is a beach and a small bay, with an island at the entrance’ (Demi of Attica, vol. II. p. 63). On the highest point stood the Doric temple of Athena, built probably about the middle of the 5th century B.C. The modern name of the cape, Colonna (Κολόνναις), is derived from the remaining columns of the temple, which are of a brilliant whiteness, the marble of which they are made being of a much lighter colour than the Pentelic. ‘As seen from a distance, glittering in the sun across the blue sea, they look like pillars of snow or salt, rather than stone’ (Mure, Tour II. p. 123). Cp. Eur. Cycl. 293 ἥ τε Σουνίου | δίας Ἀθάνας σῶς ὑπάργυρος πέτρα (where the epithet alludes to the silver-mines of Laurium). Poseidon also was worshipped at Sunium (Σουνιάρατε , Ar. Eq. 560): but Leake was disposed to think that he can have had an altar only, as the sole buildings traceable were the temple of Athena and the fortress erected on Sunium circ. 413 B.C. ( Demi II. p. 64). Wordsworth, however, saw remains which, he thought, might be those of a Poseidonion (Athens and Attica, p. 177).

τὰς ἱερὰς : so Pind. fr. 75. 4 ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς Ἀθάναις. Ar. Eq. 1319 ὦ ταῖς ἱεραῖς φέγγος Ἀθήναις: Timocreon fr. I. 3 ἱερᾶν ἀπ’ Ἀθηνᾶν. Cp. El. 707 Ἀθηνῶν τῶν θεοδμήτων.

ὅπως … προσείποιμεν , after the optative γενοίμαν (1217): Ph. 324 θυμὸν γένοιτο χειρὶ πληρῶσαί ποτε, | ἵν’ αἱ Μυκῆναι γνοῖεν κ.τ.λ.: Aesch. Eum. 297 ἐλθοι... | ὅπως γένοιτο κ.τ.λ. (Sometimes, however, we find the subjunct. after such an optative: Eur. Or. 982 μόλοιμι...ἵν’ ἐν θρήνοισιν ἀμβοάσω.) For the custom of greeting the land to which one comes, cp. Aesch. Ag. 503 : Verg. Aen. 3. 524 Italiam laeto socii clamore salutant.

Pausanias says (1. 28. 2), referring to the colossal Athena Promachos on the Acropolis, ἡ τοῦ δόρατος αἰχμὴ καὶ ὁ λόφος τοῦ κράνους ἀπὸ Σουνίου προσπλέουσίν ἐστιν ἤδη σύνοπτα. As Leake observed (Demi I. p. 631), Cape Zoster, some miles N.W. of Sunium, is the first point on the Attic coast from which a voyager could possibly have caught a glimpse of the spear-point and crest.

1223-1420

The exodos falls into three parts. 1. The scene between Teucer and Agamemnon: 1223—1315. 2. The mediation of Odysseus: 1316— 1401. 3. Preparations for the burial of Ajax: 1402—end.

καὶ μὴν : 1168 n.

ἡμῖν , a ‘dativus incommodi,’—‘to trouble us.’— δῆλος , in the personal constr. with partic., as O.T. 673, Ph. 1011.(With ὡς added, above, Ph. 326 n.)

μοὐστὶ : for the crasis, cp. Ph. 812 ὡς οὐ θέμις γ’ ἐμοὔστι σοῦ μολεῖν ἄτερ.

σκαιὸν … στόμα . The notion of σκαιός here is that of headstrong perversity, unrestrained by good sense or good feeling; cp. Eur. fr. 290 ἀεὶ γὰρ ἄνδρα σκαιόν, ἰσχυρὸν φύσει, | ἧσσον δέδοικα τἀσθενοῦς τε καὶ σοφοῦ. Dem. or. 18 § 120 σκαιὸς..καὶ ἀναίσθητος.

ἐκλύσων : Isocr. or. 12 § 96 ἐπελήλυθέ μοι τὸ παρρησιάζεσθαι καὶ λέλυκα τὸ στόμα. Eur. Hipp. 1060 τί δῆτα τοὐμὸν οὐ λύω στόμα; Cp. Eur. Bacch. 385 ἀχαλίνων στομάτων.

σὲ δὴ : the abrupt acc., roughly calling the attention of the person addressed, is sometimes used even without a governing verb, as in Ant. 441 σὲ δή, σὲ τὴν νεύουσαν ἐς πέδον κάρα, | φής, κ.τ.λ.

τὰ δεινὰ ῥήματ’ , ‘those terrible words’: 312 n.

ἀνοιμωκτὶ , impune, like ἀκλαύστῳ in El. 912.Cp. Ar. Ran. 178 οὐκ οἰμώξεται; The adverb ends in ι , not ει , as presupposing an adj. in ‐ος: for these adverbial forms, see n. on O.C. 1251 ἀστακτί.

χανεῖν ῥήματα , like Aesch. Ag. 920 βόαμα προσχάνῃς: Vesp. 341 τοῦτ’ ἐτόλμησ’ ὁ μιαρὸς χανεῖν; Attius Armorum Iudicium fr. 11 Hem, vereor plus quam fas est captivum hiscere.

σέ τοι : cp. El. 1445 σέ τοι, σὲ κρίνω : Ar. Av. 274 οὗτος, ὦ σέ τοι.

τὸν ἐκ τῆς is better than the v.l. σὲ τὸν τῆς, since ἐκ lays an intentionally scornful emphasis on Teucer's origin.

τραφεὶς = εἰ ἐτράφης.— μητρὸς … ἄπο : ἐκ is usu. said of parents, ἀπό (as in 202) of ancestors; but cp. O.C. 571 κἀφ’ ὅτου πατρὸς γεγώς. ( Ant. 192 f., n.)

ὑψήλ’ ἐφώνεις is a choicer phrase, and marks the irony better, than the v.l. ὑψήλ’ ἐκόμπεις.

κἀπ’ ἄκρων ὡδοιπόρεις : schol. ἐπ’ ἄκρων δακτύλων ἔβαινες γαυριῶν. Eur. Ion 1166 f. ἐν δ’ ἄκροισι βὰς ποσὶν | κῆρυξ ἀνεῖπε (describing the proud gait of the herald). Lobeck compares Libanius 4. 162 ἐπ’ ἄκρων πορεύεσθαι, and ἀκροβατεῖν ‘to strut’ in Philo De Somn. 1. 60.

ὅτε in its causal sense,=ἐπειδή (O.T. 918 n.).

οὐδὲν ὢν , ‘being naught’ (a simple statement): τοῦ μηδὲν … ὕπερ , ‘for him who is as naught.’ The only difference between the two expressions is that the phrase with μηδέν is, in effect, somewhat more emphatic, and (here) more bitter, since it implies a mental act of comparison, with the result of deciding that this particular person is no more than a nonentity. The angry king scorns Teucer, but his bitterness is against the dead Ajax. The phrase with οὐδὲν is, of course, equally applicable to the dead ( El. 244, El. 1129), and that with μηδὲν to the living (above, El. 767, cp. 1275 ). Cp. 1114 τοὺς μηδένας (n.).

κοὔτε στρατηγοὺς κ.τ.λ. Agamemnon speaks throughout of ‘us,’ meaning Menelaüs and himself. Teucer had implicitly acknowledged that Agamemnon was commander-in-chief (1105). But he denied that Menelaüs had any authority over Ajax (1100), and also that either of the two Atreidae had a right to forbid the burial (1109).

οὔτε ναυάρχους : alluding to Teucer's denial that Ajax had sailed from Salamis at the summons, or under the command, of Menelaüs (1097, 1111 f.).

Ἀχαιῶν οὔτε σοῦ : another οὔτε is understood before Ἀχαιῶν: cp. Ant. 266 τὸ μήτε δρᾶσαι μήτε τῳ ξυνειδέναι | τὸ πρᾶγμα βουλεύσαντι μήτ’ εἰργασμένῳ , i.e. (μήτε ) βουλεύσαντι etc. (cp. O.T. 239 n.): Aesch. Ag. 532 Πάρις γὰρ οὔτε συντελὴς πόλις. It is needless to read οὐδὲ σοῦ.

διωμόσω ; the prep. gives emphasis, as in Tr. 378 διώμνυτο .

αὐτὸς ἄρχων … ἔπλει : the imperf. serves to mark the position which Ajax was holding at the time when he was setting forth. Similarly in Ph. 572 πρὸς ποῖον αὖ τόνδ’ αὐτὸς οὑδυσσεὺς ἔπλει; the imperf. refers to the motive which was actuating him. (Cp. κἀπεμπόμην in El. 680, and n. in append. there, p. 213.)

δούλων , i.e., Teucer as the son of an αἰχμαλωτίς: cp. 1020 δοῦλος.. φανείς.

ποίου κέκραγας ἀνδρὸς : for the gen., cp. El. 317 τοῦ κασιγνήτου τί φής; (n.).

ποῖ βάντος . ποῦ βάντος has the better MS. authority; in a question, however, between ι and υ, little weight can be claimed for our MSS. If βάντος meant, ‘having taken his stand,’ then ποῦ βάντος would be as correct as ποῦ βεβηκότος. But when, as here, βάντος is opposed to στάντος, it is very improbable that a writer of the classical age would have used ποῦ rather than ποῖ. Cp. Ph. 833 ποῦ στάσει, | ποῖ δέ μοι...βάσει. It cannot be argued from such an example as Eur. Hec. 1057, πᾷ βῶ, πᾷ στῶ, that there was a tendency to repeat the same word, since πᾷ (unlike ποῦ or ποῖ) suits both verbs alike.

ἄνδρες , emphatic, like ἀνὴρ in 77.

πικροὺς , to our cost: El. 470 πικρὰν | δοκῶ με πεῖραν τήνδε τολμήσειν ἔτι (n.).

ἔοιγμεν , for ἐοίκαμεν, occurs also in Eur. Heracl. 681, Eur. Cycl. 99. Eur. Itis not found in the Homeric poems, but may be compared with ἐπέπιθμεν ( Il. 2. 341), εἰλήλουθμεν ( Il. 9. 49), and ἄνωγμεν (Hom. hymn. Apoll. Pyth. 350).

ὅπλων ἀγῶνας : the objective gen. here denotes the prize: cp. 936 ὅπλων ἔκειτ’ ἀγὼν πέρι.— κηρῦξαι , instead of the usual θεῖναι: cp. El. 690 ὅσων γὰρ εἰσεκήρυξαν βραβῆς κ.τ.λ.

τότε : 650 n.

πανταχοῦ , ‘in every case,’— i.e., whenever the result of the contest is disappointing to Teucer. Cp. Ph. 1052 νικᾶν γε μέντοι πανταχοῦ χρῄζων ἔφυν.— φανούμεθ’ : 1020 n.

ἐκ Τεύκρου , on his part: cp. O.C. 51 κοὐκ ἄτιμος ἔκ γ’ ἐμοῦ φανεῖ .

κοὐκ ἀρκέσει , not μηδ’, though εἰ precedes, for οὐκ ἀρκέσει is felt rather as a statement of that which is sure to happen, than as a hypothesis. Similarly οὐ often stands in the second of two clauses after δεινὸν εἰ or the like: Thuc. 1. 121§ 5 δεινὸν ἂν εἴη εἰ...οὐκ ἄρα δαπανήσομεν: Lys. or. 10 § 13 οὐκ οὖν δεινόν, εἰ...οὐκ ἀξιοῖς .

εἴκειν ἃ … ἤρεσκεν . The antecedent to ἅ is ταῦτα, a cognate acc.,—‘to yield in regard to’ what the judges decided: cp. O. C. 1178 τάδ’ εἰκαθεῖν : ib. 172 εἴκοντας ἃ δεῖ.—Others suppose the antecedent to be τούτοις (cp. 1050). But, for Greek idiom, such a dat. ought to denote the judges, not the judgment.

κακοῖς βαλεῖτε : cp. 724 ὀνείδεσιν | ἤρασσον (n.): Tr. 940 ὥς νιν ματαίως αἰτίᾳ βάλοι κακῇ.

σὺν δόλῳ : cp. El. 641 σὺν φθόνῳ : Ph. 842 σὺν ψεύδεσιν.

κεντήσεθ’ . In Ant. 1030, too, κέντει is figurative,—meaning to inflict a base wrong (on the dead).

οἱ λελειμμένοι , ye who have been left behind in the race. Cp. Tr. 266 τῶν ὧν τέκνων λείποιτο πρὸς τόξου κρίσιν: Aesch. Pers. 339 τῇδε λειφθῆναι μάχῃ. Polyb. 1. 62 § 6 βλέπειν τόν τε τοῦ νικᾶν ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸν τοῦ λείπεσθαι καιρόν.

ἐκ τῶνδε … τῶν τρόπων , as a result of them.

κατάστασις : there may be νομοθεσία, but no firm establishment of a law can come to pass. Cp. 1074: Ant. 1113 τοὺς καθεστῶτας νόμους.

τοὺς … νικῶντας : for the pres. partic., cp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 27 ὁ δὲ μὴ νικῶν τοῖς μὲν νικῶσιν ἐφθόνει.

ἐξωθήσομεν , thrust him out of the honourable place which he has fairly wo<*> The fut. ὠθήσω occurs also in Eur. Cycl. 592, Ar. Eccl. 300, but the ordinary future of ὠθέω is ὤσω (as if from ὤθω).

τοὺς ὄπισθεν : a metaphor from rear and front rank suits the speaker. Cp. Her. 8. 89(describing the confusion in the Persian fleet at Salamis), οἱ ὄπισθε τεταγμένοι ἐς τὸ πρόσθε τῇσι νηυσὶ παριέναι πειρώμενοι .

εἰρκτέον τάδ’ : cp. 1140.— πλατεῖς , ‘burly,’ ‘big’; εὐρύνωτοι ‘broadshouldered.’ Ajax was ἔξοχος Ἀργείων κεφαλήν τε καὶ εὐρέας ὤμους ( Il. 3. 227).

οἱ φρονοῦντες εὖ : for the place of εὖ, cp. Ant. 723 καὶ τῶν λεγόντων εὖ καλὸν τὸ μανθάνειν.—As to the verse which the paroemiographer Apostolius subjoins to this, see Appendix.

ὑπὸ … πορεύεται : so Tr. 391 οὐκ ἐμῶν ὑπ’ ἀγγέλων | ἀλλ’ αὐτόκλητος ἐκ δόμων πορεύεται.

σμικρᾶς , in contrast with the ‘large ribs.’ Cp. Ant. 477 σμικρῷ χαλινῷ δ’ οἶδα τοὺς θυμουμένους | ἵππους καταρτυθέντας.

ὀρθὸς , ‘it is brought straight into the road’ (from which it has strayed): cp. Helen. 1555 ταύρειος δὲ ποὺς | οὐκ ἤθελ’ ὀρθὸς σανίδα προσβῆναι κάτα, ‘to advance straight across the plank’ (into the ship).

φάρμακον , ‘corrective,’ τὴν μάστιγα. Cp. O.C. 714 ἵπποισιν τὸν ἀκεστῆρα χαλινόν. So the bit for Pegasus, given by Athena to Bellerophon, is φίλτρον τόδ’ ἵππειον ( Pind. O. 13. 68), φάρμακον πραυ—/ (ib. 85).

νοῦν κατακτήσει : cp. Plat. Rep. 591B (ἡ ψυχὴ) σωφροσύνην.. κτωμένη. So κτῆμα is said of moral or mental attributes (O.T. 549, Ant. 1050). τινά , ironical, some small measure of it.

ἀνδρὸς οὐκέτ’ ὄντος , genitive absolute. The genitive could not depend on ὑβρίζεις , in the sense of ‘uttering insults about him’ (like ποίου κέκραγας ἀνδρὸς in 1236). The constr. with gen. absolute (‘ when he is dead’) is also more forcible. Reiske's conjecture ( ἄνδρας..ὄντας..σκιάς) is ingenious; but here the plural is evidently less fitting than in a general allusion like ἐν θανοῦσιν ὑβριστής (1092).

σκιᾶς : cp. El. 1158 ἀντὶ φιλτάτης | μορφῆς σποδόν τε καὶ σκιὰν ἀνωφελῆ.

οὐ σωφρονήσεις ; Cp. Ph. 1259 ἐσωφρόνησας (‘thou hast come to thy senses’).

μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν , i.e. δοῦλος. In O.T. 1068 μήποτε γνοίης ὃς εἶ, and O.C. 1171 ἔξοιδ’ ἀκούων τῶνδ’ ὅς ἐσθ’ ὁ προστάτης, where ὅς stands, as here, for ὅστις, the reference is to the person's identity; here it is to his quality (=οἷος εἶ), as in Eur. Alc. 640 ἔδειξας εἰς ἔλεγχον ἐξελθὼν ὃς εἶ: Plat. Euthyd. 283D βούλεσθε γενέσθαι αὐτὸν σοφόν, ἀμαθῆ δὲ μὴ εἶναι;...οὐκοῦν ὃς μὲν οὐκ ἔστι, βούλεσθε αὐτὸν γενέσθαι, ὃς δ’ ἔστι νῦν, μηκέτι εἶναι.

ἄλλον τιν’ … ἐλεύθερον , some one else, who (unlike thee) is a free man. Cp. Od. 6. 84 ἅμα τῇ γε (with their mistress) καὶ ἀμφίπολοι κίον ἄλλαι . Plat. Gorg. 473C τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ξένων.

ἀντὶ σοῦ λέξει τὰ σά . At Athens, as elsewhere, a slave had no locus standi in a law-court, and could plead to a charge only through his master. Cp. frag. adesp. 304 (Nauck p. 897) δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου. In Plat. Gorg. 483B incapacity for self-defence generally (αὐτὸς αὑτῷ βοηθεῖν) is noted as characteristic of the servile condition. Cp. O.T. 410 f. (n.), where Teiresias says that he is not the δοῦλος of Oedipus, and therefore has the right ἴσ’ ἀντιλέξαι, instead of pleading only by Creon's mouth.

σοῦ … λέγοντος could depend on μάθοιμ’ as=‘understand’ ( Plat. Gorg. 463D ἆρ’ οὖν ἂν μάθοις ἀποκριναμένου;), but is better taken as gen. abs., since thus we obtain a clearer sense for οὐκέτ’ : ‘when thou beginnest to speak, my power of comprehension ceases.’

βάρβαρον , because Teucer's mother Hesionè was Trojan.

ἐπαΐω , a current word in Attic ( Nub. 650 etc.), is used in this sense by Plato both with acc. and with gen. The simple ἀΐω, which is poetical only, has a like sense in O.C. 181, σὺ γὰρ ἀΐεις (‘for thou understandest’).

φράσαι , monstrare, or suadere; cp. Tr. 53 φράσαι τὸ σόν, to indicate thy duty. So of a teacher's directions, Antiphon or. 6 § 13 εἴ τι φράζοι ὁ διδάσκαλος .

ὡς ταχεῖά τις , ‘in what quick fashion’ (with what strange quickness): cp. O.T. 618 ὅταν ταχύς τις οὑπιβουλεύων λάθρᾳ | χωρῇ, ‘when the stealthy plotter is advancing in quick fashion.’

βροτοῖς , ethic dat., ‘in the minds of men.’

διαρρεῖ : said in fr. 787. 9 of the waning moon; διαρρεῖ κἀπὶ μηδὲν ἔρχεται . Cp. 523 ἀπορρεῖ μνῆστις.

προδοῦσ’ ἁλίσκεται . Here χάρις τοῦ θανόντος is that grateful memory of the dead which ought to abide in men's minds. When this memory deserts them, it is a traitor to the dead. Cp. Ant. 46 οὐ γὰρ δὴ προδοῦσ’ ἁλώσομαι.

οὐδ’ ἐπὶ σμικρῶν λόγων . In El. 415 σμικροὶ λόγοι mean ‘few’ or ‘brief’ words. Probably the sense here is, ‘not even in brief words.’ This use of ἐπί with the genitive is illustrated by two passages which Wolff has quoted; Plat. Symp. 192C ἕτερος ἑτέρῳ χαίρει ξυνὼν οὕτως ἐπὶ μεγάλης σπουδῆς (‘with such great eagerness’): Dem. or. 18 § 17 οὔτε δικαίως οὔτ’ ἐπ’ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα (‘nor with any truth’). Julian or. 3. 128 A (quoted by Lobeck) has τούτων ἐπὶ σμικρῶν μνημονεύει, meaning by ἐπὶ σμικρῶν ‘in brief words only.’ (In El. 414 ἐπὶ σμικρὸν=‘to a small extent only’: the v.l. ἐπὶ σμικρῶν is there an error.) I formerly took ἐπὶ σμικρῶν λόγων as=‘not even in slight respects,’ ‘on slight accounts,’ but now doubt whether this sense can be given to the plural of λόγος.—The best emendation, if any were needed, would be οὐδ’ ἐπὶ σμικρὸν λόγον, ‘not even to the extent of a brief mention’; but, though ἐπὶ σμικρὸν can bear this sense ( El. 414), the phrase is hardly satisfactory when λόγον is added.

οὗ depends on προὔκαμες : δορί should be taken with προτείνων . Cp. [Eur. ] Rhes. 183 ψυχὴν προβάλλοντ’ ἐν κύβοισι δαίμονος. There is a reminiscence of the words of Achilles, αἰὲν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν παραβαλλόμενος πολεμίζειν ( Il. 9. 322).

ἐρριμμένα , contemptuously flung aside: cp. Aesch. Eum. 215 Κύπρις δ’ ἄτιμος τῷδ’ ἀπέρριπται λόγῳ.

κἀνόητ’ seems fitter here than κἀνόνητ’: though its superiority is not so clear as that of κἀνόνητα over κἀνόητα in 758. The balance of manuscript authority, too, is here on the side of κἀνόητ’, though there is no such unanimity as supports κἀνόνητα in 758,—a difference which the nature of the two passages sufficiently explains.

οὐ μνημονεύεις … οὐδέν (adv.), ἡνίκα , as we say, ‘remember when...’: so Thuc. 2. 21§ 1 μεμνημένοι καὶ Πλειστοάνακτα..ὅτε ἐσβαλὼν..ἀνεχώρησε πάλιν: Eur. Tro. 70 οἶδ’ ἡνίκ’ Αἴας εἷλκε Κασσάνδραν βία.

ἑρκέων … ἐγκεκλῃμένους , ‘shut within your lines.’ Cp. Soph. Ph. 451 τόνδ’ εἰσεδέξω τειχέων=εἴσω τειχέων ἐδέξω. There, as here, the genitive would probably be felt in the first instance as a genitive of place (‘ at the walls,’ like ἐσχάτης.. πυρᾶς in Soph. El. 900 f.); and the special sense required by the context (‘within’) would be suggested by the compound verb εἰσεδέξω .

ἑρκέων : the wall, surrounded by a fosse, which the Greeks at Troy built to protect their ships, drawn up on the shore of the Hellespont. Il. 12. 4 τεῖχος ὕπερθεν | εὐρύ, τὸ ποιήσαντο νεῶν ὕπερ, ἀμφὶ δὲ τάφρον | ἤλασαν.

τὸ μηδὲν ὄντας : so Tr. 1107 κἂν τὸ μηδὲν ὦ, ‘though I am as naught.’ Cp. 1281 n.

ἐν τροπῇ δορός , at the moment when your battle had been turned back,—when you had been routed. Cp. Ant. 674(ἀναρχία ) συμμάχου δορὸς | τροπὰς καταρρήγνυσι . Aesch. Ag. 1237 ἐν μάχης τροπῇ.

ἀμφὶ μὲν νεῶν … ἑδωλίοις : ‘when fire was now blazing around the quarter-decks of the ships at their sterns (ἄκροισιν).’ Three points should be noted.

(1) There is strong evidence that the term ἑδώλια was used in the 5th cent. B.C. to denote a raised deck, a quarter-deck, at the stern of the ship. This is clear in Her. 1. 24: Arion asks leave, στάντα ἐν τοῖσι ἑδωλίοισι ἀεῖσαι: the officers of the ship consent, and are then said ἀναχωρῆσαι ἐκ τῆς πρύμνης ἐς μέσην νέα,— leaving Arion alone on the ἑδώλια. In Helen. 1571, Ἑλένη καθέζετ’ ἐν μέσοις ἑδωλίοις: which is clearly a place distinct from that where the rowers sat; of them it is said, τοίχους δεξιοὺς λαιούς τ’ ἴσοι | ἀνὴρ παρ’ ἄνδρ’ ἕζοντο. (For further evidence on this point, see Appendix.)

(2) ἄκροισιν denotes the position of the ἑδώλια at the extremities, or sterns, of the ships. Though the Iliad is not closely followed here, Sophocles may probably have had in mind how the Trojans fired the ship of Protesilaüs at the stern: Il. 16. 124 ὣς τὴν μὲν πρύμνην πῦρ ἄμφεπεν. In Il. 9. 241 it is said of Hector, στεῦται γὰρ νηῶν ἀποκόψειν ἄκρα κόρυμβα,—the ‘crowning ensigns’ (ἄφλαστα, aplustria) at the sterns. ἄκροισιν might also mean ‘topmost,’—the ἑδώλια being a raised deck. This, however, would suggest rather flames shooting up to a great height; but in Il. 15. 716 f., where Hector grasps the ἄφλαστον, it appears that even this can have been only some 7 to 9 feet from the ground, and that the ἴκρια at the stern (the Homeric equivalent of ἑδώλια here) can have stood only about 5 feet from the ground. (See Dr Warre E. in Smith's Dict. of Ant., 3rd ed., vol. II. p. 211 b, art. Navis.)

(3) ναυτικοῖς , after νεῶν, is pleonastic, if ἑδώλια be explained as above; whereas, if ἑδώλια meant the rowers' seats, ναυτικοῖς could mean, belonging to the ναῦται. This is a fair objection to the interpretation given above. But in reply to it we may observe:—(1) the word ἑδώλια means ‘dwellings,’ ‘abodes’ in El. 1393, Aesch. Ch. 71, Aesch. Theb. 455.The nautical sense occurs (apart from Her. 1. 24) only here, and in Helen. 1571, Cycl. 238.Hence the distinctive epithet is intelligible. (2) Further, as the purport of the passage is to mark the urgency of the danger to the ships, on which the ultimate safety of the Greeks depended, there is excuse for the emphatic iteration, νεῶν —ναυτικοῖς—ναυτικά.

Other views of the passage, and some emendations which have been proposed, will be found in the Appendix.

εἰς δὲ ναυτικὰ σκάφη … τάφρων ὕπερ . The situation described here does not exactly correspond with anything in the Iliad. Ajax, indeed, distinguishes himself in repulsing the Trojans after they have come over the wall, and on one occasion wounds their leader Hector ( Il. 14. 409 ff.); but this happens before any ship has been set on fire. The supreme crisis in this part of the Iliad is the moment when the Trojans set fire to the ship of Protesilaüs (16. 122); but just then Ajax is driven back (χάζετο δ’ ἐκ βελέων ib.); it is Patroclus who, urged by Achilles, then comes to the front, and finally beats back the foe. Nor has the Iliad directly furnished the picture of Hector ‘leaping high’ over the trench.

Sophocles may have had some other source, epic or lyric. But it seems equally possible that he wrote from a general recollection of the Iliad, without caring whether he reproduced its details. Indeed, two verses of the Iliad might alone have sufficed to suggest the picture which he has drawn,—that which says of Ajax, Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅστις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ (15. 731),—and the verse which describes Hector leading the Trojans from the Greek wall towards the ships,—ᾗ ῥ) ὅ γ’ ὁ λυσσώδης φλογὶ εἴκελος ἡγεμονεύει (13. 53).

οὗ σὺ μή, βῆναι ποδί . This excellent emendation (by Madvig) of the obscure οὐδὲ συμβῆναι ποδί is irresistibly commended by those very words of Agamemnon to which Teucer refers (1237), ποῖ βάντος ἢ ποῦ στάντος, οὗπερ οὐκ ἐγώ; The origin of the corruption may have been the effacement of the H in MH, giving rise to ΣΥΜΒΗΝΑΙ, when ΟΥ would be altered into ΟΥΔΕ to satisfy the metre. συμβῆναι ποδί has been explained: (1) ‘to come and join thee’ on the field of danger. But, even if συμβῆναι ποδί could bear this sense, Agam. could not say that Ajax had never fought on his side at Troy. (2) ‘To meet’ the foe, sc. τοῖς πολεμίοις: which is plainly untenable. Agamemnon had asked merely, ‘what has Ajax done that I have not done?’ Teucer has replied by referring to the crisis at the ships; and now drives his point home.

ὑμὶν … ἔνδικα , just in your eyes (ethic dat.): cp. O.C. 1446 ἀνάξιαι γὰρ πᾶσίν ἐστε δυστυχεῖν: Soph. Ph. 495 σοφοῖς | καὶ τοῖσι φαύλοις ἔνδιχ’, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ.

αὐτὸς , ‘by himself,’ ‘alone’: cp. Ar. Ach. 504 αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν.— μόνος μόνου : though αὐτός has preceded, μόνος is added to emphasise the idea of single combat. Cp. 467 μόνος μόνοις: Dem. or. 18 § 137 τῷ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων πεμφθέντι μόνος μόνῳ συνῄει.

λαχών τε κἀκέλευστος : i.e., simply because, among the Greek warriors who had offered to meet Hector, he was the one who drew the lot; not because he had been urged to undertake the task. λαχών implies ἑκών, since lots were drawn only for those who had volunteered.

This combat between Hector and Ajax is told in Iliad 7. 38—312. Hector having challenged a Greek champion, nine Greek chiefs offered themselves; lots were cast, and the honour fell to Ajax. Hector and Ajax fought till nightfall, when they were parted by heralds, and exchanged gifts (1029 n.).

οὐ δραπέτην κ.τ.λ. The ordinary κλῆρος was a stone or a potsherd, which its owner marked ( Il. 7. 175 κλῆρον ἐσημήναντο ἕκαστος). Ajax did not seek to avoid being drawn by putting in, as his κλῆρος, a piece of damp earth, which would stick to the bottom of the helmet or fall to pieces. Such a κλῆρος is called δραπέτης, ‘a runaway,’ because it eludes the ordeal. The allusion is to the story of Cresphontes. After the Dorian conquest of the Peloponnesus, he, Temenus, and the heirs of Aristodemus agreed to cast lots. The first was to have Argos; the second, Lacedaemon; the third, Messenia. Cresphontes wished to have Messenia. He therefore put a lump of earth, as his κλῆρος, into the voting urn. It broke to pieces, so that only the two other κλῆροι came out. ( Apollod. 2. 8. 4 γῆς ἐνέβαλε βῶλον, ταύτης δὲ διαλυθείσης ἔδει τοὺς δύο κλήρους ἀναφανῆναι.) The scholiast remarks on the anachronism (ἀνῆκται τοῖς χρόνοις ἡ ἱστορία ἡ περὶ Κρεσφόντου): so, too, does Eustathius (p. 361. 26).

ἐς μέσον καθείς. μέσον has been suspected; Nauck writes κρωσσὸν (‘urn’). But the literal sense is simply, ‘having cast down into the midst’—the competitors being imagined as standing round the κυνῆ. Cp. the phrases εἰς μέσον τιθέναι, εἰς τὸ μέσον φέρειν, etc.

κυνῆς : Il. 7. 182 ἐκ δ’ ἔθορεν κλῆρος κυνέης, ὃν ἄρ’ ἤθελον αὐτοί, | Αἴαντος.— ἅλμα κουφιεῖν =ἅλμα κοῦφον ἁλεῖσθαι. Cp. Eur. El. 860 οὐράνιον | πήδημα κουφίζουσα.

σὺν δ’ ἐγὼ παρών . ταῦτα includes the combat with Hector, in which Teucer, of course, had no part; but he was the comrade of Ajax in the τειχομαχία ( Il. 15. 436 ff.), as often on other occasions (e.g., Il. 7. 266 ff.). For σὺν as adv., cp. 959.

ὁ δοῦλος : cp. 1260.

δύστηνε : cp. 1203 δύσμορος.— ποῖ βλέπων , ‘whither canst thou be looking?’ i.e., ‘how canst thou be so blind?’ [Not: ‘in reliance on what?’—like εἰς ὅ τι βλέπω in 514.] We should distinguish this ποῖ βλέπων from πῶς βλέπων, ‘with what face?’ ( Ph. 110: O.T. 1371 ὄμμασιν ποίοις βλέπων).

καὶ θροεῖς : καί emphasizes the verb: ‘how canst thou utter the words?’ Cp. O.T. 1129 ποῖον ἄνδρα καὶ λέγεις; Lys. or. 12 § 29 παρὰ τοῦ ποτε καὶ λήψεσθε δίκην;

Construe: οὐκ οἶσθα ἀρχαῖον Πέλοπα, ὃς σοῦ πατρὸς πατὴρ προὔφυ, ὄντα βάρβαρον, Φρύγα; The phrase ἀρχαῖον Πέλοπα, ‘Pelops of old,’ indicates him as the founder of Agamemnon's royal house. Others take ἀρχαῖον adverbially with ὄντα βάρβαρον, ‘a barbarian by origin.’ But such a use of ἀρχαῖος is strange, and seems to be without parallel.

Φρύγα : the term is used invidiously, but is not incorrect. Sipylus, the legendary seat of Tantalus, father of Pelops, was in Maeonia, afterwards called Lydia; but Phrygia, in the older and larger sense, included that region. (Cp. Ant. 824 where Niobe, daughter of Tantalus, is τὰν Φρυγίαν.) In Her. 7. 11Xerxes speaks of Πέλοψ ὁ Φρύξ .

δυσσεβέστατον could go with (1) Ἀτρέα, (2) σε, or (3) δεῖπνον. As the guilt of Atreus is the point, (2) is less relevant, and (3) is perhaps best.

ἀδελφῷ Thyestes. Atreus, seeking revenge for certain grievous wrongs, feigned to have forgiven him, and bade him to a feast at Mycenae. There the flesh of three of his sons was set before Thyestes. In Aesch. Ag. 1591Aegisthus (a son of Thyestes) says: Ἀτρεὺς προθύμως μᾶλλον ἢ φίλως πατρὶ | τὠμῷ, κρεουργὸν ἦμαρ εὐθύμως ἄγειν | δοκῶν, παρέσχε δαῖτα παιδείων κρεῶν. Schol. Eur. Or. 812(alluding to the Ἀτρεὺς ἢ Μυκηναῖαι of Sophocles), τοὺς τρεῖς υἱοὺς τοῦ Θυέστου, Ἀγλαὸν Ὀρχόμενον καὶ Κάλεον, ἀποκτείνας παρέθηκεν εἰς τράπεζαν τῷ πατρί.

Κρήσσης : Aëropè, daughter of Catreus, king of Crete, a descendant of Minos. According to the legend which Sophocles follows here, Catreus found Aëropè with a paramour (a slave), and sent her to Nauplius, king of Euboea, charging him to drown her. Nauplius, however, spared her life, and she afterwards married Atreus. The scholiast on 1297 says that this was the story treated by Euripides in the Κρῆσσαι (Nauck Trag. Frag. p. 501); with the difference, however, that Aëropè married Pleisthenes, not Atreus. The Κρῆσσαι was produced in 438 B.C. ( Argum. Eur. Alc.)

ἐπακτὸν , ‘imported,’ ‘alien’; Tr. 259 στρατὸν..ἐπακτόν, cp. O. C. 1525 n.: Eur. Ion 592 πατρός τ’ ἐπακτοῦ καὐτὸς ὢν νοθαγενής (bastard son of the alien Xuthus): here, a paramour, as opposed to a lawful husband.

ὁ φιτύσας πατήρ can mean only the father of Aëropè, Catreus. Now, according to the schol. on Eur. Or. 812, Sophocles (in a play not named there, but which was probably the Ἀτρεὺς ἢ Μυκηναῖαι) somewhere described Atreus himself as drowning his false wife for a twofold crime,—adultery with Thyestes, and the theft of the golden lamb: τὴν γυναῖκα Ἀερόπην τιμωρεῖται κατ’ ἄμφω...ῥίψας αὐτὴν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ὡς φησὶ Σοφοκλῆς. Hence it has been proposed to change πατὴρ into σ’ Ἀτρεὺς (Hermann), or σ’ ἀνὴρ (Wolff). A simpler correction would be, ὁ σ’ ἐκφύσας πατήρ. But it cannot be assumed that Sophocles must have followed here the same version which he used elsewhere. In his Ἀλήτης, for example, he appears to have modified the version of the Ὀρεστεία which he adopts in his Electra (see El., Introd., p. xliii, n. 4). The story of Aëropè's detection by Catreus is effective for the purpose here, which is to represent Agamemnon as born of a mother who had sinned before his birth. Nor is that story necessarily inconsistent with the other, that she was false to Atreus, and was drowned by him.

ἐφῆκεν … διαφθοράν , ‘consigned her as a prey,’ since he charged Nauplius to drown her,—though the charge was not executed. Schol.: ὁ πατὴρ Ναυπλίῳ παρέδωκεν, ἐντειλάμενος ἀποποντῶσαι· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἐποίησεν .—Cp. Eur. H. F. 458 ἐτέκ‐ ομεν ὑμᾶς· πολεμίοις δ’ ἐθρεψάμην | ὕβρισμα κἀπίχαρμα καὶ διαφθοράν.

ἐλλοῖς , traditionally explained as ‘mute,’ is a word of unknown origin. In Athen. 277 C this verse is quoted, and the question is raised whether any one before Sophocles had used the word: the answer is a quotation from a Τιτανομαχία (variously ascribed to Eumêlus or Arctînus), ἐν δ’ αὐτῇ πλωτοὶ χρυσώπιδες ἰχθύες ἐλλοί: with the comment, ἔχαιρε δὲ Σοφοκλῆς τῷ Ἐπικῷ κύκλῳ. The form ἔλλοψ occurs in Scut. 212 (ἔλλοπας ἰχθῦς), and as a subst. (‘fish’) in the Alexandrian poets (Lycophron 598, 1375: Nicander Alex. 481). A third form, ἔλλοπος, is the epithet of ἰχθύς in Empedocles, v. 12. A desperate etymology is suggested in Athen. 307 C, from ἴλλεσθαι (as=εἴργεσθαι) and ὄψ, ‘debarred from utterance.’ Cp. Aesch. Pers. 578 σκύλλονται πρὸς ἀναύδων, ἐή, | παίδων τᾶς ἀμιάντου.

ἐκ πατρὸς μὲν , as if ἐκ δὲ μητρὸς were to follow, but the constr. changes; cp. Tr. 6 ἥτις πατρὸς μὲν κ.τ.λ. (where no δέ follows).

ὅστις with causal force, ‘one who..’

τὰ πρῶτ’ , an adverbial cognate acc., like πάντ’ ἀριστεύσας ( Ant. 195).

ἴσχει , historic pres., referring to a well-known fact (cp. O. T. 560 ἔρρει : Ph. 727 θεοῖς πλάθει ).

φύσει μὲν : the antithesis is with ἔκκριτον δέ: as her birth was royal, so her beauty marked her out to be his prize.

βασίλεια : for the initial anapaest, cp. 1172.

Λαομέδοντος , his daughter; cp. 172 Διὸς Ἄρτεμις (n.). For the anapaest in the proper name, cp. Ant. 11, O. C. 507.—Apollo and Poseidon having been defrauded by Laomedon of their recompense for building the walls of Troy, the sea-god sent a dragon into the Troad. Hesionè, the false king's daughter, was doomed to be sacrificed to the monster, when Heracles slew it, and saved her. He, too, was cheated by Laomedon of his promised reward (the horses given to Tros by Zeus); he sacked Troy, and gave Hesionè to Telamon. ( Il. 5. 638 ff.: Pind. I. 5. 27 ff.)

ἔκκριτον , chosen out of the spoil, and reserved as a special meed of honour: cp. Aesch. Ag. 954(of Cassandra) αὕτη δέ, πολλῶν χρημάτων ἐξαίρετον | ἄνθος, στρατοῦ δώρημ’, ἐμοὶ ξυνέσπετο. So in Latin exsors, Verg. Aen. 8. 552 Ducunt exsortem Aeneae (equum).

ἄριστος combines the ideas of τὸ γενναῖον and τὸ εὐγενές: cp. 636 ἐκ πατρῴας ἥκων γενεᾶς ἄριστος. The conjecture ἀριστεὺς is needless, and is also less suitable, since it would imply a recognised rank which Teucer did not actually hold.

ἀριστέοιν is probably right; but ἀριστέων (see cr. n.) would be tenable (cp. 237 δύο..κριούς , El. 701 δύο | Λίβυες ).

τοὺς πρὸς αἵματος : cp. El. 1125 ἢ φίλων τις ἢ πρὸς αἵματος (n.). Agamemnon had told Teucer to bring some free man to plead the cause of Ajax (1260 f.). Teucer asks, ‘Why should it dishonour Ajax to have his cause pleaded by the son of Telamon and Hesionè?’ For the allusive plur., cp. 734, 1092.

τοιοῖσδ’ ἐν πόνοισι κειμένους , ‘laid low (dead), amidst such troubles,’—i.e., self-slain, under circumstances of such horror. For κειμένους cp. Ant. 1174 καὶ τίς φονεύει; τίς δ’ ὁ κείμενος;

ὠθεῖς : cp. 1064 ἀμφὶ χλωρὰν ψάμαθον ἐκβεβλημένος.

οὐδ’ ἐπαισχύνει λέγων , sc. ὅτι ὠθεῖς. Agamemnon had not expressly repeated the prohibition of burial, but the whole drift of his speech was to confirm the doom pronounced by Menelaüs. It seems strange, then, that λέγων should have been so much suspected (cr. n.).—Cp. Ph. 929 οὐδ’ ἐπαισχύνει μ’ ὁρῶν.

βαλεῖτέ που . Though ποι would better bring out the notion of ‘casting forth ,’ που is also correct; cp. Ph. 481 ἐμβαλοῦ μ’ ὅπῃ θέλεις (not ὅποι, though εἰς ἀντλίαν etc. follows).

χἡμᾶς τρεῖς , Tecmessa, Eurysaces, and himself; all three are ready to perish in defence of the corpse. The child is still kneeling as a suppliant beside the body, and clinging to it (1180); his mother is near him. A scholiast in L understands the ‘three’ to be Agamemnon, Menelaüs, and Teucer— a theory which the word ἡμᾶς itself refutes. One of the later scholia, however, gives the right explanation.

συγκειμένους , i.e. prostrate in death at his side (cp. 1306 ).

καλόν μοι , as in Ant. 72 θάψω· καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν.— ὑπερπονουμένῳ : the only instance of this compound in the middle (as προπονουμένας in O. T. 685 is also unique). The active ὑπερπονεῖν occurs in O. C. 345.— προδήλως : cp. 229 περίφαντος..θανεῖται. It is better to die in making a public protest against the wrong to Ajax, than to fall in battle for Helen's sake.

τῆς σῆς … ἢ τοῦ σοῦ γ’ ὁμαίμονος λέγω ; ‘thy wife—or should I rather (γε) say, thy brother's?’ Teucer speaks, with bitter scorn, as if he did not know or care to which of the brothers Helen belonged: at any rate, it is their war, and she is the pretext of it. Eustathius (p. 754. 21) thinks that this touch was suggested to Sophocles by the scornful phrases in which Achilles refers to the Atreidae, when he speaks of himself as ἀνδράσι μαρνάμενος ὀάρων ἕνεκα σφετεράων, ‘for their lady-loves' sakes,’—and asks, ἢ μοῦνοι φιλέουσ’ ἀλόχους μερόπων ἀνθρώπων | Ἀτρεῖδαι; Teucer speaks, at any rate, in the same vein. The words of Eustathius prove that he read τῆς σῆς, and that he understood the text in the manner explained above: ὁ Σοφοκλῆς... ποιεῖ τὸν Τεῦκρον λέγοντα τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι ὅτι ὁ Αἴας διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ γυναῖκα ἐν Τροίᾳ ἐμάχετο, ταὐτόν τι λογισάμενος τὸ διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ διὰ τὴν τοῦ Μενελάου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ.

For ἢ … λέγω (subjunct.), cp. Aesch. Cho. 1073 νῦν δ’ αὖ τρίτος ἦλθέ ποθεν σωτήρ, | ἢ μόρον εἴπω;

τοὐμόν , ‘my interest’: cp. El. 251 τὸ σὸν σπεύδουσ’ ἅμα | καὶ τοὐμόν.

ἐν ἐμοί : cp. 1092 ἐν θανοῦσιν ὑβριστής.

καιρὸν , adv.: 34 f.—The sense of ξυνάψων here is shown by that of συλλύσων : i.e., the one means ‘to help in tying a knot’; the other, ‘to help in loosing it.’ ‘If thou hast come, not to make the tangle worse—not to embroil the feud—but to aid in solving it.’ συνάπτειν is also said of bringing opponents into conflict; Suppl. 479 ἐλπὶς βροτοῖς κάκιστον, ἣ πολλὰς πόλεις | ξυνῆψε: but here the metaphor is from a knot. Our word ‘embroil’ exactly fits συνάπτειν here, since its primary sense is ‘to entangle’ or ‘perplex’ (embrouiller, imbrogliare). (The phrase in Ant. 40 λύουσ’ ..ἢ )φάπτουσα cannot properly be compared: see n. there.)

1318 f. The conciliatory temper of Odysseus is marked at once by the courteous form of address, ἄνδρες,—by the honourable patronymic Ἀτρειδῶν,—and by the designation of Ajax as ἄλκιμος.

βοὴν Ἀτρειδῶν : he had first heard the voice of Menelaüs (who made his exit at v. 1160), and then, after an interval, that of Agamemnon.

οὐ γὰρ often introduces an indignant retort: Ant. 20 ΙΣ. τί δ’ ἔστι; ... | ΑΝ. οὐ γὰρ τάφου νῷν, κ.τ.λ. Cp. Ar. Ach. 576, Ar. Pl. 856 , Vesp. 836.

κλύοντές ἐσμεν = κλύομεν: cp. 1062 ἐστὶ.. σθένων: 1324 δρῶν..ἦν: 1330 εἴην..φρονῶν.

ἀρτίως is joined with the present tense as in El. 347 λέγεις..ἀρτίως (‘you have just been saying’).

φλαῦρα . In phrases denoting censure or disparagement, writers of the classical age regularly use the form φλαῦρος, not φαῦλος : e.g. , Her. 7. 10§ 7 φλαύρως ἀκούειν: Nub. 834 καὶ μηδὲν εἴπῃς φλαῦρον ἄνδρας δεξιούς , Lys. 1044 φλαῦρον εἰπεῖν οὐδεέν: Antiphon or. 5 § 30 οὗτος μὲν οὐδὲν εἶπε περὶ ἐμοῦ φλαῦρον : Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 12 μνησθῆναι..περὶ Κύρου φλαῦρόν τι: Isocr. or. 5 § 76 οὐδὲν ἂν λέγοι περὶ αὐτοῦ φλαῦρον: Dem. or. 20 § 13 οὐκ οἶδα οὐδὲ λέγω φλαῦρον οὐδέν , ib. § 102 οὐδὲν γὰρ φλαῦρον ἐρῶ δε: or. 21 § 208 περὶ ὧν οὐδὲν ἂν εἴποιμι πρὸς ὑμᾶς φλαῦρον ἐγώ: or. 22 § 12 ἵνα μηδὲν εἴπω φλαῦρον.

συμβαλεῖν ἔπη κακά , to pit taunts against taunts, like συμβάλλειν μάχην, ἔριν ( Eur. Med. 522), etc. Cp. Eur. I.A. 830 αἰσχρὸν δέ μοι γυναιξὶ συμβάλλειν λόγους.

κακά , instead of repeating φλαῦρα: cp. 22 n.: O.C. 1501 σαφὴς μὲν ἀστῶν, ἐμφανὴς δὲ τοῦ ξένου.

ἤκουσεν αἰσχρά : so Ph. 607 ὁ πάντ’ ἀκούων αἰσχρὰ καὶ λωβήτ’ ἔπη.— δρῶν γὰρ ἦν τοιαῦτά με : i.e., αἰσχρὰ ἔλεγέ με, since ἤκουσεν αἰσχρά implies ἐγὼ αἰσχρὰ ἔλεγον αὐτόν.

ὥστε καὶ βλάβην ἔχειν (σε), so that you have actually been injured: cp. Aesch. Eum. 799 ὡς ταῦτ’ Ὀρέστην δρῶντα μὴ βλάβας ἔχειν.—Not: ‘What has he done so bad that it is fraught with harm?’ (like Eur. Ion 1350 ἔχει δέ μοι τί κέρδος ἢ τίνα βλάβην;)

οὐ φήσ’ ἐάσειν .. ἀλλὰ … θάψειν : cp. Her. 7. 104 οὐκ ἐῶν φεύγειν.. ἀλλὰ μένοντας..ἐπικρατέειν. So in O.T. 241 ὠθεῖν depends on αὐδῶ supplied from ἀπαυδῶ ( veto) in 236.

ταφῆς ἄμοιρον , without its due μοῖρα of funeral rites. In Ant. 1071 ἄμοιρος (without ταφῆς) has this sense, the context sufficing to define it,— ἄμοιρον, ἀκτέριστον, ἀνόσιον νέκυν.

ξυνηρετεῖν is Lobeck's certain correction of the MS. reading, ξυνηρετμεῖν . The latter would be formed from an adj. ξυνήρετμος, which does not occur, but which would be like εὐήρετμος, etc. (ἐρετμόν, oar). ξυνηρετεῖν is formed from ξυνηρέτης (ἐρέτης, oarsman), a word recorded by Photius, who explains it by σύμφωνος, and compares ἀντηρέτης ( Aesch. Theb. 283 ἀντηρέτας ἐχθροῖσι). In Eur. fr. 776. 3 (from Stobaeus Flor. 93. 2), ἆρ’ ὄλβος αὐτοῖς ὅτι τυφλὸς συνηρεφεῖ, Meineke restored συνηρετεῖ. In Eur. fr. 282. 7 the best texts of Athenaeus (413 D) have οὐδ’ αὖ πένεσθαι καὶ ξυνηρετεῖν τύχαις, though Schweighäuser, following Valckenär, gave ξυνηρετμεῖν: the true reading there, however, is found in Galen's quotation of the verse (vol. 1. p. 23), viz., κἀξυπηρετεῖν. [Hesychius gives ξυνηρετίσεις· συνήσεις. συζυγήσεις. Lobeck proposed to read ξυνηρετήσεις: but the interpretation by συζυγήσεις seems rather to favour a conjecture (Ruhnken's?) mentioned in Alberti's ed. of Hesychius, vol. II. p. 707, ξυναρτίσεις.]

For the metaphor, cp. Ant. 541 ξύμπλουν (n.). In Aesch. Ag. 842 the king says of Odysseus, ζευχθεὶς ἕτοιμος ἦν ἐμοὶ σειραφόρος.

ἦ γὰρ εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν , sc. εἰ μὴ ἐξείη σοι εἰπεῖν. For the elliptical use of οὐ γάρ, cp. O. T. 82, O. T. 318(and Append. to O. T., p. 221): I. Thuc. 11.§ 4 δῆλον δέ (sc. ὅτι μάχῃ ἐκράτησαν )· τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα..οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο.—For the place of οὐκ after εἴην , cp. 1140 .

φίλον … μέγιστον , as in Ph. 585 οὗτος δέ μοι | φίλος μέγιστος: El. 46 μέγιστος..δορυξένων.

τλῇς : cp. 411 ἔτλη, and 1384.

βαλεῖν = προβαλεῖν, as in 1308.

ἡ βία . The definite article indicates that βία is a half-personified agency, as νικησάτω also implies: ‘violence’ is here the impulse which may tempt a strong man to abuse his strength. A parallel to this use of ἡ βία occurs in a fragment of the tragic poet Moschion (fr. 6. v. 15 in Nauck Trag. Frag. p. 814), where he is describing the primitive life of mankind;—ἦν δ’ ὁ μὲν νόμος | ταπεινός, ἡ βία δὲ σύνθρονος Διΐ.

πατεῖν : cp. Ant. 745 τιμάς γε τὰς θεῶν πατῶν.

ἔχθιστος , ‘my worst foe,’— the active and passive senses being blended.

)κράτησα : cp. 308 )θώϋξεν.

ἔμπας =ὅμως, as in 122, where καίπερ is added to the participle.

ἀντατιμάσαιμ’ . The choice lies between this correction by Bothe of L's οὐκ ἂν ἀτιμάσαιμ’, and Elmsley's οὔ τἂν ἀτιμάσαιμ’ . The best reason for preferring ἀντατιμάσαιμ’ is a palaeographical one, viz., that a change of ΟΥΤΑΝ into ΟΥΚΑΝ (T into K) is rather less probable than a loss of T in ΟΥΚΑΝ (Τ)ΑΤΙΜΑΣΑΙΜ, seeing that ἀτιμάζω was a familiar word, while ἀντατιμάζω was unfamiliar. There is no force in the objection that ἀντ‐ in the compound is unfitting (since Ajax had not ‘dishonoured’ Odysseus); the reciprocity marked by ἀντ‐ is simply that of overt hostility. As to the οὔκουν (or οὐκ οὖν ) of the later MSS., it was evidently a makeshift, only less feeble than the Triclinian οὐκ ἄν γ’.— ἀντατιμάζω occurs nowhere else, but is formed like ἀνταδικεῖν.

ἕν’ ἄνδρ’ … ἄριστον : cp. Ph. 1344 Ἑλλήνων ἕνα | κριθέντ’ ἄριστον. See also O. T. 1380(n.), O.C. 563 (n.).

πλὴν Ἀχιλλέως . The rank of heros ab Achille secundus (Hor. Sat. 2. 3. 193) is ascribed to Ajax in the Iliad (2. 768 f., 17. 279 f.), and by later poets; Alcaeus fr. 48 Αἴαν, τὸν ἄριστον πέδ’ Ἀχίλλεα: Pind. N. 7. 27 κράτιστον Ἀχιλλέος ἄτερ .

τοὺς θεῶν νόμους . The injury done will not be to the senseless clay, but rather to the νέρτεροι θεοί, to whom the dead belong ( Ant. 1070), and to their unwritten laws, ‘which live for ever’ (ib. 456). Cp. 1129 f.

τὸν ἐσθλὸν ἄνδρα is object to βλάπτειν. Some take τὸν ἐσθλὸν as subject, and ἄνδρα alone as object. But (a) the merit of the dead man comes into account here; cp. 1355: and ( b) οὐ δίκαιον puts the precept on the broadest ground; it is not merely a point of honour for the ἐσθλός.

εἰ θάνοι : for the opt. in general statement, cp. 521 εἰ..πάθοι (n.).

ταῦτ’ , adverbial cognate acc. with ὑπερμαχεῖς : so O. T. 264 ἀνθ’ ὧν ἐγὼ τάδ’, ὡσπερεὶ τοὐμοῦ πατρός, | ὑπερμαχοῦμαι (where τάδ’ is the reading of the MSS., and τοῦδ’ only a conjecture).

ἔγωγ)· cp. 104 .

ἡνίκ’ ἦν μισεῖν καλόν : i.e., while he was a living and a sane foe. Even before his death, the demented Ajax had won the pity of Odysseus (121).

οὐ γὰρ : cp. 1320 .

προσεμβῆναι : προς‐ refers to ἐμίσουν: ‘in addition to’—in continuation of—that former enmity. Cp. El. 456 ἐχθροῖσιν αὐτοῦ ζῶντ’ ἐπεμβῆναι ποδί. Aesch. Ag. 884 ὥστε σύγγονον | βροτοῖσι τὸν πεσόντα λακτίσαι πλέον. Sopater (in Walz Rhet. Graec. IV. 550) remarks that it is characteristic of Athenians, τοῖς πρότερον ἠδικηκόσι κειμένοις ὕστερον μὴ ἐπεμβαίνειν: as Aristophanes says of himself (alluding to Cleon), κοὐκ’ ἐτόλμησ’ αὖθις ἐπεμπηδῆσ’ αὐτῷ κειμένῳ. So Plut. Flam. 21(speaking of Scipio's conduct towards Hannibal after Zama) οὐδὲν ἐπετόλμησεν, οὐδ’ ἐπενέβη τῇ τύχῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός .

Ἀτρείδη is propitiatory (cp. 1319).

κέρδεσιν τοῖς μὴ καλοῖς . The κέρδη meant are unworthy personal triumphs,—assertions of power which violate some higher law. It is in the same sense that Teiresias replies to Creon's taunt against the μαντικὸν γένος,—τὸ δ’ ἐκ τυράννων αἰσχροκέρδειαν φιλεῖ ( Ant. 1056). Cp. Moschion fr. 7. 1 τί κέρδος οὐκέτ’ ὄντας ὑβρίζειν νεκρούς;

τόν τοι τύραννον εὐσεβεῖν οὐ ῥᾴδιον . This is the first symptom that Agamemnon's resolve has been shaken: he feels dimly that there is a conflict of duties. As a king, he must uphold the common weal, and punish treason (such as Ajax seemed guilty of). It is εὐσεβές to do that. But what if, in doing so, he violates εὐσέβεια on another side,—that represented by the θεῶν νόμοι of which Odysseus spoke (1343)? A somewhat similar utterance of Agamemnon, when perplexed by the demands upon him, occurs in fr. 481: οὐ γάρ τις ἂν δύναιτο πρῳράτης στρατοῦ | τοῖς πᾶσιν εἶξαι καὶ προσαρκέσαι χάριν.

ἀλλ’ εὖ λέγουσι . If it is not easy for a king to see his course of duty clearly, he can at least pay regard to his friends, when they offer good advice; as Haemon says to Creon, καὶ τῶν λεγόντων εὖ καλὸν τὸ μανθάνειν ( Ant. 723).

τιμὰς νέμειν : for the plur., cp. El. 355 τῷ τεθνηκότι | τιμὰς προσάπτειν (where the sense is simply ‘to honour,’ not, ‘to render rites’).

κλύειν τὸν ἐσθλὸν ἄνδρα : i.e. ‘An ἐσθλὸς ἀνήρ, such as thou art, ought to defer to his king, instead of seeking to overrule him.’ The words seem also to glance at the alleged disloyalty of Ajax. Cp. Ant. 666 ἀλλ’ ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν. Ph. 925 τῶν γὰρ ἐν τέλει κλύειν | τό τ’ ἔνδικόν με καὶ τὸ συμφέρον ποεῖ.—For τῶν ἐν τέλει , see Ant. 67 n.

παῦσαι is said in a gentle and kindly tone; ‘Be content; you have the best of it,—it is your own true interest that prevails,—when you allow yourself to be overruled by a prudent friend.’ Cp. 330, 484: Aesch. Ag. 941 ΚΛ. τοῖς δ’ ὀλβίοις γε καὶ τὸ νικᾶσθαι πρέπει. | ΑΓ. ἦ καὶ σὺ νίκην τήνδε δήριος τίεις; | ΚΛ. πιθοῦ· κρατεῖς μέντοι παρεὶς ἑκὼν ἐμοί [vulg. κράτος..πάρες γ’]. Isocr. or. 9 § 44 πολλὰ μὲν τῶν χρωμένων ἡττώμενος (often yielding to his familiar friends), πάντα δὲ τῶν ἐχθρῶν περιγιγνόμενος.— τῶν φίλων : for the gen., cp. Eur. Med. 315 κρεισσόνων νικώμενοι: Nub. 1087 ἢν τοῦτο νικηθῇς ἐμοῦ.

ποτέ refers to ἐχθρὸς as well as γενναῖος . The feud dated, indeed, only from the ὅπλων κρίσις (1337): but ποτέ means merely, ‘in his lifetime.’

ἐχθρὸν ὧδ’ αἰδεῖ νέκυν ; Agamemnon's case is now hopeless; he has allowed Odysseus to narrow the argument down to a personal question,—just as Teucer did with Menelaüs (1134 n.).

νικᾷ γὰρ : ‘Yes, for with me his worth is far more potent—weighs far more—than his enmity.’ τῆς ἔχθρας is a genitive of comparison, depending on the notion of superiority contained in νικᾷ : =ἡ ἀρετὴ πολὺ κρείσσων ἐστί μοι τῆς ἔχθρας. There is no parallel for such a genitive after νικᾷ: but it is quite intelligible, and seems not too bold for the poet's style. (Eustathius p. 842. 10 takes τῆς ἔχθρας as depending on πολύ :—καινῶς τὸ πολὺ ἀντὶ τοῦ πλέον ληφθέν .)

It is very improbable that the text is corrupt. The context in verses 1355 f. at once proves that the words ἁρετή and ἔχθρας are genuine; and the article before ἀρετή confirms τῆς. As νικᾷ also is presumably sound, the fault, if any, would have to be sought in πολύ, for which neither πλέον nor πάρος is a tolerable substitute; or else in με. Now in a reply to the question, ἐχθρὸν ὧδ’ αἰδεῖ νέκυν; we should expect some reference by Odysseus to his own feeling; and v. 1358 (τοιοίδε μέντοι φῶτες κ.τ.λ.) further indicates that in the preceding verse he actually did refer to himself. Hence the only correction of με which would solve the difficulty of the genitive, viz. τὰ, is unsatisfactory.

τοιοίδε .. φῶτες … βροτῶν : ‘such men, however, are the unstable of mankind’;—such, namely, as relent like Odysseus. βροτῶν , L's reading, is strongly confirmed by the exactly similar pleonasm in O. C. 280 f., φυγὴν δέ του | μήπω γενέσθαι φωτὸς ἀνοσίου βροτῶν. Cp. also Od. 17. 587 οὐ γάρ πώ τινες ὧδε καταθνητῶν ἀνθρώπων | ἀνέρες κ.τ.λ.: 23. 187 ἀνδρῶν δ’ οὔ κέν τις ζωὸς βροτός. The v.l. βροτοῖς would be an ethic dat., ‘in men's judgment’ (cp. 1363). It has more point than its rival: but this seems a case in which a tenable reading, with the stronger evidence on its side, should be preferred to a more attractive variant.

ἔμπληκτοι (from ἐμπλήσσω, to ‘rush’ or ‘dash’ in), ‘impulsive,’ with the notion of ‘inconstant’: Eur. Tro. 1205 (αἱ τύχαι) ἔμπληκτος ὡς ἄνθρωπος, ἄλλοτ’ ἄλλοσε | πηδῶσι. Lys. 214 C μηδέποτε ὁμοίους μηδ’ αὐτοὺς αὑτοῖς εἶναι, ἀλλ’ ἐμπλήκτους τε καὶ ἀσταθμήτους . Eumenes 3 ἔμπληκτον ὄντα καὶ φορᾶς μεστὸν ἀβεβαίου καὶ ὀξείας.

καὖθις : αὖθις=‘afterwards,’ as in Tr. 270, Ant. 1204.

πικροί , infensi: Aesch. Cho. 234 τοὺς φιλτάτους γὰρ οἶδα νῷν ὄντας πικρούς. Cp. O.C. 615 τὰ τερπνὰ πικρὰ γίγνεται καὖθις φίλα: and above, 679 ff.

Odysseus is here replying to the taunt that he is ἔμπληκτος, inconstant. ‘It is common enough for friendship to turn into bitterness. When, therefore, I forget the later enmity of Ajax, and remember only his good service, I am merely condoning a very ordinary change.’ There is also a gentle hint that Agamemnon, who had professed so much φιλία (1331), is becoming a little πικρός.

τοιούσδ’ . Agamemnon retorts: ‘Do you recommend, then, friends who change as Ajax did?’— ἐπαινῶ with inf., as in El. 1322, O. C. 664 f.

ἐπαινεῖν : Odysseus borrows the other's word only in order to parry his question.

σκληρὰν … ψυχὴν : this phrase denotes the stubborn fortitude of Heracles in Tr. 1260(n.).

δειλοὺς … φανεῖς , make us appear so to men. Cp. 1020 φανείς (n.).

τῇδε θἡμέρᾳ : 756 n. He is now ready to yield, and hesitates only from fear of public opinion.

μὲν οὖν , immo : O. T. 705.

Ἑλλησι , ethic dat.: 1282 (n.).

ἔγωγε : cp. 104, 1347.

ἐνθάδ’ ἵξομαι , sc. τὸ θάπτεσθαι. Cp. O. T. 1158 ἀλλ’ εἰς τόδ’ ἥξεις, sc. εἰς τὸ ὀλέσθαι. Eur. H. F. 1356 ἐς τοῦθ’ ἱκέσθαι, δάκρὐ ἀπ’ ὀμμάτων βαλεῖν. Here ἐνθάδε =ἐκεῖσε: cp. Soph. Ph. 304 οὐκ ἐνθάδ’ οἱ πλοῖ (=δεῦρο).

ἦ πάνθ’ ὅμοια . Many editors place a colon after ὅμοια, explaining the phrase as a proverb: ‘It is always so: every man works for himself.’ One of the later scholia gives this view: ὄντως πάντα τὰ ἀνθρώπινα ὅμοια· πᾶς γὰρ ἄνθρωπος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πραγματεύεται σωτηρίαν. (Cp. Terence Phormio 264 ecce autem similia omnia: omnes congruont etc.) This may be right; but the somewhat homely proverb seems rather too abrupt here for Sophocles. I still prefer the simpler view that ὅμοια is adverbial: ‘in all things alike every man works for himself.’ Even in the matter of giving burial to another man a selfish motive enters. For αὑτῷ as dat. of interest with πονεῖ , cp. H.F. 388 Μυκηναίῳ πονῶν τυράννῳ.—Some understand, ‘every man does deeds like himself,’—works in his characteristic way,—meaning that Odysseus is, as usual, φίλαυτος. This seems too artificial.

τῷ γάρ με μᾶλλον κ.τ.λ. Odysseus frankly accepts the imputation of selfishness, which helps his cause by making the favour seem done to him. Cp. Ant. 736 ἄλλῳ γὰρ ἢ )μοὶ χρή με τῆσδ’ ἄρχειν χθονός;

σὸν appears better than σόν γ’ here: the σὸν γὰρ ἄρα in a few of the inferior MSS. was probably a conjectural attempt to restore the metre, when ἆρα had become ἄρα.

ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς , i.e., whether you make the deed your own, or merely consent to others doing it. For ὡς ἂν, ‘in whatever way,’ cp. Legg. 881 D κολαζόντων αὐτὸν..ὡς ἂν ἐθέλωσι: Symp. 181A ἐν τῇ πράξει, ὡς ἂν πραχθῇ, τοιοῦτο ἀπέβη: Crat. 424E ὡς ἄν, οἶμαι, δοκῇ ἑκάστη ἡ εἰκὼν δεῖσθαι ἑκάστου φαρμάκου. Apoll. Rhod. 2. 345 καὶ τὰ μὲν ὥς κε πέλῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται. Elsewhere in Sophocles ὡς ἄν=‘in order that’: 655; O. T. 329; O.C. 72; Ant. 215; Ph. 129, Ph. 826; fr. 816; fr. 1019. 11.

πανταχῇ , ‘in every case’: cp. 1241; Ant. 634 πανταχῇ δρῶντες, ‘however we act’ (n.).

χρηστός γ’ , good and kind, at least,—even if only passive in the matter.

ἀλλ’ εὖ γε μέντοι . Here ἀλλά =‘well,’ μέντοι=‘however,’ and γε emphasises εὖ. Cp. Tr. 1107 ἀλλ’ εὖ γέ τοι τόδ’ ἴστε. We find ἀλλὰ..μέντοι in Ph. 524.The combination γε μέντοι is frequent ( O. T. 442 n.).

κἀκεῖ κἀνθάδ’ ὢν , in the shades, as upon earth: for ἐκεῖ, cp. 855 (n.). Ant. 75(πλείων χρόνος ) ὃν δεῖ μ’ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς κάτω τῶν ἐνθάδε. For the parataxis (= ‘there, as he was here’), cp. Ar. Ran. 82 ὁ δ’ εὔκολος μὲν ἐνθάδ’ εὔκολος δ’ ἐκεῖ.

χρῇς . For χρῇ, χρῇς, see on Ant. 887 εἴτε χρῇ θανεῖν | εἴτ’ ἐν τοιαύτῃ ζῶσα τυμβεύειν στέγῃ (where ζῶσα excludes χρή). Here, as in El. 606 κήρυσσέ μ’ εἰς ἅπαντας, εἴτε χρῇς κακήν, χρή is not impossible, but is so much less suitable than χρῇς that the latter may be considered certain.

τἀπὸ τοῦδ’ =τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦδε: so Thuc. 2. 15§ 2 τὸ..πρὸ τούτου (‘formerly’): Plat. Gorg. 512 E τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ (‘next’).— ἀγγέλλομαι (midd.)... εἶναι φίλος , announce that I am ready to be a friend. This use of the simple verb does not occur elsewhere; but cp. Eur. Heracl. 531 κἀξαγγέλλομαι | θνῄσκειν, ‘offer to die.’ In O. T. 148 ἐξαγγέλλεται (with acc.)=to offer a thing spontaneously. The ordinary word in this sense was ἐπαγγέλλομαι.— τότ’ , olim: 650 n.

ἦ , the older Attic form (for ἔα): O. T. 1123.

ξυμπονεῖν , in preparing and conducting the obsequies.

μηδὲν ἐλλείπειν ὅσων =μηδὲν τούτων, ὅσα: for ἐλλείπω with acc., cp. Plat. Politicus 269 C λέγε μηδὲν ἐλλείπων: Xen. Cyr. I. 2. 14 ἤν τις..ἐλλίπῃ τι τῶν νομίμων. (μηδὲν could also be adv., ‘in nothing,’ as in 115 φείδου μηδὲν ὧνπερ ἐννοεῖς, since ἐλλείπειν with gen. could mean, ‘to fall short in’; but that constr. is less fitting in this context.)—The reading of the MSS., ὅσον , is clearly an error; the plural number is needed here. Cp. Ant. 196 τὰ πάντ’ ἐφαγνίσαι | ἃ τοῖς ἀρίστοις ἔρχεται κάτω νεκροῖς.

ἄριστ’ : the first word marks his gratitude. (Nauck, however, would change it to ἄναξ.)

λόγοισι , causal dat., ‘for thy words.’ Cp. Tr. 1127 οὐ δῆτα (sc. σιγᾶν πρέπει ) τοῖς γε πρόσθεν ἡμαρτημένοις, ‘in view of her past crimes.’ Thuc. 3. 98 § 5 τοῖς πεπραγμένοις φοβούμενος τοὺς Ἀθηναίους (on account of what had occurred).—The objection to taking λόγοισι as =‘in my words’ is that the implied reservation (ἔργοις δέ σε τιμᾶν οὐκ ἔχω) would be premature and ungraceful here. It would foreshadow the exclusion of Odysseus from an active part in the funeral rites (1394).

ἔψευσας ἐλπίδος , cheated me of (agreeably disappointed me in) my foreboding: cp. O. T. 1432 ἐλπίδος μ’ ἀπέσπασας (n.), where, as here, ἐλπὶς is a dark presentiment. Xen. H. 7. 5. 24 οὐκ ἐψεύσθη τῆς ἐλπίδος.

παρέστης χερσίν : schol. συνεμάχησας ἔργῳ, οὐ λόγῳ. He has given active help by coming to the spot, and withstanding the resolve of the Atreidae. The peculiarity consists in the figurative sense of χερσίν (=‘effectually’): but to a Greek the word would at once suggest ἔργοις, as opp. to λόγοις.

ἔτλης : 411, 1333.

παρὼν , in the presence of the dead: cp. 1156 n.

θανόντι … ἐφυβρίσαι : the dat. as with ἐπεγγελᾶν: Soph. Ph. 180 ποῦ δ’ ὃς τὰ δεινὰ τῇδ’ ἐφυβρίζει πόλει.

ζῶν : for the antithesis with θανόντι, cp. Tr. 1163 ζῶντά μ’ ἔκτεινεν θανών.

ὡς … ἠθελησάτην , instead of ὡς..ἔτλησαν, ἐθέλοντες. Such compression is frequent, esp. after οὐχ ὥσπερ: e.g. Plat. Gorg. 522A πεινῆν καὶ διψῆν ἀναγκάζων, οὐχ ὥσπερ ἐγὼ πολλὰ καὶ ἡδέα καὶ παντοδαπὰ εὐώχουν ὑμᾶς : Plat. Symp. 179E ἐποίησαν τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ γυναικῶν γενέσθαι, οὐχ ὥσπερ Ἀχιλλέα τὸν τῆς Θέτιδος υἱὸν ἐτίμησαν.

οὑπιβρόντητος , crazy with arrogance (cp. 1225 σκαιὸν ). Dem. or. 19 § 231 (ἡγοῦντο) ἐμβεβροντῆσθαι, they thought him crazed: id. or. 18 § 243 ἐμβρόντητε, ε<*>=τα νῦν λέγεις; Ar. Eccl. 793 ὠμβρόντητε σύ . Xen. An. 3. 4. 12(of a besieged city) Ζεὺς δὲ ἐμβροντήτους ποιεῖ τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας, καὶ οὕτως ἑάλω. P.V. 361 (of Typhon) φρένας γὰρ εἰς αὐτὰς τυπεὶς | ἐφεψαλώθη κἀξεβροντήθη σθένος. (The form ἐπιβρόντητος occurs only here.)

μολὼν , though a dual verb follows: cp. Eur. Alc. 734 ἔρρων (so schol., ἔρροις vulg.) νυν αὐτὸς χἡ συνοικήσασά σοι | ... γηράσκετε: Xen. An. 7. 1. 40 προσελθὼν δὲ Τιμασίων..καὶ Νέων..ἔλεγον.

αὐτός τε χὡ ξύναιμος : this redundant αὐτός τε often occurs when the mention of the other person or persons is an afterthought: O.C. 462 αὐτός τε παῖδές θ’ αἵδε (n.).

Ὀλύμπου τοῦδ’ : cp. O.C. 1654 γῆν τε προσκυνοῦνθ’ ἅμα | καὶ τὸν θεῶν Ὄλυμπον: Ant. 758 τόνδ’ Ὄλυμπον (‘by the heaven above us’).

πρεσβεύων : cp. fr. 248 (Ἴναχε) μέγα πρεσβεύων | Ἄργους τε γύαις Ἥρας τε πάγοις.

μνήμων : so P.V. 516 μνήμονές τ’ Ἐρινύες: Eum. 381 εὐμήχανοί τε καὶ τέλειοι κακῶν | τε μνήμονες Σεμναί.

Δίκη the avenger is here associated with the Erinys, as in Tr. 808 ὧν σε ποίνιμος Δίκη | τείσαιτ’ Ἐρινύς τ’, and Aesch. Ag. 1432 f.

τελεσφόρος , the epithet of Μοῖρα in P.V. 511.

κακοὺς κακῶς : 1177 n.— τὸν ἄνδρα . It seems needless to write τόνδ’, since a reference to Ajax has just preceded (v. 1388 αὐτόν).

λώβαις , a modal dat. like φοναῖς in Ant. 1003.

Λαέρτου : cp. 1 Λαρτίου (n.). The mode of address is honorific, like Ἀτρείδη in 1349.

τάφου … ἐπιψαύειν . Odysseus cannot be allowed to touch the body, or to assist in carrying it to the grave, or to join in pouring the χοαί at the time of interment. It is this intimate participation which is poetically expressed by the phrase τάφου ἐπιψαύειν. (Morstadt wished to read νεκροῦ instead of τάφου, but this would unduly narrow the sense.)

On the other hand, Odysseus is at liberty to assist in protecting the funeral from interruption by the Greek army. He may be a spectator of the rites, though not a participator; and he may bring with him (κομίζειν ) any one he pleases. This is what seems to be meant by τὰ δ’ ἄλλα καὶ ξύμπρασσε : where it should be noted that καὶ is not ‘both’ (as if answering to the καὶ in κεἴ τινα στρατοῦ), but emphasises the verb,—‘in all else do cooperate’—as you wish to do. That is, ξύμπρασσε alludes to the request of Odysseus in 1378 f., συνθάπτειν..καὶ ξυμπονεῖν, and must therefore refer, in part at least, to something connected with the obsequies —not solely to friendly offices of a different kind, such as care for Tecmessa and Eurysaces; though it may include these.

μὴ τῷ θανόντι κ.τ.λ. It might be unpleasing to the spirit of the dead if Odysseus were allowed to touch the body, or to have any active part in the rites. So in El. 442 ff. the spirit of Agamemnon is conceived as refusing Clytaemnestra's χοαί at his grave; and in the same play, when (1123) Electra is allowed to handle the funeral urn, the pretended Phocian justifies the boon by saying that she is evidently not δυσμενὴς to the dead. The wrath of Ajax against Odysseus was conceived as enduring in the world below: οἴη δ’ Αἴαντος ψυχὴ Τελαμωνιάδαο | νόσφιν ἀφεστήκει ( Od. 11. 543)—when Odysseus approached.

τἄλλα πάντα : all that pertains to the funeral rites (including the preparations described in vv. 1402 ff.). The phrase is purposely brief and vague, to avoid a second mention of the τάφος.

καθ’ ἡμᾶς , in regard to us; Her. 7. 158 τό τε κατ’ ὑμέας (‘as far as you are concerned’): Eur. Andr. 740 κἂν..τὸ λοιπὸν ᾖ | σώφρων καθ’ ἡμᾶς, σώφρον’ ἀντιλήψεται.

ἀλλ’ ἤθελον μέν : sc. ἐξεῖναί μοι συνθάπτειν. This impf. (without ἄν) states a wish which has not been fulfilled; i.e., a wish that something were now true which is not true. It is usually joined with μέν (implying the contrast with the actual fact): so Ar. Ran. 866 ἐβουλόμην μὲν οὐκ ἐρίζειν ἐνθάδε (‘I would that I were not contending here—as I am’): Andoc. or. 5 § 1 ἐβουλόμην μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ λέγειν..ἐξἴσου μοι καθεστάναι τῇ..συμφορᾷ: Isae. or. 10 § 1 ἐβουλόμην μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες,..τἀληθῆ πρὸς ὑμᾶς..εἰπεῖν δυνηθῆναι: Aeschin. or. 3 § 2 ἐβουλόμην μὲν οὖν, ὦ Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ τὴν βουλὴν..ὀρθῶς διοικεῖσθαι. So μάλιστα μὲν ἐβουλόμην, Isae. fr. 4 (Scheibe). This usage is analogous to that of the impers. ἔδει, χρῆν, etc., with inf. ( O. T. 256 n.). On the other hand, ἤθελον ἄν (88 n.), ἐβουλόμην ἄν, with inf., means that the wish would have been (or would now be) formed, if it had not been (or were not now) vain to form it.

ἐπαινέσας : cp. Ar. Av. 1616 ἐπαινεῖ χοὗτος (‘assents’): Thuc. 4. 65§ 2 ἐπαινεσάντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐποιοῦντο τὴν ὁμολογίαν. So αἰνεῖν in poetry, as Aesch. Eum. 469 πράξας γὰρ ἐν σοὶ πανταχῇ τάδ’ αἰνέσω.

τὸ σόν : cp. 99 ὡς τὸ σὸν ξυνῆκ ἐγώ (‘thy saying’).

ἅλις· ἤδη γὰρ κ.τ.λ. During his brief absence from the scene (vv. 1185—1222), Teucer has fulfilled the charge given by the Chorus (1165), and has chosen the spot where Ajax is to be buried. He now directs some of the Salaminian sailors to go and dig the grave; others are to place the tripod near it; a third detachment is to bring thither the hero's armour from the tent. Tecmessa and Eurysaces are still kneeling beside the corpse (1171 ff.). Verses 1409 ff. mark the moment when the body is lifted from the ground. Then it is borne forth (probably by Teucer and one or more πρόσπολοι), the Chorus following, before they separate to their several tasks.

πολὺς ἐκτέταται χρόνος , the delay caused by the Atreidae. Cp. Suppl. 1109 ἐκτείνειν βίον: Ion 625 αἰῶνα τείνει. ( Itis difficult to comprehend why the phrase χρόνος ἐκτέταται should be thought suspicious, as by Morstadt and Nauck: the former proposed λόγος.)

ἀλλ’ οἱ μὲν κ.τ.λ. The threefold command (οἱ μὲν—τοὶ δ)—μία δ’..ἀνδρῶν ἴλη) may have been the signal for some corresponding movement on the part of the Chorus; perhaps for the usual change from the formation in three ranks (κατὰ ζυγά), facing the actors, to that in three files (κατὰ στοίχους), preparatory to the final exit. Wecklein thinks that the three divisions of the Chorus made separate exits (right, left, and in front of the spectators). This seems less probable, as the closing scene would be more effective if the whole Chorus went out in procession after the body of Ajax.

κάπετον : 1165 n.

ταχύνετε has better MS. authority than ταχύνατε. The latter may, indeed, have been read by the scholiast (μετὰ σπουδῆς ὀρύξατε); but it can derive no support from θέσθε (1406), since the process of digging is fitly expressed by the pres. imper., while the aor. imper. better suits the act of placing. ταχύνω is not elsewhere transitive.

τοὶ δ’ . The Doric (and Homeric) τοὶ occurs in tragic lyrics ( Aesch. Pers. 584 etc.), and once in a trimeter, Aesch. Pers. 424 τοὶ δ’ ὥστε θύννους κ.τ.λ., where it is a trait of epic style in the narrative. Sophocles uses it only here. The v.l. τὸν δ’ is not only weaker, but untenable, since a pronoun is needed which shall answer to οἱ μέν : the λουτρά are to be prepared while the grave is being dug.

ὑψίβατον τρίποδ’ , the caldron, supported on a high three-legged stand. (Cp. Pind. N. 10. 47 Ἀχαιῶν ὑψίβατοι πόλιες, built on lofty sites.) The stand was the τρίπους proper, while the caldron was λέβης, but the former term is often used so as to include the latter: Aesch. fr. 1 τὸν μὲν τρίπους ἐδέξατ’, οἰκεῖος λέβης, | αἰεὶ φυλάσσων τὴν ὑπὲρ πυρὸς στάσιν. The fire was kindled in a brazier under the λέβης, as may be seen on a vase in the British Museum, which represents Medea boiling a ram in a lebes or χύτρα (Smith's Dict. Ant., new ed., vol. I. p. 426).

ἀμφίπυρον … θέσθε , place it so that the fire shall rise all round it from beneath: cp. Il. 18. 344 ἀμφὶ πυρὶ στῆσαι τρίποδα μέγαν, and ib. 348 γάστρην μὲν τρίποδος πῦρ ἄμφεπε. Il. 23. 702 τρίποδ’ ἐμπυριβήτην.

λουτρῶν … ἐπίκαιρον : a genitive of relation; cp. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 9 γάμου ἤδη ὡραία. So οἰκεῖος or ἀλλότριός τινος.

ὁσίων , i.e., prescribed by piety ( El. 433 n.). Cp. Ant. 1201 λούσαντες ἁγνὸν λουτρόν: and ib. 901 (n.). The caldron used for this purpose is called λοετροχόος τρίπους in Il. 18. 346.After the washing of the dead, unguents were usually applied (as in the case of Patroclus, Il. 18. 350). Verg. Aen. 6. 218 Pars calidos latices et aëna undantia flammis | Expediunt, corpusque lavant frigentis et ungunt.

ἴλη , band, troop, from rt. vελ, εἴλω, to press: cp. ὅμ‐ιλο‐ς (Curt. Etym. § 660). The Ionic form is εἴλη ( Her. 1. 73 etc.). Its poetical use is as free as that of Lat. manus (e.g., Pind. N. 5. 38 εὔφρονες ἶλαι): but it had also a technical military sense, Xen. An. 1. 2. 16 κατ’ ἴλας καὶ κατὰ τάξεις (‘troops’ of cavalry and ‘companies’ of infantry).— τὸν ὑπασπίδιον κόσμον , the armour ‘under the shield,’ i.e. the body-armour, as the θώραξ and the κνημῖδες. Ajax had directed that all his armour except his shield should be buried with him (577). ὑπασπίδιος occurs only here and in [Eur. ] Rhes. 740 τὸν ὑπασπίδιον κοῖτον.

παῖ, σὺ δὲ πατρός γ’ : for σὺ δέ after the vocative, cp. O. T. 1097, El. 150: for the combination δέ..γε, O. T. 1030(n.). The emphasis of γε belongs here to the whole clause (‘do thou, too, raise’), and not to the word πατρός . For other instances, in which the stress of γε does not fall on the word next before it, but on a whole phrase or clause, see Ant. 213, Ant. 648 , Ant. 747; O. C. 1278; El. 1506.— πλευρὰς : Elmsley (on Eur. Heracl. 824) held that the fem. plur. πλευραὶ was not used in tragedy: here he wished to read πλευρὰ (dual), or πλευράν. But, as Hermann observed, this view would involve some very improbable changes; e.g., in I. T. 298 παίει σιδήρῳ λαγόνας, εἰς πλευρὰς ἱείς (where Elmsley suggested λαγόνας εἰς μέσας).

ἔτι γὰρ θερμαὶ κ.τ.λ. In vv. 918 f. blood was said to be issuing from his nostrils, and from the wound. There, in the phrase φυσῶντ’ ἄνω πρὸς ῥῖνας, the context shows that ἄνω means ‘upward (from the lower part of the body) to the nostrils.’ Here, however, ἄνω seems to have a more general sense,—‘upward to the surface’ (whether through the nostrils, or from the mouth of the wound). As Ajax must now have been dead for about an hour, the thing described seems impossible.

σύριγγες , a vague term (=‘channels’), seems to mean φλέβες, a word which down to the time of Aristotle (and later) denoted arteries as well as veins;—ἀρτηρίαι meaning the bronchial tubes. (See Append. on Tr. 1054.) Now in Empedocles 344 σύριγγες certainly mean air-passages; ὧδε δ’ ἀναπνεῖ πάντα καὶ ἐκπνεῖ· πᾶσι λίφαιμοι | σαρκῶν σύριγγες πύματον κατὰ σῶμα τέτανται,—where the epithet ‘bloodless’ points to the reason why the ancients took the arteries for air-passages,—viz. because, after death, they were found empty, while the veins were filled with blood returning from the heart. But here Sophocles cannot have meant by σύριγγες the bronchial tubes; the epithet θερμαί clearly points to φλέβες. In Apoll. Rhod. 4. 1647 σῦριγξ αἱματόεσσα κατὰ σφυρόν means ‘a vein.’ Another explanation of σύριγγες, viz. the ‘nostrils,’ may be rejected. Aristotle uses σύριγγες for the pores of the lungs: αἴτιον τοῦ ἀναπνεῖν ὁ πνεύμων σομφὸς ὢν (‘porous’) καὶ συρίγγων πλήρης, De respir. 15 (p. 478 a 13).

μέλαν μένος : cp. Aesch. Ag. 1067 πρὶν αἱματηρὸν ἐξαφρίζεσθαι μένος.

φησὶ : i.e., if he says that he is a friend, let him now prove it.

σούσθω : for the form, see on Tr. 645 σοῦται.— βάτω : of this 2nd aor. imperat. we find also ἔμβα— ( Eur. El. 113), κατάβα— ( Vesp. 979), βᾶθι ( Soph. Ph. 1196), βᾶτε ( Soph. O. C. 1547).

πάντ’ ἀγαθῷ : cp. 910 ὁ πάντα κωφός.

κοὐδενί πω λῴονι θνητῶν . If the text is sound, we must supply πονήσας, as πω indicates: lit., ‘toiling for this heroic man, and never yet (having toiled) for a worthier.’ This is a harsh kind of compression; but, as the general sense is so clear, it might be tolerated. The phrase cannot be explained by ‘attraction,’ as if πάντ’ ἀγαθῷ, κοὐδενί πω λῴονι θνητῶν, could mean, πάντ’ ἀγαθῷ, καὶ οὗ οὐδείς πω λῴων ἦν θνητῶν. Blaydes writes, κοὐδενὸς οὐ λῴονι θνητῶν. As to metre, the verse is a correct paroemiac, i.e., an anapaestic dimeter short of one syllable (‘catalectic’); the only peculiarity is the dactyl in the first foot, which in that place of a paroemiac is less usual than a spondee or an anapaest.

[Αἴαντος, ὅτ’ ἦν, τότε φωνῶ .] Either this verse is spurious (as is now generally thought), or else both it and verse 1416 are corrupt. If v. 1416 is a paroemiac, it cannot be followed by a paroemiac. If, then, v. 1417 is to be retained, v. 1416 must be made into an anapaestic dimeter. Further, v. 1417, as it stands, yields no satisfactory sense. It must be taken in one of two ways: (1) by itself, a colon or stop being placed after θνητῶν:—‘I speak of Ajax, in the days when he lived’: for the genitive, cp. 1236. Or (2) in connexion with v. 1416, a colon being placed after Αἴαντος, but no point after θνητῶν:—‘and never yet (having toiled) for a worthier man than Ajax;—I speak of the time when he lived.’ (Cp. Meleager epigr. 22 ἦν καλὸς Ἡράκλειτος, ὅτ’ ἦν ποτε.) The interpolation of v. 1417 may have been prompted by the comparative λῴονι, and by a wish to find the name of the hero at the close of the play. No emendation yet proposed is probable: see Appendix.

ἰδοῦσιν , by experience: cp. El. 205 τοὺς ἐμὸς ἴδε πατὴρ | θανάτους.

μάντις : Ant. 1160 καὶ μάντις οὐδεὶς τῶν καθεστώτων βροτοῖς.

ὅ τι πράξει , how he (himself) will fare: fr. 531 τοῦτο κατειδότας ὡς οὐκ ἔστιν πλὴν Διὸς οὐδεὶς τῶν μελλόντων ταμίας ὅ τι χρὴ τετελέσθαι (verses which probably closed the poet's Tereus).